UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES 1982-83

OFFICIAL BULLETIN '.

UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES 1982-83

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCE

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE·

SCHOOL OF NURSING

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT

Official Bullet in , Un iversity of R oc hester, U S PS 403440, Series 77, N u mber 3 , August 12 , 1982 . Publ ished b y t h e U niversity of R oc hester, 1 0 7 Administ rat ion Bui lding, Rochester. New Y o r k 14627,

five t imes a year-in April , July, August ( t wo). and September. Second-class postage paid at Rochester, New York 14692 .

Postmaster: Send cha nge of add ress notice to the U niversity of R ochester, Office of Admissions. M orey H all, R iver Station, R ochester, New York 14627.

This b ullet in was prepa red in the spring of 1 982 . and the information is subject to cha nge without not ice.

The U niversity of Rochester provides equal opportunity in admissions and student aid regard less of sex, race, handicap. color. and national or eth nic origi n .

2

HOW TO FIND WHAT YOU NEED

IN TBIS BOOK

1 982-83 Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

General I nformation about the U niversity U seful for Prospective Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

S pecial Academic Opportunities for U ndergraduates . . . . . ............... ....... 1 5

Degrees Offered by the Un iversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 1

Thumbnail S ketches of Colleges and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 25

Programs of Study Offered to Undergraduates College of Arts and Science ( including courses in the School of Med ic ine and Dentistry open to undergrad uates) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 College of Engineering and Applied Science . . . . 1 4 1 College o f Nursing .......................... 1 65 Graduate School of M anagement . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 7 1 Graduate School of Education and H uman Development .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 77

Sports and Recreation ........................ 1 8 1

Admissions .................................. 1 83

Financing an Education ....................... 1 89

Academic Services and I nformation ............. 20 I Career and Counseling Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 209

Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 1 5

General Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 225

Board of Trustees ............................ 228

Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 228

I ndex ....................................... 230

Facil ities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 236

Campus Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 238

3

4

A SPECIAL WORD TO

PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS

W welcome your interest in Rochester. We think it is a fine institution,

unique in some ways, among the best of its kind in many others. It may be just the

right college for you. One of the purposes of this bulletin is to help you reach that

decision, because we want to make sure that the students who should come to

Rochester are those that do come to Rochester.

This bulletin is also a rule book. It serves as a "book of understandings"

between you and the University while you are an undergraduate, spelling out what

you can expect from the University while you are here and what the University in

turn will expect from you.

Should Rochester become your college, we look forward to welcoming you to

the invigorating community of seekers after knowledge that is the University

of Rochester.

5

6

ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Undergraduate-River Campus

Colleges and School of Nursing

1982 Fall Semester

August 13 ( Friday) Last date for undergrad uates to pay tuition and fees without penalty.

September 8 ( Wednesday) Classes begin at River Campus colleges and School of Nursing.

September 28 (Tuesday) Last date for students i n the College of Arts and Science to have courses deleted from current program and to declare the SI F option, except fi rst-semester freshmen and transfer students . ( See December 1 3 .)

October 5 (Tuesday) Last date for students i n the College of Arts and Science and the Graduate School of Education and H uman Development to add courses. Last date to add independent study courses.

October 6 ( Wednesday) Wilson Day activities .

October 8 ( Friday) Fall term break begins at end of day.

October 13 ( Wednesday) Classes resume.

October 22-28 Week for SI F selection in the College of Engineer­ing and Applied Science.

October 28 (Thursday) Last date to drop courses in the Graduate School of Education and H uman Development and to make program changes i n the College of Engineer­ing and Applied Science.

November 3-5 Registration materials distributed to undergraduates.

November 10 ( Wed nesday) Undergraduate program advising session .

November 15-19 Undergraduate Program Approval Forms fi led with Registrar.

November 15 ( Mo nday) Date after which enrol lment deposit is forfeited by undergraduates who do not notify the appropriate dean's office of their plans for withdrawal from the University effective at the end of the fal l semester.

November 24 ( Wed nesday) Thanksgiving recess begins at noon .

November 29 ( Monday) Classes resume.

December 13 ( M onday) Classes end. Last date for students i n the College of Arts and Science to drop courses without penalty. Last date for fi rst-semester freshmen and transfer students in their first semester i n the College of Arts and Science to have courses deleted from current program or declare the SI F option.

December 14 (Tuesday) Reading period begins (optional by college offering course) .

December 16 (Thursday) Reading period ends .

December 17-23 Final examinations .

December 23 (Thursday) Winter recess begins at end of day.

1983 Spring Semester

January 3 ( Mo nday) Last date for undergrad uates to pay tuit ion and fees without penalty.

January 12 ( Wednesday) Classes begin at River Campus col leges and School of Nursing.

February I (Tuesday) Last date for students in the College of Arts and Science to have courses deleted from current program and to declare the Sf F option, except first-semester freshmen a nd transfer students. ( See April 19.)

February 8 (Tuesday) Last date for students in the College of Arts and Science and the Graduate School of Education and Human Development to add courses. Last date to add independent study courses.

February 23-March I Week for Sf F select ion i n the College of Engineer­ing and Applied Science.

March I (Tuesday) Last day to drop courses in the Graduate School of Education and H uman Development a nd to make program changes in the College of Engineering and Applied Science.

March 5 ( Saturday) Spring recess begins at end of day.

March 14 ( M onday) Classes resume.

March 16-18 Registration materials distributed to undergraduates.

March 23 ( Wed nesday) Undergrad uate program advising session .

March 28- April I Undergrad uate Program Approval Forms fi led with Registrar.

April 19 (Tuesday) Last date for fi rst-semester freshmen and transfer students in their fi rst semester in the College of Arts and Science to have courses deleted fro m current program or declare the Sf F option.

April 22 ( Friday)

A cademic Calendar 7

Classes end . Last date for students i n the College of Arts a nd Science to drop courses wit hout penalty.

April 23 (Saturday) Read ing period begins (optional by co llege offering course) .

April 26 (Tuesday) Reading period ends .

April 27-May 3 Final examinations .

May 8 (Sunday) All-U niversity Commencement .

May 9 ( M onday) " X" Period begins, River Campus colleges .

June 15 ( Wed nesday) Date after which enrollment deposit is forfeited by undergraduates who do not not ify the appropriate dean's office of their plans for withdrawal from the University effective the end of the spring semester.

June 27 ( M onday) "X" Period begins, School of Nursing.

8

9

SOME NOTES ABOUT

TBE UNIVERSITY

The U n iversity of R ochester is one of the smallest of th i s country's d ist inguis hed uni­versities. Grounded i n a t radit ion that goes back 130 years, it i s independent, nonsectar­ian, and coeducational .

Rochester is the r ight place for the highly motivated student who is looking for a fine u niversity education and success in career or professional school and who will enj oy the university's s mall scale and special quality of l ife .

Rochester undergraduates number j ust over 4,000 men and women. Their faculty is a lso the faculty that teaches the graduate students; there is no d istinction between the two.

Because a university's business is constantly to extend the l imits of human understandi ng, its faculty members are engaged in original scholarship on many levels and in many fields . At Rochester, undergrad uates as wel l as graduate students are i nvited, and in fact encouraged, to participate in these investigations . The faculty-to­student ratio is high, about I to 1 3 .

There i s more than one way t o acquire a sound, useful, durable education that persists and enriches throughout one's l ife . At Rochester, th is fact is well recognized . Stu­dents here take advantage of a wide choice in planning their degree programs, select ing a course of study best adapted to individ ual in terests and career goals from among the d iverse offerings of the U niversity's eight schools and col leges. U ndergrad uates have the oppor­tunity to take graduate courses; p remed students can enroll in classes at the medical school or the Eastman School of M usic; future engineers can d iversify their studies with an advanced course in Chaucer. The permu­tat ions are virtual ly l imit less . Interdisciplinary pro­grams ( summarized on page 15) are o ne of Rochester's strengths .

No one says the work is easy. But Rochester students are bright and well motivated . They enj oy the chal lenge. And a strong advising program (page 1 0), beginning with prefreshman orientation and cont inuing through a career placement service for alumni , offers help where and when it is needed .

Rochester a lumni have a fine track record in finding placement in excellent grad uate schools ( some 50 per­cent have in recent years gone on to graduate study) and in establishing themselves in careers of their choice.

As one student summed it up recently, " Rochester opens doors ."

Noteworthy Features of Academic

Programs Special qualities j ustify Rochester's reputation for

sustained academic excellence. One is the caliber of the faculty. The latest ( 1971) survey by the American Coun­ci l on Education gave the University's faculties the high­est ranking in 12 fie lds in which Ph. D . degrees were awarded . The fields were d ivided among the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences .

Rochester's place in American higher education may perhaps be indicated in another way: Among the 3,000 col leges and universities in th is country, only 25 private institutions are members of the prestigious Association of American Universities . The U niversity of Rochester is among this se lect number.

M ost students find the intellectual c l imate at Roches­ter bracing. Undergraduates often study with distin­guished senior faculty members-taking a course in freshman English with a Pulitzer Prize-winning poet, working on a research project with an engineer or bio­medical scientist in the forefront of the discipline, or perhaps studying laser fus ion in the University's Labo­ratory for Laser Energetics .

Rochester is small enough to foster close working rela­t ionships between students and faculty. A few classes are designed as large lecture courses on an introductory level . The great maj ority of classes are small , enabling s tudents to work as j u n ior co l leagues with facul ty members.

The reason R ochester is one of the very few institu­tions that can offer this k ind of close contact with distin-

10 The University

guished faculty is that , as an outstanding university, R ochester can attract a more advanced faculty than can most l iberal arts col leges . And, as a small university, its faculty i s more available for teachi ng undergraduates than are the faculties in large research universities .

U ndergraduates at R ochester spend less of their t ime in class than is trad itional on many other campuses; much of their course work consists of independent study. As o ne senior remarked recently, " R ochester is o ne of the few schools where students can design and execute their own independent researc h instead of putting in their time as someone else's technician ."

Freshmen can take early adva ntage of specialized aca­demic offerings in Freshman Preceptorials (see pages 33-35) . Limited to about 1 5 students, these are small seminars that deal with advanced subject matter, often from an interdepartmental approach. Frequently they are taught by a senior faculty member who may, for example , be a Guggenhei m fel low or a member of the National Academy of Sciences. Students enjoy the op­portunity for easy give-and-take with their preceptors. " I t's a chance to get to know faculty members real ly wel l ," says one former freshman.

Among the many other special ized undergrad uate offer i ngs are the Wash ington Se mester and Study A broad programs, internships, " X" Period projects, and Rochester Plan programs for undergraduate research . They are summarized beginning on page 1 5 .

Advising A t Rochester, academic advising a n d career counsel­

ing begin before the start of the freshman year and extend beyond graduat ion .

Entering students are invited to come to the University for several days during the summer before they start their freshman year. During this i nformal get-acquainted p<\riod they take tours of the ca mpus, meet with deans, faculty members, and fe llow undergraduates, partici pate in academic and extracurricular programs, attend pre­profess ional meeti ngs , and make a generous sampling of o n-ca mpus entertainment : fi lms, concerts , da nces, and informal d inners . This is the t ime when the new students also take aptitude tests, d iscuss the results with faculty and staff advisers, consult about appropriate course select ion, and register for the fal l term. Their parents are i nvited to the campus at the same t ime for their own orientation program.

Throughout the undergraduate years, the resources of the U niversity-staff, faculty, and programs-provide

cont inuing services in educational and career counsel ing. In the words of a fourth-year R ochester student, "They real ly care about you here and there's a lot of help around, but you have to ask for it ." That's because the U niversity recognizes that not a l l ind ividuals need the same k ind of help at the same t ime, and t hat Rochester students can be expected to be mature enough to ask for assistance at the t imes when they need i t .

The Office of Counseling and Psychological Services (page 2 1 2) works with students seeking help with per­sonal , vocat ional, and educat ional concerns. The Career Services and Placement Center ( page 209) is well p re­pared to provide assistance with vocational preparat ion and placement, and its facilities and programs are avail­able to University a lumni throughout their profess ional careers.

The Campus The 50-year-old River Campus i s the University's

main campus, "home-ground" for most undergraduates. I t is located on the southern edge of the city, tucked between a bend of the Genesee R iver and a picturesque Victorian cemetery. Next door is one of Rochester's many city parks . A short wal k away is the University's Medical Center.

The original co mplex of Georgian brick bui ldings has been expanded a number of times with new structures faced with the sa me rosy brick to harmonize with their older neighbors .

Among the newest structures are H utchison Hall for the biology and chemistry departments, characterized by its unusual canti levered classrooms ( 1 972) , the four­level Psychology Building housing the Department of Psychology and the Center for Visual Science ( 1 974), and the I . M. Pei-designed Wilson Commons, the six­level glass-and-brick student union (1976) . The most recent addit ion is the mult imi l l ion-dollar Zornow Sports Center, which was opened in 1982 ( see page 219) .

A renovation program, sti l l under way, is restoring most of the earlier bui ld ings t o a comfortable and well­equipped state .

The U niversity's small scale and inviting architecture make a trip across the campus a pleasant stroll , or, for the more vigorous, an easy j og.

But for most students the most attractive part of the campus is not the buildings but the peop le that animate them. " They're my kind," says o ne of the seniors . By that she meant friendly, independent , and interested in a great many th ings, by no means all of them d i rectly con-

nected with the classroom, the laboratory, or the l ibrary.

Out-of-Class Life: On Campus

"The shortest d istance between two po ints is where Wilson Commons is ." This campus graffito, chalked up during const ruction of the student union, accurately identifies the hub of out-of-class l ife .

Wi l son Commons can be described as the k ind of place where you go to meet friends, ea t lunch, watch televisi on, see a film, view an art exhibit , give a concert, have a party, play ping-pong, take wine-tasting lessons, consume a piece of the famous mouth-watering Wilson Commons fudge , or j u st s i t and s tare into space . "Hanging around Wilson Commons" is a recognized and respected student activity.

I nside Wilson Commons and elsewhere on the cam­pus, there is always a great deal going on. "Your social l ife is what you make it," say R oc hester s tudents . "There is a lot of d iscovering to be d one . But you can always find your own niche . "

Among the niches that one freshman had found by the end of her fi rst semester were a volunteer job at nearby Monroe Community H ospital , yoga classes at the U ni­versity I nterfaith Chapel, some lively d isco dancing at the Commons, ice-skating sess ions , and a mutually stimulating friendship with a campus administrator, an outgrowth of the Rochester Connection program insti­tuted to bring together, on a purely social basis, i nter­ested U niversity freshmen with staff members and their families .

Other undergraduates work on the student-run cam­pus daily or the A M- F M rad io stations , join one or more of the many performing arts groups, participate in the activities of political action and community service organizations, or jo in with l ike-minded students in a variety of special-interest groups, from the Bridge Club to the Society for Creative A nachronism.

In al l , m ore than 70 campus organ izations enable students to pursue a variety of i nd ividual interests, and student-sponsored events take place nearly every night of the week : fi lm series, both classic and contemporary; concerts, recitals, and plays; a lively outside-speakers program; and parties and i nformal get-togethers . ( For a more detailed description of these activities, see the section Student Life beginning on page 2 1 5 . )

Special campus-wide events enliven t h e school year a t regular intervals : Yellowjacket D a y to start things off in the fal l , Dandelion Day to celebrate the arrival of spring, and, to warm up the mid-winter season, an annual Winter Carnival encompassing such events as a

The University II

snowman-building contest, a marathon indoor softball game, and a Wilson Commons All-Nighter highl ighted by karate and gymnast ics demonstrations , a paper a ir­plane contest, dancing, games, fi lms , and, for the hardy, a Survivors' Breakfast .

For the action-minded, in addit ion to the 1 3 i ntercol­legiate sports offered , there i s a n extensive schedule of intramural sports, from bad minton, basketball , and bi l­l iards to inner-tube water polo and foosbal l , and club sports l ike crew. M ost students participate in the i ntra­mural program, which i ncludes men's, women's, and coed competition . On occas ion, faculty and staff mem­bers j oin in , too . ( See Sports and Recreation, page 1 8 1 and page 2 1 8. )

There i s ample opportunity for i ndividual sports . The Un iversity maintains a tree-l i ned j ogging path along the Genesee River, a quarter-mile outdoor t rack , a banked eighth-mile indoor track, and comprehensive exercise and weight-tra in ing facil it ies . Swi m ming faci l ities ac­commodate both serious lap-swim mers and those who j ust want to swim to relax . In warmer weather, students often rent canoes for leisurely afternoons on the river.

I n response to the ever-growing student interest in active sports , the University completed in 1 982 an $8-mil l ion program for renovation and expansio n of its ath letic facil it ies . The mUlt ipurpose Zornow Sports Cen­ter, maj o r element of the expansion program (described o n page 2 1 9) , offers recreat ional facil it ies for racquet sports , volleyball , basketball , and swim ming.

Student R esidence

"The people on my hal l are l ike my family," says an undergrad uate who looks forward to going home to her d o rm every day after classes and i ntensive sessions with her books in the l ibrary. Like most undergraduates, she chooses to live o n campus, wit h in a short wal k of class­rooms, labs, l ibraries, and ath letic facil it ies .

Comfortable and diversified l iving accommodations are tai lored to individual preferences . An appealing fea­ture for many students is the presence of a number of special-interest residences. Among these special l iving and study centers are the Medieval Stud ies Center, Drama Center, M usic Floor, and Environmental Living Center. Here student res idents and faculty members with mutual in terests learn from each other i n an i nformal residential atmosphere. Committed to the ideal of intel­lectual community, residents of these l iving centers sponsor fi lms, concerts, outside speakers, readings, and plays, al l open to the U niversity community. (See page 2 1 9 for more on student residences . )

12 The University

Out-of-Class Life: Off Campus

"The Rochester area has a lot to offer, and Rochestet students are very mobile," says a senior who adds variety to his out-of-c1ass time by exploring the attractions of the city and the surrounding countryside . " I f you want to go off campus, it's easy," he adds. Many students have cars, and getting a ride fro m a friend is always a good possibility. A free shuttle bus co nnects the U niversity campuses, making regular stops at the Eastman School of Music, within easy walking d istance of downtown R ochester. A student-administration committee has in­stituted a "U R Special" bus that makes weekend runs to a variety of "hot spots," movie theaters, restaurants, and snack places .

Rochester i s a city of medium size p laced between the shore of Lake Ontario to the north and the glacier­formed hil ls of the Finger Lakes region to the south. No one says it i s New York City, but it d oesn't have to be: I t has a flavor and an appeal of its own. Rochester has been rated among the East's most livable cities: small enough and clean enough ( l ocal industry is light and highly technical, leaving the area relatively unspoiled) to be comfortable, and large enough and cosmopolitan enough to afford a variety of diversions, whether your tastes run to symphony orchestras and jazz concerts, planetariums and museums, or harness racing and pro­fessional ice hockey.

For off-campus eating, the city offers a tempting array of restaurants , from elegant, expensive, and continental, to tasty, cheap, and Chinese. Many of the favorite res­taurants are located in the Park Avenue area, a pleasant section of the city filled with comfortable, turn-of-the­century res idences, trendy boutiques, handcraft shops, art gal leries, i mport stores, and emporia l ike the cele­brated neighborhood pharmacy that sells everything fro m Famous Amos chocolate chip cookies to I ifesize posters of movie stars and reproductions of nineteenth­century gadgets .

Adjacent to Park Avenue is stately, tree-li ned East Avenue, once dubbed the most beautiful residential s treet in A merica and st i l l bearing ample evidence of the reasons for its earlier celebrity. Two of the R ochester area's many museums are located on this street, the world-famous I nternational M useu m of Photography at George Eastman H ouse and the R ochester M u seum and Science Center, which includes the Strasenburgh Plane­tarium, one of the most sophisticated p lanetarium facil i­t ies in the world . Nearby is the University's Memorial

Art Gallery, which fuhctions in a dual role as a univer­sity museum and as the city's public art museum . The

Gallery possesses a d istinguished collect ion of world art and shows regularly changing loan exhibit ions . The area's o ther maj o r mUseUm , the Genesee Count ry M useum, a reconstrUcted nirteteenth-century vil lage, is located in a p leasartt farming area several miles to the west of the city. The new Margaret Woodbury Strong M useum focuses on the growth of American taste fro m t h e Victorian eta through 1930 a n d includes among its holdings of fine and decorative lIrts the world's largest and most definitive doll collection .

R ochester has been called "a c i ty of music ." The presence of the U niversity'S Eastman School of M usic and the Rochester Philharmonic Orchestra, one of this country's fine regional orchestras, has nurtured a pro­liferation of other musical organizations, among them the Rochester Bach Festival and Opera Theatre of Rochester. Almost every night of the week (and on many afternoons too) there are concerts, most of them free, presented by the accomplished artists who study and teach at the Eastman School. The School's beautiful Eastman Theatre, home of the Rochester Philharmonic and site also of many Eastman School concerts, regu­larly p lays host to d i s t inguis hed guest perfo rmers . Recent visiti ng artists have included Vlad imir Horowitz, I tzhak Perlman, Jean- Pierre Rampal, Mstislav Rostro­povich, Beverly S i l ls , I saac Stern, the New York City Ballet, and the American Ballet Theater. Jazz and popUlar-music concerts are a frequent feature of the local concert schedule.

Profes sional baseball , basketbal l , and ice hockey are popular spectator sports in R ochester, with maj o r­league football and hockey j ust an hour's drive away in Buffalo . There i s horse racing at nearby Finger Lakes Race Track and Batavia Downs .

I n the city and beyond is a network of public parks for recreation of all k inds , including canoeing, h ik ing, rid­ing, sk i ing, fish ing, and swi mming. Genesee Valley Park, next door to the campus, offers athletic fields and courts, boating, ice skating, and picnicking, and has two public golf courses. About an hour's d rive away are Letchworth Park , the "Grand Canyon of the East ," and the Finger Lakes, home of the New York State wine i nd ustry and the site of a variety of recreational opportunities, in­clud ing 17 sk i areas . Niagara Falls is an hour and a half away, and Toronto, one of the continent's most exciting cities, is only about three hours from Rochester.

Many U n�versity Df RDchester studen,ts (ind that the presence Df a l,Iul;Il,be� of Dtl;1e� institutiDns, Df higher �earning in the 1,{Dch,este� area i s an attract�'Xe �nd st imu­lating adj unct to. Dff-campus l ife, an:wl�fying the student­oriented el\tertainfl,len,t available to. t hem,.

A majDr cel\ter for �e�hcal and sDcial services, the community Dffers many DppDrtunities fDr vDlunteer ser­vice. Recently, several University of RDchester varsity basketball p layers started an infDrmal. Saturday morning cDaching clinic fDr YDungsters who. go to. the elementary schoDI in an integrated neighbDrhDDd across the river frDm the campus . Many students find vDlunteer p osi­tiDns thrDugh the CDmmunity Services CDordinating CDmmittee, which acts as a liaisDn between the U niver­sity and cDmmunity agencies . Students participating in these programs may wDrk in hDspitals, includ ing the U niversity's StrDng MemDrial HDspital, courts , prisDl1s , sDcial service Drganizations, and educatiDnal and tutD­rial agencies. .

AbDut the RDchester weather. Many peDple think Df

The University 13

Rlochester as the snDW capital Df tl;le cD�\l\ry. l"h,at wDuld be a dist inc,::ti�n, bu� we can't c1ail'\\ i t . O� t\'\e Dther hand, RDch,eS\er's �OyatiDn 01,1 the SDU\\1e�n. shDre Df Lake Ontario, which, fI,Iitigates the extrymes Df tem­perature in bDth summ.er and winter, dDes il\dyec;i, Dn DccasiDn, bring heavy "lake effect" SnDwstDrms. Sk iers, ice skaters, snDwmobilers, ice bDaters, snowshDerS, s.�e(i­ders, tDbogganers, ice fishermen, builders Df snOWmen, and makers Df snDW angels IDve RDchester's wil\ters . Others learn to. CDpe . And a respite in TDrDl\to-where underCDver l inks make it possible to. travel through "much Df the heart Df this exciting CDSmDpolitan city withDut setting fDDt Dut-Df-dDDrs-is only a fe:w hDurs away.

Spring and fal l in RDchester, it shDuld be added ., can be very beautiful , and the city's IDcatiDn affDrds a gDDd DppDrtunity to. enjDy them. U nl ike many urban centers, RDchester is situated i n a rural setting, where' the air is pure and deer and Dther wildl ife st i l l l ive within minutes Df dDwntDwn.

14

15

SPECIAL ACADEMIC OPPORTUNITIES FOR

UNDERGRADUATES

In addit ion to Freshman Preceptorials (described on page 10 and in more detail on page 3 3) , Rochester offers a number o f other special p rograms for undergraduates. Some of them are detailed below.

The U niversity's "X" Period refers to the time after spring semester ends and before fal l semester

begins. Students are encouraged to undertake studies, depend ing o n choice, for no credit and no tuition, t hat may last for a few days, several weeks, or most of the summer. Costs for materials and l iving expenses d uring this period are the responsibi lity of the student .

Summer Offerings are found not only i n tradit ional subject areas but also in fields unavai lable d uring the academic year. Recent examples of unusual summer courses include a course i n Medieval Art of the Court , M o nastery, Cathedral, and Countryside, and a summer dig at Bordesley Abbey, E ngland . Each was taught by a professor from the Department of Fine Arts .

The Interdepartmental Degree Programs ( pages 95 and 154) provide students with an unusual opportunity to construct ind ivid ual p rograms suited to their special talents and i nterests . Students are currently pursuing interdepartmental concentrat ion programs in cognitive science, health care planning, women's studies, biomedi­cal ethics, biomedical engineering, film studies, environ­mental engineering, and computer-assisted approaches to economic problems, among others . The fi l m studies p rogram provides the opportunity to study cinematog­raphy (the arts and discipl ines creat ing motion pictures) and cinematology (the arts and d isciplines comprehend­ing them). Faculty members i n the Center for Special Degree P rograms (see page 48) assist undergraduates in planning and developing interdepartmental studies con­centrations in the College of Arts and Science. Students planning an i nterdepartmental program leading to a bachelor of science in engineering and applied science work closely with faculty members on the Program Committee in the College of Engineering and Applied Science (see pages 154 and 155) .

Undergraduate Summer Projects. Summer provides an ideal time for more sustained research experience than may be possible during the academic year. Each spring, descriptions of individual faculty members' re-

search projects are fi led in the Goldberg Library of the Career Services and Placement Center. Students may arrange with a faculty member to assist with that research or may, with faculty assistance, deve lop an individual research project .

Rochester Plan Early Selection Program. As an ap­proach to integrat ing premedical and medical education, at the end of each academic year up to 16 sophomores are selected for admission to the University's School of Medicine and Dentistry, under a "2-4-2� sequence. These students design i nd ivid ual programs in accord with their interests, covering four years of integrated study on the River Campus and in the medical school . This is fol lowed by the two final years of full-time medi­cal school . For i nformation o n any aspect of the Plan, write H ealth Professions Advising, Career Services and Placement Center, Latt imore Hall, U niversity of Roch­ester, Rochester, New York 14627.

Independent Study Courses permit q ualified students to pursue independently areas of reading and research not included or not t reated in sufficient depth in regu­larly offered courses. These special tutorial courses are most often on a one-to-one basis , with the content and obj ectives of the course determined by faculty-student collaborat ion .

Interdisciplinary Courses (page 32) deal with topics which are often i nterco llegiate and cannot easily fit into the offerings of only one or two discipl ines . Students taking these courses read ily see the interrelat ionship of discipl ines and the need for a broad ed ucational base in order to understand the i ssues fu l ly . For example, Intro­duct ion to Community Medicine is taught to under­graduates by faculty members and guest lecturers from the Medical Center. Another course, Ethical and Legal Deci s ions in Medicine, is being offered by a member of the Program in Religious Studies and a member of the j Ud iciary.

The Program in Biology and Medicine (page 40) encompasses undergraduate education in the biological sciences and involves an unusually close collaboration between the Col lege of Arts and Science and the School of Medicine and Dentistry. Students may choose to ob-

16 Special A cademic Opportunities

tain either a B . A . degree in b io logy, or a B . S . degree in biological sciences wi th specia l ization i n one of s ix areas : bi ochemist ry, cell and developmental biology, microbi­ology, molecular genetics, neuroscience, and population biology. ( See pages 39, 42, 103 , 109 . )

Practica are credit courses supervised by University faculty members which usually combi ne field experience with lectures , seminars, and oral and written reports . Each pract icum provides direct personal interaction with working profess ionals in their everyday environment. Examples include the interd iscip l inary Health Services Practicum, the Practicum in Gerontology, and several courses in the Department of Psychology.

Internships enable students to work i n off-campus service centers, business fi rms, area newspapers, and government agencies. Recent internship placements have included the Rochester District Attorney's office, Xerox Corporation , Planned Parenthood, the Landmark Soci­ety, the Memorial Art Gallery, a radio-televis ion stat ion, a theatrical company, the New York State Senate and Assembly, and various local banks and businesses . Stu­dents work under the supervision of co llege faculty and receive credit for their work.

The Washington Semester Program, administered by the Department of Political Science, a l lows selected stu­dents to participate d irectly in the work of legislators at the national level on a fu ll-time basis. Students work as staff assistants in the offices of Un ited States Senators or Representatives for a semester and receive ful l academic cred it . Their activities usually include writing speeches, attending hearings, researchi ng la w, taking notes at com­mittee meet ings, answering mail , and performing other assignments associated with the political process.

The Geology Internship in Marine Sciences (page 84) al lows selected upper-class students concentrating in geology, biology-geology, or biology to spend one se­meste r at the West I nd ies Laboratory, St. Croix, U . S . Virgin Is lands . Students in t h e program gain research experience in an enviro nment where they may conduct independent research projects.

The Study A broad Program provides students with an opportunity to participate in a year or a semester of study abroad during the jun ior year or, if appropriate, during the sophomore or senior year. Rochester students have studied at universities in various countries, in­cluding England, Germany, I srael, France, Spain, and Japan, primarily in the humani ties and social sciences . Special p rograms for Rochester students include the One Year Program at Hebrew University and the three

one-semester programs in London, l isted below, each of which combines course work with an internship . Students may also propose their own study-internship program in London.

The British Parliamentary Internship Program places students as research and administrative assistants to British M . P . s . Participants have the opportunity to experience the workings of the British political system at close hand . They take part in every aspect of the M . P . s' work from routine office tasks to preparing press releases, from researching current po litical issues to writing speeches.

The Fine A rts Semester places students as research and administrative assistants in a London museum such as the V ictoria and Albert, the M useum of the City of London, or t he I m perial War M useu m. I nterns become involved in every phase of museum work, helping select items to be shown, mounting exhibit ions, and researc h­ing and organizing col lect ions with in the museum.

The Medical Research/ Health Care A dministration Semester al lows students to work in the administrative area of a health care faci l i ty or in a research laboratory of one of London's teaching hospitals, such as Charing Cross, the R oyal Free, or King's College Medical School . The program includes a seminar which offers an aca­demic exposure to the Brit ish health care system through visits to faci l ities and lecture-discussion meetings with guest speakers.

Using All University Resources

The graduate and professional schools of the Univer­sity offer many opportunities for undergraduate students to study in advanced and specialized areas . With only a few exceptions, students who wish to elect courses in any unit of the U niversity may count these credits toward the bachelor's degree in the College of Arts and Science.

Qualified undergraduates o n the River Campus who wish to continue wi th the ir musical interests may take music lessons and courses at the U niversity's Eastman School of Music. This work carries col lege credit and can be taken along with the student's regular under­graduate course work . For those desiring more i ntense involvement, the Col lege of Arts and Science, i n cooper­ation with the Eastman School , offers a B . A . degree with a concentration in music ( see page 104) .

As the principal facil ity for teaching, research, and patient care for the medical and nursing schools , Strong

Memorial Hospital welcomes undergraduate students who wish to do volunteer work in the hospital's units . Faculty members in the School of Medicine and Den­tistry allow selected undergraduates to assist in their research projects. I n many instances the st udent's re­search work may qual ify and be approved for col lege credit as an independent study course ( see page 1 5) .

Students interested in photography may enroll in courses offered by the University i n cooperation with the International Museum of Photography at the George Eastman H ouse, which contains the world's most impor­tant col lection of pictures , fi lms , and apparatus showing the development of the art and technology of photog­raphy. The courses, held on the River Campus and at the M useu m, are taught by the M useum staff and are open to al l undergraduates.

Students selected to participate in the Joseph C. Wilson Scholarship Program are permitted great free­dom in planning their educational programs with the aid

Special A cademic Opportunities 17

of faculty sponsors . I nnovations pioneered by Wilson Scholars are made avai lable to succeeding classes of students .

Among courses offered to undergraduates on a regu­lar basis are studies in accounti ng, business administra­t ion, behavioral science in industry, fi nance, marketing, operations management, and business law i n the Grad­uate School of Management ( see page 1 7 1 ) .

Undergrad uates may also take advantage of many courses i n the Graduate School of Education and Human Development. Included a mong them are offer­ings related to child development, ad ult development and aging, computer applications i n ed ucation, excep­tional chi ld ren, and the social and psychological foun­dations of ed ucation . In conj unction with a number of bacca laureate degree programs, students in the College of Arts and Science may also prepare for certificat ion as secondary school teachers ( see page 1 77) .

Many other courses in the graduate a nd professional

18 Special A cademic Opportunities

schools are also available to the undergraduate. Help in finding courses related to one's interests may be obtained

in the Office of Academic Advising, or fro m faculty members in the field of interest.

Preparin g for a Government Career

The University offers a number of interdisciplinary programs which are designed to help prepare students for a career in government.

Students interested in i nternat ional affairs may earn a certificate i n I nternational Relations ( see page 96) . The Department of Political Science offers undergraduate and graduate courses in publ ic po licy and provides the opportunity for a select number of undergraduates to be accepted into the Public Policy Analysis Program at the end of their j u nior year (see page 1 1 9) . Students inter­ested in more emphasis on management may wish to consider the jo int degree program leading to a master's degree in public policy analysis and a master's degree in business administrat ion .

Many internship opportunities are available to under­graduate students, such as the Washi ngton Semester Program (see page 1 6) and New York State Assembly and Senate I nternship programs.

Preparin g for a Business Career

Many students choose to work d irectly after gradua­tion and find that the Career Services and Placement Center (see page 209) can be most usefu l . The resources of the Gold berg Career Library, the workshops held throughout the year (such as those in job search tech­niques, career skills identificat ion, i nterview skills, and resume writ i ng), the panels and presentat ions and career fairs, the personal advising, the a lumni aid through the Rochester Alumni Career Exploration Referral Se rvice ( RACERS) program ( see page 2 I O)-all can contribute to the student who is searching to make the most i ntelli­gent decision . Our active on-campus recruit ing program and l i stings of current job opportunities are vital com­ponents in many students' job search .

Some students hoping to receive a master's degree in business administrat ion pursue that degree through our 3-2 Program with the Graduate School of Management (see page 1 7 1 ) . Others apply to graduate programs at other i n s t i tut ions , and request ass i s tance fro m the Career Services and Placement Center, where knowl­edgeable advisers, a Center handbook entitled Guide to the Graduate Business School Application Process. and a comprehensive career l ibrary ( including tips from former students) are avai lable.

Special A cademic Opportunities 1 9

Combining Graduate and

Undergraduate Study

Students wishing to earn a doctoral degree normally must spend four years of study beyond the undergradu­ate years . Other students desire advanced training for profes s ional work, but not the d octorate . For under­graduates headed toward either of these academic goals , the University provides a number of interesting options. These include:

I . One- or two-year programs for the master's degree, fol lowing the award of a bachelor's degree . These are available in al most all of our areas of study.

2. A mix of graduate study in one's specialty while com­plet ing the bachelor's degree. This privi lege is ac­corded to al l s tudents whose work i n a given area is sufficiently advanced . This option d oes not extend the t ime of study at the U n iversity of Rochester.

3. A combi ned program of undergraduate and graduate study for five years, with the first three undergrad­uate, and the last two graduate. This 3-2 opt ion per­mits earning a bachelor's degree (awarded after four years) and a professional master's degree .

4. A combined progra m of undergraduate and medical study called the Rochester Plan Early Select ion Pro­gram. Students se lected at the end of the sophomore year spend the next four years i ntegrating undergrad­uate and medical school course work. Two final years of study complete the M. D. degree.

Students interested in any of these options should seek early counsel ing fro m academic advisers or faculty . The 3-2 option i s widely used, and permits a mix of programs across colleges and schools .

The 3-2 programs described in th i s bu llet in include those in business administration (page 1 7 1 ) , public pol­icy ( page 1 27) , community health ( page 53) , computer science (page 56), optics ( page 1 6 1 ) , engineering ( page 1 43) , and human development ( page 1 78). Among other combined programs which may be begun during the undergraduate years are the master of science in public po licy with a specialty i n pharmaceutical issues (page 1 28) and a combined master of science i n public policy and master of science in community health (page 1 28).

20

21

DEGREES OFFERED

D egrees are awarded b y t h e U n ive r s i t y o f Rochester in t h e fol lowing subjects , grouped by college or school of the U niversity:

College of Arts and Science

Anthropology ( B . A . , M . A . , Ph . D . ) Applied Mathematics ( B . S . )* Astronomy ( Ph . D . ) Biological Sciences ( B . S . ) , w i th specialties in :

Biochemistry Cell and Developme ntal Biology Microbiology Molecular Genetics Neuroscience Population Biology

Biology ( B . A . , M . S . , P h . D . ) Biology-Geology ( B . S . , M . S . ) Chemistry ( B . A . , B . S . , M .S . , Ph . D . ) Computer Science ( M . S . , P h . D . ) Economics ( B . A . , M . A . , Ph . D . ) English ( B . A . , M . A . , Ph . D .) Fine Arts:

Art H istory ( B . A . ) Studio Arts ( B . A . )

Foreign Languages, Literatures , a n d Linguistics: Chinese ( B. A . ) Classics ( M . A . ) Comparative Literature ( B . A . , P h . D . ) Foreign Literature ( B . A . , M . A . ) French ( B . A . ) , French Language or Literature

( M . A . ) German ( B . A . ) , German Language or Literature

(M. A . ) Linguistics ( B . A . , M . A. , Ph . D . ) Russian ( B . A . ) Spanish ( B. A. ) , Spanish Language or Literature

( M . A. ) General Science ( B. A. )

· Progra m awaiting N. Y . State Educat ion Department approval.

Geology ( B . A . , B . S . , M . S . , Ph . D . ) Geomechanics ( B . S . ) History ( B . A . , M . A . , Ph . D . ) I nterdepartmental Studies ( B . A . , M . A. , M . S . ) Mathematics ( B. A . , M . A . , P h . D . ) Mathematics-Statistics ( B . A . , M . A. ) Music ( B . A . ) Phi losophy ( B . A . , M . A. , Ph . D . ) Physics ( B . A . , B . S . , M . A . , M . S . , P h . D . ) Physics a n d Astronomy ( B . A. , B . S . , P h . D . ) Pol i tical Science ( B. A . , M . A . , M . S . , P h . D . ) Psychology ( B. A. , M . A. , Ph . D. ) Religious Studies ( B . A . ) Sociology ( B. A . , M . A . , Ph . D . ) Statistics ( B . A . , M . A . , Ph .D . ) Women's Studies ( B. A. )*

Certificate Programs i n the College of Arts and Science (taken in conj unction with a bachelor's degree)

Asian Studies I nternat ional Relations Russian Studies

Graduate School of Education and Human

Development

Education ( M . S . i n Ed . , Ed . D. , Ph . D . ) H uman Development ( M . S . )

Certificate Program i n t h e Graduate School o f Educa­t ion and H uman Development (taken in conj unction with a bachelor's degree)

Secondary Education in one of the following areas: English Mathematics M odern Foreign Languages Sciences ( Biology, Chemistry, Physics) Social Studies Special Education ( Learning Disabil it ies,

Deaf Education)

College of Engineering and Applied Science

Chemical Engineering ( B. S . , M . S . , Ph . D . ) Electrical Engineering (B .S . , M .S . , Ph .D . )

22 Degrees Offered

Engineering and Applied Science, an Interdepartmental Program ( B . S . )

Geomechanics ( B . S . ) Materials Science ( M . S . , P h . D . ) Mechanical a n d Aerospace Sciences ( M . S . , Ph . D . ) Mechanical Engineering ( B . S . ) Optics ( B . S . , M . S . , Ph . D . )

Eastman School o f Music

Applied M usic ( B . M . ) Conducting ( D . M . A. ) Jazz Studies a n d Contemporary Media ( M . M . ) M usic Composit ion ( B . M . , M . M . , P h . D . , D. M . A. ) M usic Education ( B . M . , M . A . , M . M . , Ph . D . , D. M . A . ) Music H istory (B . M . ) M usic Theory ( B. M . , M . A . , Ph . D. ) M usicology ( M . A . , Ph . D. ) Performance a n d Literature ( M . M . , D. M . A . )

Graduate School of Mana gement

Business Administration ( M . S . , M . B . A . , Ph . D . )

School of Medicine a n d Dentistry

Anatomy ( M . S . , Ph . D . ) Biochemistry ( M . S . , Ph . D . ) Biophysics ( M . S . , P h . D . ) Community Health ( M . S . ) Community Services ( M . S . ) Dental Science ( M . S . ) Environmental Studies i n Toxicology ( M . S . ) Medicine ( M . D. ) M icrobiology ( M . S . , Ph . D . ) Neuroscience ( M . S . , Ph .D . ) Pathology ( M . S . , P h . D . ) Pharmacology ( M . S . , Ph . D . ) Physiology ( M . S . , Ph . D . ) Radiation Biology ( M . S . , Ph . D . ) Toxicology ( M . S . , Ph. D . )

School of N ursing

Nursing ( B . S . , M . S . , Ph . D . ) Clinical specialty areas of study for the M.S . include:

Community Health Nursing Family Health Nurse N ursing Gerontological Nursing Medical-S urgical Nursing Pediatric Nursing

Psychiatric-M ental Health Nursing Women's Health Care: Ob/ Gyn Nurse N ursing

University College of Liberal and Applied

Studiesl

General Studies ( B . S . ) with concentrations in : H umanities Natural Sciences Social Sciences

University-wide Studies

3-2 Programs B . A . and B . S . in an engineering concentration (for

transfer students) , see page 143 B . A . or B . S . plus an M . B. A . , see page 171 B . A . or B . S . plus an M . S . in community health, see

page 53 B . A . or B . S . plus an M . S . in computer science, see

page 56 B . A . or B . S . plus an M . S . in human development, see

page 178 B . A . or B . S . plus an M . S . in public policy, see page 1 1 9 B . S . and M . S . in applied mathematics· B . S . and M . S . in electrical engineering, see page 150 B . S . and M . S . in optics, see page 161

Combined Bachelor's and M. D. Degree Program B . A . or B . S . plus an M . D. , see page 21 1

Combined Master's Program M . S . in community health and M . S . in public policy, see

page 128

Combined Master's and Doctoral Programs M . B .A . and Ed . D. M . B .A . and P h . D . in ed ucation Ph . D . in ed ucation and M . S . i n public pol icy

Joint Ph. D. Degree Programs Anatomy and Neurobiology Biology and Neurobio logy Biomedical Engineering Physio logy and Neurobiology Psychology and Neurobiology

I Work t o be taken on a part-t i me basis w h o l l y or in part t h rough cou rses offered i n t h e U n ivers i ty's Eve n i n g Sess ion.

' Progra m await ing N . Y . State Educat ion Department a p p roval .

I nternship in marine science is offered at the West I ndies Laboratory on St . Croix through the Depart ment of Geological Sciences (see page 84) .

23

24

25

COLLEGES AND FACILITIES

The College of Arts and Science, the G raduate School of Educatio n and H uman Develop­ment, the College of Engineering and Applied Science, the Graduate School of Management, and the U nivers i ty Co l lege of Liberal and Applied Studies are located on the River Cam­

pus, about two miles south of downtown R ochester. The School of Medicine and Dentistry and the School of Nursing are located at the University Medical Center, adjacent to the River Campus ( see the map on page 238). The Eastman School of M usic is located in the center of the city of Rochester, with in walk ing distance of its Prince Street Campus.

The U niversity of Rochester gives its students the op­portunities they need to pursue t heir individual educa­tional goals . Each of its col leges offers many routes lead­ing to degrees that are the formal recognit ion of the achievement of those goals. In working with students to help them develop their potential , the faculty of each col lege establishes the requirements for degree programs within that college and, in turn, j udges whether students have fulfilled those requirements .

River Campus Colleges

The College of A rts and Science ( pages 31-140), the oldest of the U niversity's e ight academic units , enrolls a maj ority of the undergraduate students on the River Campus. Al l undergraduate students except those enter­ing the Eastman School of Music take the first two years of work in liberal arts in the College of Arts and Science. The College provides undergraduate and graduate de­gree programs in the humanities, natural sciences, a nd social sciences .

The College of Engineering and Applied Science ( pages 141-163) enrolls upper-class students and gradu­ate students and also offers courses for freshmen and sophomores that may be taken by degree candidates from any college . Education in a wide range of special­ties is available at both undergraduate and graduate levels, with students throughout the U niversity encour­aged to take part in the College's projects as their pro­grams allow. Through the I nterdepartmental Program,

students may elect to obtain broad general tra in ing i n engineering a n d applied science.

The Col lege welcomes students who wish to enroll for part-t ime study as they pursue the B . S . i n engineering discipl ines . However, such students should be aware that the Col lege does require two semesters of ful l-time study ( 1 2 cred it hours per semester) . See page 142, number 4, for a description of this res idency requirement. Further­more, students who intend to take a substantial number of courses duri ng evening hours should know that not all of the College's course offerings are available at night .

Special guidance i n planning a program of part-t i me study is available fro m the Dean's Office i n Gavett Hal l . Part-ti me students are encouraged to write or telephone for appointments .

The Graduate School of Management (pages 171-175) offers grad uate study in business ad ministrat ion for management careers in the profit and nonprofit sectors. For undergraduate students who are interested i n such careers, it also offers a unique opportunity to earn an undergraduate degree and a master of business ad minis­tration degree ( M . B . A.) i n five years instead of the usual s ix . This five-year course of study, the School's 3-2 Pro­gram, consists of three years of undergraduate study in another col lege fol lowed by two years in the Graduate School of Manage ment. After successful ly completing the fi rst year in the Graduate School of Management, the student receives a bachelor's degree fro m the under­graduate col lege; a master's degree i n business adminis­

. tration is awarded upon completion of a second year. The Graduate School of Management also offers

undergraduate courses in management . Courses are of­fered in both the day and evening sessions in the areas of accounting, behavioral science in industry, computers and information systems, finance, general busi ness ad­ministrat ion, law, and marketing, and are described on pages 173-175 .

The Graduate School of Education and Human Development (pages 177- 1 79) provides undergraduate and! or graduate programs for the preparat ion of teach­ers in the secondary school fields of English, mathemat­ics , modern foreign languages, sciences, social studies, deaf education , and learning disabi l ities . Students en­rolled in the undergrad uate programs n ormally receive

26 Colleges and Facilities

their degrees in the College of Arts and Science. Also available to undergraduates is a 3-2 Program in H u man Development that prepares students academically and professionally for a career i n human development ser­vices . After th ree years of undergraduate s tudy i n a n o ther c o l lege of the U n i vers i ty , s tudent s i n t h e p rogram spend half of their senior year completing undergraduate requirements and half of the year d oing graduate course work i n human development . The fifth year of full-time study is devoted to further work i n h u m a n development, professional study, a n d field p lace­ments in human service agencies . Post-baccalaureate d egree p rogra ms and / or cert ificate progra ms offe r opportunities for graduate study in helping services (counseling, career development , adult development,

and aging) ; educational administrat ion (fi na nce, policy studies, ad ministration , and supervision) ; developmen­tal , learning, and instruct ional psychology; and cur­riculum and teaching (general curriculum, secondary ed ucation , developmental d isabil it ies , and education of the deaf).

University College of Liberal and Applied Studies coordinates late afternoon and evening courses for part­t ime students . These courses, cred it and noncredit , and degree programs are offered through the appropriate col leges and schools . U niversity Col lege courses are especial ly suitable for adults who wish to continue or complete their ed ucations without interruption of ful l­t ime employment .

Summer Session classes are offered by the Colleges on the River Campus and by the Eastman Schoo l of M usic . Courses of interest to undergraduates, teachers, nurses, and others who need or desire to do regular col lege work duri ng the summer are included in the River Campus Summer Sessions .

For information on the College of Arts and Science Sum mer Offerings ( see page 1 5 ) , please seek advice from the Academic Advising Office in Lattimore Hal l .

Medical Center

The U niversity's Medical Center, adjacent to the River Campus, consists of the School of Medicine and Den­tistry, the School of Nursing, and Strong Memorial Hospital .

The resources and facil it ies of the River Ca mpus and the Medical Center are within walk ing d istance of each other. Students on one campus often pursue their special interests with the faculty of the other campus. River Ca mpus students may participate in special stud ies and research projects with faculty members at the Med ical Center, and undergrad uates may, with the approval of the instructor and the approval of the dean of the co llege in which they are enrolled, take graduate-level courses offered in the School of Medicine and Dentistry. There are many opportunities for i nteract ion between the faculty members and the students fro m the School of Medicine and Dentistry a nd fro m the River Campus col­leges (see the Rochester Plan a nd Program in Biology and Medicine) .

The School of Medicine and Dentistry offers pro­gra ms in medical science leading to M . D. , M . S . , and Ph. D. degrees . I t s extensive faci l i ties provide an excel­lent spectrum of patient care and research to support the ed ucational opportunities .

The School of Nursing ( pages 165- 1 70) offers study leading to the degree of bachelor of science with a maj o r i n nursing, the degree o f master o f science in o n e of seven cl inical specialty areas in nursing, and the degree of doctor of philosophy in nursing.

The School of Nursing administrative offices, class­rooms, conference rooms, a nursing laboratory, and some faculty offices are located in Helen Wood Hal l . The amphitheaters, classrooms, conference rooms, and laboratories of the Med ical Center and the River Cam­pus are also used for instruction of nursing students .

Colleges and Facilities 27

Strong Memorial Hospital, a 696-bed general hospital and outpatient units completed i n 1 975 , replaced the old hospital and , with the 1 07 p sychiatric beds in a wing of the Center, provides a total of 803 beds. I t is an integral part of the U niversi ty's Medical Center and serves as the principal teach i ng hospital of the School of Med icine and Dentistry and the School of Nursing.

The Edward C. Miner Library has m ore than 1 62 ,000 volumes, including i mportant medical periodicals In complete fi les and over 2,700 current periodicals .

Eastman School of Music The Eastman School of Music. located i n d owntown

R oc hester and l in ked to the River Campus by U niver­sity-run shuttle buses, is known throughout the world as a maj o r center for the t ra in ing of p rofess ional musicians as well as for the study and creat ion of music . Eastman graduates include a substantial number of today's most respected performers, composers, music scholars, and m usic educators . The Schoo l' s a lumn i have d i s t in­guished themselves as first-chair players i n American orchestras and as deans and d irectors of co nservatories and music schools in al l parts of the country. The School offers d iverse curricula lead i ng to u ndergraduate and graduate degrees . Students pursuing a bachelor of arts degree o n the River Campus with a concentrat ion in music take over half of their total p rogram at the East­man School of M usic. Other River Campus students, having met the requirements and with permission, may also take applied music lessons or music courses at Eastman. ( See Special Academic Opportunities under Academic Services and I nformation . )

The Sibley Music Library houses the largest collect ion of music literature and source materials of any music school in the Western Hemisphere. I t includes autograph scores of masters of the past as wel l as those of many conte mporary composers.

Kilbourn Hall. the Howard Hanson Recital Hall. and the Eastman Theatre. one of the great theaters of the wes tern world, have all been renovated in the past decade. They are used for local and vis i t ing professional performances as well as for Eastman School concerts and recitals .

Cutler Union serves as a student activities center for the Eastman School . I t includes an auditorium, the H oward Hanson In terfaith Chapel, a lounge, and other facil it ies .

28 Colleges and Facilities

South Campus The South Campus , a quarter-mile south of the Medi­

ca l Center v ia the Kendrick Road bridge, was opened in 1 966 upon completion of the Nuclear Structure Re­search Laboratory, which is used by the Departments of Physics and Astronomy and of Chemis t ry . A new build­ing housing the Laboratory for Laser Energetics of the College of Engineering and Ap plied Science and the Na­tional Laser Use r's Facil ity is across the road from the Nuclear Structure Research Laboratory. Whipple Park, a 32-bui lding University housing complex, is located here. South Campus is linked to the River Campus, Medical Center, and Eastman School of M usic by a U niversity shuttle bus service.

Libraries The U niversity li brary system i s a n extensive one,

housing 2 mill ion volumes and 1 2 ,000 current periodi­cals . Its l ibraries include Rush Rhees Library and four science l ibraries on the River Campus, Edward G . Miner Library in the Medical Center, S ib ley M usic Library at the Eastman School , and the Charlotte Whitney Allen Library at the Memorial Art Gallery.

Rush Rhees Library is the heart of the system. I t houses more than one mi l l ion volumes, i ncluding collec­tions i n the Fine Arts Library, the Management Library, the Asia Library for South Asia and East Asia study materials, and the Education Library. A major addit ion to Rush Rhees was completed in 1 969; the expanded faci l it ies provide study cubicles for 460 graduate stu­dents, seating for 1 ,500 undergrad uates , and 65 studies for faculty and Ph. D. candidates.

Rush Rhees Library Schedule of Hours 1982-83

Library Hours When School Is in Session Monday-Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 a .m . -mid night Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 a .m . - I O p . m . Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 a . m .-6 p . m . Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I p .m . -midnight

Stacks close one-half hour before the building closes . N o books wil l be charged out during the last 1 5 minutes that the buildi ng is open.

Reserve Reading Room Extended Hours When School Is in Session

( Open for study only) Sunday-Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 p .m .-2 a . m . Sunday also . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 a .m . - I p .m .

Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 p .m . -mid night Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 p .m . -mid night Open 24 hours for study during final examinations . Copies of the sched ule for vacation and hol iday l ibrary hours are available at the circulation desk .

I n Rush Rhees Library the special col lections and rare books include the following:

N i netee nth- and twe nt ieth-century pub l i c affa irs : Papers of Wil l iam Henry Seward , Thurlow Weed , David Jayne H i ll , S usan B . Anthony, Rev. Wil l iam C . Gannett, Thomas Dewey, Marion Folsom, Ken­neth Keating, Frank H o rton , and the anti-masonic movement.

Sciences : Papers of Lewis Henry M organ, Herman Le Roy Fairch i ld , H enry A . Ward, and Carl E. A keley; extensive book co llect ions on optics, in­strumentat ion , Charles Darwi n , and nineteenth­century botany and hort iculture ( El lwa nger and Barry collection) .

English l i terature and history : H ouse of Stuart mem­oirs , Restorat ion d rama, Robert Southey, John Masefield, Col in Macinnes, and nineteenth- and twentieth-century theater manuscripts .

Amer ican l i te ra ture : Wash ing ton I rv ing , H e nry J a m e s , M ar k Twa i n , W i l l i a m Dean H o we l l s , Ade la ide Crapsey, J o h n Gardner , Joyce Caro l Oates, Thomas McGuane, Frederick Exley, and his­torical chi ldren's books .

Regional history: Settlement and land development, I nd ians , early upstate pr int ing, and manuscript records of businesses, industries, a nd families .

Art: Anthony J . and Frances A . Guzzetta collection of Leonard o da Vinci , Claude Bragdon papers, and landscape architectu re.

University archives: Printed and manuscript material re lating to the history of the University.

Other l ibraries on the River Campus are: Chester Floyd Carlson Library (for chemistry-biology-mathe­matical sciences in H utchison Hal l ) , Engineering and Geological Sciences (Gavett Hal l ) , and Physics- Optics­Astronomy ( Bausch & Lomb Building) . A schedule of l ibrary hours may be obtained from individual l ibrary offices .

Library Affiliations and Services

Five Associated University Libraries includes five western New York State university l ibraries : R ochester, Cornell, Syracuse, and the State U niversities of New York at Buffa lo and Binghamton . At present, each insti­tution has l imited access to books fro m any cooperating

l ibrary. Rochester also is a member of the State Univer­sity of New York S UN Y / OC L C. a network of over 200 l ibraries in New York State. Member l ibraries partici­pate i n the OCLC on-line computer system, which pro­vides each l ibrary with access to catalog records of a lmost 2 ,200 l ibraries in 50 states , Canada , and other countries.

Rochester Regional Research Library Council. a co­operative li brary system chartered by the New York State Education Department, is a nonprofit regional activity of the New York State Reference and Research Resources Program of the New York State Library. Its purpose is to supply needed research materials to faculty and students, business and ind ustrial management per­sonnel, professional persons, and independent scholars in a five-county area adjacent to the city of Rochester.

The Center for Research Libraries is a nonprofit organizat ion operated and mai ntained by major aca­demic i nstitut ions for the purpose of i ncreasing the l ibrary materials available to their readers for research . Materials available for loan from the Center are for the study of Africa, black studies, East Europe, the Far East, economics, business and labor, education, Germany, Latin America, l iterature and culture, med icine, political science, rai lroads, religion , Southeast Asia, and other topics.

The Edward G. Miner Library and the River Campus libraries provide on-l ine bibl iogra phic citat ion retrieval systems via direct telephone lines and computer com­munication terminals.

Computing Facilities The University Computing Center, which maintains a

l ibrary of computer programs to perform many general calculat ions and analyses, has a staff of a nalysts and programmers to assist with computing problems . Equip­ment includes an I B M 3032. Several on-line ti me-sharing systems are available. These systems can be used through over 1 00 terminals located throughout the campus. A microcomputer laboratory is also supported for instruc­tional uses. The Medical Center Computing Facility provides computing services on its DEC 1 080. A power­fu l scient ific computer faci lity exists at the Laboratory for Laser Energetics, where a Control Data C Y B E R 1 75-2 1 2 is ded icated to performing energy research . There are more than 20 minico mputers, many for the use of students engaged in research, in various parts of the U niversity.

Colleges and Facilities 29

Special Research Facilities

The U niversity has a broad range of specialized facili­ties for research .

A 1 2 MV tandem Van de Graaff accelerator is the principal research instrument at the Nuclear Structure Research Laboratory.

Fifteen electron microscopes are available. C . E . K . Mees Observatory on Gannett H i l l i n the Bris­

tol H i l ls , about 40 miles fro m Rochester, is the highest o bservatory in the eastern half of the Uni ted States . I t has a 24-i nch Cassegrain telescope, one of the largest in the state.

Special ized laboratories and o bservation and con­trol led environment rooms are located in the Psychology Building.

The U niversity is one of nine universities that operate the National Radio Astronomy Observatory and the Brookhaven National Laboratory under federal con­tracts . It is a lead ing user and participant in the U niver­sity Research Association, which manages the world's largest accelerator at Batavia, I l l inois .

The Laboratory for Laser Energetics, a multidiscipli­nary teaching a nd research unit of the Col lege of Engi­neering and A pplied Science, is the first of its kind at any A merican col lege or university. Students are involved in al l of the research programs, includ ing a project to explore the p otential of high-power lasers to produce cont rolled thermonuclear fus ion as an alternative energy source. The Laboratory's principal research tool is a 1 2-tri l l ion-watt laser system. Other research programs in­clude the deve lopment of an X-ray laser, neutron appli­cation studies, and a basic laser physics program.

Specialized laboratories, a greenhouse, and an aviary are available on the River Campus in H utchison Hal l , the biology-chemistry-geological sciences build ing.

Other Colleges in the

Rochester Area Co lgate Rochester ( C o lgate R oches te r D i v i n i t y

School-Bexley Hal l-Crozer Theological Seminary) i s an interdenominational seminary affi l iated with the U niversity of Rochester. It offers graduate programs leading to professional degrees related to the ministry. The arrangement between the two autonomous institu­t ions permits students fro m either to take courses at the other, with approval of faculty advisers. Faculty and students of both institutions have ful l l ibrary privi leges on each campus .

30 Colleges and Facilities

There are several other i nstitutions of higher learning in or near the city of Rochester. These include Rochester I nstitute of Technology, Nazareth College , St . John Fisher College, M onroe Community Col lege, State U ni­versity Colleges at Brockport and Geneseo, and R oberts Wesleyan College. It is possible for students enrolled at the Un iversity of Rochester to complement their pro­grams with courses taken at one of the area col leges . (See Special Academic Opportunities under Academic Ser­vices and I nformation . )

Graduate Studies About a th ird of the students o n the River Campus

are full-time graduate students working toward ad-

vanced degrees and engaged i n research throughout the U niversity.

Each school or col lege is responsible for approval of programs recommending candidates for master's de­grees . The work for the doctor of p hi losophy ( P h . D . ) degree is under the general control of the U niversity Counci l on Grad uate Studies , whose chairman is the Un iversity Dean of Graduate Studies . Each col lege has an associate dean to administer graduate studies.

Detailed informat ion on the U niversity's grad uate programs can be found in the Official Bulletin: Graduate Studies. Application forms and bulletins may be ob­tai ned by writing to the Secretary of Grad uate Ad mis­sions, M orey Hall, U niversity of Rochester, Rochester, New York 1 4627.

3 1

COLLEGE OF

AirS AND SCIENCE Administrative Officers

J . Paul Hunter, Ph . D . ( Rice) Dean Ann C. Fehn, Ph. D. ( Stanford) Associate Dean for

Undergraduate Programs Robert S. Knox, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Associate Dean

for Special Programs Timothy Scholl , M . A . ( Chicago) Dean of A dmissions

and Student A id; Associate Dean Suzanne J. O'Brien , B . A . ( Rochester) Assistant Dean Ronald J. Paprocki , B . A . ( Rochester) Assistant Dean

and Director of College Budgets and Planning Dana Rittenhouse, A . A . S . ( R . I . T. ) Secretary to the

College Kenneth E. Clark, Ph . D. (Ohio State) Dean Emeritus

The College of Arts and Science offers degree pro­grams lead ing to the bachelor of arts and to the bachelor of science. The Col lege also p rovides the fi rst two years of instruction for those students who plan on degrees in the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science, the School of Nursing, and the first three years for students working toward an M . B . A . degree i n the Graduate School of Management.

The instructional program of the College permits the student to select a wide variety of areas of study. I t also requires the select ion of one area of concentration to which approximately one-third of the total four-year program is devoted . The combinati on of extensive and intensive study, involving course work, laboratory ac­tivity, and independent study and writing, i s i ntended to prepare young persons for careers in scholarly or prac­tical affa irs and for lives of service in society.

Requirements for the Degree

Bachelor of Arts

The B . A . program is d i rected toward a broad, com­prehensive education, with special attent ion to the inte-

grat ion of many areas of study. Degree require ments in the Col lege of Arts and S cience may be met in many ways, and there i s great flexibi l ity in arranging pro­grams . The requirements for the B . A . degree are:

I . Completion of eight semesters of approved course work at the col lege level or the equivalent , with at least two semesters of ful l-time registrat ion in the College .

2. The satisfactory completion with a n average grade of "C" or better of 3 2 approved courses , i . e . , 1 28 credit hours.

3 . The successful completio n of a course in English in which emphasis i s given to the read ing and writing of effective prose. A ny 1 00-level English course (except courses numbered 1 1 0- 1 29 and 1 90- 1 99 ) may be taken to satisfy this req uire ment . Entering students are advised by the Depart ment of English in the select ion of courses. Students may occasional ly be exempted from this require ment at the d iscret ion of the Department.

4 . Demonstrated proficiency in one foreign language, ancient or modern, by the end of the sophomore year. Students will show proficiency only by achieving a satisfactory score on a standard test authorized by the Com mittee on the College Language Requirement .

S . Complet ion of at least two courses in each of the two dis tribut ion groups outside the area of concentrat ion . Courses in the Col lege a re d ivided into three broad distribution groups as fol lows: Group I- Humanities: E nglish (except 1 0 1 and 1 1 3 through 1 29), Fine Arts, Foreign Languages (except courses numbered 1 0 1 , 1 02 , and 1 03 ) , Literatures, Lite rature i n Translat ion, Music, Phi losophy (except 2 I 0, 2 I 5, 2 1 6) , Rel igious Studies . Group I I-Social Sciences: Anthropology, Econom­ics, H istory, Linguistics, Political Science, Psychol­ogy (on ly 1 60- I 89, 260-289, 360-389), Sociology. Group I I I - Natural Sciences: Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geological Sciences, Mathematics (except 1 40) , Phi losophy (only 210, 2 I 5,

32 A rts and Science

2 1 6) , Physics, Psychology ( o nly 10 1 , 1 20- 1 59, 2 1 1 , 220-259, 320-359) , S tatistics .

6. The satisfactory complet ion of course work with an average grade of " c " or better in a progra m of con­centration . This normally i ncludes six to eight courses within the major department a nd two to four co urses in an allied fie ld . No more than 20 courses may be taken in any one department. A student who plans to complete requirements for the B . A . degree must make formal application to a department or an area of con­centrat ion by the end of the sophomore year. The student must file in the College Office a program of concentration approved by the appropriate faculty adviser in the department of concentration .

I t is the student's responsibi l i ty for ultimately com­pleting a program in which al l degree requirements are met . H owever, the requirements permit much more variation in programs than most students realize . For example, students are not required to complete d istribu­t ion requirements during the first two years or the writ­ing requirement i n the fi rst semester. A delay may, in fact, provide the student an opportunity to plan a more i nteresting program and to investigate possible areas of concentration.

In the planning of a program, it is important to know that course work offered i n naval science may n ot be counted toward the distribution requirements, nor may course work taken in the Graduate School of Manage­ment, Graduate School of Education and H uman Devel­opment, College of Engineering and A pplied Science, School of Med icine and Dentistry, and School of Nurs­ing, except as authorized by the Steering Committee of the Faculty Council . Although freshman preceptorials may be used to meet distribution requirements, some are not readi ly classified ; courses labeled as l iberal arts do not a lways meet d istribut ion requirements . I n cases of doubt , the student should obtain clarificat ion from the College's Academic Advising Office . No more than th ree naval science courses may be used to fulfi l l degree requirements. Course work taken outside the College of Arts and Science . is not accepted toward the degree by some departments . Students should consult the Aca­demic Advising Office concerning credit approval .

Departments of the College discourage students from registering for the next course in a cont inuing science sequence if an appropriate grade level ("C-" or above) has n ot been achieved in the preced ing course. I t has been shown that a student's success in such a sequence is d i rectly related to performance i n the preced i ng course. Students so advised are asked to seek assistance in their

future progra m planning from the Academic Advising Office and from their faculty advisers.

Once having begun a program of concentrat ion, it is possible to change to another; however, addit ional course work may be required . Before deciding to change a selected area of concentrat ion, students are urged to d iscuss plans with their advisers . If transfer to another department is advisable, the student must apply offi­cially to the new depart ment, using the standard Con­centrat ion Approval Form available at the Col lege's Academic Advising Office in Latt imore Hal l .

Requirements for the Degree

Bachelor of Science The requirements for the bache lor of science degree

are the same as those for the B . A . degree, with these exceptions :

1. The number of courses which must be completed successful ly varies fro m 32 to 36. Students should check the synopsis of requirements accompanying the course l ist ing of those departments offering the B . S . degree.

2 . Certa in departments recommend specific languages for their B . S . candidates . Students should check the. statement accompanying course offerings for detai l s .

3 . Normally course work taken outs ide the College of A rts and Science wil l not be accepted by departments offering the bachelor of science degree. Students should consult the department concerning the possi­b i lity of receiving credi t for outside work .

All undergraduate students on the River Campus are enrol led in the Col lege of Arts and Science for their fi rst two years. I n addi t ion to offering the B . S . degree in several departments, the Col lege of Arts and Science offers most of the prel imi nary work in programs lead ing to the bachelor of science degree conferred by the Col­lege of E ngineering and Applied Science (maj ors in chemical engineering, electrical engineering, geo mechan­ics, mechanical engineering, optics, and engineering and applied science) a nd the School of Nursing.

Interdisciplinary Courses The following 1 98 1 -82 list of li beral arts courses

reflects current interests of students and faculty. Specific

course content and offerings change from year to year. Up-to-date course l ist ings a re published in the Course Descript ion Handbook and are posted in Latt imore Hal l each semester.

LA 1 1 6. Introduction to Community Medicine. A nalysis of current i ssues in t he o rganizat ion , financing, and evaluat ion of personal and public health care.

L A 265. The Science of Biophysics. A survey of cu rrent a reas of research interest. Prerequis i te : calculus, including ele­mentary d iffe rential equat ions , and two semesters of chemistry and of physics .

LA 272. Leadership and Management I I . Personnel evalua­tion and i nd ividual leadership roles. Essent ials of mi l i tary lead­ership, leadership techniques and pr inciples, and mi litary a nd naval regulat ions .

LA 275. Interdisciplinary Topics in H uman Aging . An in­terdiscipl i nary approach i s used to examine the biological, psych ologica l , and social aspects of the aging process. Same as EDH 275.

L A 276. Practicum in Gerontology. Field work that con­t inues study begun in the prerequis ite , L iberal Arts 275.

LA 392. Health Services Practicum. I n troduces students to the organizat ion and funct ion of community agencies . Se lected students are expected to spend six to seven hours per week at an agency site work ing on a project related to health care admin­istration, planning, or evaluat ion .

Freshman Preceptorials Preceptorials are seminars offered exclus ively for in­

coming fres hmen. Students are expected to take a pre­ceptorial during their freshma n year.

Each course is l imited to about 1 5 students who are selected from a mong those who express an interest in it . Preceptorials include d irected read ing, seminar dis­cussions, and crit ical reports . Preceptorials carry fu ll course credit and may be appl ied toward distribution requirements.

The fo l lowing 1 98 1 -82 courses exemplify offerings in this category. Current l i s ts of courses a long with i nfor­mation concerning the appl icat ion proced ures are mai led to freshmen prior to orientat ion and registrat ion.

Anthropology

193. Perceptions of the Past: Changing Perspectives in Ar­chaeology. From " los t t r i bes and sunken cont inents" to present-day archaeology. 1 95 . Primitives, Peasants, and Urbanites. Fami ly, inequal ity, human ecology: contrasting anthropologica l and sociological approaches to the study of these and other social phenomena.

A rts and Science 33

1 97 . Sports, Social Integration, and Conflict. The nature of sport s and other compet i t ive performing groups in selected cul­tures , including the Un i ted States . Their relat ions to in t ragroup solidarity and i ntergroup conflict ma nagement. 1 98 . Civi l ized or Primitive. H ow can we understand non­Western sciences / technologies which seem to us irrat ional , supersti t ious , or backward? 1 99 . The Human Impact of Technology. M o st views of the i mpact of technology on society are la rge ly based on the study of modern Western h is tory or even l imi ted to the study of cur­rent changes in t he West . H o wever, deeper understa nd ing of the relati onsh ip bet ween technology and society can be achieved by using broad historical and cross-cultura l comparisons .

English

1 90 . War and Literature. A review of the lives and deeds of some of h i s tory's great ca ptai ns and of the not ice taken of them in l iterature.

1 9 1 . Self and Society in English Novels. In such novels as Howards End by E . M. Forster, Tess of (he D ' Urbervilles by Thomas Hardy, and The Rainbow by D. H. Lawre nce, how do the ind ivid ual characters cope with adj ust ing t o the society in which they live?

Fine Arts

A RT H I STORY

1 90 . Art of East and West. An i ntroduct i on to the great t rad i t ions of world a rt th rough comparative study of selected master works of paint ing and sculpture from Asia and the West.

1 93 . Art and the Social Order in Medieval Europe. Expres­s ions of an o rdered cosmos in the art and architecture of the M iddle Ages are d i scussed against the background of Western European c iv i lizat ion .

S T U D I O A RTS

1 95 . Space in Art: The Languages of Space. A study of the ways i n which space has been perceived and expressed in t he arts .

Foreign Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics

LITE RATU R E IN T R A N S LATION 1 9 1 . Introduction to Tolstoy and Dostoevsky . Tolstoy'S A nna Karenina and Dostoevsky's The BrOlhers Karamazov will be read as works of art and express ions of their authors' ripest thoughts about the most important quest ions of l ife .

1 99 . Interpretation and the Divine. A study of three differ­ent authors ( P lato, He idegger, a nd Descartes) and the relat ion­sh ip between th ink ing and the object of t hought , and how that object motivates th ink ing and interpretat ion .

F R E N C H 1 92 . Crime, Mystery, a n d t h e Question o f t h e Text. Close

34 A rts and Science

reading both of texts t raditionally considered mysteries ( Georges S imenon, Sebastien Taprisot) and of other texts treating crime and detect ion ( Sade, Balzac, Zola, Marguerite Duras) .

R O M A N I A N 1 96. Romanian Life, Language, a n d Culture. A survey o f l ife in t h e contemporary S ocialist Republic o f Romania.

H istory

1 9 1 . The Russian Revolution. The period from 1 9 1 5- 1 920 fro m contemporary accounts , monographic l i terature, and theories of revolut ion.

1 92 . The Medieval Origins of the Modern State. A compar­ative study of the emergence of cha racteri stic western states in France and England, and the fa i lure of the medieval Empire from the eighth to t he thirteenth centuries.

1 93 . The I m migrant Jew in America. A study of the socia l , economic, cultu ral , and spiritual l ife of the immigrant Jewish community in America . Life in Europe and the forces which made for immigrat ion; the jou rney and arrival; welcome and hostil ity within and outside the Jewish community; economic adj ustment; social ferment and experi mentat ion; accul turation and creativity; rel igious conformity and deviat ion .

1 94. Autobiography and History. A n examinat ion of the evolution of American society as revea led in personal d ocu­ments-diaries, autobiographies, and biographies-from the Puritans to the present .

1 95 . Issues in American Jewish Life . A study of some of the central issues confronting Jewish life and fa ith in A merica today in their historic setting.

1 96 . History and Literature. An examination of key histori­cal periods, ancient to modern, through the literary works of those times.

1 97 . Pro-Slavery Thought in the Age of Jefferson. Seminar on t he development of the South's defense of s lavery from the age of Jefferson to the emergence of Ca lhoun . How a nd why did the great l iberal and democratic movement associated with Thomas Jefferson and the Declaratio n of I ndependence e nd with the milita nt defense of slavery? 1 98. Classical Civi lization. The course exami nes the histori­cal perception which demands a "classical" base for Western civil izat ion . Readings, papers, and d i scussion center on the mea ning of this term and the ways in which we define and redefine it , beginning with defin itions that come from the period (roughly, B.C. 500 to A . D. 400) itself.

1 99 . World Food and Famine. A study of the causes and effects of the global food crisis in terms of cu rrent and future supplies and requirements .

Philosophy

1 99 . Logic and Theory. A painless introduction to deductive

and probabil ist ic methods as t hey are used in the framework of various theories . The c oncept of proof and useful proof tech­niques within mathematical theories .

Physics and Astronomy

P H YS I C S

1 93 . T h e Physics o f M usic . A study of the elementary prin­cip les of physics basic to musical phenomena. Time, freque ncy, wave propagation; oscil lators, harmonics, theories of particular musical instruments .

Political Science

1 98 . Issues in Democracy. This course focuses on the pos­sibi lities for pol itical democracy in the contemporary world, particularly its meaningfu lness and the l ikel ihood of its survival under contemporary conditions .

Psychology

192. Mental Processes. An introductory, broad-ranging look at how the human mind works .

1 93 . Man's Plastic Brain. Exploration of theories and facts about the p lasticity of the brain. Study of memory disorders, super memories, improving memory by biological means, pos­sible bio logical substrates of creativity, intel ligence, genius, and idiocy.

1 94 . The Brain and the Mind. The course i s devoted to d is­cussion and informal lectu res of material from assigned chap­ters in t he texts, which change from year to year as new books come out .

195. The Psychology of A ging. The course covers aging in i t s soc ia l context, wi th some discuss ion of cognitive and physio­logical changes .

1 98 . Visual Information Processing. Selected topics from several d isciplines related to questions about light t ra nsmitting information about the envi ronment to t he eye of the perceiver, and how that information relates to one's experience of the external world.

Religious Studies ( 1 9 1 . Themes in Contemporary Catholic Thought . This sem­i n a r h igh l i gh t s the deve lopment of t h e o log ica l t h i n k i n g within t h e R o m a n Cathol ic tradit ion during the past century. Special emphasis is placed on changing meth ods of biblical interpretat ion which result i n changes within church d ogma and discip l ine. 1 95. Issues in A merican Jewish Life. Same as H I S 1 95 . 1 98 . Gods and Buddhas. Focus o n t he various ways i n which maj o r t radit ions of Asia-Hind uism, Buddhism, Taoism, and Shinto-have attempted to conceptualize and describe ult imate rea lity and man's relat ion with "it ."

Sociology

1 93 . Understanding the Social Self. Seminar on self-eval­uation . Considers in depth sociological theories of the devel­opment of self, including Mead, Cooley, Zetterberg, Kinch; considers both field and laboratory research test ing of such theories.

With few exceptions, al l College of Arts and Science departmental courses described between this page and page 1 40 are planned to be offered in 1 982-83 . Those exceptions are usually noted . The updated course offer­ings are listed in the Schedule of Courses, which is pub­l ished in March and N ovember of each year.

ANTHROPOLOGY Alfred Harris, Ph . D . ( Cambridge) Professor of

A nthropology Grace Harris, Ph . D . ( Cambridge) Professor of

A nthropology and Chairman of the Department; Professor of Religious Studies

Rene Mil lon, Ph . D . (Columbia) Professor of A nthropology

Walter H inchman Sangree, Ph . D . ( Chicago) Professor of A nthropology

Edward E. Calnek, Ph . D. (Chicago) A ssociate Professor of A nthropology

Anthony T. Carter, P h . D . (Cambridge) Associate Professor of A nthropology

Christopher Day, Ph . D . ( Chicago) Associate Professor of A nthropology

Robert S . Merril l , Ph . D. (Ch icago) Associate Professor of A nthropology

Teaching assistants are usedfor recitation sections only in A nthropology 101 and 201.

The Department of Anthropo logy offers programs of study leading to the B . A . , M . A . , and P h . D . degrees.

Anthropology-the study of man as a member of society and as a bearer of culture a nd language from a cross-cultural, comparative perspective-makes a vital contribution to a liberal educat ion , p roviding a deeper insight into the nature of the person's experience as a social being. Concentrators in anthropology should be well prepared for professional study in the d iscipline itself, as well as for a career in a wide variety of publ ic and private social services . Training in anthropology also provides valuable breadth for students interested

Anthropology 35

in econo mics, history, law, l inguistics, medicine, nursing, polit ical science, psychology, religious studies, or so­ciology.

General Course Information

The Department offers courses in three major sub­fields of anthropology:

I. Social Anthropology-the descript ion, analysis , and comparison of social and cultural systems

2 . Anthropological Linguistics

3. Archaeology and Ethnohistory.

Students with a special interest i n human evolut ion or b io logical anthropology can work out a seq uence of anthropology courses wi th in the concentration , supple­menting them with selected courses in biology and geol­ogy. Other special i nterest areas (e .g . , areal studies , rel igion and ritual , etc . ) can develop suitable programs.

The department wi l l also gladly ass ist students wishing to deve lop interd iscipli nary programs focusing on as­pects of education and human development , environ­mental studies, health and society, i nternational rela­t ions, comparative psychology, women's studies, etc.

Requirements for Concentration

in Anthropology

A concentration in anthropology consists of 1 0 courses at the 200 level or above, eight in anthropology plus two fro m an al lied fie ld .

The courses in anthropology must include the fo l­lowing:

I . Ethnographic Regions (at least two courses dealing with different areas of the world)-242, 243, 245, 246, 249 .

2. Subdiscipl ines of anthropology (at least four courses, including a min imum of two from each of two sub­d iscipl ines ) . Selections should not be li mited to theo­ret ical and methodological courses, but each such course can provide a useful i ntroduction to its respec­tive subfie ld . Socia l Anthropology

Theoretical and Methodological-203, 207. Other-2 1 1 , 2 1 2, 2 1 3 , 2 1 4, 2 1 5 , 2 1 6, 2 1 9 , 220, 225,

235, 263, 28 1 , 282, 285, 286, 369. Archaeology and Ethnohistory

Theoretical and Methodological-252, 265. Other-20 I , 202, 24 1 .

Anthropological Linguistics-27 I , 275 .

The all ied field should be chosen in consultation with

36 Arts and Science

t�e Department of Anthropology's Undergraduate Ad­viser.

Honors Program in Anthropology

Qualified students may carry out an independent research project leading to a B . A . with honors in anthro­pology: ANT 39 1 and ANT 392. Where possible, stu­dents will be encouraged to carry out their own field studies, but honors also may be earned for l ibrary research or for work as a research assistant or intern. Admission to the H onors Program i s by approval of the anthropology department faculty. Admission will ordi­narily occur in the spring term of the j unior year.

Courses of Instruction

1 0 1 . Human Nature: The Anthropological Perspective. The evolution of man's capacity for culture. H uman physical varia­t ion . Elements of human social and cultural systems. Ethical di lemmas in cul ture contact and field work. Current social con­cerns in cross-cultural perspective.

20 1 . The Development of Man, Culture, and Society. Evo­lution of man and development of culture from earliest Pleisto­cene remains to the beginnings of civilization .

202 . Early Civilizations of the Old World and the New. Comparative study of Near Eastern, Chinese, Middle Ameri­can, and Andean civil izat ions .

203. The Field Experience in Social Anthropology. How anthropologists d o field work and write up the i r find ings. ( 1 983- 84) 206. Women and Music. See M U R 206 (page 1 07 ) . 209 . Anthropologists a t Work . Examination of basic eth­nographies; the relat ionships among field work, method, and theory in social anthropology.

2 1 1 . Kinship and Marriage. Critical examination of a vari­ety of spec ific systems of k inship and marriage, and of different approaches to their study. ( 1 983-84) 2 1 2 . Ecology and Society. The ecological study of societies with subsistence economies. ( 1 983-84) 2 1 3 . Morality and Economics. The effects of moral and social relat ionships on the operation of economic systems in non- Western societies.

2 1 4 . Symbols. The nature of ritual and social symbols; methods and problems of interpreting symbolic elements . Same as REL 2 1 4. 2 1 5. Comparative Political and Legal Systems. Compara­tive analysis of leadership; sanct ion and arbitrat ion of social re lationships in selected societies. ( 1 983-84) 2 1 6 . Medical Anthropology. The study of "disease" and "i l lness" in relat ion to society and culture . Comparative analysis of bio- and ethno-medical models .

2 1 9 . City and Country in the Third World. Characteristics of cities and rural-urban relations in Africa, South A merica, and Asia .

220. Personhood in Ritual and Society. Concepts of the person in various societies; the endowing of ind ividuals with personhood in rituals and through rel igious movements . Same as R E L 220. ( 1 983-84) 223. Evolutionary Background of Human Behavior. Critical analysis of recent studies l ink ing h u man behavior to in stinctual drives.

226. Anthropological Films: Kinds and Uses. Documentary fi lms of various cul tures : how to understand and use such fi lms for learning, research, or other ends .

235. Women in Society : a cross-cultural, contemporary sur­vey. Explorat ions of women's domestic, productive, and po­litical roles in both traditional and i ndustrial societies, including the U nited States.

242. The Civil izations of Aboriginal Middle America. Rise of civil ization in Middle America from the earliest time to the Spanish Conquest.

243. Ethnohistorical Study of Ancient Mesoamerica. Social, economic, polit ical , and religious evidence from written and pictorial texts of Aztecs, Maya, and others .

246. Peoples of Africa. An examination of the varieties of social structure in selected areas of sub-Saharan Africa .

249. The Civil izations of South Asia. A comparative study of man's relat ions with t he divine, with the land, and with other men in the Hindu, Buddhist , and M usl im cultures of I ndia Sri Lanka, Pakistan, and Bangladesh . ( 1 983-84)

,

252. Recovering the Past : Research and Theory in Archaeol­ogy. How the past is variously interpreted in archaeology; ties with other disciplines.

261 . Cultural and Social Change. Examinations of kinds , processes, and explanations of change. Discussion of cases and approaches.

263. Society, Culture, and Personality. Relationships among socializat ion procedures, social structure, and ideological and "expressive" aspects of selected cultures .

265. The Study of Complex Societies. Problems and ap­proaches in the study of nonindustrial complex societies and civilizat ions .

271 . Language in Culture and Society. Selected topics of cu rrent interest in anthropologica l l inguistics. 275. Time and Area Perspectives in Anthropological linguis­tics. Analysis of historical relat ionships among languages without written records . 28 1 . The Family in Cross-Cultural Perspective. The forms and functions of family and h ousehold orga nization , k inship , and marriage in diverse human sociocultural systems . ( 1 983-84) 282. Population and Social Structure. The impact of birth, death , and marriage upon social institutions and the manner in which human cultu res respond to and regulate these demo­graphic factors . Applied anthropology and population policy.

285. The Culture of Children. Cross-cultural studies of the ways in which children acquire cu l ture and of the implications of this process for the understanding of human culture itself.

286. Cultural Factors in Aging. Beliefs about aging and the aged examined in the context of the social roles and behavior actually assumed by the elderly in differing cultures .

Honors Courses

391 . Honors Research in Anthropology I . The design and init ial phases of a research project in social o r cultural anthro­pology, archaeology, ethnohistory, o r anthropological l i nguis­tics . Research projects may be supervised by an appropriate faculty member in the Department of Anthropology. Spring of the junior year or fal l of the senior year.

392. Honors Research in Anthropology II. Completion of an independent research project and presentat ion to Depart­ment col loquia of an Honors Essay embodying the results . Fal l or spring of the senior year. Prerequisite : ANT 39 1 .

Other Special Courses and Seminars

396. Problems in Social Anthropological Analysis. Method and theory in social anthropology in relat ion to selected current issues.

Graduate-level Courses

A sian Studies 37

431 . Advanced Studies in Ethnography. An examination of selected problems in the col lect ion and a nalysis of ethnographic data and the re lation of the analysis of data to the development of theory in social anthropology.

432. Advanced Studies in the Comparative Study of Early Civil izations. The study of selected early civilizat ions with par­ticular reference to methodological a nd theoretical problems.

433. Advanced Studies in Social Anthropology. The exami­nat ion of theory in social anthropology and i ts application to various forms of research.

438. Anthropological Linguistics I . Theory and practice: phonologica l , grammatical, and semantic systems, with empha­sis on aspects releva nt to social anthropology.

439. Anthropological Linguistics II. Continuation of An­thropology 438 . 45 1 . Prehispanic Middle America and Peru . Comparative study of Aztec and I nca societies, a nd their predecessors .

ASIAN STUDIES

This is a certificate progra m, ad ministered by the Center for Special Degree Programs ( page 48) , that gives recogniti on for specializat ion i n connection wit h a de­partmental concentration.

Bruce Bueno de Mesquita, Ph . D . ( M ichigan) Professor of Political Science

Diran K. Dohanian, Ph . D. ( Harvard) Professor of Fine A rts

Robert B. Hal l , Jr. , P h . D . ( M ichigan) Professor of History and Geography and Director of the Program

Anthony T. Carter, Ph . D. ( Cambridge) Associate Professor of A nthropology

Will iam B . H auser, Ph . D . ( Yale) Associate Professor of History

Charles J. Wivell , Ph . D. ( U niversity of Washington) Associate Professor of Chinese Literature and Associate Director of the Program

Neil F. M c M ull in, P h . D . ( Brit ish Columbia) A ssis tant Professor of Religious Studies

David Pollack, Ph . D . ( Cal ifornia, Berkeley) Assistant Professor of Chinese and Japanese Literature

Datta S. Kharbas, M . A . ( M ichigan) Head. Asia Library

38 A rts and Science

Associates in the Center

* Henry P. French, Jr. , Ed . D . ( R ochester) Professor of History. Monroe Community College

* Robert Compton, Ph . D. (S tanford) A ssociate Lecturer. University College of Liberal and Applied Studies

*V injamuri Devadutt, Th . D. (Toronto) Professor Emeritus of Religious Studies

The program uses teaching assistants in large lecture courses and language offerings.

East Asian Language and Area Program

The East Asian Language and Area Program at the U niversity of Rochester is designed to permit students concentrating in the social sciences and humanities to develop knowledge of East Asia n cultures and languages as a complement to their d iscipl i nary concentrat ion . A student selecti ng this p rogram wil l , in addit ion to ful­fi l l ing the requirements of the department of concentra­tion, arrange the following special program which wil l be d rawn from electives. I . Two years of either Chinese or Japanese language . 2. Five courses from those l isted in A below.

Upon graduation the student will receive a certificate in East Asian studies as well as a B . A . i n the department of concentration . Students planning to take work i n the East Asian Program should consult Professor Wivell or Professor Hal l .

A . Offerings Acceptable in the East

Asian Program

Fine Arts

AH 1 03 . Introduction to the Art of India and the Far East.

AH 1 90 . Art of East and West ( Preceptorial) .

A H 222. Chinese Painting.

AH 223. Shrine and Image. ( 1 983-84 o r 1 984-85) A H 224. The Arts of Japan. ( 1 983-84 or 1 984-85) A H 225. Chinese Architecture and Town Planning. ( 1 983-84 o r 1 984-85) A H 226. The A rts of Buddhist Asia. ( 1 983-84 o r 1 984-85) A H 227. Ukiyo-E: Popular Art of Pre-Modern Japan.

AH 228. The Divine Lover: Erotic Themes in I ndian Art. ( 1 983-84 o r 1 984-85)

• Part-t i m e .

Foreign Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics

CHI 1 0 1 . Elementary Chinese I .

CHI 1 02 . Elementary Chinese I I .

CHI 1 03. Intermediate Chinese I .

CHI 1 04 . Intermediate Chinese I I .

CHI 204 . Readings in Modern Chinese I .

C H I 205. Readings i n Modern Chinese I I .

CHI 391 . Independent Study.

JAP 1 0 1 . Elementary Japanese I .

J A P 1 02 . Elementary Japanese I I .

J A P 1 03. Intermediate Japanese I .

J A P 1 04. Intermediate Japanese I I .

J A P 205. Modern Japanese Prose I .

J A P 206. Modern Japanese Prose I I .

J A P 391 . Independent Study in Japanese Language.

LIT 250. Introduction to Japanese Literature in Translation.

LIT 25 1 . The Modern Japanese Novel.

History and Geography

HIS 1 04 . World Population and Resources.

HIS 1 77 . Traditional Japanese Culture. ( 1 983-84) H I S 276. Japan and Pearl Harbor. ( 1 983-84) HIS 277. Modern Japan. ( 1 984-85 ) H I S 278 . East Asian Economics and Demography.

HIS 286. Film Images of the Pacific War. ( 1 984-85 ) HIS 377 . Studies in Modern Japan. ( 1 983-84) HIS 378. Urban-Industrial Japan.

Political Science

PSC 272. International Relations Theory.

PSC 276. Causes and Consequences of War. ( 1 983- 84)

Religious Studies

REL 1 05 . The Asian Search for Self.

R E L 1 06 . From Confucius to Zen.

R E L 1 98 . Gods and Buddhas ( Preceptorial) .

REL 245. Mahayana Buddhism.

R E L 247. Buddhism and Christianity.

REL 345. Readings in Buddhist Scripture.

B. Allied Asian Courses

AH 226. The A rts of Buddhist Asia. ( 1 983-84 o r 1 984-85)

AH 228. The Divine Lover: Erotic Themes in Indian Art. ( 1 983-84 o r 1 984-85) ANT 249. The Civilizations of South Asia.

PSC 263. Politics of India.

ASTRONOMY

(see Physics and A stronomy, page / /3)

BIOCHEMISTRY Leo G. Abood, Ph . D. ( Chicago) Professor in the

Center for Brain Research and of Biochemistry Robert G. Campbell , M . D. ( Columbia) Professor of

Medicine and of Biochemistry Edgar C. Henshaw, M . D. ( Harvard) Professor of

Medicine and of Biochemistry Russell H i lf, Ph . D. ( Rutgers) Professor and A cting

Chairman of Biochemistry; Professor of Oncology Guido V. M arinett i , Ph .D . ( Rochester) Professor of

Biochemistry Seymour Zigman, Ph . D. ( Rutgers) Professor of

Ophthalmology and of Biochemistry Robert A. Bambara, Ph . D . ( Cornell) Associate

Professor of Biochemistry and of Oncology James N . Livingston , Ph . D. (Oklahoma) Associate

Professor of Medicine and of Biochemistry Bruce Love, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Associate Professor of

Biochemistry Alan E. Senior, Ph . D. ( University of Newcastle upon

Tyne, England) Associate Professor of Biochemistry · Richard M . Bayer, P h . D . ( Rutgers) A ssistant

Professor at Rochester General Hospital and of Biochemistry

J. Ell is Bell , D. Phi l . (Oxford) A ssistant Professor of Biochemistry

J. Eugene LeClerc, Ph .D . (Tennessee) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry

Richard D. Mavis, Ph . D. ( I owa) A ssistant Professor

· Pa rt-time.

Biochemistry 39

of Radiation Biology and Biophysics and of Biochemistry

Frank Y. Tang, Ph. D. (Toledo) A ssistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology and of Biochemistry

Alexander L. Dounce, Ph . D. (Cornell) Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry

Leon L. Mi l ler, M . D. ( Rochester) Professor Emeritus of Radiation Biology and Biophysics, of Medicine, and of Biochemistry

Elmer H . Stotz, Ph. D. ( Harvard) Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry

This p rogram leads to a B .S . degree in the new Pro­gram in Bio logy and Medicine.

Subcommittee on Biochemistry

Guido V . Marinetti, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Professor of Biochemistry

J. Ell is Bell , D. Phi l . ( Oxford) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry and Chairman of the Subcommittee

J. Eugene LeClerc, Ph. D. (Tennessee) A ssistant Professor of Biochemistry

Requirements for Biochemistry

The core curriculum requires a total of 1 8 courses fro m chemistry, mathematics, physics, biology, and bio­chemistry. I n addit ion, there are two directed biology electives. This leaves a total of 1 2 free electives. Please note: • Biology Core Requirements-Students must take B I O

I I I , 1 2 1 , a n d 1 50, I ntroduction to Biology, Genetics, and Biochemistry, respectively.

• Chemistry-Students should take four semesters of general a nd organic chemistry, plus CH M 24 1 , Physi­cal Chemis try. Initial placement i n C H M 1 25 or 1 4 1 is not critical s ince students may change sequence at the end of the first semester. Either CH M 1 32 , 1 3 3 , and 1 34, or 1 42 , 201-202, and 203-204 may be taken sub­sequently. Students wishing to d o so may take C H M 25 1 and 252 in place of 24 1 .

• Mathematics- Either M T H 1 4 1 , 1 42 , and 1 43 , or 1 6 1 , 1 62, and 1 63 may be taken. Students electing t o take CH M 25 1 and 252 are advised to ta ke the MTH 1 6 1 - 1 63 sequence.

• Physics- P H Y 1 1 3- 1 1 4 0r 1 2 1 - 1 22 are acceptable. • Biochemistry-After B I O 1 50, students should take in

sequence I N D 40 1 , B C H 208, and BCH 5 1 4 . Two other biochemistry courses are required.

40 A rts and Science

• Bi ology Electives-Students are required to take two bi ology electives which may be selected fro m any other than biochemistry in the Program in Biology and Medicine sequence.

Biochemistry Degree with Distinction

As an addition to the above program students may, if they wish , take B C H 395 , I ndependent Laboratory Research . Any research work d one i n the Department of Biochemistry may be submitted , with prior approval, to the Subcommittee on Bioc hemistry to be considered for a degree with distinction in research. B C H 395 is usually taken in the jun ior or senior year.

The fol lowing is a typical program :

First Year

Fall C H M 1 4 1 MTH 1 6 1 Elective Elective

Second Year

P H Y 1 2 1 C H M 20 1 MTH 1 63 Elective

Third Year

BIO 1 2 1 I N O 40 1 C H M 24 1 A bio logy diversification

course

Fourth Year

BCH 5 1 4 BCH 395 Elective Elective

Spring C H M 1 42 MTH 1 62 B I O I I I Elective

P H Y 1 22 C H M 202 BIO 1 50 Elective

A bio logy d iversification course BCH 208 ( lab) Elective Elective

BCH elect ive BCH elective B C H 395 Elective

Further information is available from the Center for Special Degree Progra ms, Latti more 206, or from Assis­tant Professor J . Ell is Bell , Chairman, Subcommittee on Biochemistry, Box 607, University of Rochester Medical Center, 60 1 Elmwood Avenue, Rochester, New York 1 4642.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES : PROGRAM

IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE

U ndergraduate education in the b io logical sciences at the University of Rochester involves an unusually close col laboration between the Col lege of Arts and Science and the School of M edicine and Dentistry. Each of the curricula described below constitutes strong preparation for graduate or professional s tudy . The combined cur­ricula of the Program i n Bio logy and Medicine offer more than 50 lecture and laboratory courses and addi­t ional seminars in specialized topics. I n additio n to for­mal course work, the large number of faculty involved in the Program provides a n unusual number and diversity of independent research opportunities .

U ndergraduates may choose to obtain either a B . A . degree in b io logy or a B . S . d egree in b io logical sciences with special izat ion i n one of s ix areas: b iochemistry, cell and developmental biology, microbiology, molecular genetics, neuroscience, and population biology.

One particular advantage of the Program is t hat the student need not make a premature c hoice among the degrees offered . The B . A . and B . S . degrees all require a common core, which normally comprises the first three b iology courses (The Bio logy of Organisms; Genetics; and Chemical Aspects of Biology) . The student may then sample introductory courses fro m several of the B . S . tracks, and these courses may b e used i n a n y B . S . , or i n the B . A . , curriculum. In addition , most o f the courses required in the a l lied fields (chemistry, mathematics, and physics) are the same for any of the degrees offered .

B.A . in Biology

The B.A. curriculum is intended to provide the student with a well-rounded introduction to the maj o r areas of biology. This p rogram offers the maximum freedom of course selection s ince among the eight biology courses necessary to earn the degree, only the three core courses are specifically requ i red. ( See page 43 . )

4 1

42 A rts and Science

B.S . in Biological Science: Biochemistry

Basic concepts of metabol ism, p rotein structu re and funct ion, and experi mental tech niques are covered . I n the senior year a wide variety of opt ional courses is offered al lowing special iza­tion in enzymology, membrane biochemistry, DNA, and R N A st ruct u re-format ion . ( See page 39 . )

B.S . in Biological Science: Cel l and

Developmental Biology

Covers the a nalysis of the structu re and funct ion of cel ls , t he organizat ion and i nteraction of cel ls and t i ssues, and the pro­cesses of development respons ib le for cell a nd t i ssue d i fferentia­tion and prod uct ion of the adult form . Emphasis is placed on the molecular bases for cel lu lar and deve lopmental p rocesses . ( See page 44. )

B.S. in Biological Science: Microbiology

The int roductory course considers how microorganisms are adapted to t he i r environment . In advanced cou rses, emphas is is p laced on the molecu lar funct ioning of microorga nisms, cov­ering such t h ings as bacte ria l physio logy, microbial genetics, immunology, virology, and the "microbiological" approach to an imal cel ls growing i n cul ture . ( See page 1 03 . )

B.S . in Biological Science: Molec ular Genetics

Covers chromosome structure, the molecular mechanisms of DNA replicat ion, DNA repair, recombinat ion, gene expression, and the control of gene express ion . Emphasis i s placed on exper imental approaches, includ ing recombinant D N A tech­nology. ( See page 44 . )

B.S . in Biological Science: Neuroscience

Neuroscience, which is an i nterd i sc ip l inary pursuit , deals wi th the mechanics by which nervous systems mediate behavior. A combinat ion of course work and laboratory ex perience gives students a fi rm understand ing of bra in function from t he molecular to the behavioral leve ls . Topics covered include bio­chemical , a natomical , phys iological, and med ical aspects of neurobiology. ( See page 1 09 . )

B.S . in Biological Science: Population Biology

Covers ecology, animal behavior, populat ion genetics, and evolut ion . Whi le the descript ive aspects of t hese subjects receive adequate treatment, the maj o r emphasis in all courses is on the dynamic p rocesses influencing organisms and populat ions in nature. The subject matter p resented thus concentrates on quant itative analyses, both ex perimental a nd theoretica l . ( See page 44 . )

BIOLOGY

Thomas T. Bannister, Ph . D. ( l I I inois) Professor of Biology and of Radiation Biology and Biophysics

Martin A. Gorovsky, Ph . D. (Chicago) Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Department

Stanley M. Hattman, Ph . D. ( M . I . T. ) Professor of Biology

Walter P. Hempfl ing, Ph. D . ( Yale) Professor of Biology and Associate Chairman of the Department

George E. Hoch, Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Professor of Biology

** Jerome S. Kaye, Ph . D. (Columbia) Professor of Biology

William B. M uchmore, Ph . D . ( Washington University) Professor of Biology

Uzi Nur, Ph. D. (California, Berkeley) Professor of Biology

Richard D. O' Brien, Ph . D . ( Western Ontario) Professor of Biology and Provost

Satya Prakash , Ph . D. ( Washington University) Professor of Biology

Robert K. Selander, Ph . D. (Cal ifornia, Berkeley) Professor of Biology

,

Abraham Worcel , M . D. ( Buenos Aires) Professor of Biology and Rush Rhees Professor

Karl A. Drlica, Ph. D. (Cal ifornia, Berkeley) Associate Professor of Biology

David C. Hink le , Ph . D . ( California, Berkeley) Associate Professor of Biology

Conrad A. Istock, Ph. D. ( M ichigan) Associate Professor of Biology

Joanna B. Ol msted , Ph . D. ( Yale) Associate Professor of Biology

Robert D. Simon, Ph . D . ( M ichigan State) Associate Professor of Biology

Robert C. Angerer, Ph . D. (Johns Hopkins) Assistant Professor of Biology

Thomas Caraco, Ph . D. ( Syracuse) Assistant Professor of Biology

Thomas Eick bush, Ph . D . (Johns Hopkins) Assistant Professor of Biology

Lasse Lindahl , Ph . D. (Copenhagen) Assistant Professor of Biology

" These fac u l t y have a p p l ied fo r one or t w o semesters of leave i n 1 98 2 - 8 3 .

William J. Wasserman, Ph . D. (Toronto) Assistant Professor of Biology

Ernst W. Caspari, Ph. D . (Giittingen) Professor Emeritus of Biology

Johannes F. C. H oltfreter, Ph . D . ( Freiburg) Tracy H. Harris Professor Emeritus of Zoology

Approximately 20 graduate students. in partial fulfill­ment of requirements for the Ph . D. degree. assist in the instructional program as recitation leaders and laboratory teaching assistants.

The Depart ment of Biology administers curricula lead ing to four of the seven undergraduate degrees offered through the Program in Biology and Medicine: ( I ) B . A . in biology, (2) B . S . in biological science : cell and developmental biology, (3) B . S . i n biological science: molecular genetics, and (4) B . S . in biological science: population biology. (The general structure of the Pro­gram in Biology and Med icine i s described o n page 40 . ) In addit ion, t h e Department o f Biology a n d t h e Depart­ment of Geological Sciences j oint ly offer a curriculum leading to a B . S . i n biology-geology (see page 84) .

The B . A . curriculum is intended to provide the stu­dent with a well-rounded introduct ion to the major areas of biology. This p rogram offers maximum freedom in course select ion since only the three biology core courses ( B I O I I I , 1 2 1 , and 1 50) are specifical ly required . The B .A . is normally more general and less intensive than the B .S . concentrations . Fewer courses are requi red for the B . A . , and these usually will include a number of lower­level courses designed to present the diverse aspects of biological science.

The B . S . curricula offer those undergraduates who identify an area of special interest a rigorous grounding in that field's research activity. These curricula stress theoretical and experimental approaches and the devel­opment of expertise in a more restricted fie ld of bio logy, including analysis of results in the current scientific l iterature. Breadth of background in biology is achieved through the three biology core courses and the two additional biology d iversificat ion courses selected from outside the area of special izat ion .

Planning a Curriculum

Courses in the Program in Bio logy and Medicine begin with an ample introduct ion to maj o r areas of bio­logical science before a fi nal decisio n is made among the B.A. and B . S . curricula . All degrees require the common core of B IO I I I , Biology of Organisms; B I O 1 2 1 , Genet­ics; and BIO 1 50, Chemical Aspects of Biology, which

Biology 43

are normally taken fi rst . The student may then sample several introd uctory courses in the specific areas of the s ix B . S . curricu la ; these courses may be used as part of a B . S . program (as required courses or as d iversificat ion courses) or may become part of a B .A. curricu lum.

The B .A. and al l the B .S . curricula require a common set of courses in the al l ied fie lds of mathematics, chem­istry, and physics . Students interested in pursuing a con­centrat ion in b io logical science are urged to begin ful­fi l l ing the mathematics and chemistry requirements in the freshman year. A typical program for the fi rst two years that would prepare a student for any of the cu rric­ula described below i s :

Freshman Year

Fall M T H 1 4 1 , 1 50, or 1 6 1 C H M 1 25 Elective ( Engl ish, foreign

language) Elect ive

Sophomore Year

Fall 8 1 0 1 2 1 C H M 1 33 Elect ive (or M T H 1 43) Elective

B . A . in Biology

Spring 8 1 0 I I I M T H 1 42, 1 5 1 , or 1 62 C H M 1 32 Elect ive

Spring 8 1 0 1 50 C H M 1 34 (not requ ired for

B . A . ) B iology elective Elect ive

The requirements fo r the B . A . in biology are : • Biology Core-BIO I I I , 1 2 1 , a n d 1 50 . • Biology Diversification-Five courses (20 credits) se­

lected fro m the offerings of the Progra m in Biology and Medicine . These courses include those offered by the biology department ( l i sted below) as well as those offered by the Departments of Biochemistry (page 39) and M icrobiology ( page 1 03 ) and the Committee on Neuroscience ( page 1 09) .

• Laboratory Requirement-The laboratory require­ment must be sati sfied in one of the fo llowing ways: 1 . one four-credit upper-level laboratory course, or 2. B I O 1 05 , Laboratory i n Biology, plus a lecture

course which has an associated laboratory, or 3. two lecture-laboratory courses . BIO 395, I ndependent Research , carried out under the

44 A rts and Science

supervision of a member of the Program in Biology and Medicine, may be used as the equivalent of one lecture-laboratory course.

• Allied Fields 1 . A calculus sequence ( M T H 1 4 1 , 1 42 , 1 43 ; 1 50 , 1 5 1 ;

o r 1 6 1 , 1 62) . 2 . Three semesters of chemistry (one inorganic and

two organic chemistry courses) . 3. Two semesters of physics .

B . S . in Biological Science: Cell and

Developmental Biology

Cell biology is the study of the structure, composit ion, and function of cel ls and their component parts . Cell b io logists seek to elucidate the common features of d if­ferent k inds of cells as well as the unique aspects of structure and physiology that confer special fu nctions on different types of ce l l s in a tissue, organ, or organism. The fields of cel l biology and developmental biology are closely related . Developmental bio logy deals with the processes involved in the production of an adult o rgan­ism from a ferti l ized egg. A maj o r facet of develop­mental biology is the study of the mechanisms by which d ifferentiated cells ach ieve and maintain their special properties . M odern investigations in both cell and de­velopmental bio logy are extensively integrated with the theories, results, and techniques of genetics, molecular biology, and biochemistry.

The requirements for the B . S . in cell and developmen­tal biology are: • Bio logy Core- BIO I I I , 1 2 1 , and 1 50. • Biology Diversification-Two courses offered by the

Program in Biology and Medicine, exclud ing those in cell and developmental biology.

• Required Courses-BIO 2 1 0, 226, and 230. • Advanced Courses-Any two of the following courses:

B I O 220, 236, 243, and 244 . • Seminar-One of the fol lowing one-cred it seminars is

required : B I O 5 1 6 , Current Topics in Developmental Biology; BIO 520, Current Topics in Cell Biology; or BIO 544, Current Topics in Eukaryotic Gene Organi­zation and Expression.

• Allied Fields 1. A calculus sequence ( M TH 1 4 1 , 1 42 , 1 43 ; 1 50 , 1 5 1 ;

o r 1 6 1 , 1 62) a nd a course i n d ifferential eq uations, statistics, or computer science.

2 . Four semesters of chemistry (two inorganic and

two organic chemistry courses) . 3 . Two semesters of physics .

B . S . in Biological Science: M olecular Genetics

M olecular genetics is the study of the structure of genes and the mechanisms i nvolved in their mainte­nance, alterat ion (mutat ion) , expression, replicat ion, recombination, and trans miss ion . Mo lecular geneticists see k to describe these events in terms of the properties and interact ions of DNA, R N A , prote ins , and other molecules.

The requirements for the B . S . in molecular genetics are: • Bio logy Core- B I O I I I , 1 2 1 , and 1 50 . • Biology Diversification-Two courses offered by the

Program in Biology and Medicine, excluding those in molecular genetics.

• Required Courses- B I O 202 , 2 1 2 , 246, and 268 . • Advanced Courses-One of the fol lowing is required :

BCH 208 or B I O 230, 243 , or 244 . • Optional Seminar (one credit)- B I O 5 1 2 , Seminar in

Regulat ion of Gene Expression, or BIO 546, Seminar i n DNA Replication , Repair, and Recombination.

• Allied Fields 1. A calculus sequence ( M T H 1 4 1 , 1 42, 1 43 ; 1 50, 1 5 1 ;

or 1 6 1 , 1 62) and a course in differential equations , statistics, or computer science.

2 . Four semesters of chemistry (two inorganic and two organic chemistry courses) .

3. Two se mesters of physics .

B . S . in Biological Science: Population Biology

Population biology is the unified study of ecology, populat ion genetics, animal behavior, and evolution. Together these disciplines comprise an attempt to under­stand how the activities of individuals , local breed ing and foraging groups, and larger populations are in­volved in the processes of adaptation by natural selec­t ion, as we l l as the purely stochastic influences that shape the genetic and phenotypic character of popu­lations and species . The sheer numerical magnitude of the mechanisms underlying population phenomena and especially evolutionary change, in terms of numbers of individuals and genes involved and the great variety of diffe rent kinds of ecological interact ions possib le, p re­d ispose the subject to formulati on in mathematical

models that must be tested through observat ion of natural populations . S tudents in the population biology program are encouraged to take unusually extensive training in mathematics and statistics and, through other courses of the p rogra m, to gain experience with the use of the analytical, sampling, and experi mental techniques of field biology.

The requirements for the B . S . in populat ion bio logy are: • Biology Core-B I O I l l , 1 2 1 , and 1 50 . • Biology Diversification-Two courses offered by the

Program in Biology and M edicine, excluding those in population biology.

• Required Courses - B I O 205 , 225 , and 584, Seminar in Evolution (one cred it) .

• Advanced Courses-Two of the fol lowing courses are required : B IO 208, 260, 263, 264.

• Other Courses-One of the following courses is re­quired : B I O 1 22, 1 25 , 1 30, 1 3 1 , 23 1 , 269, or M B I 220.

• Allied Fields I. A calculus sequence ( MT H 1 4 1 , 1 42 , 1 43 ; 1 50 , 1 5 1 ;

or 1 6 1 , 1 62) a nd a course i n d ifferential equations, statistics, or computer science.

2 . Four semesters of chemistry (two inorganic and two organic chemistry courses) .

3. Two semesters of physics.

Independent R esearc h and Degrees with

H onors

The facts, theories, and principles of biology taught in our formal courses ulti mately derive from research in the laboratory or the fie ld . Students are encouraged to experience t.he challenges, successes, frustrations , and excitement of research by arranging independent re­search programs in the laboratories of individual mem­bers of the faculty. Work in a laboratory provides an ins ide v iew of biology and b io logists that cannot be gained through lectures or read ing, and is particularly valuable for undergraduates who co ntemplate careers in research. I ndependent research may be a rranged for formal course cred it ( B I O 395), but is also often under­taken by an informal agreement between the i nd ividual student and faculty member. Students who have demon­strated abi l ity and initiat ive in an independent research project may be recommended for a degree with honors after successful complet ion and defense of a written d issertat ion .

Courses of Instruction

Biology 45

1 0 1 . Introd uction to Modern Biology. An introduction to modern biology, including biochemistry, ge netics, cel lu lar and organismal b io l ogy, and evolution. Three hours of lecture and one rec itat ion per week. Does not carry concentration credit.

1 05 . Laboratory in Biology. Exercises and demonstrat ions in t roducing principles and proced u res of modern bio logical resea rch both i n the laboratory and i n the fie ld, inc lud ing those used in populat ion genetics, microbiology, cel lu lar b io logy, molecular b io logy, and deve lopmental b io logy. Two 3-hour laboratories and one lecture/ recitat ion per week . Satisfies one­ha lf of the laboratory requ i rement for the B . A. in b io logy. Pre­requis i te : B I O I I I or 1 2 1 or 1 50. 1 1 1 . The Biology of Organisms. An in t roduct ion to l iv ing systems , pr imari ly a t the level of organisms and popUlat ions . A requ i red course for a l l concentrat ions in bio logical science. Three hours of lectu re, one recitat ion, and one audiovisual ses­s ion per week. 1 2 1 . Genetics. A n introduction to t ra nsmiss ion, molecular, and populat ion genetics. A requ ired course for a l l concentra­t ions i n b io logical science. Three hours of lectu re a nd one reci­tat ion per week. Prerequis i te : B I O I l l . 1 22 . I nvertebrate Zoology. General su rvey of the principal groups of non-vertebrate a nimals . Three h o urs of lectu re and one 3-hour laboratory per week . 1 25 . Vertebrate Structure and Function. A study of mor­phological and funct iona l changes in the l i ne of descent from pr imi t ive jawless fishes to modern an imals . Th ree hours of lecture and one 3-hour laboratory per week . 1 30 . General Botany I . Classificat ion , morph ology, physiol­ogy, and ecology of vascu lar land plants . Th ree hours of lectu re and one 3-hour laboratory per week; occas ional Saturday field tr ips . No prerequis ites . 1 3 1 . General Botany II . Classificat ion, morphology, p hys­io logy, and ecology of a lgae, fungi, and higher aquatic plants . Three hours of lecture and one 3-hour laboratory per week; occas ional f ie ld tr ips . 1 50 . Chemical Aspects of Biology. Basic concepts in com­parative biochemistry. A requi red course for a l l concentrat ions i n b io logica l sc ience . Three hours of lecture and one recitat ion per week. Prerequisi tes : C H M 1 32, a course i n calculus , and B I O I I I or 1 2 1 . 202 . Molecu lar Genet ics . Discus s ions of t he m o lecu lar mechanisms of gene replicat ion a nd gene express ion and i t s contro l , s t ress ing ex per iments w i th bacter ia and bacter ia l v i ruses . Th ree hours of lecture and one recitation per week. Prerequisites : BIO I l l , 1 2 1 , and 1 50. 205. Introduction to Population Biology. A survey of ecol­ogy, population genet ics , and evolution. Three hours of lecture and one rec i tat ion per week . Prerequis i tes : B I O I I I , 1 2 1 , and 1 50 .

46 A rts and Science

208. Physiology and Ecology of the Algae. A d i scussion of phytoplankton communit ies in lakes and seas and mechanisms by which environmental variables affect those populat ions . Three hours of lectu re and one 3-hour laboratory per week. Prerequis i te : BIO 205.

2 1 0. Introduction to Cell and Tissue Structure. A d iscussion of the structure and biochemical properties of t he major organ­elles of the ce l l and an introduct ion to vertebrate and compara­tive h isto logy. Three hours of lectu re and one demonstrat ion per week. Prerequisites : BIO I I I or 1 2 1 or 1 50, and C H M 1 25 . ( N ot offered in 1 98 2- 8 3 . )

2 1 2 . Regulation o f Gene Expression. Crit ical ana lysis o f the molecular mechanisms that regulate gene express ion . Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: BIO 202.

220. Introduction to Cell Biology. The study of cel l organ­e l les t hrough extensive read ings in t he original l i terature. Three hours of lecture and one recitat ion per wee k . Prerequis ites : B I O 1 50 and 2 1 0.

225. Laboratory in Population Biology. I ntroduction to the met hods used to test populat ion theory, ra nging from field sampl ing and laboratory exerci ses to computer s imulat ion of populat ion dynamics . Two 4-hour laboratories and one rec ita­tion per week . Sat i sfies the laboratory requ i rement for the B . A . i n biology. Prerequis i te : B I O 205.

226. Introduction to Developmental Biology. Development of an i mals and plants, emphas iz ing cel lular aspects and mecha­nisms . Three hours of lectu re per week. Prerequis i tes : BIO 1 2 1 and 1 50 .

230 . Laboratory in Ce l l and Developmental Biology. Lab­oratory exercises i l lustrat ing methods used i n current research, i nc luding m icroscopic analysis , cel l fract ionat ion, experimental embryology, and mo lecular a nalysis of developing systems . Two 4-hour laborato ries a nd one reci tat ion per week . Sati sfies the laboratory requ i rement for the B . A . in b io logy. Prerequi­s i tes : pr ior complet ion of or concurre nt registrat ion in BIO 2 1 0 and B I O 226.

231 . Plant Physiology. A study of the cultivation and growth of h igher plants and a lgae and of const i tuent cellular processes . Three hours of lecture and one 3-hour laboratory per week. Prerequ i sites : BIO 1 30 and C H M 1 32 .

233. Biochemical Mechanisms o f Solar Energy Conversion. Discuss ion of photosynthetic mecha nisms, n i trogen fixat ion, and the b ioconversions of ph otosynthetic products . Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequis i tes : B I O 1 50 or equivalent and P H Y 1 1 4 or equivalent . 236., Advanced Developmental Biology. Advanced topics in modern developmental b io l ogy. Three hours of lect u re and one rec i tat ion per week . Prerequis i te : BIO 226. ( N ot offered in 1 982- 8 3 . )

243. Eukaryotic Gene Organization a n d Expression I . Dis­cussion of the structure of the eukaryotic genetic apparatus and cha nges occurring d u ring development , inc luding content and arrangement of DN A seque nces, structure of specific genes, and

the st ructu re and compos i t ion of chromat in a nd chromosomes. Three hours of lect u re and one rec i tat ion per week . Prerequi­s i tes: BIO 1 2 1 and either B I O 1 50 or BIO 226.

244. Eukaryotic Gene Organization and E xpression II . The mechanisms of eukaryotic gene expression , inc lud ing t ran­script ion and p rocess ing of the maj o r c lasses of RNA, trans la­t ion of messenger R N A, and control of gene express ion at t ranscript ional and post-tra nscript iona l leve ls . Th ree hours of lectu re and one rec i tat ion per week. Prerequ is i te : B I O 243 or permission of t he instructor. 246. DNA Replication, Repair, and Recombination. A p re­sentation of recent developments in the study of rep l icat ion , repair, and recombinat ion of DNA, emphasiz ing prokaryotic systems, wi th comparisons to eukaryotes w here appropriate. Three hours of lectu re per week. Prerequis i te : BIO 202.

260. Animal Behavior. A survey of behaviora l phenomena, emp hasiz ing evolut ionary concepts and quant itat ive ecology. Three hours of lect u re and one recitat i on per wee k . Prerequi­s i tes: BIO 205 and MTH 1 6 1 o r equivalent . 263. Population and Community Ecology. Theoretical and experimental a nalysis of populat ion dyna mics and community organ izat ion . Three hours of lect ure per week. Prerequis i tes : BIO 205 and MTH 1 62 or equiva lent . ( N ot offered in 1 98 2- 8 3 . )

264. Population Genetics. A review of t h e genetic a nalys is o f natu ra l a n d laboratory populat ions a n d a comparison of t he resu lts to those expected from basic mathematical models descri b ing changes i n gene frequencies . Th ree hours of lect u re per week. Prerequis i te : B I O 205.

268. Laboratory in Molecular Genetics. Exercises i n molec­ular genetics and the b iochemistry of n ucleic acids, i nc luding genet ic a nalys is i n prokaryotes, comple mentat ion and recombi­nat ion in bacteriophage, recombinant DNA meth odo logy, and separat ion of macromo lecules th rough elect rop hores i s . Two 4-hour laboratories and one recitat ion per week . Satisfies the laboratory requ i rement for the B.A. i n b io logy. Prerequis i te : B I O 202.

269. Theoretical Population Genetics. A rigorous d i scussion of models of populat ion genetics, i nclud i ng classical and mod­ern theories of genetic varia t ion , qua nt i tat ive i nheri ta nce, migrat ion , recombinat ion , l i nkage, epistasis , d rift , i nbreed i ng, and select ion . Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites : BIO 205 and M T H 1 62 or equivalent . ( N ot offered in 1 982-8 3 . )

39 1 . Independent Study. A special p rogram of read ing i n advanced aspects of ce l lu lar, developmental , or populat ion biology, molecular genetics, plant bio logy, or bioenergetics may be arranged accord i ng to the needs and in terests of the i ndiv id­ual students . Such courses are normal ly superv ised by any facu lty member of the Department of B io logy. 395. Independent Research. A special program of labora­tory or fie ld work in advanced aspects of b io logica l science may be arranged wi th a facul ty member of t he Department accord­ing to the in terests of ind ividual students .

Biology cou rses wi th numbers of 400 a nd above, a l th ough intended primari ly fo r graduate students, a re open to q ual i fied j uniors and seniors by permission of the instructor.

432. Plant Molecular Biology. Se lected topics in the molec­ular biology of land p lants . Three hours of lecture per week . Prerequisites: B I O 1 2 1 and eilher B I O 1 50 or IND 40 1 . ( Not offered i n 1 982- 8 3 . )

450. Biology o f Plasmids. Selected topics i n t h e bio logy o f extrachromosomal D N A, inc luding methods, c lass ificat ion , replicat ion , transfer, and evolut ion . Three h ours of lecture per week . Prerequi sites: B IO 1 2 1 and eilher BIO 1 50 or I N D 40 1 .

Interdepartmental Courses

IND 40 1 . General Biochemistry. Cred it-5 hours . A gen­eral app roach to biochemistry. Chemist ry of cel l const i tuents ; enzyme k inetics and mechan isms ; metabol i sm-pathways and regulat ion ; bioenergetics ; RNA, DNA, and protein synthesis ; control mechanisms in the ce l l . Prerequis i tes : B I O 1 50, CH M 1 33 .

I N D 402 . Advanced Biochemistry. A d i scuss ion of e nzyme k inetics, assembly of membrane proteins , n ucleic acid chemis­try, regulatory chemistry, mechanisms of action of hormones, and reconstituted membrane systems. Prerequis i te : I N D 40 1 .

IND 403. Principles of Biological Structure and Function. The fundamental pr incip les invo lved in the structure and assembly of cellular organelles and the processes that regulate macromolecular synthesis, cel l d iv is ion, and d i fferent iat ion of eukaryotic cel ls . Prerequis i te : I N D 40 1 or BCH 500.

BRAIN RESEARCH

Leo G. Abood, Ph . D. (Chicago) Professor in the Cenler for Brain Research and of Biochemistry

Manuel P. del Cerro, M . D. ( Buenos Aires) Professor in the Center for Brain Research. of Neurology. and in the Center for Visual Science; Associate Professor of Anatomy and Ophthalmology

Robert W. Doty, Ph . D . ( Chicago) Professor in the Center for Brain Research. of Physiology. of Psychology. and in the Center for Visual Science

David Goldblatt, M . D. ( Western Reserve) Professor of Neurology and in the Center for Brain Research

Robert M. Hernd on, M . D. (Tennessee) Professor in the Center for Brain Research and Director of the Center; Professor of Neurology

Karl M . Knigge , Ph . D . ( M ichigan) Professor of A natomy and in the Center for Brain Research

Brain Research 47

Robert W. Krei l ick, Ph. D . ( Washington) Professor of Chemistry and in the Center for Brain Research

Jerome Schwartzbaum, Ph . D. ( Stanford) Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Brain Research

David E. Scott , Ph . D. ( Cal ifornia, Los Angeles) Professor of A natomy and in the Center for Brain Research

Ludwig A. Sternberger, M . D. (American U niversity, Beirut) Professor of A natomy and in the Centerfor Brain Research

Garth J. Thomas, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Professor in the Center for Brain Research. of Psychology. and of Neurology

Bernard Weiss, Ph . D. ( R ochester) Professor of Radiation Biology and Biophysics. in the Center

for Brain Research. and of Psychology Robert W. Hamil l , M . D. ( Bowman Gray) A ssociate

Professor of Neurology and in the Center for Brain Research; Assistant Professor of Medicine

Wayne P. H oss, Ph . D. ( Nebraska) Associate Professor in the Center for Brain Research

Carol K. Kellogg, Ph . D . ( R ochester) Associate Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Brain Research

Richard T. M oxley I I I , M . D. ( Pennsylvania) Associate Professor of Neurology. of Pediatrics. and in the Center for Brain Research

John R. Sladek, J r. , Ph . D. (Chicago) Associate Professor of A natomy and in the Center for Brain Research

Na ncy H. Sternberger, Ph . D . ( M aryland) Associate Professor in the Center for Brain Research

Don M . Gash , P h . D . ( Dartmouth) Assistant Professor of A natomy and in the Center for Brain Research

Cu rtis N. Nelson, M . D. ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Surgery and in the Center for Brain Research

Will iam E. O'Neil l , P h . D . ( S U N Y, Stony Brook) Assistant Professor in the Center for Brain Research

Richard A. R udick, M . D. (Case Western Reserve) Assis{ant Professor of Neurology and in {he Center

for Brain Research David A. Scott, Ph . D . ( Saskatchewan) Visiting

Assis{ant Professor in {he Center for Brain Research Linda S. Schwab, P h . D . ( R ochester) Associa{e in the

Cen{er for Brain Research Stephen J. Buell , Ph . D . ( Rochester) Senior ins{ruc{or

of Neurology and in {he Center for Brain Research

The Center for Brain Research does not use teaching assistants in irs ins{ruc{ional program.

48 A rts and Science

The Center for Brain Research at the School of M edi­cine and Dentistry is co ncerned with education at the Ph . D. level and with research in problems of the nervous system. U ndergraduates with special permission may take special research or reading courses offered by the Center.

Courses of Instruction

3 1 0 . Special Problems in Neuroscience. The investigat ion of a special problem involving laboratory research and l ibrary use, a nd presentation of the resul ts . Prerequ isite : consent of the i nstructor. 39 1 . Reading Course in Neuroscience. A special program i n advanced top ics m a y be arranged accord ing to the needs a n d in terests of individual students . Prerequ isite : consent of the instructor. 4 1 4 . Chemical Factors Involved in Excitability. Cred it-2 hours. Lectures, student reports, and d i scussions on chemical a nd physiochemical aspects of nerve excitation a nd conduct ion. Prerequisite : consent of the inst ructor. 423. Functional Studies of the Visual System. Cred it-2 hours . Anatomical, elect rophysiologica l , a nd behaviora l anal­yses of the visual nervous system i n animals . Lect ures, d iscus­s ions, and student-prepared weekly reviews of selected relevant topics . Prerequisite : consent of the inst ructor. 446. Recent Developments in Neuropsychology. Cred it-2 hours . Discussion, student reports, and lectu res focused on basic i ssues in neuropsychology . S pecific topics wi l l vary from offering to offering, depending on s tudent need and current deve lopments in the fie ld . Prerequisites : a course in ex peri­mental psychology and consent of the instructor.

CENTER FOR SPECIAL DEGREE PROGRAMS

The Center for Special Degree Programs offers op­portunities for students to pursue programs which are not confined to the offeri ngs of one or two traditional d iscipli nes or departments. The academic organizations which are maintained in the Center are individual com­mittees composed of faculty members from across the U niversity. The Center is responsible for providing a variety of ways, outside the departmental structure, of planning and achieving one's educational goals .

The Committee on Interdepartmental Individualized Concentrations reviews and approves ind ivid ually con-

structed undergraduate proposals for concentratio ns lead ing to the B . A . degree. These have i ncluded such d iverse areas as health and society, American studies, environmental studies, and other interdisciplinary studies.

Robert B . Hall , Jr . , P h . D . ( M ichigan) Professor of History and Geography; Chairman of the Committee

J . W. J ohnson, Ph .D . ( Vanderbi lt) Professor of English

Richard W. Kaeuper, Ph . D . ( Princeton) Professor of History

Anne M c Mahon, Ph . D. ( M ichigan State) Associate Professor of Sociology

Robert D . S imon, P h . D . ( M ichigan State) Associate Professor of Biology

David A . Taylor, Ph . D . ( California, I rvine) Associate Professor of Psychology

Roger Wilhelm, D . M . A . (S tanford ) Associate Professor of Music and Director of Music, River Campus; A ssociate Professor of Conducting and Ensembles, Eastman School of Music

David L. Wei mer, Ph . D. ( California, Berkeley) Assistant Professor of Polit ical Science

The University-wide Commillee on Undergraduate Interdisciplinary Programs monitors and reviews for­malized undergraduate interdiscip l inary concentrations : cognitive science, general science, and a formalized track in fi lm studies.

Grace Harris, Ph . D. (Cambridge) Professor of Anthropology and of Religious Studies

Lawrence W. Lundgren, Ph . D . ( Yale) Professor of Geology

Archibald M . Mi l ler, M . F. A . (Cranbrook) Professor of Fine A rts

Jarold W. Ramsey, P h . D . ( Washington) Professor of English

Sanford L. Segal , P h . D . ( Colorado) Professor of Mathematics

Sid ney Shapiro, Ph . D . ( Harvard ) Professor of Electrical Engineering

I rving L. Spar, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Associate Dean, Graduate Studies, School of Medicine and Dentistry; Professor of Radiation Biology and Biophysics

Alice N . Benston, Ph . D. ( Emory) Associate Professor of Comparative Literature

Theodore M . Brown, Ph . D. ( Princeton) A ssociate Professor of History and of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine

Dana H . Ballard , Ph . D. ( Cal ifornia, I rvine) A ssistant Professor of Computer Science and of Radiology

The Certificate Programs- Asian Studies , In terna­tional Relations, and Russian Studies-give recogniti on for specializat ion in connection with a departmental concentration .

The Concentration Programs- General Science, I n­terdepartmental Studies, and Religious Studies-lead to bachelor's degrees awarded by the Col lege of Arts and Science.

The Center is also concerned with U niversity-wide interdiscipli nary studies because of the growing number of new col laborative degree programs which involve more than one discipl ine and lead to more than one degree program.

The Center is located in Latt imore 206 . Students seek­ing information and initial advice about the certificate and concentration progra ms should consult the staff there.

CHEMISTRY Robert Boeckman, Ph. D. ( Brandeis) Professor of

Chemistry * * Frank P. Buff, Ph . D. (California Institute of

Technology) Professor of Chemistry Richard S. Eisenberg, Ph. D. ( Columbia) Professor of

Chemistry Thomas F. George, Ph . D . ( Yale) Professor of

Chemistry John R. Huizenga, Ph. D. ( I l l inois) Tracy H. Harris

Professor of Chemistry and Physics Jack A. Kampmeier, Ph . D. ( I l l inois) Professor of

Chemistry Andrew S. Kende, Ph . D. ( Harvard) Professor of

Chemistry and Chairman of the Department Robert W. Kreil ick, Ph . D. ( Washington University)

Professor of Chemistry and in the Center for Brain Research

Thomas R. Krugh, Ph . D. ( Pen nsylvania State) Professor of Chemistry

John S. Muenter, Ph . D. (Stanford) Professor of Chemistry

Howard Saltsburg, Ph . D. ( Boston) Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry

Chemistry 49

William H. Saunders, Jr . , Ph . D . ( Northwestern) Professor of Chemistry

Richard H . Schlessinger, Ph . D. (Ohio State) Professor of Chemistry

Henry M . Sobell , M . D. ( Virginia) Professor of Radiation Biology and Biophysics and of Chemistry

James M . Farrar, Ph . D. (Chicago) A ssociate Professor of Chemistry

* * George L. M c Lendon, Ph . D. (Texas A & M ) Associate Professor of Chemistry

Shaul M u kamel, Ph . D . (Tel Aviv) Associate Professor of Chemistry

Douglas H . Turner, Ph. D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Chemistry

Stephen A. Godleski , Ph . D. ( Princeton) Assistant Professor of Chemistry

Will iam D. Jones I I , Ph. D. (Califo rnia Institute of Technology) Assistant Professor of Chemistry

David Perry, Ph . D. (Toronto) Assistant Professor of Chemistry

Marshall D. Gates, J r. , Ph . D . ( Harvard) Charles Frederick Houghton Professor Emeritus of Chemistry

Elliott W. Montroll , Ph . D. ( Pittsburgh) A lbert Einstein Professor Emeritus of Physics and of Chemistry

Approximately five postdoctoral fello ws, part-time instructors, 40 graduate teaching fello ws, and 20 spe­cially chosen undergraduates assist the faculty in the presentation of the teaching program . The majority of the teaching assistants are used in large lecture courses. For example, over 40 teaching assistan ts are used in Chemistry 125.

The Department of Chemistry is committed to the search for new insights into problems in chemistry and to the presentation of our understanding of chemistry to students at al l stages of the educati onal spectrum, from the begi nner to the accomplished scholar. Thus, the De­partment presents programs of teaching and research for undergraduate, graduate, and postdoctoral students . The size and attitudes of our Department create a rich inter­play a mong these programs . Each program sti mulates and nourishes the others. Our research and teaching goals are complementary a mbit ions . We want students to catch both our ideas and our enthusiasms . All faculty teach undergrad uate students; all faculty are actively involved in chemical research . An undergraduate student gets the benefits of facilities and a community of faculty

· · These fac u l t y have a p p l ied fo r onc or two semesters of leave in 1 98 2 - 8 3 .

50 A rts and Science

and students ded icated to the contemporary ideas and p roblems i n chemistry; the faculty values the challenges and the st imulation of presenting their ideas to others and the col laboration with students which leads to new understanding. Students move easi ly through the spec­trum of departmental activities. U ndergraduates are an integral part of the research programs of the Depart­ment; i t is common to find a laboratory with an under­graduate, a graduate student, a postdoctoral student, and a faculty member working side by s ide . In a s imilar fash ion , some of the teaching programs i n the Depart­ment involve faculty, postdoctoral students, graduate students, and advanced undergraduates working as a team to present ideas and techniques to beginning students .

Chemistry i s a rich and fascinating subject which ranges in concern from macromolecular b iopolymers to p roblems in subatomic st ructure and i n t ime scales from eons to picoseconds . The skil ls of chemists range fro m sophisticated levels o f mathematical abstract ion to the elegant conception and execution involved in the syn­thesis of complex naturally occurring molecules. The chemist's view of the atomic and molecular st ructu re of the world is one of the major intellectual forces which shape modern thought. The chemist's skil l and u nder­standing have revolutionized many areas of modern society, such as agriculture, clothing and shelter, health care, and energy resources . The Department hopes, of course, to prepare and st imulate students to professional achievement and accomplishme nt i n chemistry. At the same time, we recognize the fundamental nature of our d iscip l ine and its proper role as the basis and comple­ment to study and accompl ishment in a host of other areas. A very large number of our students will find their fascinations and aspirations i n related or interdiscipl in­ary fields . We a im to give them the insights and the ski l ls i n chemistry which will support their work in these areas .

General Course Information

There are three introductory chemistry course se­q uences: ( I ) 1 25 and 1 26 form a two-semester sequence designed for students desiring on ly one year of chem­is try ; (2) 1 25 , 1 32 , 1 3 3 , and 1 34 for m a four-semester sequence designed to provide two semesters of general chemistry and two semesters of organic chemistry for students i nterested in the health professions; and (3) ·1 4 1 a n d 1 42 form a two-semester sequence i n general chem­istry designed to provide the introduction to the B . A . or B . S . degree p rograms in chemistry. Beginn ing students enter Chemistry 1 25 or 1 4 1 according to their i nterests,

aptitudes, and preparation . That choice is not critical, however, because the subsequent courses, 1 26, 1 32 , or 1 42 , can be ente red fro m either 1 25 or 1 4 1 . It is par­ticularly imp ortant to note that a prospective chemistry major with inadequate mathematical preparation to enter Chemistry 1 4 1 may take Chemistry 1 25 in the first semester. Satisfactory performance in 1 25 may then al low a student to enter a concentrat ion in chemistry by taking Chemistry 1 42 in the second semester. Thus, the important c hoice of a sequence is delayed unti l the student has the benefit of some experience with co llege chemistry.

The Department offers undergraduate programs lead­ing to both B . A . and B . S . degrees . In general, the programs differ in the choice and t iming of courses in the junior and senior years; an early choice between pro­grams is not required . Between the two progra ms, the students can arrange a che mistry maj o r which covers the fundamentals as essential background for a specific career in some other a rea, ta i lor-made to suit specific interests of the particular student, or which provides r igorous and th orough p reparat ion for profess ional work i n chemistry. Specific programs are described below.

B . A . Program in Chemistry

The basic course and laboratory work in chemistry and all ied subjects (mathematics and p hysics) are iden­tical to that required i n the B . S . p rogram . The B . A . program makes fewer specificat ions a t t h e advanced level and encourages a wide range of elective courses. It is particularly suitable for students with interdiscipl inary scientific interests i n the health professions, biology, physics, geological sciences, engineering, or educati on . B .A. students may elect advanced courses i n chemistry, including independent research , and can , thereby, create a preprofessional curriculum best suited to their indi­vidual i nterests . The B . A . program, therefore, d oes not preclude a professional career in chemistry.

Requirements

• Chemistry 1 25 / 1 4 1 and 1 42 • Chemistry 20 I , 202, 203 , and 204 • Chemistry 25 1 and 252 • Chemistry 2 1 1 and 222 • Mathematics 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 1 63 , 1 64 • Physics 1 2 1 - 1 23 or 1 33- 1 36, and labs 1 8 1 and 1 82 • K nowledge of FOR T R A N computer progra mming is

required for jun ior- and senior-level courses. This requirement may be met by taking noncredit FOR­TRAN courses offered each term by the Computing Center.

• German is recommended for the foreign language requirement, a l though fulfi l lment of the College lan­guage requirement in any language is acceptable for the B .A .

• Additional courses i n physics, mathematics, and other sciences such as b io logy, geo logy, etc . , may be taken as part of the concentrat ion .

A B .A. candidate who wishes to meet requirements for membership i n the American Chemical Society upon graduation should take , i n addit ion to minimum require­ments, Chemistry 23 1 p lus two addit ional chemistry lecture courses .

B . S . Program in Chemistry

The B . S . program i s designed for students who ant ici­pate professional careers in chemistry. M ost B . S . grad­uates will continue their stud ies for an advanced degree. The program provides the range of knowledge, ski l ls , and experience required for work as a profess ional chemist or for entry into graduate studies in chemistry. The fundamental work is completed by the end of the third year, leaving the sen ior year free for graduate-level course work and a ful l year of independent research with one of the Depart ment faculty. The B . S . program meets al l of the requirements for membership in the American Chemical Society.

The synopsis of this curriculum fol lows :

First Year

Chern 1 25 / 1 4 1 Math 1 6 1 Elective ' Elective '

Second Year

Chern 20 I , 203 Math 1 63 Physics 1 22, 1 8 1 Elective 1 . 2

Third Year

Chern 25 1 Chern 2 1 1 Adv. Science Course' Elective5

Chern 1 42 Math 1 62 Physics 1 2 1 E lective '

Chern 202, 204 Math 1 64 Physics 1 23 , 1 82 E lect ive 1 . 2

Chern 252 Chern 222 Chern 23 1 ' E lect ive5

Fourth Year

Chern 3936 400-level Chem7 Elective5 Elective5

Chern 393 Elective5 Elective5 · Elective5

Chemistry 5 1

' G roup I , I I , or language. The College language requ i rement must be fulfilled in either German, French, or Russian, with German the recom­mended choice .

' B . S . candidates must satisfy the computer p rereq uisites descri bed i n t h e B .A. program p r i o r to t h e i r j u n i o r year.

'At least one of t he electives i n the junior or senior year must be a cou rse at the 200 level or higher in astronomy, biology, chemistry (except 25 1 - 2, 2 1 1 , 222), geological sciences, mathematics, or physics.

'Chern 23 1 can be replaced by an approved advanced laboratory cou rse i n another scie nce department.

'Careful consultat ion with the faculty is necessary to choose an a ppro­priate progra m. Students intending t o d o graduate work in physical chemistry sh ould make every effort to i nclude addit io nal work in p hysi­cal chemistry, mathe matics, and physics.

'At least eight cred i t hours of Chern 393 a re req u i red after completion of Chern 252 and 222 for a B.S. degree.

7 At least one four-eredi t chemistry course at the 400 level is req u ired .

Courses of Instruction

1 25 , General Chemistry I . I ntroductory survey intended for nonmajors. Atomic properties and structure, gases, l iqu ids , so l ids , so lut ions , chemical k inetics, chemical equi l ibr ium, and an in troduction to thermodynamics . Prerequis ites : h igh school chemistry, trigonometry, and analytical geometry. 1 26 . General Chemistry II, Designed for students requiring only one year of chemistry, treating basic chemical pr inciples not covered i n Chemistry 1 25 o r 1 4 1 . These inc lude descriptive i norganic chemistry, ionic equi l ibr ia , o xidation-reduct ion, e lec­trochemistry, organic chemistry, and biochemistry. 132 . Bonding, Structure, and Reactivity of Organic Com­pounds. The second semester of a four-semester sequence ( 1 25 , 1 32, 1 3 3 , and 1 34) for nonmaj o rs which i s an introduction to orga nic chemistry. Subj ects treated include chemical bond­ing, molecular geometry, energetics of reactions , s pectroscopy and structure, hyd rocarbons, a l kenes, a lkynes, d ienes, free radi­ca ls , stereochemistry, a lky l hal ides , and e lementary k inetics . 1 33 . Organic Chemistry. The th i rd semester of the four­semester sequence for nonmaj o rs . Topics covered inc lude the classificat ion and reactions of common funct ional groups, a survey of strategy and tactics in organic synthesis , erolate chem­istry, aromatic molecules and trans i t ion states, po lymers, and the chemistry of common molecules of bio logical i nterest. 134 . I ntroduction to Physica l , Analyt ica l , and I norganic Chemistry. A conti n uat ion of the four-semester sequence for non maj ors, covering i m po rtant aspect s of physica l , analytica l , a nd inorganic chemi stry.

52 A rts and Science

1 4 1 . Advanced General Chemistry I. Advanced introduc­tion to general chemist ry for majors i n chemistry, chemical e ngineering, and physics . Atomic properties and structure, gases, l iquids, solids, so lut ions , chemical equations, and chem­ical equi l ibr ium. 1 42. Advanced General Chemistry I I and Introductory Ana­lyt ical Chemistry. Conti n uat ion of Chemist ry 1 4 1 . I onic equi­l ibria, oxidation-reduction react ions, t hermodynamics, k inetics, chemical bonding . 2 0 1 . Organic Chemistry I . Structural theory of organ ic chemistry and synthetic reactions . Req u i red for chemistry maj ors. Prerequis ite : C H M 1 4 1 , 1 42 . 202. Organic Chemistry II . Continuation of Chemistry 20 1 . 203. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I . Cred i t-2 hours . M odern laboratory techn iques . Requ i red for chemistry majors . Prerequis ite : regi strat ion in or cred it for C H M 20 1 . 204. Organic Laboratory I I . Credit-2 hours. Cont inuat ion of Chemistry 203; qua l itat ive organic analysis . 2 1 1 . I norganic Chemistry. Synthesis , st ructu re, a nd p roper­ties of inorganic chemistry. 222. Experimental Physical Chemistry Laboratory. Physical methods for chemical problems. Prerequisites : C H M 25 1 and registrat ion i n C H M 252; knowledge of F O R T R A N computer progra mming. 23 1 . Advanced Experimental Laboratory. A nalytica l , phys­ical , and synthet ic techn iques . Prerequis ite : C H M 2 1 1 . 241 . Physical Chemistry with Application to the Life Sciences. I ntrod uct ion to thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, k inet­ics , spectroscopy, and other aspects of physical chemistry useful for studies in biologica l sciences . Prerequis ite : CH M 1 34 or 1 42. 25 1 . Physical Chemistry I . I ntroduction to quantum me­chanics and ki netic theory of gases. Problem o riented . Prereq­uisites: P H Y 1 2 1 - 1 23 , M T H 1 64 or equivalent . 252. Physical Chemistry II . Thermodynamics and chemical equ i libria . Prerequisite : CH M 25 1 . -39 1 . Independent Study. I nd iv idual study of advanced top­ics arra nged by students . Prerequis ite : registrat ion in or cred it for C H M 2 1 1 . -393. Senior Thesis Research . I ndependent research d i ­rected by facu l ty member. T o b e arranged d u ring semester p reced ing regist rat ion . CH M 222, 23 1 ex pected . Written report requ ired. 402. Biophysical Chemistry. I ntroduct ion to the theory and appl ication of N M R , E S R , a nd U V-visible spectroscopic tech­niques as u sed i n biochemical problems. - 4 1 1 . Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I . Bonding of inor­ganic com plexes, main ly l igand field theory; appl icat ions of group theory; k inetics and mechanisms of inorganic reactions . - 4 1 2 . Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II . Elect ronic struc­tures of i norganic compounds , especia l l y metal complexes; applications of group theory; spect roscopic and physical meth­ods. Prerequis ite : CH M 4 1 1 .

-433. Advanced Physical Organic Chemistry I . Quantum chemistry and bonding. Woodward - H offman rules, spectro­scopic techniques, and photophysical processes. -434. Advanced Physical Organic Chemistry II. St ruct u re and reactivity; k inetics, catalysis , med ium effects , tra nsit ion state theory, k inetic isotope effects, reactive in termediates, and mecha nisms. -435. Advanced Organic Chemistry I . Concepts and meth­ods of research . Organic structure determinat ion by chemical and spectroscopic techn iques. -436. Advanced Organic Chemistry I I . Maj o r synthet ic meth ods . Recent deve lopments in stereoselective synthesis of polycyclic systems . -45 1 . Advanced Physical Chemistry I . Principles of quan­tum mechanics applied to s imple systems, atoms, molecules, and s pect roscopy. -452. Advanced Physical Chemistry II. I nt rod uctory stat is­t ical mechanics, thermodynamics, a nd chemical k inetics . -453. Mathematical Methods in Chemistry. Mathematics for physica l chemistry; vector and matrix analysis , d i fferential equations, ca lcu lus of variat ions , and group theory a ppl ied to important problems i n chemical physics . -465. Nuclear Chemistry. Radioactivity; n uclear masses a nd thermodynamics; nuclear models and t heory of reactions , fis­s ion , decay, and interact ion of n uclear rad iat ions with matter.

COGNITIVE SCIENCE Committee on Co gnitive Science

Robert Herndon, M . D (Tennessee) Professor in the Centerfor Brain Research and Director of the Center; Professor of Neurology

Richard Feld man, Ph . D. ( U niversity of Massach usetts) Associate Professor of Philosophy and Chairman of the Commit tee

Patrick John Hayes, Ph. D . ( University of Ed inburgh) Luce Associate Professor of Cognitive Science. of Philosophy. of Psychology. and of Computer Science

David Taylor, Ph . D . ( California, I rvine) Associate Professor of Psychology

James Allen, Ph . D . (Toronto) Assistant Professor of Computer Science

·Taken with consent of the i n s t ructor .

The study of cognitive science calls for an in-depth, mult idiscipl inary approach to a wide variety of topics such as knowledge , belief, reason, th inking, perception, me mory, inference, and learning. Trad itionally these topics have been studied in several d ifferent depart­ments: psychology, phi losophy, computer science, and neuroscience. The Cognitive Science Program allows a student to bring the perspectives and d iverse approaches of al l these d iscipl ines to bear on a common set of problems .

Students interested in the s tudy of cognitive science should consult the Center for Special Degree Programs, Latt imore 206. A concentration involves a series of core courses in computer science, psychology, and phi los­ophy. A student then takes courses in some area of specializat ion . The area of specialization may be in one of the trad itional discipl ines or it may be in some a rea, such as language or perception, that d raws from more than one of the d iscipl ines . It is also possible to take a sequence of courses that e mphasizes the neuro logical approach to cognitive science.

Depe ndi ng upon the area of specializat ion, students who complete the program may go on to d o graduate work in any of the tradit ional discipl ines associated with the progra m as well as in grad uate p rograms in cognitive science. Those not wishing to do grad uate work will have many of the same opportunit ies open to them as do students who. maj or in the t rad iti onal discipl ines . Just what opportunities will be open will , of course, depend partly upon one's area of specia lizat ion . All students in the program will benefit from the broad interd isciplinary study of cognitive science.

The facul ty members i nterested in the Cogni t ive Scie nce Program include members of the Departments of Co mputer Science, Psycho logy, Phi losophy, and Neurology, and the Grad uate School of Ed ucation and Human Development .

COMMUNITY HEALTH

Robert L. Berg, M . D. ( Harvard ) A lberl D. Kaiser Professor of Preventive. Family. and Rehabilitation Medicine and Chairman of the Deparlment

Ernest W. Saward , M . D. ( Rochester) Professor of Social Medicine. Deparlment of Preventive. Family. and Rehabilitation Medicine

Community Health 53

Will iam H . Barker, M . D. (Johns Hopkins) Associate Professor of Preventive. Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine

Theod ore M . Brown, Ph . D . ( Princeton) A ssociate Professor of History and of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine

J. Wil l iam Gavett, Ph . D. ( Cornell) A ssociate Professor, Graduate School of Management, and of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine

Stephen J. Kunitz, M . D. ( R ochester), Ph . D. ( Yale) Associate Professor of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine and of Sociology

Dennis Leverett , D . D . S . (Ohio State) Clinical Associate Professor in the Department of Preven tive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine and of Clinical Dentistry

Klaus J . Roghmann, Ph . D . ( West Germany) Associate Professor of Sociology, of Pediatrics, and of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine

Andrew A. Sorensen, Ph . D. ( Yale) A ssociate Professor of Preventive, Fam ily, and Rehabilitation Medicine and of Sociology

James G . Zi mmer, M . D. ( Yale) Associate Professor of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine; M. S. Program Director

Will iam P. Brand on, Ph . D . ( Duke), M . P. H . (North Carolina) Assistant Professor of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine and of Political Science

Donald Ciaglia, B . S . ( Ithaca Col lege) A ssistant Professor of Preventive, Fam ily, and Rehabilitation Medicine

Kathryn M . H unter, Ph . D. ( Em ory) Assistant Professor of Humanities in Medicine in the Depart­ment of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine

The Department of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilita­tion Medicine uses seven to 10 teaching assistants in large lecture courses as graders or section leaders.

Although the Department of Preventive, Family, and Rehabi l i tat ion Medicine in the School of Medicine and Dentistry does not offer an undergraduate degree, i t does offer courses available to undergraduate students . Furthermore , a concent rati on in health and society (see page 87) may include courses fro m the Department. I n add iti on , t h e Department offers a 3-2 program that al lows students to earn a bachelor's degree in t heir un­dergraduate major and a master's degree in community health in five years. This program is designed to train

54

students in community and regional health care plan­ning, in health services research and evaluation , and in the broader aspects of medical care admi nistrat ion, with emphasis on comprehensive health care delivery.

The 3-2 Option

A limited number of undergraduates may complete the Master of Science in Community Health under a 3-2 option . In this program, the first th ree years a re devoted to the complet ion of the requirements for a n undergrad­uate maj or. During the fourth year, students i n the 3-2 program begin course work in the master's program by fo llowing the full-time fi rst year and summer schedule of the master's program, with possible e lective substitutions if work in statistics and/ or the equivalent of PM 420, I ntroduction to the U . S . Health Care System ( i . e . , P M 239) has been completed . I n some instances, students may need to use these elective spaces i n the fourth year to complete undergraduate course requirements . The fifth year of the program is devoted to the completion of the M . S . elective course requirement ( I S h ours of grad­uate elective credits) and the completion of the master's essay ( P M 460, equivalent to 1 2 credit h ours) . At the end of the fourth year students receive the bachelor's degree and at the end of the fifth year students receive the Master of Science in Community Health degree from the School of Med icine and Dentistry . Students i nterested in the 3-2 opt ion are advised to consult the Department's description of the M . S . program in the Official Bulletin: Graduate Studies.

Admission Requirements for the 3-2 Program

Students wishing to apply to the 3-2 Program in Com­munity Health must apply to the program in the spring of their j unior year . At that t ime, students should have sati sfied col lege English, foreign language, and distri­bution requirements , taken some special health-related courses, and completed course work in their maj o r (preferably economics, pol i tical science, or socio logy, although these maj ors are not specifically required) . Prospective students are strongly advised to complete at least one semester of co llege calculus d uring their fi rst three years . Applicants to the program will be al lowed cons iderab le la t i tude in meet ing the hea l th-related course expectation . Depending on prior or concurrent experience in the health field and on other i nd ivid ual factors, candidates may present one or more courses for considerat ion . These may be selected from among P M o r L A 1 1 6, Introduction t o Community Medicine ; P M

Community Health 55

239, I ntroduction to the U . S . Health Care S ystem; P M , R E L, or S O C 253 , Dilem mas in Heal ing; SOC 266, Medical S ociology; H I S 279, Health , Medicine, and Social Reform; and PM o r LA 392, Health Services Practicum.

Applicants must submit the following i nformation : ( I ) written applicatio n with essay, (2) at least two letters of recommendation, (3) official grade report , (4) Graduate Record Examination aptitude test scores . All i nforma­tion should be submitted by M arch I . I nterviews are part of the final select ion p rocess . I n some cases, successful candidates are advised to pursue some sort of health­related employment or placement/ tutorial experience during the summer after their admiss ion to the 3-2 program.

Applicat ion materials and addit ional i nformati on may be obtained from Dr. James Zimmer, Program Director, or James Phi l l ips , Department of Preventive, Family, and Rehabi litation Medicine, Box 644, U niversity of Rochester Medical Center, 60 1 E lmwood Avenue, Roch­ester, New York 1 4642.

Courses of Instruction

1 1 6 . Introduction to Community Medicine. Analysis of cur­rent issues in t he organizat ion , fi nancing, and evaluat ion of personal and publ ic hea l th care. 239. Introduction to the U.S. Health Care System . Discus­sion of the pr incipal health i n st i tut ions and their behavior; selected topics of importance for national health pol icy and loca l decis ion making are explored . Same as P PA 439 .

253. Di lemmas in Heal ing. Dilemmas i n heal ing fro m the perspect ives of medical pract i t ioners, social scient ists , t heolog­ians, and ph i losophers . Same as R E L 253 and SOC 253 .

392 . Health Services Practicum. I nt rod uces students to the orga nization a nd function of community agencies . Selected students are expected to spend six to seven hours per week at a n agency s i t e work ing on a project related to heal th care admin is­tration , p lanning , or evaluation . Same as L A 392 .

The fo llowing courses are avai lable to 3-2 students matriculated in the M . S . in Community Health Pro­gram. They are not regularly available to undergrad uate students . Undergrad uate students and graduate students from other progra ms must o btain written permission fro m the course inst ructor to register for any of the fol­lowing courses .

4 1 5. Applied Epidemiology. Emphasizes epidemiology as an a p plied science in the study and solut ion of heal th and d i sease problems from t he community point of view. Requ i red for the M . S .

56 A rts and Science

4 1 7. Population Dynamics and Health. Provides a topical and h i stor ica l s u rvey of the relat i o n s h i p between various aspects of hea l th and populat ion characte ristics and dynamics . Elective. 420. Introduction to the U.S. Health Care System. The seminar is designed to provide an understanding of the principle health inst i tut ions and their behavior. Required for t he M . S . 425. Management o f Health Services. Covers a number of topics related to the management of a medical or hea l th care service. Emphasizes the general characteristics of management, the development and use of agency o r organizat ion measu res of performance, the management of patient ut i l izat ion informa­tion, service efficiency, service effectiveness, modeling, and planning and control . Required for the M . S . 430. Medical Sociology. Aims t o he lp students achieve a n understanding o f t h e changes in t h e larger society as they have i nfluenced the development of the medical and other health­related occupat ions and profess ions . Required for t he M . S . 431 . Sociology o f the Patient . Deals with t he organization of health care de l ivery and the ways in which that organization affects and is affected by patients, p roviders, and their respec­tive communit ies . Elective. 440. Methods of Medical Care Research. Elementary tech­n iques of research , especia l ly for data co l lect ion and analysis , wi th e mphasis on the actual orga nizat ion of research, including rea l i st ic t ime a l l ocations, p roject budgeting, and report writ ing. Required for the M . S . 450. Organization a n d Delivery o f Health Care Services. Provides students wi th knowledge a nd experience in evaluat ing t he efficiency and effectiveness of health care de l ivery services. Avai lab le to M . S . i n Community Health students on ly. 460. Health Services and Epidemiology Research: The Mas­ter's Essay. Research project is d esigned , carried out , ana­lyzed , and written up by the student under the supervis ion of a faculty member. Available to M . S . in Community Health students only . 494. Special Topics . S pecial s tudies and investigative proj­ects can be arranged with individual members of the Depart­ment in the areas of medical care research, med ical sociology, epidemiology, etc. Elective.

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Although the Department of Computer Science was established as a research-oriented department, with the main curricu lum oriented toward Ph. D. research , the Department is invo lved in programs designed to serve undergrad uates as well. There are several ways for un-

dergrad uates to include computer sCience concentra­tions in their studies : I. Computer science may be used as an option in the

General Science Program ( see page 8 1 ) . CSC 1 00 is considered an int roductory course, and al l 200-level courses are considered advanced courses .

2. A student may plan a concentrat ion in computer science with in the Department of Mathematics ( see page 97) . ( Addit ional ly, many other departments support or req uire computer science training. )

3. A student may set up his own maj o r by util izing the I nterdepartmental Degree Program (see page 95) . This requ ires the approval of the Committee on I nter­departmental I ndividualized Concentrations .

4. A student may plan a specialization in computer science within the Cognitive Science Program ( see page 52 ) . This program offers a mult idiscipl inary approach to topics such as human knowledge , belief, reason, th ink ing, perception , inference, and lea rn ing. Addit ional information is available fro m the Center for Special Degree Programs.

5. The new 3-2 Program offered by the Department allows a student to earn a bachelor's degree in his undergraduate maj o r and a master's degree in com­puter science in five years i nstead of the usual six.

I n addition, computer engineering may be stud ied through the College of Engineering and Applied Science in the Department of Electrical E ngineering or in that col lege's interdepartmental program (see pages 1 47 and 1 54) .

The Graduate School of Management offers an oppor­tunity to earn the M . B . A . degree in a 3-2 program with a concentratio n in computers and i nformation systems (see page 1 72) .

Advanced undergraduates have unusual opportunities to work d irectly with faculty members in the Depart­ment of Computer Science in academically challenging research projects, in which particular emphasis is cur­rently p laced on the areas of artificial intel l igence, d is­tributed computing, programming languages, and the theory of computation .

Except for the computer engineering program ( page 1 43 ) , the decisi on to fol low a particular track can be postponed until the end of the freshman year, during which introd uctory work in mathematics and science may be pursued . However, students are encouraged to seek faculty advice in determining the a rea of study they wish to undertake.

A student interested i n part ial t ra ining in computer science in support of a degree program in another d i sci-

pline should consider a sequence of basic courses such as CSC 1 00, 206, 220, 240, and 286.

The p rogramming courses offered by the Department use A P P LE I I microcomputers, the U niversity's I B M 3032 and D E C P D P- K L I O computers, and the De­partment's VAX 1 1 / 780 . Progra m ming is d one both in batch and i nteractive environments, us ing such pro­gramming languages as A L GOL, P A S C A L, L ISP , and S NOBOL. Advanced undergraduates taking CSC 39 1 may also be given permission to use other computers on campus, i nc luding the Department's network of large minicomputers.

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

Jerome A . Feldman, Ph . D . ( Carnegie-Mellon) Professor of Computer Science and of Electrical Engineering

Patrick John Hayes, Ph . D . (Edinburgh) Luce Associate Professor of Cognitive Science. of Philosophy. of Psychology. and of Computer Science

James Low, Ph . D. ( Stanford) A ssociate Professor of Computer Science

Joel ! . Seiferas, Ph. D. ( M . LT . ) A ssociate Professor of Computer Science and Chairman of the Department

James F. Allen, Ph. D. (Toronto) Assistan t Professor of Computer Science

Dana H. Bal lard , Ph . D. ( California, I rvi ne) Assistant Professor of Computer Science and of Radiology

Christopher M . Brown, Ph . D. (Chicago) A ssistant Professor of Computer Science

Carla S . Ell is , Ph. D . ( Washington) Assistant Professor of Computer Science

Peter Gacs, Ph. D. ( Goethe, Frankfurt) Assistant Professor of Computer Science and of Mathematics

Gershon Kedem, Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Assis tant Professor of Computer Science

Gary L . Peterson, Ph . D . ( Washington) Assistant Professor of Computer Science

Steven L. S mal l , Ph. D. ( Maryland) Assistant Professor of Computer Science and of Psychology

The Department uses 10 to 15 teaching assistants as graders or section leaders.

Computer Science 57

The De partment of Comp uter Sc i ence offers an i ntense research-oriented program leading to the master of science and doctor of phi losophy degrees, and a 3-2 Program for undergraduates leading to the bachelor's and master's degrees. For further i nformation regard ing c o mputer science p rogra ms for undergrad uates, see page 56.

The fol lowing courses are open to undergraduates .

Courses of Instruction

1 00. Introduction to Computer Science. Fi rst programming course. Algori thmic formulatio n and so lut ion of problems. Progra m ming i n h igh-level languages; data s tructures ; machine l anguage. For students interested i n taking other computer science courses , CSC 1 00 or EE 1 00 i s requ i red . 2 0 1 , 202. Computer Systems I and I I . I n tegrated sequence o n d ig i ta l hard ware and softwa re systems . I m p lementat ion of processors, memories, and I / O i nterfaces: topics i nc lude micro­programming, addressing mechanisms, processor speed-up tech­niques, and memory structures . I mplementat ion of assemblers, l oaders, a nd operati ng systems : top ics inc lude concurrent I / O progra m m i ng, in terrupt h a n d l i ng , and p rocess sched u l ing . Project-orien ted laboratories . Prerequ is i tes : EE 1 0 I , 1 02 . Same as E E 20 1 , 202.

206. Non-Numerical Computing. Comput ing i n s i tuat ions where the data are primari ly symbol ic rat her than numerical . I n t roduct ion to symbolic programming languages. Prerequisite : CSC 1 00 or equivalent . 207. Computer Graphics. Written languages for graphics, display fi le compi lers . Systems software . Homogeneous coor­d i nate vector and matri x representat ion of 2-D and 3 - D objects a nd t ra nsformat ions . Student projects . Prerequis i te : CSC 220, M T H 1 64, or equivalent . 220. Data Structures. I n t roduct i o n : l i n ked l i s t s , trees , stacks, queues, hash-coding . Sort ing, search ing, construct ion of sca nners , and symbol tables . Prerequis i te : CSC 1 00 or equivalent . 222. Assembly Language. Asse m b l y l anguage progra m­ming . I n terrupt progra m m i ng. Relocata ble code. Li nk ing load­ers . I nterfacing with operat ing system. Prerequis i te : CSC 206, CSC 220, or EE 202.

238. Combinatorial Mathematics. Perm utat ions and com­b ina t ions ; e n u merat i o n through rec urs i ons and genera t i ng funct ions ; Polya's theory of count ing; fi nite geometries a nd block designs; count ing in graphs . Same as M T H 238 .

240 . Introduction to Artificial Intel l igence. S urvey of con­cepts and problems i n artificial intel l igence research . Informa­tion processing models . Case stud ies of computer programs, basic pr incip les, app licat ions . 246. Computer Analysis of I mages. Explorat ion of current

58 Arts and Science

research topics in the computer a nalysis of images. Topics include image representat ion, edge-finding operators, region growing, shape analysis , texture, 3 -D reconstruct ion, a nd t he t heory of polyhedral scenes. Prerequisites : CSC 220, CSC 240, M T H 1 64 . 247. Natural Language Processing . I ntrod uctory survey of problems involved i n constructing computer p rograms which "understandfl natural language and the methods that have been developed to overcome t hese problems. Prerequisite: CSC 206 or CSC 220 or permission of the instructor. 248. Theory of Graphs. Paths , c i rcu i t s , trees . B ipart i te graphs , matching problems . U n icursal graphs . H amiltonian cir­cuits , factors . I ndependent paths and sets . M atrix representa­tions, real izabi l i ty . Planar graphs . Coloring problems. M T H 2 3 5 recommended . Same as M T H 248 . ( Offered alternately with MTH 238 . ) 280 . Introduction to N umerical Analysis. The n umerical solut ion to mathematical problems by computer . Linear sys­tems, approximation, integrat ion, and differential equations . Floating point ari thmetic and consequent pitfalls of computa­tion. Prerequisite : M T H 1 62 o r equivalent . Same as M T H 280 and STT 280. 286. Introduction to the Theory of Computation. I nt roduc­t ion to automata theory, formal languages, computabil ity, and computat ional complexity . Prerequisite : MTH 1 62 or permis­sion of the instructor. Same as M T H 286. 287. Theory of Computation. Continuation of CSC 286, which is p rerequisite . 288. Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms. I ntro­d uction to general data structures and programming techniques for the design of time- a nd space-efficient algori thms . Emphasis on the development , analysis, and significance of algorithms that are asymptotically the most efficient known . Requires comfort and famil iarity with both computer p rogramming and discrete mathematics . Prerequisites : CSC 220 and 286 or per­mission of the i nstructor. Same as MTH 288. 309. Topics in Computer Science. S pecial topics for ad­vanced undergraduates i n such areas a s p rogra m ming lan­guages, artificial i ntelligence, and the theory of computation . P rerequisite : permission of the instructor. 391 . Independent Study in Computer Science. S pecial work arranged individually . Consent of the Department required .

ECONOMICS

Karl Brunner, D . Ec. (Zurich) Fred H. Gowen Professor in the Graduate School of Management and Professor of Economics

Stanley Engerman, P h . D . (Johns H opkins) Professor of Economics and of History

Robert R. France, P h . D. ( Princeton) Professor of Economics

James W. Fried man, Ph . D . ( Yale) Professor of Economics and of Political Science

Eric A. Hanushek, P h . D . ( M . LT. ) Professor of Political Science and of Economics

Ronald Winthrop Jones, Ph . D . ( M . I .T . ) Xerox Professor of Economics

Lionel Wilfred McKenzie, Ph . D . ( Princeton) Wilson Professor of Economics

Walter Y. Oi, P h . D . ( Chicago) Elmer B. Milliman Professor of Economics and Chairman of the Department

Robert G . King, Ph . D . ( Brown) Associate Professor of Economics and Director of Graduate Studies

Harold Cline, Ph . D. ( Princeton) Assistant Professor of Education and of Economics

Peter Garber, P h . D . ( Chicago) Assistant Professor of Economics

** Anthony J . Pellechio , Ph . D . ( Harvard) Assistant Professor of Economics

Russell Roberts, Ph .D . ( Chicago) Assistant Professor of Political Science and of Economics

Alan Stockman, P h . D . (Chicago) Assistant Professor of Economics

Nabeel Alsalam, M . S . ( Rensselaer Polytechnic) Instructor in Economics

Marcus Berliant, M .A . ( California, Berkeley) Instructor in Economics

Lauren Feinstone, A . M . ( Yale) Instructor in Economics

Paul Romer, B . S . ( Ch icago) Instructor in Economics Glenn Woroch, M . A. ( Wisconsin) Instructor in

Economics William Edward Dunkman, P h . D . ( Columbia)

Professor Emeritus of Economics W. Allen Wallis , A . B . ( M innesota) Professor

Emeritus of Economics and of Statistics

Graduate teach ing assis tants supervise recitation / homework sections of Economics 1 08, 207, and 23 1 . Approximately one course per semester i s taught by a part-time graduate instructor.

The Department of Economics offers a program of study leading t o the B . A. degree and, at the graduate

" " These faculty have a pplied for one or two semesters of leave i n 1 982-83.

59

60 A rts and Science

level , to the M . A. and Ph. D. degrees . The undergraduate program emphasizes the under­

standing of modern tools of economic analysis and their appl icat ion to contemporary policy issues . Those com­pleting the progra m should be adequately prepared for grad uate work in economics and other professional schools .

A substantial number of students complete their con­centrat ion require ments by the end of the j unior year and apply to 3-2 p rograms in Publ ic Policy Analysis or in the Graduate School of Management (see the separate listings in this bulletin) . I f accepted , they begin graduate work in their senior year and obtain an M . S . or M . B . A . degree a t t h e e n d of their fifth year.

Requirements for Concentration in

Economics

Courses normally completed by the end of the sopho­more year (before admission to the concentration) are as follows: • One semester of calculus ( Mathematics 1 4 1 , 1 50, 1 6 1 ,

o r 1 7 1 ) . Additional calculus (through 1 43 , 1 52 , 1 62, 1 72, or beyond) is recommended .

• One semester o f probabil i ty and statist ics; Statistics 1 65 (or 20 1 ) is reco mmended . Statistics 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 , while accepted , is weak preparat ion for Economics 23 1 .

• Economics 207 and 209.

Additional courses and requirements: • Economics 23 1 . • Five addit ional economics courses . • A "C" average in the above econo mics courses . • Two courses beyond the i ntroductory level in an allied

fie ld , subject to approval by the Depa rtment's Direc­tor of Undergrad uate Studies; the relation of these cou rses to one another and to the concentrator's pro­gram in economics wil l be considered .

• Grad uation with high or highest distinction requires enrollment in the Senior Seminar as well as d istin­guished performance in other economics courses.

Prerequisites

Economics 1 08 is a prerequisite for Economics 207 and 209.

Economics 207 is a prerequisite for Economics 2 1 5 , 2 1 6 , 222, 223, 225, 228, 234, 236, 237 , 238 , 239, 262, 263 , 264, 265, 266, 267, 269, 435 , 47 1 , and 48 1 .

Economics 209 is a p rerequisite for Economics 2 1 1 , 2 1 5 , 229, and 235 .

Mathematics 1 50 is a prerequisite for Economics 262 . Mathematics 1 6 1 and 1 62 are prerequisites for Eco­

nomics 225, 235, 266, 47 1 , 48 1 , and 485 . Polit ical Science 1 02 is a p rerequisite for Economics

262. Addit ional prereq uisites for specific courses are given

below in the ind ividual course descript ions .

Scheduling

Economics 1 08 , 207, and 209 a re offered every semes­ter. The remaining courses a re normally offered every year, except for the following which are normally offered every other year : 2 1 5 , 2 1 6 , 222, 224, 225 , 226, 227, 228, 234, 262, 265, and 266.

Courses of Instruction

1 08 . Principles of Economics. The fundamentals of m icro­and macroeconomic theory, with applicat ions ; p reparation for subsequent economics courses. 207. Intermediate M icroeconomics. Economic equi l ibr ium under compet i t ion and monopoly ; the d i s tribut ion of wages, rent , in terest, a nd profi ts . Same as PP A 207.

209. National Income Analysis. National i ncome account­ing concepts; their changes and fluctuations as expla ined by theories of income determinat ion . 2 1 1 . Money, Credit, and Banking. The inst i tut ions wh ich generate the money supply. The i nfluence of monetary and fis­cal policy on economic stabi l i ty and growth . 2 1 6. Economics from Smith t o Marshal l . The development of economics fro m Ada m Smith to Alfred Marshal l , i nc luding the work of Ricardo, J . S . M i l l , a nd others . 222 . Income Distribution. An ana lyt ic and empirical study of modern ideas i n income d istribut ion . 223 . Labor Markets. H u man resources ; the determination of wages, emp loyment, hours , and labor force partic ipat ion; the effects of trade unions and government . 224. The Economics of Sports. The markets for profess ional and a mateur sports a re a nalyzed . I mpact of market organiza­t ion and public pol icy on attendance, sa laries , and p rofi ts is examined. 225. The Theory of Markets. A survey of modern develop­ments i n the theory of the fi rm, o l igopoly , monopol i st ic com­petit ion, and bi lateral monopoly . 226. Economic Development of the North Atlantic Commu­nity. Britain since t he seventeenth century ; the connections between Brita in and North America. Same as H I S 24 1 .

227 . A merican Economic Growth. Amer ican economic growth s ince 1 800. Recent s tud ies of nat ional p roduct , i ndus-

trial structure , and capital formation . Same as H I S 205. 228. Economics of American Negro Slavery. Profita bi l i ty; efficiency as a system of economic orga nizat ion ; effects on i ncome growth and d istribut ion . Same as H I S 207. 23 1 . Econometrics. Regress ion a nalysis applied to t ime ser­ies and cross-section data, s imultaneous equations ; ana lysis of variance. Prerequisite : STT 1 65 , 20 I , 2 1 1 , or 2 1 2 . 234. Regulation of Economic Activity . Analysis of the im­pact of government regulat ion i n transportation , safety, a nd health on economic welfare and efficiency. 235. Theory of Economic Growth . The growth of the econ­omy as a whole; classica l , neoclassica l , a nd Keynesian theories . 236. Economics of Health. Analysis of factors t hat affect supply and demand in t he market for medical care: risk, insur­a nce, externalit ies, ethics, regulat ion . 237. Economics of Education. Costs a nd retu rns to invest­ment in educat ion; publ ic pol icy decis ions about education; educat ional fi nance. Same as PPA 247. 238. Economics of Energy . Dea ls with theories of exhaust i­ble resources, regulatory pol icy, and ind ustr ia l o rga nizat ion as re lated to energy markets, particularly o i l and natura l gas . Same as PPA 438 . 251 . Industrial Organization - Theory and Evidence . A n examinat ion of t h e market structure, cond uct, and performance of contemporary A merican ind ustry. Assessment of industry concentrat ion , market control , a nd associated pricing and i nnovative behavior i s emp hasized . 262. The Economics and Politics of Public Choice. Topics i n social choice theory and the theory of welfare economics . 263. Public Finance and Fiscal Pol icy . Government tax and expenditure pol icies and their effect on resource a l location and i ncome distribut ion . 264. Urban and Regional Economics. Theory of locat ion and l and rents . U rban problems, inc luding h ous ing, poverty, cr ime, taxes, zoning and t ransportation , external i t ies , and pol­lut ion . 265. Law and Economics. Economic analysis of property rights, contracts, torts and civi l p roced ure, crimes and crimina l proced ure , government regulat ion and contro l s , a nd a lternative legal rules and systems. 266. General Equil ibrium Analysis. I nt roduction to the role of mathe matics i n economic theory; e m p hasis on general equi­l ibrium analysis and welfa re economics . 269. International Economics. Trade patterns and compara­tive advantage; commercia l po l icy and the d i s tribut ion of ga ins from t rade; balance of payments problems. 3&9 . Senior Seminar. Superv ised research on an economic problem or po l icy issue, cu lminat ing in papers that serve as a bas is for seminars . 390. Supervised Teaching of Economics. Responsibi l i ty for one recitation sect ion in a 1 00-level course, under the instruc­tor's supervis ion .

English 6 1

39 1 . Independent Study . By arrangement w i t h t h e Depart­ment to permit work beyond regular cou rse offerings. 394. Internship .

47 1 . Modern Va lue Theory I . Value theory s ince 1 870; attent ion to maj o r economists , such as Marsha l l , Walras, and Hicks . Subjects are developed to their present state. 48 1 . Introduction to Mathematical Economics. The use of modern a lgebra in economics; l i near progra mming; input­output analys is . 485. Econometrics. Applicat ion of stati stics to economics; economic models; est imation of s imultaneous equation systems . Prerequis i te : ECO 23 1 .

ENGLISH Rowland L. Coll ins , Ph . D. (S tanford) Professor of

English George H . Ford , Ph . D . ( Yale) Joseph H. Gilmore

Professor of English Richard M . Goll in , P h . D . ( M innesota) Professor of

English Anthony Hecht, M . A . ( Columbia) John H. Deane

Professor of Rhetoric and Poetry Howard C. Horsford , Ph . D . ( Princeton) Professor of

English Cyrus H oy, Ph . D. ( Vi rginia) John B. Trevor

Professor of English J . Paul H unter, Ph . D . ( Rice) Professor of English and

Dean of the College of Arts and Science Bruce J ohnson, Ph . D . (Northwestern) Professor of

English and Chairman of the Department James Wil l iam Johnson, Ph. D. (Vanderbilt) Professor

of English *John Kuiper, Ph . D. ( I owa) Professor of English Russell A. Peck , Ph . D. ( I ndiana) Mercer Brugler

Distinguished Teaching Professor of English; Director of Undergraduate Study

Jarold W . Ra msey, Ph . D . ( Washington) Professor of English

James Rieger, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Professor of English · 0 . Ced ric Rowntree, M . A . ( Oxford ) Professor of

English J oseph H . Summers, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Roswell S.

Burro ws Professor of English Paula Backscheider, Ph. D. ( Purdue) Associate

Professor (Jf English and Vice Pro vost

· Part- t ime.

62 A rts and Science

George Grella, Ph . D. ( Kansas) Associate Professor of English

Thomas G. Hahn, Ph . D . ( California, Los Angeles) Associate Professor of English

David Riede, Ph . D . (Virginia) Associate Professor of English

Frank Shuffelton, Ph . D. (S tanford) Associate Professor of English, Director of Graduate Study, and Associa te Chairman of the Department

Kenneth Jay Wilson, P h . D . ( Yale) A ssociate Professor of English and Director of Expository Writing

* Linda Allardt, Ph . D. ( Rochester) A ssistant Professor of English and Research Associate

Ernest Bevan, Ph . D. (V irginia) Assistant Professor of English

* Marcia Bul lard , B . S . J . (Southern I l l inois) A ssistant Professor of English

James Carley, Ph . D . (Toronto) Assistant Professor of English

Thomas Gavin , M . A . (Toled o) Assistant Professor of English

Russ Frank M cDonald , Ph . D. ( Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of English

* * Mary Nyquist, Ph . D . (Toronto) Assis tant Professor of English

* * David Richman, Ph . D . (Stanford) A ssistant Professor of English

James Spenko, Ph . D. ( Chicago) A ssistant Professor of English

Beverly Voloshin, Ph . D . (Cal ifornia, Berkeley) Assistant Professor of English

Marj orie Curry Woods, Ph . D . (Toronto) Assistant Professor of English

Wilbur Dwight Dunkel , Ph . D . ( Chicago) Roswell S. Burrows Professor Emeritus of English

Kathrine Koller, Ph . D. (Johns H opkins) Joseph H. Gilmore Professor Emeritus of English

Lisa Rauschenbusch, A. M . (Cornell) Professor Emeritus of English

Bernard N . Schi l l ing, Ph . D. ( Yale) John B. Trevor Professor Emeritus of English and Comparative Literature

Part- lime instructors (/3 in 1 982-83) and part- time assis­tant lecturers (four in 1 982-83) are not included in the above list .

· Pa rt-t ime. - - These fac u l t y h a ve appl ied for one or t w o semesters of leave i n

1 982-83.

The Department of English offers work leading to a concentration for the B . A . degree and , at the graduate level , to the M . A . and Ph .D . d egrees .

The program of concentrat ion i n English is designed to give students k nowledge of E ngl ish and American literary works i n their historical and cultural contexts, and to develop critical ab il it ies for reading in a variety of periods and genres .

A student preparing to concentrate i n Engl i sh should get in touch with the Department's Director of U nder­graduate Study, usually early in the second semester of the sophomore year . Special p rograms are open to al l prospective maj o rs ; arrangements may be made with the concentrator's adviser . I f such a program necessitates an alteration of the require ments for the maj or, the stu­dent and his or her adviser should present the alternative program to the Committee on Undergraduate Study for consideration . Sophomores are encouraged to investi­gate such programs. All maj ors are urged to consult their advisers regularly to maintain a coherent progra m which benefits their particular interests .

The tutorial , English 393, i s open by invitation to senior Engl i sh majors who wish to do i ndependent study and who are not enrolled i n a special studies program . Work d one i n t h e course m a y be used toward t h e degree with distinction.

General Course Information

Students wishing to take any English course num­bered 200 o r higher are to have completed the College requirements of one 1 00-level English course (excluding 1 1 3- 1 29 and 1 90- 1 99) and one addit ional course in l i ter­ature . Courses numbered between 1 1 3 and 1 29 may be taken as electives, but do not ordinari ly c ount toward satisfaction of either College or departmental concentra­t ion requirements .

Courses numbered 200-390 are customari ly open to sophomores, j uniors, seniors, and qualified freshmen; approval of the instructor may be required for enroll­ment i n 300-level courses .

Requirements for Concentration in English

A minimum of 10 courses i s required : 1 . Before the end of the sophomore year students maj or­

i ng i n English should have taken English 1 02 and o ne other course fro m the fol lowing group : English 1 03 , 1 05 , 1 06, 1 30, 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 1 33 , 1 4 1 , 1 44 , 1 90- 1 99 .

2. A course in Shakespeare .

3. A course in American literature. 4. Six courses beyond the 1 00 level ; at least two should

be completed by the end of the j unior year : a. Three courses in li terature written before 1 789,

and three in later literature. b . One course in a maj or English or A merican liter­

ary figure-Chaucer, Mi l ton, or others to be de­termined and announced annually by the Depart­ment.

5. A minimum of two courses in an all ied fie ld ; courses in British and American history are highly recom­mended .

NOTE: S ince secondary school curricula often include survey courses in English literature, concentrators work­ing for a secondary school teaching certificate may find it advantageous to take both 1 05 and 1 06; in their pro­gram of concentration these candidates may substitute 1 05 and 1 06, taken together, for one English course under 4a. English 1 1 5 , 1 23 , or 1 24 may also be substi­tuted in some i nstances for one 200-level course, al­though no more than one 200-level substitution among the required six will be al lowed .

Permission of the instructor is required for 1 1 3 , 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 1 24, 1 28, 3 60, and 36 1 .

Courses of Instruction

1 0 1 . Literature and the Language of Ideas. An introduction to effective writ ing. Readings o rganized o n thematic principles . Small classes, ind ividua l attent ion to student writ ing. 1 02. Classical and Scriptural Backgrounds of English Lit· erature. From t he a ncient a nd med ieval classics which deal with enduring problems of mankind . 1 03. English and American Masterpieces. From the Renais­sance to modern periods . C losed t o j uniors and seniors concen­trating in English. 1 05. English Literature: Beowulf to Swift . An introductory study of t he earlier English l i terary t rad i t ion . 1 06 . English Literature: Samuel Johnson to Yeats. An in­trod uctory study of the later Engl ish l i terary t rad i t ion . 1 1 1 . Introduction to the History of Film. The development of mot ion pictures surveyed from 1 89 5 to the present . Same as A H I l l . 1 1 2. Introduction to the Art of Film . The pr imary visual , aural , and narrat ive structures a nd convent ions by which mot ion pictures create and comment upon significant human experience. Same as A H 1 1 2 .

1 1 3. Reporting and Writing the News. A laboratory course ( requiring typing) on t he fundamentals of gathering, assessing, and writing news.

English 63

1 1 5 . Seminar in Writing. Practical i n struct ion in the gram­mar, rhetoric, and logic of an effect ive p rose style. 1 1 6. Creative W riting . S hort story, poetry, a nd playwrit ing workshop; comparison of student work with t he best achieve­ments in fict ion a nd poet ry. 1 23 . Speech . Practice in effective smal l-group communi­cat ion a nd the presentat i o n of exposi to ry and persuas ive speeches . 1 24. Forensics. Practice in formal address : argumentative, ceremonia l , and expository presentat ions to large groups. 1 26 . . Drama and Theatre. Plays of various kinds, with scene studies a nd discuss ion of the rela t ion of d ra matic texts to suit­able prod uct ion . 1 27 . Technical Theatre. Exp lorat ion of the relat ionsh ip between t heatrical d esign and the dramat ic text . 1 28 . Act ing and Directing . Tra in ing i n the meth ods by which actor a nd d i rector em body the d ra matic text ; e mphasis on studio practice. Prerequis ite : ENG 1 26.

1 29. Acting. Tra in ing in the tech n iques by which ind ivid ual actors set forth the characters recorded i n d ra matic texts. Pre­requisite : E N G 1 26.

1 30 . Man and His Fictions. An introduct ion to the st ruc­tures and uses of fict ion mak ing, and to t he problems of writ ing about these issues. 1 3 1 . The Lyric in English . Representative maj o r poets, i l l us­trating poetic explorat ion of human ex perience. 1 32 . Narrative Literature. Representat ive ways of deal ing with experience in narrative forms; read ings d rawn primari ly from works in Engl ish . 1 33 . Dramatic Literature. World d rama of many periods, i l l ustrat ing the representat ions of experience with in theatrical conventions . 1 34. Film Literature. The cinematic representat ion of hu­man experience as seen in d ist inguished motion pictures . 1 4 1 . Classic American Literature. Significa nt achievements by America n writers of poet ry, fict ion , and other p rose in the n ineteenth and twentieth centuries . 1 42 . Black American Literature: Beginnings to 1 9 1 4. Foun­dations of black American l i teratu re a nd thought, from colonial t imes to the death of B. T . Washington. 1 44. Introduction to Shakespeare. A select ion of h is major plays . 1 46. Special Topics in Literature. The study of a s ignifica nt l i terary group, movement, or the me chosen by the instructor. May be repeated for cred it . 200. History of the English Language. English sounds, in­flections , syntax, and vocabulary, emphasizing the structure of p resent-day Engl ish . Same as L I N 235 .

20 1 . Old English Literature. Literatu re written i n England before the Norman Conquest . Lat in works wil l be read i n trans­lat ion; vernacular works, in the origina l .

64 A rts and Science

202. Beowulf. A detailed study of t he Old Engl ish epic and selected a nalogues. Prerequis i te : E N G 20 1 .

206. Chaucer. The pr inc ipal works of Chaucer, i n the ir h is­torical and intellectual context . Read ings in M iddle E ngl ish . Same as R E L 207.

207. Middle English Literature. Poetry, prose, a nd d rama of the th i rteenth, fourteenth , and fifteenth centuries, exclusive of Chaucer. Read i ngs i n Middle Engl ish . 209. The English Renaissance. From More to Spenser, with some attent ion to the cont inental background . 2 1 0. Shakespeare. A study of the major plays . 2 1 1 . Problems in Shakespeare. Detai led study of selected works. Prerequis i te : E N G 1 44 or 2 1 0.

2 1 2. English Literature of the Earlier Seventeenth Century. Lead ing poets a nd prose writers from Donne and Bacon to 1 660.

2 13 . Milton. The works of Mi l ton in the ir h i storical a nd i ntellectual context . 2 1 4. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Literature ( 1 660-1 800). A survey of the development of one or more literary modes: prose, poetry, d rama, or crit ic i sm. 2 1 5. The Rise of Augustanism . ( 1 660- 1 750). The poetry and prose of Dryden, Swift, Pope, Addison, Steele , a nd Fielding, with selected works by Rochester, Gay, Mandevi l le , and others. 2 1 6. The Age of Johnson ( 1 740- 1 798). Literature of the lat­ter part of the neo-classical era, particularly the writ ings of Dr. Johnson and his c ircle . 2 1 7. Romantic Literature. Maj o r writers, other than novel­ists , of the early n ineteenth century, with particular emphasis on poets fro m B lake through Keats. 2 1 8. Victorian Issues. The maj o r i ntel lectual controversies of the Victorian period as framed by t he chief prose writ ings from Carlyle to Pater . 2 1 9. Victorian Poetry and Poetics . A study of the major Victorian poets fro m Tennyson to the ear ly Yeats, and of the crit ical problems they confronted. 220. Early American Literature. From 1 630 to 1 830, includ­ing Bradford , Taylor, Mather, Edwards , Frankl in , Freneau , Cooper, Bryant , and others. 22 1 . The American Renaissance. From 1 830 to 1 865, includ­ing Emerson, Hawthorne, Poe, Th oreau , Melvi l le , Whi tman . Not open to students who have taken Engl i sh 1 4 1 .

222 . American Real ists . From 1 86 6 t o 1 9 1 2 , i n c lud i ng Dick inson, Twain , H owells , H . James, H . Adams, W. James, S . Crane, Norris, Dreiser, Robinson, and Frost . 223. A merican Moderns. From 1 9 1 3 to 1 94 1 , i nc lud ing E l io t , Stevens , Fau l kner , H e m i ngway, Fit zgera ld , O'Ne i l l , W.e . Wi l l i ams , and others. 224. American Contemporaries . From 1 94 1 to the p resent , inc luding Roethke, Lowel l , Wi lbur, Bel low, A . Mi l ler, T. Wil l iams, Ba ldwin, Nabokov, and others .

225. American Criticism and Culture . Literary, i n te llectual, and cultural history from Emerson to t he p resent . 226. Major Black A merican Writers. From Countee Cul len through James Baldwin , covering the Harlem Rena issance through the Age of I ntegrat ion . 227. Ethnic Literature. Studies i n the l iteratu re of American minori ty groups, e .g . , black, Chicano, I ta l ian-American , Jew­ish, native American, or others. 228. Major American Authors. A study of maj o r American authors (usua l ly four) , emphasiz ing h i s torica l relationsh ips and the evolut ion of l i te rary forms . 230 . The English Novel . The nove l fro m its beg innings to the ear ly n ineteenth century , e m p has iz ing such novel i sts as Defoe, Field ing, Richardson , and Austen. 23 1 . The English Novel from Austen to Conrad. Emphasiz­ing such novelists as Dickens, Thackeray, El iot, and Hardy . 232. The Twentieth-Century English Novel . The novel from 1 900 to the present, emphasizing such novelists as Conrad, Joyce, and Lawrence. 233. Medieval Drama. E ngl ish drama from its beginnings unt i l 1 5 80, i nc lud ing material from the mystery cycles, moral i ­t ies , and early Tudor d rama . 234. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. Engl i sh Rena i s ­sance d rama through 1 642, exclusi ve of Shakespeare. 235. Modern Drama. G reat modern dramas from I bsen to lonesco as reflectors of t he main currents in modern thought and feel ing. 237. Modern British and A merican Poetry. A n in t roduction to representative t we ntieth-century poetry. 238. Contemporary British Literature. A survey of Brit ish fict ion, poetry, and d rama from World War I I to t he p resent . 240. The Art of Motion Pictures. Same as AH 273.

24 1 . Popular Film Genres. A n i ntensive study of selected types of popular fi lms in the ir larger cu l tura l context . 243. Style and Linguistics. The interrelat ions of Engl ish structure, lexicon, a nd style . Close study of selected l i terary texts . 244. Film Criticism . The maj o r theoretical a nd practical problems i nvolved in the viewing of fi lms as visual and d ra matic l i terature . 245. Practica l Criticism . An i ntroduction to t he h i story, t he theory, and especia l ly t he p ract ice of crit ici sm. 246. Problems in Literary Criticism. A thorough s tudy of se lected maj o r issues and controversies in critical theory and practice. 248. Modern English Grammar. Credit for only one: E N G 248 or L I N 2 1 1 . Systematic study o f modern English through l inguistic descript ion and analysis .

65

66 A rts and Science

300-level Special Studies and Seminars

Courses numbered 320 to 339 , of which one or two wil l be offered in 1 982-83 , are special courses l imited in enrol lment . The content of these courses is not specified , because it wil l be determined fro m the i nterests of stu­dents and instructors , and wil l vary from time to time. Annual sched ules will describe the content of a given course in a given semester and wil l indicate prerequisites for admission, if any.

320. Studies in Medieval Literature.

32 1 . Studies i n Renaissance and Seventeenth-Century Literature.

322. Studies in Restoration and Eighteenth- Century Literature.

323. Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature.

324. Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature .

325. Studies in American Literature.

329. Studies in Film .

330. Studies in Poetry and Poetics.

3 3 1 . Studies in Prose .

332. Studies in Fiction .

333. Studies in Drama.

334. Studies in the History of Ideas.

335. Studies in a Major Literary Figure.

336. Studies in a Literary Group.

337. Studies in Literary Criticism.

338. Studies in a Literary Mode.

339. Studies in Linguistics.

The following seminars ( 340- 353) , of which one or two will be offered in 1 982-83 , are open to qualified undergraduates in the regular program. Enrollment, by permiss ion of the instructor, is l i mited to a maximum of 10 students . Several of these seminars satisfy require­ments for the major in English; al l of them aim to pro­vide more opportunities fo r writing papers and for dis­cussion than are ord ina rily availa ble in regular courses.

340. Medieval Literature.

34 1 . Renaissance and Seventeenth-Century Literature.

342. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Literature.

343. Nineteenth-Century Literature.

344. Twentieth-Century Literature .

345. American Literature: I .

346. A merican Literature: I I .

347. Poetry.

348 . Prose Fiction.

349. Drama.

350. Criticism.

35 1 . Chaucer.

352. Shakespeare.

353. Milton .

360. Advanced Creative Writing : Poetry . Seminar in poetry wri t ing . Emphasis on ind ividual development of style. 36 1 . Advanced Creative Writing : Fiction. Seminar i n fict ion writ ing. Emphasis on ind ividual d evelopment of style .

The Department of English also spo nsors courses in individualized instruction . A student wishing to enrol l in a reading course should contact an appropriate profes­sor and, with his or her agreement, propose the course to the Department's Reading Course Committee.

391 . Independent Study in English.

392. Tutoria l . A maj or author, t heme, or genre . Tutoria l groups, l imited to five students , meet one hour a week. 393. Tutorial Course . For selected senior Engl ish maj ors pursuing the degree with distinction. 394. Internship.

400-level Courses

Qualified undergraduates may enrol l in advanced seminars at the 400 level, general ly offered in the eve­ni ng, by permission of the Director of Graduate Study in English and the instructor.

FRM STUDIES Film Studies is an interdepartmental concentration

lead ing to a bachelor's degree, which is supervised by a special subcommittee working through the Center for Special Degree Programs (page 48) .

Curriculum Committee

Richard M. Goll i n , P h . D . ( M innesota) Professor of English and Director of the Program

John Kuiper, Ph. D. ( I owa) A djunct Professor of Photographic A rts and * Professor of English

• Part-t i m e .

John J . Waters, Ph . D. (Columbia) Professor of History and Chairman of the Committee

Rayburn Wright, M . S . ( Colu mbia) Professor of Jazz Studies and Contemporary Media, EaSlman School of Music

Alice Benston, Ph . D. ( Emory) Associate Professor of Comparative Literature

George Grella, Ph. D. ( Ka nsas) Associate Professor of English

William B. Hauser, Ph . D. ( Yale) Associate Professor of History

Bonnie Bennett, Ph .D . ( Pittsburgh) A ssistant Professor of Fine A rts

Thomas Gavin, M . A. (Toledo) Assistant Professor of English

Requirements for Film Studies

The fi lm studies concentration offers students an opportunity to explore mot ion pictures as an art form, as a cognitive medium, and as a cultural phenomenon. I t consists of specific fi lm-focused courses offered by i n­terested departments, and it provides opportunity for screening and analysis of centrally important fi lms in the history of cinema from the core collect ion in the Film Stud ies Center . The archival resources of the In ter­national M useum of Photography at George Eastman H ouse are also available for course work and for special research projects. About 20 fi lm courses are offered annually by six departments ; a list is made available each semester .

A fi lm studies co ncentrat ion includes c inematography (e .g . , the arts and discipl ine creating motion pictures) and cinematology (e .g . , the arts and d i scipl ine used in analyzing them). The concentration consists of eight fi lm courses and four related nonfi lm courses chosen in consultat ion with advisers. Students create their own programs on the basis of their interests, their adviser's suggestions, and the program's resources.

The eight fi lm courses should i nclude at least one fro m each of the following four groups : I . Film H isto ry- A H or ENG I I I , I ntroduct ion to the

H istory of Fi lm; AH 373, Seminar i n Fi lm H istory; FR 2 8 0 , French F i l m ; H I S 2 5 3 , S ov ie t U n i o n Through Fi lm; H I S 286, Fi lm I mages of the Pacific War; or others so classified .

2. Film Critici sm-ENG 1 34, Fi lm Literature; ENG 24 1 , Popular F i lm Genres ; ENG 244, Film Critic ism; LIT 383 , Short Fiction into Film .

3 . Fi lm as a Visual Art- A H or E N G 1 1 2 , I ntrod uction

Fine A rts 6 7

to t h e A r t o f Fi lm ; A H 2 7 3 or E N G 240, Art of M o­tion Pictures; A H 374, Seminar in Film Aesthetics.

4. Film making-SA 2 1 0, Introduction to Fi lmmaking, or equivalent approved work done elsewhere .

The four nonfi lm courses should be al lied to fi lm s tudy in such a way that each contributes specifically to the understanding of motion pictures and, together with the eight fi lm courses, provides a coherent program. They should be chosen in close consultat ion with the Film Stud ies adviser.

Fil m Studies concentrators may, if they wish, include for their senior year an independent reading or research course or an independent project that calls upon the knowledge and d iscrimination acquired while complet­ing these requirements .

FS 394, Fi lm Internships at televis ion stat ions and local ind ustries are open to fi lm study students holding at least a B- average in fi lm studies, who have demon­strated the abi lity to do independent research and who have the sponsorship of the Curriculum Committee of the Fi lm Stud ies Program.

Alternative, ind ivid ualized concentrations for study­ing motion pictures may also be proposed .

Fur ther i nformat ion is ava i lab le fro m Professor John Waters, Chairman, Curriculum Committee, Fi lm Studies, Rush R hees 579 , o r from Professor Richard Gol l in , Director, Film Studies, Rush Rhees 565 , U niver­sity of Rochester, Rochester, New York 1 4627.

FINE ABTS Diran K . Dohanian, P h . D . ( Harvard) Professor of

Fine A rts and Chairman of the Department John Kuiper, Ph. D. ( Iowa) A djunct Professor of

Photographic A rts and * Professor of English Archibald Mi l ler, M . F .A . ( Cranbrook) Professor of

Fine A rts Remy G. Saisseli n , Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Professor of

Fine A rts and French Literature * * Thomas Bang, M . F .A . (Southern California)

Associate Professor of Fine A rts * * Roger Mertin, M . F. A . ( S U NY, Buffalo) A ssociate

Professor of Fine A rts M ichael Venezia, M . F. A . ( M ichigan) Associate

Professor of Fine A rts

• Part-t ime. " These fac u l t y have a p p l ied for one o r two semesters of leave i n

1 982- 8 3 .

68 ArTS and Science

Bret Waller, M . F. A . ( Kansas) A djunct Associate Professor of Fine A rts and Director of the Memorial A rT Gallery

David A. Walsh, Ph . D. ( M innesota) Associate Professor of Fine A rts

Bonnie Bennett, Ph . D. ( Pittsburgh) Assistan t Professor of Fine A rts

Donald A. Rosenthal, Ph . D. (Columbia) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Fine A rTS

Grace Seiberling, Ph .D . ( Yale) Assistant Professor of Fine A rTS

Catharine Lindsay, M . A . (Case Western Reserve) Instructor in Dance

* James Card , A . B . ( Western Reserve) Professor of Film History

* Judith H ook Cox, M . F .A . ( I l l inois) Performing A rtist and Instructor in Dance

* Jean France, M . A . ( Oberl in) Assistant Lecturer in A rT History

Carl K. Hersey, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Professor Emeritus of Fine A rts

H oward S. Merritt, Ph. D. ( Princeton) Professor Emeritus of Fine A rTS

The Department of Fine A rts does not normally use teaching assistants in its instructional program.

The Department of Fine Arts offers courses in the history of art and in the stud io arts . This work may lead to a B . A . degree with a concentrat ion in art history, painti ng, or sculpture ; each progra m provides a basis for graduate study and professional training for those stu­dents who wish to pu rsue careers in the a rts and a sound l iberal education for those students whose final degree will be the B .A .

Registrat ion , in some courses is strictly l imited and i s by consent of the instructor . Freshmen and sophomores wi l l be cons idered fi rst fo r admi s s ion to 1 00-level courses.

The col lections of the Me morial Art Gallery and the International M useum of Photography at George East­man House are used in support of the progra ms of the Departme nt. In addit ion, a series of exhi bit ions of con­temporary art is prese nted in the Rush Rhees Gallery on the River Campus. A visit ing artist program brings noted artists to the ca mpus throughout the year.

Fully equipped stud ios for sculpture , painting, and photography are maintained by the Department in the Sage Art Center. Elective courses in da nce are held in a well-designed dance studio in the Spurrier Gymnasium.

• Part-t i m e .

London Semester

Qual ified students may wish to consider enteri ng one of the Lond on Semester fine a rts programs sponsored by the Depa rt ment . One of these offers courses in art history and stud io arts which supplement those l isted in this cata logue. The second features student internship in a curatorial department of a London museum.

Concentration in Art History

Courses in art history are designed to give students an understanding and appreciation of works of art ind ivid­ually, in relat ion to each other, and in thei r social and historical contexts . Students are encouraged to relate study in other d iscipl ines to their work in art history. Those who plan to prepare for grad uate study in the field are encouraged to consult departmental advisers at an early date.

Requirements

AH 1 00 a nd 1 03 are not normally p rerequisite fo r a conce ntration but may be recom mended for some con­centrators . • A min imum of eight courses i n the history of art

chosen from the fol lowing fie lds : Ancient and Medi­eval , Renaissa nce and Baroque, Oriental , and M od­ern; and at least one of them from each field .

• At least two related courses in other humanistic d i sci pl ines such as history, l i terature, music, a nd phi losophy.

• A course in studio arts is recommended .

Concentration in Studio Arts

The studio arts progra m al lows students to explore their own creative a bil ity and to prepare for further training and professional work. Students may concen­trate in either painting or sculpture . The Department regard s courses in the humanities and sciences as an integral part of the formation of an artist in today's world , and advisers will work with students to evolve a coherent program of study .

The introductory courses acquaint the student wi th a range of concepts and materials enco mpassing tradi­t ional as we l l as contemporary concerns in art . U po n the completion of introductory courses, students are eligi ble, wit h faculty permiss ion, to enter upper-level studio courses. During the final year, students in Advanced Studio are encouraged to choose several faculty mem­bers from diverse areas for regular consultat ion .

Requirements

Prerequisite to concentrat ion : Th ree of the four 1 00-level studio cou rses must be completed befo re the j un ior year, and at least one art history course should be taken; students should consult a studio arts adviser concerning their choice of an art history course.

The concentrat ion consists of: • The fourth I DO-level stud io course, if not already

taken • Five courses in studio arts in at least two fie lds beyond

the in trod uctory level and including Advanced Studio • Four addit ional courses, of which at least two should

be in art history, the remainder to be chosen from phi losophy or those offeri ngs in psychology that deal with perception and the analysis of behavior.

Comprehensive Review

In studio arts, in lieu of a written examinat ion , each student, in the senior year, wil l be required to present a group of recent works and be prepared to d iscuss them with the studio arts faculty.

Courses of Instruction

Art History ( A H )

I NT R O D U CTOR Y COU R S E S 1 00. An Introduction t o Western Art. An examinat ion o f aspects of the a r t of western Europe from t h e prehistoric period to the present . Art h i storical analysis and interpretat ion . 1 03. Introduction to the A rt of India and the Far East . A selective survey of the art of I nd ia , China , and Japan and an i ntroduct ion to the methodology of the h i story of art . 1 1 1 . Introduction to the History of Film . The deve lopment of motion pictures from 1 895 to t he present . Same as ENG I I I .

ANCI ENT 20 1 . Sacred and Public Spaces : Architecture in Greece from the Bronze Age to the Hel lenistic Period. An analysis of the form and content of Greek archi tecture. Same as R E L 273 .

202. Images of Gods and Men: Hel lenic and Hel lenistic Sculp­ture. Problems of style and iconography of free-sta nding and architectural sculpture is stud ied . Same as R E L 274.

·203. Greek Painting and Minor Arts. The development of painted pottery, monumental painting, and smal ler objects is studied i n lect ures and at the Memorial Art Gal lery. Same as R E L 275.

·206. The Art of Rome and Her Empire. A su rvey of paint­ing, sculpture, a nd arch itecture before Consta nt ine with an emphasis on l i terary sources and the problems of provincial art a nd eclect icism.

M E D I E V A L Fine A rts 69

2 1 1 . Early Christian and Byzantine Ar t . A s tudy of the sources a nd development of a r t of the Christ ian West to 600 A. D. and of Byzant ium to 1 45 3 . Same as R E L 202.

2 1 2 . Early Medieval Art in Western Europe. A survey of western European art before 1 000 A . D. ·213 . RomanesQue Art and Architecture. A study of the origins and regional manifestat ions of Romanesque art in the eleventh and twelft h centuries . Same as R E L 205.

· 2 1 4 . Gothic Art and Architecture. G othic art is s tudied from its origins i n northern France to its development through­out Europe. Same as R E L 206.

· 2 1 5 . English Art. A survey of the art of the M id d le Ages i n England from t h e e n d o f R o m a n occupat ion to t h e Tudor period . 220. Study in Medieval English Archaeology . I ntrod uces the student to the archaeological and art historical examinat ion of the medieva l Engl ish mo nastic s i te , Bord esley Abbey, wh ich is being excavated by the U niversities of York ( E ngland) and Rochester. ( Summer)

R E N A I SS A N C E 23 1 . Early Ital ian Art. A survey of t h e develop ment of the principal schools of Ital ian pa int ing and scu lp ture from the latter half of the th i rteenth century to the early fifteenth . 232. Ital ian Renaissance Art . A study of t he architect ure, scu lp ture, paint ing, and art historical concepts of the period from 1 400- 1 550 in I ta ly . 235. Art in I ta ly . A study of I ta l ian art, mainly Renais­sance, th rough travel , lecture, and d i scussion at sites such as Florence, Rome, Sie na, and Padua. ( S u m mer) 333. Sienese Art. An analysis of the short l i fe of Sie nese art ( 1 250- 1 400) . Em phasis on the reasons for the rapid rise and dec l ine of this important art ist ic center. Prerequ isite : permis­s ion of the instructor . ·334. Giotto and His Contemporaries. An examinat ion of the origins, development , and i mpact of Giotto's style from ca. 1 290 to 1 350 . Prerequis i te: permissio n of the instructor. ·337. Donatel lo. A seminar i nvestigat ing the artist's works, sources, and importance in both the history of art and the con­text of Renaissa nce Florence. Prerequisi te : permiss ion of the ins tructor . ·338. Michelangelo. A study of the a rtist's sculpture, paint­i ng, archi tectu re, and writ ing, stressing their interrelat ionships . Prerequis i te : permiss ion of the instructor. ·350. History of the Print. An examinat ion of pr intmaking i n Europe from 1 400 to 1 800.

-To be offered i n 1 983-84 or 1 984- 8 5 .

70 A rts and Science

O R I E NT A L 2 2 2 . Chinese Painting. M asterpieces of Chinese paint ing stud ied i n their h istoric contexts and i n the ir re lat ion to d evel­oping theories of art and connoisseurship. *223. Shrine and Image. Indian rel ig ious architecture, i t s sculptured i magery and r i tual use, investigated with respect to the spir i tual ideals col lectively expressed . Same as R E L 222. *224. The Arts of Japan. A survey of the major arts of Japan i n their historical sequence, wi th s pecial emp hasis upon the development of a nat iona l style. *225. Chinese Architecture and Town Planning. The prin­c ip les and evolut ion of urban design and the house complex studied against the background of early Chinese history. *226. The Arts of Buddhist Asia. The deve lopment of Bud­d h ist art i s t raced fro m i ts origins i n India to its eastern-most manifestat ions i n Japan and I ndonesia. Same as R E L 22 1 . 227 . Ukiyo-E : Popular Art of Pre-Modern Japan. The popular art of the Tokugawa per iod, ch iefly wood-block pr ints , studied wi th in the context of the social history of p re-modern Japan. * 228. The Divine Lover : Erotic Themes in Indian Art. The myth of K rishna, the archetypal lover, is ana lyzed with refer­e nce to the cont inuing t rad it ions of sexual i magery in I nd ian rel igious art . Same as REL 238 .

1 7th AND 1 8t h C E NT U R I ES 24 1 . Baroque Art: North and South. A study of the art of the seventeenth century, especia l ly in Italy and t he Netherlands . *242. Northern Baroque Art. A study of the art of H o l land and Flanders in the seventeenth century . *243. Italian Baroque Art. A study of paint ing, scu lp ture, and arch itecture in I ta ly i n t he seventeenth century. *244. The Baroque Imagination. A study of Baroque and Rococo art m I taly, France, and the Germanies with emphasis on architectural spaces, gardens, rel ig ious paintings, and the relat ion of art to power. Prerequisite : A H 1 00. 247. Art and Enlightenment. A study of the a rchitecture, paint i ng, scu lpture, and l i terature of the eighteenth century in France with a special emphasis on sociological aspects and the i mpact of the En l ightenment on the arts . *34 1 . From Aesthetics to Art History. A study of aesthetic theories and their a lterat ion and replacement by the historica l , art ist ic, and social consciousness which led to art h i s tory . Pre­requisite : A H 1 00 . 1 9th AND 20th CENTU R I ES 1 1 2 . Introductio� to the Art of Fi lm. The primary visual , au r� l , and narrat Ive structures a nd convent ions by which motIon pIctures create and comment upon sign ificant human experience. Same as ENG 1 1 2 . 1 50 . . Dance as an Art Form. A course in dance appreciat ion, t reatmg da nce as a serious art form and stress ing analysis of

dance composi t ion . N ineteenth-century bal let through contem­porary avant-garde dance are examined using fi lms and video tapes. E lective credit only. *26 1 . The Age of Revolution: Early Nineteenth-Century Art. Rise of modern art i n Europe, especia l l y France, from the late eighteenth century to about 1 860. 262. I mpressionism and Post- I mpressionism. Deals w i th major movements i n European ar t , especia l ly i n France, from 1 860 to 1 900. I m p ress ionism, Post- I m p ression i sm, and Symbo­l ism are d iscussed . *263 . Twentieth-Century Art . M aj o r d i rect ions i n twen­tieth-century art from Cubism to the present i n Europe and America. 264. A rt Since 1 945 . The study of art , pr imari ly in America, since 1 945 . Read ings and lectures provide a survey of recent trends and an introduction to d i fferent crit ical approaches­formalist , psychologica l , etc. -in the more extensive study of a few key figures . *265. Modern Sculpture. An examinat ion of the nature of sculptura l expression in Europe and America fro m Daumier to the present . 267. Bourgeois Art and Aesthetics. A study of a rt in the nineteenth century from a Marxist perspective, with emphasis on the transformat ion of art into a luxury commodity and aes­thet ics into H igh Culture. *27 1 . The History and Aesthetics of Nineteenth-Century Pho­tography . H i storical survey of the photograph from its prehis­tory to the beginning of World War I . *272 . The History and Aesthetics o f Twentieth-Century Pho­tography . H is torica l survey of the ph otogra p h fro m the beginning of the twentieth century to the present . 273. The Art of Motion Pictures. The motion picture p re­sented and analyzed as a d is t inctive form of visual and dra matic art . The expressiveness and comm unicat ion of visual and other information are exp lored through selected examples of the moving i mage. Same as ENG 240 . 275. American Architecture. An historical survey of a rchi­tecture in America, fro m the earl iest colonial sett Iements­Spanish , French, Dutch, and Engl ish-through the eighteenth and ni neteenth centuries and the beginn ing of the twentieth, ending ca. 1 9 1 5 . Field tr ip . 276. Historic Preservation. A study of the problems of the preservat ion of architecture and other elements of the manmade environment . I nc ludes theory, h i story, and tech niques of his­toric preservat ion . Field tr ips . Prerequisite : AH 275 . *279 . Dance History and Fi lm. A n examinat ion of top ics in da nce history with some emphasis on the prob lems of fi l ming dance. E lect ive cred it only . 280. The Choreography of Fred Astaire . Analys is of the da nces of Asta i re i n the context of the H o l lywood musical but

' T o be offered i n 1 983-84 or 1 984- 8 5 .

with emphas is on h i s contri but ion to the a rt of da nce. E lective cred it only . *362 . Impressionism . A study of art i n France, fro m 1 860 to 1 890, i n i ts social and artistic context . Prerequis i te : AH 262. *363. Art and Literature in Nineteenth-Century France. An investigat ion of contacts between art is ts and writers and of thematic and structural s imi larities i n their works . *37 1 . Studies in the History of Nineteenth-Century Photog­raphy . Study of the history of photography and i ts re lat ion­ship to the other fi ne arts : pa int i ng, graphics , l i te rature, etc . Prerequis i te : one previous art h i s tory, photo h is tory, or fi lm course, or permission of the instructor. *372. Studies in the History of Twentieth-Century Photog­raphy . A study and research course in the h istory and crit i­c ism of photography in the twentieth century . Prerequ i si te : A H 272 o r permission o f the instructor . 373. Seminar in Film History . This seminar touches on many aspects of motion pictures and the ir product ion, from the overa l l aesthetic att itudes of the d i rector to tech nical problems, problems of cast ing, locat ions , economics-the many events and decis ions that go to shape the fi nal product . Prerequis i te : two or more fi l m history courses or permiss ion of the ins tructor. 374. Seminar in Film Aesthetics. The specific contr ibut ions of selected A merican and E u ropean fi l m art ists to works bear­ing their names. Prerequis i te : AH 273 or AH 3 7 3 .

*38 1 . From A r t History to A r t Criticism. Examinat ion o f t h e major trends of a r t cr i t ic ism a nd aesthetic problems s i nce the eighteenth century and studies of major a rt crit ics from Diderot to Rosenberg. Prerequis i te : A H 1 00 .

I N DE P E N D E NT P ROGRA M S O F STU DY 391. Independent Study in A rt History. I n dependent study under faculty guidance of a l im i ted fie ld of art h i s tory, or indi­v idual s tudy o n a s ingle top ic a t a n advanced level under the guidance of a member of the art history faculty . 394. Internship.

Studio Arts (SA)

U nless otherwise noted, s tudio courses are open to a l l qualified students. Studio courses are scheduled for two supervised periods of three hours each week ; at least s ix hours of independent work each week are normally expected of students.

B EG I N N I N G COU RSES I n each course t he processes, materials , a nd ideas appropriate

to t hat part icular art are exp lored . The fou r beginn ing courses are part of the requ i rements for concentration in studio arts, and at least three should be taken pr ior to the j un ior year . Sect ions are l i mited to 25 students ; these courses are offered every semester and may be taken in any order.

"To be offered i n 1 983-84 or 1 984-85.

1 0 1 . Drawing I .

1 02 . Painting I .

1 03 . Sculpture I .

1 04 . Photography I .

U P P E R- L E V E L CO U RS E S

Fine A rts 71

Prerequis i tes : two 1 00-level s tudio courses a nd one cou rse in art history, of which one cou rse may be taken concurrently with the 200-level course.

I n courses n umbered 200 and higher, some problems may be assigned, but students are expected to develop the ir own proj­ect s . I nd iv idual and group d iscuss ions of student work , gal lery vis i ts , p resentat ions by guest art ists , s l ide ta lks , and read ings are regular featu res of these courses. Classes are normal ly l im ited to 1 5 students . 20 1 . Drawing II . A cont in uat ion of S A 10 I . Drawing fro m nature, t h e figure, s t i l l l i fe, and t he inter ior environment . 2 1 0 . Introduction to Filmmaking. The use of fi lmmaking equ ipment; organizat ion and edit ing of short fi lms . 212 . Painting I I . Offered each semester concu rre nt ly with Paint ing I I I and Paint ing I V . 2 1 3. Painting I I I .

2 1 4 . Painting I V .

2 2 2 . Sculpture I I . Offered each semester concurrent ly with Sculpture I I I and Sculpture I V . 223. Sculpture I I I .

224. Sculpture I V .

232. Photography I I . Offered each semester concurrent ly with Photography I I I and Photography I V . 233. Photography I I I .

234. Photography IV .

A DVANCED STU D I O T h e Advanced Studio course i s t h e fina l requ i rement for

pa int ing and scu lpture concentrators, and the course is l imited to concentrators. Students entering Advanced Studio must have completed a combinat ion of four courses i n paint ing and sculpture i n the 200 ser ies . Students w i l l be expected to br ing a number of p rojects to completion . The courses are offered every semester. 350. Advanced Studio I .

355. Advanced Studio I I .

360. Advanced Studio I I I .

DANCE 1 06. Introduction to Ballet . Ballet fundamentals i nc luding barre work, center work, adagio, and basic combinat ions . 1 09. I mprovisation . Experience i n selective and basic p roc­esses of movement i nvolvement, both ind iv idual and group . Open t o any s tudent interested i n t he creative process.

72 A rts and Science

1 1 0. Body Alignment. Credit-2 hours. Learning to stand, s i t , and walk efficiently a nd correctly t h rough t he use of a natomical or skeletal images. 1 1 1 . Modern Dance Technique I. Beginning leve l . Two classes per week plus ind ividual work . 1 1 2 . Modern Dance Technique IA . Cont inuat ion of S A I I I , which is prerequ isite. 1 1 3. Intermediate Modern Dance Technique 1. A cont inua­tion of SA 1 1 2 emphasiz ing greater movement vocabulary and combination of movements into phrases . 1 1 4 . Intermediate Modern Dance Technique I A . Cont inua­tion of SA 1 1 3 , w hich is prerequisite . 203. Modern Dance Technique II . I n termediate leve l . Th ree classes per week p lus ind ividual work . 204 . Modern Dance Technique I 1A. Cont inuat ion of SA 203 , wh ich is prerequisite . 205. Modern Dance Technique I I I . Adva nced level . Four classes per week p lus i ndividual work . 206. Modern Dance Technique I l i A . Cont inuat ion of SA 205 , which is prerequisite .

Dance technique classes carry two hours of cred it un less otherwise stated . Only eight cred it hours of da nce tech nique ( 1 06 and 1 1 1 -206, excluding 1 1 7 ) may be app lied toward the degree . Students are free to cont inue in da nce tech nique on a noncred it basis and may receive fu l l cred it for dance composi­t ion courses. 1 1 7 . Dance Composition I . An in t roductory course in which students learn the elements of composit ion through the creat ion of solo works . 207. Dance Composition I I . Continuat ion of SA 1 1 7 , which i s prerequis i te . The creation of group dances is dealt with i n depth . 208 . Dance Composition I I I . Cont inua t ion of S A 207 , which is prerequis i te . Group or s o l o composit ions created by students are performed in formal and informal concerts. 3 1 0 . Dance Production Workshop. Cred it-2 hours . Pre­sentation of choreographic works in a concert s i tuat ion. 3 1 1 . Dance Production Workshop I I . Cred i t-2 hours . Continuation of SA 3 1 0, wh ich is prerequisite . 3 1 2 . Dance Prod uction Workshop I I I . C red it-2 hours . Cont inuat ion of SA 3 1 1 , which is prereq uisite . 3 1 3 . Dance Production Workshop IV. C red it- 2 hours . Continuat ion of SA 3 1 2 , wh ich is prereq uisite .

I N D E P E N D E NT STU DY I N STU D I O A RTS 39 1 . Independent Study. I nd ivid ual studio work at an ad­vanced level and under the guida nce of a member of the studio arts faculty .

FOREIGN LANGUAGES, LITERATURES, AND

LINGmSTICS

Wilhelm Braun, Ph . D. (Toronto) Professor of German Literature

Charles M . Carlton, Ph . D. ( M ichigan) Professor of French and Romance Linguistics

** Angel L. Cilvet i , Ph . D. ( Barcelona) Professor of Spanish Literature and A cting Chairman of the Department

James Doolittle, Ph . D. ( Princeton) Professor of French Literature (in absentia)

Antanas Klimas, Ph . D. ( Pennsylvania) Professor of German and Linguistics

Frederick W. Locke, Ph . D . ( Harvard ) Professor of Classics and Comparative Literature

Demetrius M outsos, Ph . D. (Chicago) Professor of Linguistics

Dea n H . Obrecht, Ph. D. ( Pennsylvania) Professor of Linguistics

Nathan Rosen, Ph . D. (Columbia) Professor of Russian Literature

Stanley M . Sapon, Ph . D. ( Columbia) Professor of Psycholinguistics and Psychology

Alice N. Benston, Ph. D. ( Emory) Associate Professor of Comparative Literature

Phil ip R. Berk, Ph . D. ( Pittsburgh) Associate Professor of French Literature

Gerald A. Bond, Ph . D . ( Yale) Associate Professor of French and German Literature

Alfred Geier, Ph . D . (Johns Hopkins) Associate Professor of Classics

Ronald V . Harrington, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Associate Professor of Russian

Charles Wivel l , Ph . D. ( U niversity of Washington) Associate Professor of Chinese Literature

Sylvie Debevec- Henni ng, Ph . D . (Case Western Reserve) Assistant Professor of French

**Caren Greenberg, Ph. D. (Cornell) Assistant Professor of French

· · These fac u l t y h a ve a p p l ied fo r one o r t w o semesters of leave in 1 982-83 .

O. Leroy Griffith, Ph . D. (Toronto) Assistant Professor of Spanish

James H ulbert, Ph . D. ( Yale) Assistant Professor of French and Comparative Literature

Tanya Page , Ph .D . (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Russian

David Pollack, Ph . D. (California, Berkeley) A ssistant Professor of Chinese and Japanese

Claudia Schaefer, Ph . D. ( Washington U niversity) Assistant Professor of Spanish

Leo Weinstock, Ph . D. ( Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Hebrew

Ped ro Lasarte, M . A . (Texas) Instructor in Spanish Carlos M. Cruz, M . A . ( Rochester) Supervisor of the

Language Services Center Delos Lincoln Canfield, Ph . D . (Columbia) Professor

Emeritus of Spanish Arthur M onroe Hanhardt, Ph. D. ( Cornell) Professor

Emeritus of German H oward Graha m Harvey, Ph . D . ( Harvard) Professor

Emeritus of French Gerhard Loose, Ph . D. ( Leipzig) Professor Emeritus

of German Literature Kurt Weinberg, Ph . D. ( Yale) Professor Emeritus of

French. German. and Comparative Literature

A supplementary staff of part-time faculty of approxi­mately 1 0 persons. along with three foreign exchange students from France and Germany and about six graduate assistants. are assigned to aid in the instruc­tion of basic languages.

The Department of Foreign Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics believes that the active use of a foreign language underlies the training of its students, whether they pla n a concentration in the Department, plan entry into secondary school teaching or graduate work, or intend to use their language training as ancil lary to anot her field .

The Department welco mes nonconcentrators into l it­eratu re in translation, fo re ign language, a nd li nguistics courses . Carefu l attention is given to the placement of students into the appro priate introd uctory language courses . Placement is based upon the student's back­ground, CEEB , and University placement tests .

For original language courses some requirements may be waived for nonconcentrators, i . e . , they will usually be al lowed to write their papers in Engl ish . For students who have sufficient background and ski l ls , 1 3 1 may be reco mmended as a fi rst step. All students are encouraged to consult the Department's advisers.

Concentrati on Programs

Foreign Languages 73

The Department offers course work and concentra­t i o n s toward the B . A . d egree in C h i nese , French , German, Russian, Spanish, and linguistics; it offers addit ional course work in classics, Hebrew, Italian, Japanese, and various l iteratures in translation ; it offers concentrat ions toward the B . A . degree in comparative l iterature and foreign literature. The Department also offers the M . A . and Ph . D . degrees on the graduate level.

A number of p rograms are adapted to the i nterests and preparation of individual students. Students may focus their in terest on a national literature, they may combine the study of a national l iterature with courses in t ranslat ion in a related fie ld , and they may also combine work in two national l i teratu res lead ing to a concentra­t ion in comparat ive l iteratu re . Literature courses are designed to develop the student's sensitivity to literature in al l of its manifestations .

Students who wish to concentrate in a foreign lan­guage are encouraged to branch out into the respective national literature and acquire an understand ing of the basic facts of l i nguist ics and of the linguistic analysis of language. Linguistics maj ors are encouraged to become fluent i n at least one language. The faci l it ies of estab­lished laboratories are used in the training of students in language teaching and in linguistics: the Verbal Be­havior Laboratory, the Phonetics Laboratory, and the Language Services Center, including the Programmed Learning Studio .

Concentrators in a nat ional literature are given the opportunity to get acquainted with the whole range of l iterature they are stUdying. They are encouraged to acquire a strong knowledge of the language in which t hey will work as early as poss ible i n their academic career. In French, German, and Spanish upper-level cou rses , the reading and most of the writ ing and lectur­ing wil l be in the original language. Concentrators are strongly urged to enlarge their background for l i terary stud ies by taking related courses in history, fine arts , music, phi losophy, and English literature.

The Depart ment encourages the Study Abroad Pro­gram for qual ified students.

The Department also offers unique opportunities for study and work a broad in programs under its own juris­diction . Any senior or grad uate student at the University is eligible fo r two separate exchange fel lowship pro­gra ms as long as he or she has the appropriate language preparat ion . The Department annually sponsors two excha nge fe l lowsh ips to the U n ivers i ty of Cologne (Germany) and o ne excha nge fel lowship to the Univer­sity of Haute-Bretagne ( Rennes, Fra nce); the awards

74 A rts and Science

cover full tuition and living expenses for one academic year . In addit ion, the Department administers a summer job program at Kodak / Germany in Stuttgart for stu­dents every year; any undergrad uate with basic fluency in German is el igible .

Requirements and Recommendations

for Concentrations

Major in Foreign Literature

This program is designed to provide students with an under­standing of a number of major authors, themes, and genres of world l i terature as wel l as ins ight into the basic funct ions and methods of l i terary crit ici sm. Read ing profic iency in a foreign language i s requ ired ; normal ly this is sati sfied by completing th ree courses in one fo reign l i terature read in the original language. M in imal requirements : 1 . Eight l i terature courses offered by the Department of For­

eign Languages, Literatures, and Linguist ics : • Three courses based on original texts . • One course i n l i terary theory or practical crit ic ism. • One course devoted to a major author . • One course on a recurrent theme. • One genre or per iod course. • A senior seminar or a seminar essay designed to i ntegrate

the student's studies . 2 . Two courses in related fie lds ( Engl ish , ph i losophy, fi ne arts ,

history) .

Major in Comparative Literature

This u ndergrad uate major is d esigned for students with a strong background i n at least one foreign language and who contemplate a professional career of l i terary study .

The fo l lowing courses are required : 1 . Ten courses in two foreign l i teratures read in the original

language (at least four courses must be taken in the second l i teratu re)

2. A course i n l i terary theory 3. A sen ior seminar , which brings t he total of required courses

to 1 2 , or a senior essay designed to integrate the student's studies.

I nd iv idual advisers a re assigned as early as possible to work on a comprehens ive and coherent program with the student . ( Students p reparing for grad uate work in comparative l i tera­ture a re strongly advised to begin the study of a th i rd foreign language as soon as poss ible . )

Chinese

1 . All conce ntrators a re requ i red to take at least six courses in Chinese, inc luding four semesters in M odern Chinese from 1 0 1 and above, and two semesters of Classical Chinese. One Chinese l i terat ure course i s requi red of all concentrators.

2 . At least three additional courses in either language or l i tera­ture or both . Li nguistics 1 0 1 i s acceptable as one of these courses.

3 . Th ree courses i n re lated fie lds (e .g . , h is tory, l inguist ics, l iter­ature, re l igion, art history) .

4 . Concentrators intending to go on to d o graduate study in Chi nese language and l i terat ure a re strongly urged to do fo rmal s tudy of the Japanese language and to develop a read ing knowledge of German and French .

French

1. Concentrators are req uired to take at least eight courses in French: a . Three I DO-level courses : 1 30, 1 3 1 , and e i ther 1 3 2 or

a nother 1 00-level course above 1 04 . h . Five 200-level courses : 200 ; 203 or 204; and three other

200-level co urses. 2 . In addit ion, four a l l ied courses are requ i red :

a . Two courses in closely related fie lds such as French his­tory, art , etc .

h . Two courses in l i nguistics or a nother l iterature. 3 . Concentrators sho u ld ser ious ly cons ider s tudy ing a t a

French-speaking un iversity for a year, a semester, or d uring the summer . Work d one i n an approved Study Abroad Pro­gram may be given concentrat ion credit up to a maximum of four courses.

4 . Concentrators intending to d o grad uate work in French are advised to acquire a reasonable faci l i ty in another foreign language.

German

1 . German 1 3 1 , 1 32, * 1 6 1 , 222. 2 . Four addit ional Germa n courses at the 200 level or above. 3 . Two courses a bove the in troductory level i n l i nguist ics ,

another foreign l iterature, comparative l i terature, or Engl ish . 4 . Two courses, usual ly above the introductory leve l , in a l l ied

fie lds of study such as German history, German ph i losophy, etc .

5 . Concentrators are urged to consider spending some t ime studying i n a Germa n-speaking country, if possible .

-The German Su rvey taught at t h e East m a n S c h o o l of M usic may b e s u bst i t uted .

6. Concentrators intend ing to go on to graduate study should acquire a read ing knowledge of French, and Lat in would be helpful as wel l .

7 . Students i ntending to complete two concentrat ions should consult wi th their advisers concern ing both programs of study and career goals .

Russian

I . At least e ight courses, inc lud ing L I T 263 , 264 (c lassics of R ussia n l iterature); R U S 1 3 1 .

2 . A min imum of two related cou rses (such as R uss ian his tory, foreign l i teratures, polit ica l science).

Spanish

I . A common core cons is t ing of: Span ish 1 3 1 or 1 3 3 ; 1 3 2 ; 1 2 1 and 1 22 .

2 . At least four addi t ional courses i n e i ther language or l itera­ture or both, at the 200 level or above.

3 . Two courses i n related fie lds , to be determined in consulta­t ion with the student's adviser .

4. Spanish 1 1 0 or equiva lent ( wi th permiss ion of the i nstructor) is prerequisite to S panish 1 2 1 , 1 22 .

5 . Spanish 1 1 0 , 1 2 1 a n d / or 1 22 , or equivalent ( with instructor's approva l) , are prerequisite to Spanish 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , and 1 33 .

Linguistics

A min imum of eight courses i n l ingui stics i s requ i red, i nclud­ing 202, 203, and e i ther 2 1 1 or 235 in one of the language areas : German, Russ ian, or Span i sh ; or 203 , 204 in French; or Engl ish ( E ngl ish 248 and Engl ish 200 , cross-li sted as Linguist ics 2 1 1 a nd 2 3 5 , respect ive ly) . The remain ing five cou rses may be selected from any of the courses l i sted below at the 200 level or above.

Linguist ics 1 0 1 i s prerequis i te to a l l courses at the 200 level or above.

Also requi red a re at least two courses above the in t roductory level in an a l l ied fie ld : anthropology, ed ucat ion, E ngl i sh , for­eign la nguages, mathematics, phi losophy, psychology, or soci­ology. Particularly recommended are Anthropology 27 1 , 275 ; Engl ish 200, 248 ; Psychology 233 , 234, 2 3 5 , 335 .

The ch oice of courses wi th in the concentrat ion wi l l depend on the student 's main interest and wi l l be worked out wi th his or her adviser.

Student Teaching

Concentrators interested i n student teaching experience for the purpose of New York State certificat ion should be in touch

Foreign Languages 75

with Professor W . H . Clark ( Latt imore Ha l l ) as well as their adviser .

Courses of Instruction

Comparative Literature - General

1 0 1 . European Literature in Translation I . I n t roduct ion to the s ign i fi cant l i t e ra ture fro m the c lass ica l a nd medieva l periods . 1 02 . European Literature in Translation I I . Cont inuat ion of Comparative L i teratu re 1 0 1 . I ntroduct ion to s ign ificant l i teratu re from the Renaissance through the E n l ightenment . 1 03 . European Literature in Translation I I I . Cont inuat ion of Comparative L iterature 1 02. I nt rod uction to significant l i terature from Romantic ism to the present . I I I . Tradition and Transformation in European Literature. In t rod uction for fresh me n to maj o r authors of the E u ropean t rad i t ion . Stud ies i n a cont inuing theme. Smal l seminars and occas ional lectures . ( 1 983-84)

Comparative Literature- Comparative

1 25 . Sophoclean and Shakespearean Tragedy . A compara­tive study of Sophoclean t ragedy (Ajax, Oedipus. Oedipus at Colonus) and Sha kespearean tragedy (Macbeth. Hamlet. Lear).

1 28 . R ussian Civi l ization . Study of R uss ian cul ture through an analysis of major themes and d eve lopments i n R ussian art , l iterature, m usic, and rel igion . Same as H I S 1 28 .

20 1 . Tragedy . A study o f t ragic themes a n d t ragic modes, wi th texts ch osen from t he Greeks to the modern period. 203. Literary Criticism . Studies of maj o r l i terary cr i t ics from the t ime of Aristotle to the present . 204. European Literature of the Renaissance. Readings i n Dante, Petrarch , Boccaccio, Erasmus, Ariosto, Rabelais , and M o ntaigne. Ca n be done i n Fre nch as F R 220.

205. European Literature of the High Middle Ages. Major trends i n l i terary thought and techn ique, 1 050- 1 3 50 . Emphasis upon the ideals of the court , the cathedral , and the monastery with respect to man and the un iversal o rder . 206. The European Novel . Stend hal , Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, Thomas Mann, J oyce, Ma l raux , and Kafka. 383. Special Studies in Comparative Literature. The rela­t ionsh ip of l i teratu re to other med ia such as the fi lm , pa int ing, and mus ic , and to other d i sci p l ines such as p h i losophy and astronomy. Addit ional read ing and a maj o r research paper requi red of grad uate students . 384. Comparative Study of Themes. The study of the per­s i ste nce and meta morphosis of important themes in l i teratu re, for example , Don Juan , A ntigone, Prometheus . Addi t iona l read ing a nd a major research paper requ i red of graduate stu­dents . ( 1 983-84)

76 A rts and Science

385. Comparative Study of Periods. The study of the l itera­ture of a period, such as the Renaissance or Romantic ism, or of a movement , such as natural ism, as a total ity not l imited by nat ional bou ndaries . Addit ional reading and a major research paper required of graduate students . ( 1 983-84)

386. Comparative Study of Genres. The comparative study of a major genre: novel , poet ry, d rama, epic, short story . Addi­t ional read ing and a major research paper requ ired of grad uate students . 388. Critical Perspectives. Coord i nat ion of the intens ive study of a maj o r Continental author with the reading and evaluation of a variety of crit ical perspectives on his work, such as Marxist , Freud ian, Jungian, a nd existe ntia l i s t . Each year a d ifferent author wi l l be considered. 389. Comparative Literary Theory and Criticism . Problems and approaches in contemporary crit icism (existential ist , psy­chologica l , sociol ogica l , structura l i sm, etc. ) . 390. Supervised Teaching.

39 1 . Independent Study.

Literature in Translation - Classics

228. Plato and Logopoiesis. An explorat ion of and com­mentary on four Platonic dia logues ( Symposium. Republic. Phaedo. and Phaedrus), with a view also to understanding l ogopoiesis, i .e . , Plato's ph i losophic a rt of poet ic composi t ion . 229. Interpretation and the Divine. Discuss ion of problems of presence or absence of the Divine i n th ree texts deal ing with i t - P lato's Phaedrus. Heidegger's Gelassenheil. Descartes' MedilOlions. Same as R E L 229. ( 1 983-84)

Literature in Translation - Hebrew

230. Success and Suffering: Biblical Wisdom and the Ancient World . Textual study of b ib l ical wisdom literature in context of a comparison with ancient documents . Same as R E L 233 . (Spring 1 98 3 )

Literature in Translation-Japanese

250. Introduction to Japanese Literature in Translation . M ajor works of Japa nese fict ion , poet ry, and d ra ma from the classical period through the eighteenth century . 25 1 . The Modern Japanese Novel . Principal ly a study of postwar Japanese fict ion .

Literature in Translation - R ussian

1 0 1 . Introduction to Russian Literature. The development of Russ ian l i terature through s hort works by Karamzin, Push­k in , Gogol, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Tu rgenev, and Chekhov.

232. Tolstoy and the Problem of Love. The evolut ion of Tolstoy's views on l ove as reflected in rep resentative select ions ranging from h i s ear ly short stories to the great novels . 260. Chekhov . A n intensive study of his stories and plays, with emphas is on the development of h is art . Read ings in E ngl ish . Same as RUS 260.

262. Dostoevsky and the Problem of Evil. I ntensive study of NOles from Underground. The Brolhers Karamazov. and the Book of Job . 263. Tolstoy and Dostoevsky .

'One major nove l by each author and selected short works. Same as R E L 263 .

264. Classics of Russian Literature. The major writers (ex­cluding Tolstoy and Dostoevsky) : Push k in , Gogol , Turgenev, Goncharov, and Chekhov. 265. Modern R ussian Literature . I t s development fro m symbol ism to the present day . I nc ludes Bely, Babel, Olesha, Bulga kov, and Solzhenitsyn.

Literature in Translation- Special

Courses numbered 280 to 290 are special courses l imited in enrol lment . They are usually devoted to inten­sive exa mination of particular writers, forms, or literary problems. The content of these courses is not specified, because it is determi ned from the interests of students and instructors, and varies from ti me to ti me. Annual schedules describe the content of a given course in a given semester and ind icate prerequisites for admiss ion, if any. 280 . Studies in Classics in Tran�lation.

281 . Studies in Medieval Literature in Translation.

282. Studies in the Renaissance in Translation.

283. Studies in the Baroque in Translation.

284. Studies in 1 8th-Century Literature in Translation.

285. Studies in 1 9th-Century Literature in Translation.

286. Studies in 20th-Century Literature in Translation.

287. Comparative Studies in Fiction in Translation.

288. Studies in Drama in Translation.

289. Studies in Poetry and Poetics in Translation .

370 . Literary and Art istic Experience in the Post-Cultural World. A study of European and American l i terary and art is­tic experimentation in the twe ntiet h century . 390. Supervised Teach ing . Teach ing and d r i l l s w i th i n a regular course under the inst ructor's supervis ion . 391 . Independent Study . I n tended pr imar i ly for advanced students wanting to study specific l i terary problems across nati onal boundaries .

Chinese

1 0 1 . Elementary Chinese I. I n t roduct ion to modern spoken Ma ndarin . Emphas is wi l l be on developing the students' abi l ity to spea k and comprehend the most widely used dia lect of modern Chinese. 1 02 . Elementary Chinese II. Cont inuat ion of Ch inese 10 I , and a n i ntroduction t o e lementary read i ngs i n Chinese. 1 03 . Intermediate Chinese I . Cont inuing study of spoken Ma ndarin and vernacular w ritten materia ls . Prerequisite : C H I 1 02 o r equivalent . 1 04. I ntermediate Chinese I I . Cont inuat ion of Chinese 1 03 . 204 . Readings in Modern Chinese I . Readings i n news­papers and periodicals, with emphasis upon materia ls from the Peop le's Republ ic of China. Prerequis i te : C H I 1 03 or equiv­alent . 205. Readings in Modern Ch inese I I . Cont i nua t ion of Chinese 204 . 250 . Classical Chinese I. Readings in l i terary styles i n a variety of phi losophical, historical , and literary texts . 251 . Classical Chinese I I . Contin uat ion o f C H I 250. 391 . Independent Study .

393 . Senior Essay .

Classics

G R E E K NOTE: Greek 1 0 1 and 1 02, o r t h e equivalent , a re p rerequisites to a l l Greek courses at the 200 leve l . 10 1 . Homeric Greek I . An in troductio n to Attic Greek designed to prepare students to read a lso t he c lassical Greek dramatists, phi losophers, orators, and h i storians . 1 02 . Homeric Greek II . Cont inuat ion of Greek 1 0 1 . 1 03 . Selections from Homer's Odyssey .

1 04. Selections from Xenophon, Plato.

204. Euripides. One of the major plays in alternate years. 205. Sophocles' Oedipus at Colon us.

208. Plato's Meno. A detailed study of the language and thought of Plato's Meno.

2 1 2 . X enophon's Memorabi l ia . A detai led study of the lan­guage and thought of Xenoph on's recol lections of Socrates' l ife and conversat ions . ( 1 983-84) 391 . Independent Study . A study of specia l l i terary prob­lems under the d i rection of a member of the faculty . 393. Senior Essay . A paper based upon independent study; may be written by concentrators . Students should normally register for th is course in the fal l term of their senior yea r.

LATI N

Foreign Languages 77

N OT E : Latin 1 03 or the equivalent is p rerequis i te to all Lat in courses at the 200 level . 1 0 1 . Elementary Latin I. I ntroductory tra in ing in the struc­ture of Lat in and its basic vocabulary. Practice in the read ing of selected texts . 1 02 . Elementary Latin II . A cont inuat ion of Lat in 1 0 1 . Latin 1 0 I i s a prerequis i te . 1 03 . Intermediate Latin I . Read ing and i nterpretat ion of select ions (unadapted ) fro m Ovid , Virgi l , Catu l lus , Horace, and Tacit us . Prerequis i te : Lat in 1 02 o r permiss ion of the inst ructor. 203. Roman Comedy. Plautus and Terence; their relat ion to Greek New Comedy and the i r i n fluence on la ter comedy. ( 1 983-84) 205. Roman Lyric and Elegiac Poetry. Catul lus , Tibul lus , Propert ius , Ovid . 206 . Virgi l . Select ions in a lternate years from the A eneid, Bucolics, and Georgics. ( 1 983-84) 39 1 . Independent Study. Study of special l i terary problems under the d i rection of a member of the faculty .

French

1 0 1 . Elementary French I. I n trod uctory t rammg in the structure of modern French and i ts bas ic vocabulary. Practice in spea king; read ing of selected graded texts . 1 02. Elementary French II . A cont inuat ion of French 1 0 1 . 1 03 . Intermediate French I . I n termediate level s tudy of modern French . Special attent ion to grammatical review, vo­cabulary, readi ng, and l istening sk i l l s . 1 04. Intermediate French I I . A cont inuat ion of 1 03 with ongoing grammatical review and increas ing attent ion to con­versat ion and composit ion . 1 1 5. Commercial French . An introd uct ion to the technical vocabulary of commercial practices in France. 1 30 . French Conversation and Composition. An upper-level in termediate course on French language emphasizing speaking and wri t ing sk i l l s . I t is normal ly fol lowed by 1 3 1 a nd / or 1 32. 1 3 1 . Introduction to French Literature I . I ntroduction to the interpretat ion of modern French l iterature with emphasis on techn iq ues of analysis . Major genres, sh ort story, lyric, drama. are covered . 132 . Introduction to French Literature I I . I ntroduct ion t o t h e historical study o f French l i teratu re a n d cul ture from the Renaissance to 1 850. I SO. Special Topics in French . A topical ly oriented course with read ings in French. Themes d i scussed in any given year include the grotesque in a rt and l iterature, novel and fi lm, prob lems of the nove l , and narrat ive and dramatic comedy. Prerequis i te : read ing knowledge of French . NOTE: French 1 30 and 1 3 1 or 1 32 are ord inari ly prereq uisi tes for all 200-level cou rses in French language and l iterature.

78 A rts and Science

200. Advanced French. I ntensive practice in speaking and writ ing the language; review of grammar on an advanced level. 203. The Linguistic Structure of French . Analysis of the contemporary French phonologica l , grammatical, and semantic systems; reference to d ia lectal variat ions . 204. History of the French Language. Diachronic ana lysis of French as one of t he Romance languages ; its format ion , development, and present state. 2 1 0. Medieval French Literature. A survey of medieval l it­erature and cul ture . Works to be read in modern French include La Chanson de Roland, Yvain, and La Quete du Graa/.

220. The French Renaissance. In t roduction to the in tel lec­tual and aesthetic currents of the Renaissance; readings in Rabelais and M o ntaigne. ( 1 983) 230. The Baroque. Major texts of the la te s ixteenth and early seventeenth centuries . Theater, comic novels , short fic­t ion , and poetry are covered . 23 1 . The Classical Tradition. Major d ramatic, lyric, and moraliste texts of the late seventeenth century: Racine, Mol iere, La Fontaine, La Rochefoucauld , and La Bruyere. 240. The Eighteenth Century. Study of major authors of the French Enl ightenment, as wel l as their predecessors and contemporaries, inc luding Marivaux , M ontesquieu, Voltaire , Prevost, Rousseau, Diderot , Sade, and Laclos. 251 . Modern French Readings from Baudelaire t o Surrealism .

252. Nineteenth-Century French Novel . Analysis of selected works by major nineteenth-century novel i sts including Balzac, Stendhal , Flaubert. 260. The Twentieth-Century Novel ( 1 900- 1 940). Readings in such major novelists as Proust, Gide, Malraux , etc. 2 6 1 . The Contemporary French Novel ( 1 940- Present). Read­i ngs in Camus, Sartre, Robbe-Gri l let , etc. ( 1 983) 262. Twentieth-Century French Theatre. Analyses of se­lected works by major twentieth-century dramatists , including Claudel , G i raudoux, M ontherlant, Camus, Sartre, Becket t , l onesco, Genet . ( 1 983 ) 280 . French Fi lm . A s tudy of French fi l m fro m its begin­n ings through the New Wave. 299. Studies in Translation. Advanced work in t ra nslat ion into and fro m French. Prerequisite : French 200 or equivalent . 388. Crit ical Perspectives. Coord i nat ion of the intens ive study of a major Fren�h author with the reading and evaluat ion of a variety of critica l perspectives on h is work, such as M arxist , Freudian, J u ngian, and existential ist . Each year a d i fferent author will be considered . Seminars are p lanned o n Flaubert, Rousseau , and Ba lzac. ( See Comparative Literature 388 . ) 391 . Independent Study. Study of specia l l i nguist ic or l i ter­a ry problems u nder the d i rection of a member of the faculty. 393. Senior Essay .

German

1 0 1 . Elementary German I . Ch oice of three d ifferent ap­proaches : ( I ) in trod uctory read ings in German l i terature, (2 ) bas ic spoken German, ( 3 ) programmed inst ruct ion . ( Every semester) 1 02. Elementary German I I . Cont inuat ion of German 1 0 1 . ( Every semester) 1 03 . Intermediate German I. Readings i n German cul ture and civi l izat ion ; grammar review; some conversat ion . Prerequi­site : GER 1 02 or equivalent . ( Every semester) NOTE: S uccessful complet ion of the language proficiency examinat ion i n German, or eq uivalent , i s the p rerequisite for all German courses l i sted below. 1 04. Intermediate German I I . I nt rod uct ion to German con­versat ion and composi t ion ; cond ucted e ntirely in German. Pre­requis ite : G E R 1 03 or equivalent . 1 3 1 . Introduction to German Literature I . Close reading and a nalysis of representative works of poetry and fict ion of t he nineteenth and twentiet h centuries . 1 32. Introduction to German Literature II . Selected works as seen i n the ir h is torical and styl ist ic context . Prerequis i te : G E R 1 3 1 or consent of instructor. N OTE : Germa n 1 3 1 and 1 32 are usual ly p rerequisite for a l l 200-level courses in German l i terature; Linguistics 1 0 1 is rec­ommended for all 200-level courses in German l inguist ics . 1 6 1 . Conversation and Composition . Combines styl ist ic ex­ercises, d i scuss ions in Germa n, a nd writ ing of German compo­s i t ions . Cond ucted ent ire ly in Germa n. Prerequis i te : G E R 1 04 or equivalent . 2 1 I . Linguistic Structure of German. Practical and t heoreti­cal i nvestigat ion of the sounds , gra m mar, and voca bulary of Standard German, with consideration of teaching and learning d ifficult ies . ( 1 983-84) 222. Advanced Conversation and Composition. Discussion of a nd composi t ions suggested by read ings from the news­magazine Der Spiegel. Prerequis i te : G E R 1 6 1 or consent of the i nst ructor. 235. History of the German Language. The formation and l i nguist ic evolut ion of German over a period of roughly 2,000 years, i l lustrated with se lected historical sources. 250. Medieval German Literature. A study of the three great vis ions of medieval Germa n : Nibelungenlied, Parzival, a nd Tristan. ( 1 983-84) 269. Goethe. Cl ose read ings of selected lyric, d ramatic, nar­rative, and critical works , inc luding both parts of Faust. ( 1 984) 270. German Romanticism. Examines the origins, crises, a nd resolut ions of problems i n aesthetics, rel ig ion , pol i t ics , and ph i losophy facing authors of the Romantic period of Germany. 275. Nineteenth-Century Literature. Read ing i n a lternate years fro m eit her the maj o r d ramatists o r major novel ists of the period . ( 1 984)

280. Age of Expression. Focuses on early twentieth-century German l i teratu re and cul ture, wi th part icular interest in the i nfluence of Nietzsche i n the arts . ( 1 984) 285. Modern German Drama. Read i ngs i n Hauptmann , Schnit zler, Kaiser, Brecht , Frisch, Durrenmatt, Hochhuth , a nd Weiss. 286. Modern German Prose. The s h o rter na rrat ives of Hauptmann, Thomas Mann, Kafka, Benn, and Brecht . 287. German Song. A study of t he variety of German song, i nc luding the Lied. fo l ksong, and the popular song. Formal theoretical and sociological analyses are emphasized . 391 . Independent Study in German.

393. Senior Essay. A paper based upon independent study; may be written by concentrators, p referably i n the fa l l term of their senior yea r. 399. Practi cum in German . I n vestigat ion of special topics in German language, l i terature, or l inguist ics .

Hebrew

N OTE: Hebrew cou rses 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 03 , and 1 04 form an i nte­grated four-term sequence designed to give a good reading and speaking knowledge of Hebrew by the fourth term. 1 0 1 . Elementary Hebrew I. I nt rod uctory t ra in ing in t he structure of modern l i terary Hebrew and i t s ba sic voca bulary and use. Practice in writ ing, read ing, comprehension, and spea king. 1 02. Elementary Hebrew II . A con t in uati on of Hebrew 10 I ; the completion o f the basic gramma r of Hebrew. 1 03. Intermediate Hebrew I . Cont inuing study of Hebrew in i ts written and spoken forms. Se lected read ings fro m modern Hebrew l i terature. Prerequis i te : H E B 1 02 or equivalent . 1 04. Intermediate Conversation and Composition. Train ing a nd practice i n speech and writ ing of Hebrew, with emphasis on curre nt issues and materia ls . Prereq u i si te : fa mi l iar ity with t he most basic Hebrew forms and vocabulary. 1 3 1 . Introduction to Modern Hebrew Literature. Read i ng of prose a nd poetry with analys is . Cond ucted in Hebrew. ( Fa l l 1 982) 1 3 2 . Introduct ion to Hebrew Literature, O ld and New. Read ing and analys is of Hebrew l i teratu re from various t ime periods , from Bibl ical th rough contemporary. Cond ucted in Hebrew. ( S p ring 1 983 ) 2 1 8 . The Hebrew Short Story. A study of the modern Hebrew sh ort story: its la nguage, the mi l ieu producing i t , and its greatest writers. Cond ucted in Hebrew. ( Fa l l 1 982) 39 1 . Independent Study in Hebrew.

Japanese

Foreign Languages 79

1 0 1 . Elementary Japanese I. I n troduct ion to co l loquia l Jap­anese, wi th emphasis on developing spea king and comprehen­s ion sk i l l s . The writ ing system also is i n trod uced for read ing s imple texts . 1 02. Elementary Japanese II . Contin uat ion of Japa nese 1 0 l . 1 03 . Intermediate Ja panese I . Cont inuing study of col lo­quia l Japanese th rough conversat ion p ractice and more i nten­sive development of read ing sk i l l s . Prerequis ite : J A P 1 02 or equ ivalent . 1 04. Intermediate Japanese I I . Cont inuat ion of Japanese 1 03 . 205. Modern Japanese Prose I . Selected read i ngs from con­temporary texts covering various styles of l i terary Japanese. Prerequ i s ite: J A P 1 04 or equivalent . 206. Modern Japanese Prose II . Contin uat ion of Japanese 205. Essays on Japanese l i terature and history. 39 1 . Independent Study in Japanese Language.

392. Practicum in Japanese.

Romanian

1 0 1 . Elementary Romanian I . I ntrod uctory explanation of the structure of modern Romanian and i ts basic vocabulary. Practice in hearing and spea king. Read i ng of texts . 1 02. Elementary Romanian II . A cont i n uat ion of Romanian 1 0 l . 1 25 . Romanian Life, Language, and Culture. S u rvey o f l i fe in contemporary Roma nia (a rt, fo l k lore , h i s tory, language, and I i te ra t u re ) . 39 1 . Independent Study in Romanian. Study of specia l l i n­guist ic problems under t he d i rect ion of a member of the faculty.

Russian

NOTE: Russ ian cou rses 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 03 , and 1 04 form an i nte­grated four-term sequence d esigned to give a good read ing and spea king knowledge of Russ ian by the fourth term. 1 0 1 . Elementary Russian I . Pronunciat ion a nd the basic st ruct ure of the la nguage. 1 02. Elementary Russian I I . Cont inuat ion of R ussian 1 0 l . Em phasis o n bui ld ing vocabulary by means of graded readers . 1 03. Intermediate Russian I . Contin uing study of R ussian in i ts wr i t ten and spoken forms. 1 04. Intermediate Russian I I . Cont inuat ion of Russian 1 03, stressing conversat ion and composit ion, with read ings i n un­abridged fict ion and nonfict ion . 1 05. Russian Reading and Translation . Controlled read ings i n a field of the student's i n terest. Prerequis i te : R U S 1 02 or equ ivalent .

80 A rts and Science

1 3 1 . Introduction to Modern Russian Literature I. Read­ings in n ineteenth-century fict ion . Prerequis i te : R US 1 03 or t he equivalent . 22 1 . Advanced Russian Language I . Read ing and writ ing in R ussian, wi th ora l progress reports and classroom discussion i n Russian. Short research paper o n a topic of the student's choice. 222. Advanced Russian Language I I . A cont inuat ion of R ussian 22 1 .

235. History of the Russian Language. Diachronic analysis of Russian as one of the S lavic languages; i ts formation, devel­opment, and present state. Prerequis ite : R U S 1 04 or equivalent, or permission of the i nstructor. 260. Chekhov. An intensive study of h is stories and plays, with emphasis on the deve lopment of h is art . Readings in Rus­s ian. Same as L I T 260 .

391 . Independent Study.

399. Practicum in Russian. I nvestigat ion of special prob­lems i n Russ ian .

Spanish

1 00 . Review Spanish. An intensive review of SP 1 0 1 , 1 02. ( Every semester) 1 0 1 . Elementary Spanish I. Training i n spea king, compre­hension, reading, 'and writing th rough classroom inst ruct ion. ( Every semester) 1 02. Elementary Spanish I I . Continuat ion of Spanish 10 I : classroom instruct ion . ( Every semester) 1 03 . Intermediate Spanish. Cont inu ing study of modern Spanish in i t s spoken and wri t ten forms. Prerequisite : S P 1 02 or equivalent . ( Every semester) 1 04. Conversational Spanish I . Cont inuat ion of Spanish 1 03 , stressing conversation and composi t ion . Conducted i n Spanish . Designed pri marily for nonmajors . ( Every semester) 1 1 0. Reading Spanish . Cont inuat ion of Spanish 1 03 . I n ­tended to advance conversat ional sk i l l s and a l so provide an introduction to the read ing of Span i sh l iterature . ( Every spring) 1 2 1 . Advanced Spanish Language I . An intensive investiga­t ion and t ra in ing i n the nature and use of Spanish . ( Every fa l l ) 1 22 . Advanced Spanish Language I I . A cont in uation of S panish 1 2 1 . ( Every spring) N OTE: Spanish 1 3 '1 , 1 32 , and 1 3 3 are offered i n the o rder l i sted below i n successive semesters. 1 3 1 . Introduction to Modern Spanish Literature. Close read­ing and ana lysis of representative works of poetry, d rama, and fict ion of n ineteenth- and twentieth-century Spa in . 1 32 . Masterpieces of Spanish Literature to 1 800. Survey from the late M idd le Ages to t he beginning of Romanticism; emphasis o n t he siglo de oro. ( Fa l l 1 98 3 )

1 33. Introduction to Latin-American Literature. Close read­ing and ana lysis of masterp ieces of modern Latin-American l iterature . 2 1 1 . The Linguistic Structure of Spanish. Synchronic analy­s is of the phonemic, morphological , syntactic, and semantic systems of present-day Spanish ; d ia lectal variat ions . Prerequi­site : SP 1 04 or equivalent, or permission of the inst ructor. 2 1 2. Hispanic Dialectology. An examinat ion of phonologi­cal, morpho logica l , and syntactic variat ion i n the language of Spain and Lat in A merica . ( N ot offered 1 982-83)

235. History of the Spanish Language. Diachronic analysis of Spanish as o ne of the Romance la nguages; i t s formation , development, and p resent state. 250. Cervantes' Exemplary Novels. Close reading of the exemp lary novels: content , form, relat ion to other works of Cervantes and to t he pastora l and picaresque novel. Special attention given to t he in tel lectual and artist ic background of Cervantes' l i terary creat ion . 258. Cervantes. Detailed reading and d i scussion of Don Quixote and ot her works in relat ion to Cervantes' t ime and to the deve lopment of the novel . 262. Lope de Vega and Calderon. Extensive read ing, study, and d i scussion of plays by these dramatists; the t heater in rela­tion to l i terary, social , and rel ig ious thought . 276. Nineteenth-Century Prose. Reading and discussion of works, beginning with Costumbrismo, but with emphasis on the novels of Galdos, Alas , Pardo, Bazan , Valera, U namuno, Azori n . 277. Twentieth-Century Spanish Drama. Trends in contem­porary theater, including t he works of Calvo-Sotelo, Casona, Buero Val lejo, Sastre, Ru iba l , and Arrabal . 280. Contemporary Spanish Prose. The development of the novel after the Civi l War, fro m its resurgence with Cela, to t he present . 282. Poetry of the Twentieth Century. Spanish and Lat in American poets . The poet ry of the generat ion of 1 927, with the main emphasis on the poetry and d rama of Garcia-Lorca, Jorge Gui l len , and Vicente Ale ixandre; other poets are a lso included. Lati n A merican poets such as Valiejo , Neruda, Paz, Nicolas Guil len, Marti are read . (Alternate semesters) 285. Contemporary Latin A merican Fict ion. The s h o rt stories of Jorge Luis Borges; the novels of Cortazar, Carpentier, and Garcia- Marquez. 290. Topics in Latin American Literature. Topics vary from semester to semester. Possible topics i nc lude M odernism, co­lonia l l i terature of Latin America, the modern Latin A merican short story. 391 . Independent Study.

393. Senior Essay . A paper based upon i ndependent study; may be writ ten by concentrators . Students should normal ly register for th i s course i n the fa l l term of their senior year.

399. Practicum in Spanish. I nd iv idua l projects or i nvestiga­tion of special problems in Spanish .

Linguistics

1 0 1 . Introduction to Linguistics. Pr inc ip les of structural analysis of speech phenomena. Examinat ion of material from a wide variety of languages. 202. Introduction to Historical Linguistics. A diachronic study of the p hases and processes of l inguistic change: p hono­logical , grammatical , and semantic . 203. Articulatory Phonetics . Physiological bases of speech production and percept ion . Analysis and classificat ion of speech sounds; d i scriminat ion, production , a nd transcript ion sk i l l s a re acqu i red . 209. Language and Meaning. I n t roduct ion to the study of meaning fro m a l i nguist ic point of view, and the re la t ion of semantics to grammar, cu l ture, cognit ion, a nd styl ist ics . 2 1 1 . The Structure of Modern English. Credit for only one : LIN 2 1 1 or ENG 248 . See descript ion for Engl ish 248 ( M odern Engl ish Grammar) . 2 1 2. Introduction to Transformational Linguistics. A study of the development of transformat ional grammar, i ts notat ional devices, a nd mechanical work ings. 2 1 3. Language in Society . An in t roduct ion to the study of language i n i ts social context as viewed by l i nguists . 2 1 5. Phonological Analysis. Crit ical a nalysis of approaches to phonological theory, inc lud ing Prague school , American structu ral ism, generative t heory, and natura l phonology. Pre­requisite : L I N 203 . ( Fa l l 1 98 3 )

2 1 6 . Grammatical Analysis. M orphological segmentat ion and c lass i fi ca t i on ; der ivat ional and i n flect iona l p rocesses; phrase st ructu re and constituent analysis ; relat ionsh ip of st ruc­tures and transformations . Prerequis i te : L I N 203.

230. Introduction to the Analysis of Verbal Behavior I . Dis­cusses approaches to psychol inguistics usi ng in trod uctory uni ts on the pri ncip les and procedures for the descript ive a nalysis of behavior. Prerequis i te : PS Y 228 .

23 1 . Introduction to the Analysis of Verbal Behavior I I . Contin uat ion of Linguist ics 230. Considers issues in psychol in­guist ic d iagnoses, case report writ ing, and the furt her exp lana­tion of teaching strategies . Prerequisite : L I N 230.

235. History of the English Language. Credit for only one: LIN 235 or ENG 200 . See descript ion for English 200 ( H i story of the E ngl ish Language). 250. Acoustic Phonetics. I ntroduct ion to the physical and l inguistic properties of the speech wave. Pract ical ex perience in laboratory phonetics . Prerequis i te : L I N 203 or permiss ion of the instructor. 391 . Independent Study in Linguistics.

399. Practicum in Linguistics. I nvestigat ion of special prob­lems i n l inguistics .

General Science 81

N OTE : Other courses appropriate to a concentrat ion in l inguis­t ics a re the fo l l owing : F R 203, 204, 205; G E R 2 1 1 , 2 3 5 ; and S P 2 1 1 , 2 3 5 .

GENERAL SCIENCE This is a concentration program lead ing to a bache­

lor's degree administered through the Center for Special Degree Programs (page 48). For details about require­ments, students should consult the Center.

Committee on General Science

Harry W. Fulbright, Ph . D. ( Washington) Professor of Physics and Chairman of the Commil lee

Arnold Pizer, Ph . D . ( Yale) Associate Professor of Mathematics

George R. Holdren, Ph. D. ( Johns H opkins) Assistant Professor of Geology

David Wil l iams, Ph . D . ( California, San Diego) Assistant Professor of Psychology and in the Center

for Visual Science

The Committee on General Science supervises a pro­gram lead ing to the B . A . degree t hat l inks broad training in the natural sciences with courses designed to provide insight into the development of scientific thought and meth od . As an introduction to the natural sciences, the program develops students who are technically literate and who possess the background req uired of an edu­cated person today.

A degree may be awarded with a double concentration in general science and another natural science, provided that the advanced-level work in general science is not the same as that for the other concentrat ion .

The General Science Program categorizes the natural sciences into three broad areas and into basic-level and advanced- level courses approved by the individual de­partments for concentrat ion cred it toward a B . A . degree in general science. The three categories are : 1 . Biological Sciences: bio logy, psychology. 2 . Mathe matical Sciences: computer science, mathemat­

ics, statistics . 3 . Physical Sciences: astronomy, chemistry, geology,

physics.

82 A rts and Science

Concentration in General Science

General Prerequisites

Math 1 6 1 and 1 62 or the equivalent, as well as dem­onstrated proficiency in computing, must be completed satisfactori ly before the student can be accepted as a concentrator.

Concentration Requirements

The concentration consists of at least : I. Three basic-level courses, one fro m each of the three

categories of the natural sciences listed above. 2. Six advanced-level courses, including at least three

from each of two departments (the two departments m ust be fro m different categories of the natural sciences) .

3. Two courses in the history of science, the philosophy of science, or scientific methodology.

Students wishing to take advanced-level course work from a department that is not currently in one of the three categories of the General Science Program may petit ion to have the Committee consider an alternative program. I f the Committee approves the petit ion, the student must then obtain the approval of the chairman of the department involved . Once an acceptable pro­gram of course work has been developed and the approval of the appropriate department chairman is obtained, the student will be considered for admission to the concentration .

Students should note tha t s o me bas ic - level and advanced-level courses have prerequisites that cannot be used to satisfy the requirements of the general science concentration .

Basic-level Courses

The basic-level courses must be taken in at least three different departments, chosen fro m the list below. All three of the science categories must be represented .

CATEGO R Y I , B I O L O G I C A L SCIENCES Biology 1 05, 1 2 1 Neuroscience 20 I , 202, 203 Psychology 1 2 1 , 1 4 1 , 1 5 1

CATEG O R Y I I , M ATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Computer Science 206, 220, 240 Mathematics 1 63, 1 64 Statistics 2 1 1 , 2 1 2, 2 1 6

CATEG O R Y I I I , PHYSICAL SCIENCES Astronomy I I I , 1 1 2 Chemistry 1 32, 1 3 3, 1 34, 1 4 1 , 1 42 Geology 1 0 1 , 20 1 Physics 1 1 3, 1 1 4, 1 2 1 , 1 22

Advanced-level Courses

CATEG O R Y I, B IOLOGICAL SCIENCES

I . Bio logy: General science students tak ing advanced-level courses in this area must take B I O 1 2 1 as their basic-level course in Category I. One course from each of the fol lowing three groups m ust be taken to sat isfy the advanced-level course requ irement in this depart ment . Group I : biochemistry and molecular biology- 1 50, 202, 268; I N D 40 1 Group I I : cel l and developmental bio logy-2 1 O, 220, 226, 243 Group I I I : organismic biology- I 22, 1 25 , 1 30, 205, 260

2. Neuroscience: Any course beyond 20 I , 202, 203 3. Psychology: General science students tak ing advanced-level

courses in psychology must choose at least one of th ree advanced-level courses from Group I and at least one fro m G r o u p I I . I n add i t ion , at least one of the courses m u s t be a laboratory course, denoted by ( L) . Group I : neuro- a n d biopsychology-243, 245 ( L) , 246( L), 25 1 , 252, 257( L), 34 1 , 344 G r o u p I I : e x p e r i m e n t a l b e h a v i o r a l p s y c h o l o g y -228( L) , 232, 256( L) , 332, 35 1

CATEG O R Y I I , MATHEMATICA L SCIENCES

I . Computer science: General science students tak ing advanced­level cou rses i n computer science must have taken esc 220 as a basic-level course and must take CSC 280 and 288 among the th ree or more advanced courses. Optional ad­vanced courses are 222, 246, 247, 286, 287.

2 . Mathematics : General science students taking advanced­level courses in mathematics must take both basic-level courses ( M T H 1 63 and 1 64) and M T H 235 ( Linear Algebra) as an advanced-level course. The other two requ i red ad­vanced-level courses may be any 200- or 300-level courses, except for MTH 300.

3. Statist ics : General science students taking advanced-level courses i n statistics must have taken both basic courses ( STT 2 1 2 and 2 1 6) and must take STT 20 1 and 203 among the three or more advanced courses . Opt ional advanced courses are 202, 207, 208, 22 1 , 226, 24 1 .

CA T E G O R Y I I I , PHYSICAL SCIENCES

I . Astronomy: General science students taking advanced-level courses i n astronomy must take th ree of the fol l owing courses: 232, 24 1 , 242, 383 .

2. Chemistry : General science students tak ing advanced-level courses in chemistry must take th ree fro m the fol lowing courses (note that certain cou rses d o have p rerequis i tes that are not otherwise l i s ted in the catalogue ) : 20 I ' , 202 ' , 2032, 2042 , 2 1 1 , 2223, 25 1 4 , 2524

3. Geology: General science students tak ing advanced-level courses i n geology must take at least th ree advanced-level courses; one course must be selected from each of the follow­ing groups . Group I : paleontology-22 1 , 222, 277 Group I I : petrology / geochemistry sequence-224, 227, 24 1 , 248, 286 Group I I I : field / geophysics sequence-235, 28 1 , 283, 285 Cou rses other than those l isted may be accepted for general science majors with prior written approval of the depart­ment's general science adviser.

4. Physics: General science s tudents tak ing advanced-level courses in p hysics must have taken P H Y 1 2 1 and 1 22 as prerequisites to the program. Any three courses from the fol lowing list can be used to satisfy the advanced-level course requ irements : 1 23 , 2 1 7, 235, 255, 256, 258 .

History of Science, Philosophy of Science, and Scientific Methodology Courses

Two courses chosen fro m but not l imited to those listed may be taken to fulfi l l this requirement : H I S 20 1 , P H L 252, H I S o r P H L 352 . Courses other than those listed may be used to sati sfy this require ment with prior wri tten approval of the Committee on General Science. (Other courses that may be added here are under con­sideration . )

A "C" average is required in previously completed courses used toward the concentra t ion , and a "C" average must be maintained for al l courses used in the concentrat ion .

' C H M 20 1 - 202 c a n n o t be t a k e n i f C H M 1 3 2- 1 3 3 have a l ready been taken.

'CH M 203- 204 can be taken after C H M 1 32- 1 33 , but because they are two-;;red i t cou rses, both must be taken to count as a fu l l fo ur-;; redit cou rse.

J C H M 25 1 is a prere q u i site for C H M 222.

' M T H 1 63- 1 64 a re p re- o r core q u isites fo r C H M 25 1 - 2 5 2 .

Geological Sciences 83

GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Lawrence Wil l iam Lundgren, J r. , P h . D . ( Yale) Professor of Geology and Chairman of the Department

Robert George Sutton, Ph . D. (Johns Hopkins) Professor of Geology

Curt Teichert, Ph , D . (Albertus) A djunct Professor of Geology

Asish Basu, Ph . D. ( Davis) Associate Professor of Gt?ology

Carlton Brett, Ph . D . ( M ic higan) Assistant Professor of Geology

Udo Fehn, Ph . D . ( M unich) Assistant Professor of Geology

George Richard Ho ldren, J r. , Ph . D . (Johns H opki ns) Assistant Professor of Geology

Gautam Mitra, Ph. D. (Johns H opkins) A ssistant Professor of Geology

* J udy M assare, M . A . (Johns H opkins) Instructor in Geology

John Edward Hoffmeister, Ph . D. (Johns H opkins) Professor Emeritus of Geology

The Department of Geological Sciences uses seven to eight teaching assistants in laboratory sections of most undergraduate laboratory courses.

Although Geological Sciences is one of the smallest departments in the College of Arts and Science, it provides its students with d isti nctive degree programs and wit h excellent opportunities fo r com municating and working with its faculty members and graduate students, both in and outside the classroom. Each of the degree p rogra ms has been designed to serve special interests of the students and the particular demands associated with professional work in various areas of the earth sciences .

The degree programs include the B . A . and B . S . pro­grams in geology, the B . S . in biology-geo logy ( B I G) , and the B . S . in geomechanics ( G E M ) . The th ree B . S . pro­grams are designed to give students the background for grad uate work and professional ca reers in the earth sciences, and in those areas in which the earth sciences overlap with the life sciences on the one hand and with engineering on the other. The B . A . program is designed to allow more flexibi l ity in program design and is pur­sued not only by students preparing for grad uate work in

· Part-t ime.

84 Arts and Science

the earth sciences but also by students interested in la w, management, and teaching. These students commonly carry double maj ors such as geology and economics . Students planning graduate work or careers in environ­mental and resource management have found each of the various degree programs to be an appropriate avenue to such work and careers.

These programs are made possible by formal and informal l inkages with other departments and programs, especial ly the Department of Bio logy, the Department of Mechanical Engineering, and the Committee on I nd i­vidualized I nterdepartmental Concentrat ions . I n addi­t ion, the Department has been affi l iated since 1 972 with the West Ind ies Laboratory o n St . Croix in the U . S . Virgin Is lands a n d has offered a progra m a t the West I ndies Laboratory since 1 972 . Students participating in this program spend a semester at the laboratory studying marine geology and marine biology and receive a fu ll semester of credit for their work .

The Department considers field experience to be a valuable part of geological tra in ing and incorporates field trips into the regular sched ule of many of the under­grad uate courses . Students take excursions to Maryland and New England .

The U ndergraduate Student Geological Organization ( U S GO) is active i n providing special field trips, speak­ers from other universities and col leges, and social events throughout the academic year. U ndergraduates are also involved with departmental research projects working with faculty in a variety of fields , including geophysics, geochemistry, paleobiology, petrology, structural geol­ogy, stratigraphy, and environmental geology.

Graduate work and careers in most fields demand a broad general background in the basic sciences and mathematics , and students are strongly advised to take courses beyond the minimum req ui rements in these sub­jects. All students are encouraged to gain a proficiency in readi ng scient ific material written in any of a number of foreign la nguages .

Minimum Requirements for the B . A .

Program

• Seven courses beyond 1 0 1 selected from departmental offeri ngs ; Geology 20 1 , 22 1 , 224, 227, 235, 283, and one advanced elective normally i ncluded .

• Four courses in related sciences, one of which must be i n mathematics .

Minimum Requirements for the B . S . Program

• Geology 1 0 1 , 20 1 , 22 1 , 224, 227 , 235 , 283 , and three other geology courses .

• Field course: th is requirement may be satisfied by par­t icipation in the marine geo logy program at St . Croix, by a 6-8 credit summer field course i n geology, or, under special circumstances, by other types of super­vised field experience.

• Mathematics 1 6 1 through 1 64 or an equivalent series. • Two semesters of chemistry. • Three semesters of physics ( 1 2 1 , 1 22 , and 1 23) and at

least one lab ( 1 8 1 or 1 82 ) . • One semester of biology. • One semester of statist ics; Statistics 2 1 2 is reco m­

mended . ( Students should start taking related science courses as freshmen . )

B . S . in Biology-Geology

A progra m offered under the a uspices of the Depart­ment of Geo l ogica l Sc iences and the Depar tment of Biology is i ntended for students interested i n the areas of natural science in which geology and biology overlap . Such areas include marine science (oceanography, ma­rine bio logy, and marine geology), l imnology, paleon­tology, evolutionary studies, and environmental studies .

Requirements*

• Geology 1 0 1 , 20 1 , and 22 1 . • At least three courses selected from: GEO 2 1 9 , 220,

22� 224, 235, 248, 27 1 , 274, 277, 283, or 47 1 . • Biology I I I , 1 2 1 , and 205 . • At least one course in whole organism biology, such as

BIO 1 22, 1 25 , 1 26, 1 30, or 1 7 1 .

· Some course su bst i tut ions may be made, w h e re a ppropriate. upon a p proval of a written pet it ion to both departments .

• One addit ional course i n biology or molecular b io l­ogy. B I O 1 50 is strongly recommended .

• Chemistry 1 25 , 1 32 . • Chemistry 1 33 and 1 34, or two addit ional courses in

geology and / or biology. (Note: students intending to do graduate work in biology should seriously consider taking the four-semester chemistry sequence . )

• Mathematics 1 4 1 , 1 42, a n d 1 43 or 1 6 1 , 1 62 (or 1 50, 1 5 1 ) for those who q ualify.

• Physics 1 1 3 , 1 1 4. • Statistics 2 1 2 . • Field course: this requirement may be satisfied by par­

ticipat ion in the marine sciences internship at St . Croix, by a 6-8 credit summer field course in geology or bio logy, or, under special circumstances, by other types of supervised field experience. Students partici­pating in the St. Croix i nternship also may count their work there in lieu of one bio logy elective and one of the geology electives.

B . S . in Geomechanics

A program is offered jo intly with the Department of M echanical Engineering for students interested i n the applicat ion of the field of mechanics to problems asso­ciated with the atmosphere, rivers, lakes and oceans, and the solid earth . Students fol lowing th is program should be wel l equipped for graduate work in a variety of fields , including geophysics, hydrology, structural geology and rock mechanics, engineering geology, l imnology, and coastal and marine geology.

For further information, consult the expanded de­script ion on page 1 52 .

Requirements

For preparation in mathematics, the program req uires M T H 1 6 1 , 1 62, 1 63 (or ME 1 63) and M E 1 64. The required physics courses are P H Y 1 2 1 , 1 22, 1 23 , wit h labs 1 8 1 , 1 82 , 1 83 ; and the required chemistry courses are C H M 1 25 and 1 32 (or C H M 1 4 1 and 1 42) . In geol­ogy, GEO 1 0 1 , 20 1 , 224, and 283 are required ; and in mechanical engi neering, the requirements are M E 1 20, 1 2 1 , 225, and 226.

I n addition to the above courses, there are five tech­nical electives, which may be any of the GEO or M E courses o n the 200 leve l o r higher.

The program includes three free electives to allow a strong minor in an area of particular interest to the stu-

Geological Sciences 85

dent , or to broaden the scope of the curriculum. Other general degree requirements are those l isted on page 1 42 .

Geology Internship in Marine Sciences

The University of Rochester is formally affi l iated with the West I nd ies Laboratory on St . Croix in the U . S . Virgin Is lands . Upperclassmen majoring in geology, b io logy-geology, and biology may apply and, if selected , devote a semester to the study of marine sciences at the West I ndies Laboratory. The program consists of courses offered by the resident teaching staff and U ni­verslty of Rochester faculty.

A sampling of topics that may be covered in the courses include marine ecology, marine zoology, marine geology, oceanography, special problems, and indepen­dent research .

Prerequisites fo r select ion for the internsh ip program are GEO 1 0 1 , GEO 20 1 , and B I O 1 22 . In addit ion, all participants must pass a swimming test and are encour­aged to have some training i n scuba diving.

Courses of Instruction

All courses listed below are planned to be offered during the 1 982-83 academic year. 1 0 1 . Introduction to Physical Geology. Composit ion and format ion of rocks and minera l s . P rocesses act ive on the sur­face and interior of the earth . 1 20/ 220. Energy and Mineral Resources . E nergy sources p resent ly in use, the ir avai labi l i ty, and the ir environ mental a nd economic consequences. Al ternative energy sources, their potentials and problems. The distr ibution and formation of minera l resou rces . Reserves, rates of prod uct ion, and consump­t ion of importa nt mi nera l s . 20 1 . Evolution of the Earth. Dynamic h is tory of the earth, i t s age a nd evolut ion , and the o rigin and evolut ion of l ife as revealed by the geologic and fossi l record . Prereq uis ite : G EO 1 0 l . 2 1 9 . Geology and Public Policy. The use of var ious types of geologic pred ict ion in deal ing with geologic hazards and en­vironmental mod ificat ion . For students i n both the natural and social sciences. Prerequ isite : GEO 1 0 1 or permission of the instructor. 2 2 1 . Principles of Paleontology. I ntroduct ion to the subj ect by examinat ion of the principles of paleontology and by a review of the invertebrate faunas of the past . Field tr ips . Pre­requisite : G EO 20 l . 222. Advanced Paleontology. Contin uat ion of Geology 22 1 , emphasizing met hods and principles o f paleonto logical analysis .

224. Introductory Mineralogy. Descript ion, classificat ion, or ig in of minerals . Prereq uis ite : C H M 1 25 , GEO 1 0 1 , or per­mission of the inst ructor. Two lectu res, one lab.

227. Optical Mineralogy. Principles of optical crysta llog­raphy, identificat ion of rock-forming s i l icate mi nerals in the polarizing microscope.

235. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy. The basic principles of sedimentology are studied and applied to modern marine and nonmarine environments . The results are uti l ized to interpret the stratigraphic record . Prerequisite : G EO 20 1 .

24 1 . Petrology. Dist ribut ion and descript ion of igneous and metamorphic rocks in a plate-tectonic framework; o rigin of these rocks in light of experimental and theoretical multi­component phase-equi l ibria stud ies . Hand specimen and micro­scopic examinations of the major igneous and metamo rphic rocks. Prerequisite: G EO 224.

248. Introduction to Modern G eochemistry. A su rvey in­cluding origin of the elements, meteorite geochemistry, early earth h i s tory, magmatic crysta l l izati on and d iffe rentiat ion , rad io- and stable isotope geochemistry, and low temperature and aqueous geochemistry. Prerequisite : C H M 1 25 .

249. Aqueous G eochemistry. Appl icat ion o f equ i l ibr ium and nonequi l ibr ium concepts to natural water systems. Deposi­t ion of carbonate and evaporite sed iments , chemical p rocesses in clastic sed iments and in marine systems, weat hering and min­eraI reconstitution react ions . Prerequis ites : C H M 1 25 and 1 32, or permission of the instructor.

270. Computer Applications to Geology. F O R T R A N pro­grammi ng, descriptive stat ist ics, and numerical methods ap­plied to geological problems. Prerequisites : G EO 1 0 1 and 20 I .

271 . Introduction to Physical and Chemical Limnology. The study of the chemistry and physics of lakes . Nutrient dynamics and sediment-water interact ions are reviewed in detail and the uses of rad iochemical tracers for determining the rates of internal processes within lakes are considered. Field trips. Pre­requisites : CH M 1 25 , MTH 1 62 .

277. Paleoecology. Environmental reconst ruct ion based on evidence fro m fossi ls and their relat ions with the enclosing sedi­ment. Emphasis on the paleoecological appl icat ions of faunal distributions, adaptive morphology, and biogenic sed imentary structures. Field tr ips . Prerequis ites : GEO 2 1 1 and 235 ( may be taken concu rrently). 28 1 . Solid Earth Geophysics. Earthquakes, seismicity, mag­netism, elasticity, heat flow, convect ion, plate tecto nics , origin and evolution of the earth. 283. Structural Geology. Geomet ric analysis of deformed rock . Mechanical properties of rock . Theories of rock deforma­tion. Prerequisite: permission of the inst ructor.

285. Plate Tectonics. Topics include historical evolution of plate tectonic theory, movement of rigid plates on a sphere, processes at plate bou ndaries, and d riving forces of plate motion.

Health and Society 87

286. Ore Deposits. Principles of the formation of mineral deposits . The geologic setting of importa nt types of o re depos­its. Fluid inclus ions , isotopes, hyd rology, and other met hods used in the study of ore deposits. Prerequisite : G EO 224.

288. Field G eology. I nstruct ion of making topographic and geologic maps, gathering data in the fie ld , using aerial photo­graphs, plane table and alidade equipment, measuring strati­graphic sect ions , and preparing structure maps. Pre requisites : G EO 235 and 283.

340. Environmental Decisions. Lecture and seminar ana­lyzing decisions about some maj o r classes of environmental cha nges as seen from the viewpoint of scientists and risk analysts . For seniors and grad uate students; permission of the instructor is req uired. 390. Supervised College Teaching.

39 1 . Independent Study i n Geology.

392. Special Topics Seminar.

393. Senior Thesis. An ind ivid ual resea rch course for seniors who have completed the basic program of undergraduate courses required for a maj or.

396. Geology Internship Program in Marine Sciences. Spe­cial courses and research in marine sciences at the West I ndies La boratory, SI. Croix, U . S . Virgi n I s lands . Prerequis ites : GEO 1 0 1 , 20 1 , and B I O 1 22 .

HEALTH AND SOCIETY This is an interdepartmental co ncentrat ion , lead ing to

a bache lor's degree that is supervised by a special subcom mittee working through the Center for Special Degree Programs .

Subcom mittee on Health and S ociety

Robert L. Berg, M . D. ( Harvard) A lbert D. Kaiser Professor of Preventive. Family. and Rehabilitation Medicine and Chairman of the Department

Theod ore M. Brown, Ph . D. ( Princeton) Associate Professor of History and of Preventive. Family. and Rehabilitation Medicine; Chairman of the Subcommil lee

Ralph Sell , Ph . D. ( Pennsylvania State) Associate Professor of Sociology

Susan Whitbourne, Ph . D. ( Columbia) Associate Professor of Education and of Psychology

Anthony Pellechio , Ph . D . ( Harvard) Assistant Professor of Economics

88 A rts and Science

David Weimer, Ph .D . ( California, Berkeley) Assistant Professor of Political Science

Health and Society is an i nterd iscipl inary area of study drawing upon a wide range of fields and intended for students considering careers in medicine, health care administrat ion, health policy and planning, or the social services. A Health and Society concentration consists of 10 core courses and several al lied courses . Although any course in the Col lege of Arts and Science that can be j ustified as a coherent part of the student's program may be included in the core, the fol lowing are particularly recommended for consideration : ANT 2 1 6, Med ical Anthropology; ECO 236, Economics of Health; E D H 275, I nterd iscipl i nary Topics i n H uman Aging; H I S 279, Health, Medicine, and Social Reform ( 1 984-85) ; LA or P M 1 1 6, I ntroduction to Community Medicine; P H L or R E L 225, Ethical Decis ions in Medicine; PM 239, I ntroduction to the U . S . Health Care System; P M , R E L, or SOC 253 , Dilemmas in Heal i ng; SOC 23 1 , Demog­raphy of Health; and STT 2 1 1 , Appl ied Statistics for the Social Sciences l .

After prel iminary d iscuss ion with a staff member in the Center for Specia l Degree Programs, i ntended Health and Society concentrators should work closely with an adviser chosen from among the members of the Subcommittee i n developing their proposed course of study. Depending upon the student's special i nterests and future plans, a proposal might concentrate, for example, on the conceptual foundat ion of m odern medi­cine; the pol it ics, economics, and manage ment of health care; b iomedical ethics; or specific problems such as the elderly in modern society. LA 1 1 6, I ntroduction to Community Medicine, is strongly recommended for al l Health and Society concentrators . An independent re­search project in the senior year, which would serve to integrate the student's several l ines of study, is also strongly recommended .

Further i nformati on is available from the Center for Special Degree Programs, Latt imore 206, or from Pro­fessor Theodore M. Brown, Chairman, Subcommittee on Health and Society, Rush Rhees 585 , Un iversity of Rochester, Rochester, New York 1 4627.

HISTORY Milton Berman, Ph . D . ( Harvard) Professor of

History Sa nford H . Elwitt, Ph. D. (Cornell) Professor of

History Stanley L. Engerman, Ph. D. (Johns Hopkins)

Professor of Economics and of History Eugene D. Genovese, Ph . D. (Columbia) Professor of

History Robert B. Hal l , Jr. , Ph . D . ( M ichigan) Professor of

History and Geography Richard W. Kaeuper, Ph . D . ( Princeton) Professor of

History Abraham Karp, M. H. L. (Jewish Theological Seminary)

Professor of History and of Religious Studies; Philip S. Bernstein Professor of Jewish Studies

Donald Kelley, Ph. D. (Columbia) Professor of History

Christopher Lasch, Ph . D. (Columbia) Don A lonzo Watson Professor of History and Director of Graduate Studies

Dean A. Mi ller, Ph. D. ( Rutgers) Professor of History John J. Waters, Jr . , Ph . D. (Columbia) Professor of

History Mary Young, Ph. D. (Cornell) Professor of History

and Director of Undergraduate Studies Perez Zagori n, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Wilson Professor of

History Jules Benjamin, Ph. D. ( Pennsylvania) Associate

Professor of History Theodore M . Brown, Ph. D. ( Princeton) Associate

Professor of History and of Preventive. Family. and Rehabilitation Medicine

· · William B. Hauser, Ph . D . ( Yale) Associate Professor of History and Chairman of the Department

" Bernard M. B. Knox, Ph . D. ( Yale) Associate Professor of History

B. Robert Kreiser, Ph . D. (Chicago) Associate Professor of History

· · William J. McGrath , P h . D . (Cal ifornia, Berkeley) Associate Professor of History

" Brenda Meehan-Waters, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Associate Professor of History

· · These facul ty have a p p l ied fo r one or t w o semesters of leave in 1 9 82- 8 3 .

History 89

• • Jesse T. Moore, Ph . D. ( Pennsylvania State) Associate Professor of History

Bonnie G. Smith, Ph. D. ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of History

John Barrett Christopher, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Professor Emeritus of History

Dexter Perkins , Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Professor Emeritus of History

A. Will iam Salomone, Ph . D. ( Pennsylvania) Wilson Professor Emeritus of History

Glynd on Garlock Van Deusen, Ph . D . (Columbia) Professor Emeritus of History

The Department of History utilizes 10- 15 teaching assis­tants in large lecture courses as graders or section leaders. The Department of H istory offers programs of study

lead ing to the B . A . degree and to the B . A . degree with distinct ion (and, on the graduate level, to the M . A . and Ph . D. degrees ) . Nonmaj ors are welcome in all history courses and often become enthusiastic, successful stu­dents of history while pursuing other vocat ions . The h is­tory concentrat ion is valuable not only for secondary and university teaching, but also for careers in law and polit ics .

The Department offers a wide range of courses in its undergraduate program, incorporating social , economic, intellectual, po lit ical, and psychological approaches to historical prob lems and periods . The Survey of Western Civi l izat ion 1 0 1 and 1 02 a nd the preceptorials in the 1 90 range are intended for fi rst-year students considering concentrat ions in the Department . M ost 1 00- and 200-level courses in the Depart ment are accessible to stu­dents with a wide variety of backgrounds . In add it ion , the faculty offers 300-level seminars and courses de­signed fo r concentrators or other students interested in explori ng more specialized historical problems. With approval, selected seniors may take 400-level graduate seminars.

The Department offers three geographical areas of concentrat ion ( Europe, the U nited States, and the Third World) . The Depart ment maintains advisers i n a l l three areas . In addit ion, students may plan their own special area concentrations i n consultat ion with the departmen­tal Director of Undergraduate Studies . Such programs must be coherent and intellectually defensible .

Requirements for a Concentration in History

Before admission to concentrat ion in history, students must sati sfacto rily complete at least two history courses. Students may then count these two courses toward ful-

90 Arts and Science

fi l lment of the history concentrat ion requirement, which consists of a total of 1 2 courses (or 48 cred it hours), including: • Eight to 10 history courses (or 32 to 40 cred it hours) . • Five history courses (or 20 credit hours) in the stu­

dent's geographical area of concentration . • Two to four courses in an al lied fie ld , of which at

least two must be nonintrod uctory. Political science, English, foreign languages and literatures, phi losophy, psychology, and sociology are the most common al lied fields .

Requirements for Distinction in History

To grad uate with distinction i n history, students must complete the concentration progra m described above and meet the following additional requirements : • A departmental cumulative grade-point average of 3 . 2

or other demonstration o f outstand ing work in history. • Satisfactory work in at least two 300-level history

seminars. • A dist inctive essay of high quality, approxi mately 35

pages i n length . The essay may be a seminar paper, further researched and suitably expanded , or it may be the prod uct of H istory 393 ( Senior Project) . I n addit ion to t h e student's adviser, a second reader will evaluate the essay.

Other Departmental Regulations

• Transfer students must take at least four courses in the Department, thus meeting half the concentrat ion requirements in residence.

• No more than one U niversity Col lege course and no more than two courses in an approved summer school may count toward concentrati on cred i t ; advi ser's a pproval is necessary.

Courses of Instruction

It should be noted that not al l of the fo llowing courses are taught each year. Students should take this into con­sideration when planning their progra ms.

Europe

G E N E R A L 1 0 1 . Survey o f Western Civil ization I . The forging o f Euro­pean society from t he fa ll of Rome to 1 789 .

1 02. Survey of Western Civil ization I I . Europe's t rans i t ion

fro m t radi t ional t o modern society under the i m pact of t he i ndustr ial and French revolut ion .

A N C I ENT W O R L D TO R E N A I SS A N C E 1 1 0. T h e Graeco- Roman World. A study o f t h e t w o "classi­cal" c iv i l izat ions , s t ress ing comparisons of society, pol i t ical power, re l ig ious ex per ience , and cu l tu ra l modes . Same as R E L 1 1 0 .

I I I . Byzantine Civil ization. A study of the cu l tural founda­t ions of Byza nt ium, i ts accompl i shments i n th ought, art , a nd l i terature. ( 1 983-84)

208. Hel lenistic and Imperial Civilization . A study of t he cha nging aspects of t he world from the early fourth centu ry B .C . to the th i rd century A . D . Same as R E L 208 . ( 1 983-84)

209. High Medieval Europe. E u rope from 1 050- 1 300: eco­nomic, u rban, and demographic growth ; lords a nd peasants; sp ir i tual i ty, reform, and heresy; the emerging secular state; a nd "humanism" and "rena issa nce" in the High M iddle Ages. ( 1 983-84)

2 1 I . The Renaissance. A su rvey of European a nd especial ly I ta l ian society and cu l ture i n the fou rteenth and fifteenth centuries . 220. British History to 1 485. Pol i t ical , socia l , economic, a nd re l ig ious themes in the construct ion of medieval England from Arthur t h rough the Tud ors . 258. Jews, Pagans, and Christians in the Hellenistic Age. Same as R E L 258 .

M O D E R N E U R O P E 1 28 . Russian Civi lization. Study o f Russ ian cu l ture through an ana lysis of maj o r themes and developments i n R ussian a rt, l i te rature , music, and re l ig ion . Same as LIT 1 28 .

1 29. History o f Imperial Russia, 1 689- 1 9 1 7 . Survey o f t he maj o r socia l , pol i t ical , and economic developments of I mperial Russia in the eighteenth and n ineteent h centu ries . 20 1 . Scientific Revolution. The crucial tra nsformat ion of the sciences in Western thought , 1 500- 1 700. Considerat ion wi l l be given to the social , pol i t ical , economic, rel igious, and cul­tural aspects of the sciences, as well as to their changing ph ilo­sophical and techn ical content . ( 1 983-84)

2 1 2 . The Reformation. A su rvey of the rel ig ious and po l i t i ­ca l h is tory of Eu rope in the s ixteenth a nd seventeenth cent u ries . Same as R E L 2 1 2 .

2 1 5 . European Cultural History, 1 789- 1 848 . The intel lectual developments i n Europe from 1 789 to 1 848 , and the relat ion­sh ips among d iffe rent fields of act iv ity, such as ph i losop hy. ar t , rel ig ion, and pol i t ics . ( 1 983-84)

216. European Cultural History, 1 848- 1 900. This course exp lores the begi nn ing of the d i s i ntegrat ion of E u ropean l i ber­alism and the emergence of basic eleme nts of twentieth-century cu l ture. 2 1 7 . Twentieth-Century European Cultural History. A rtis-

t ic, ph i losop hical , a nd psychological movements are examined with in the context of the period's pol i tical social upheavals . 2 1 8. The Holocaust. See R E L 2 1 8 .

22 1 . Tudor England . A study of selected aspect s of the polit ical, rel ig ious, a nd sociological h i story of England from 1 485 to 1 603 .

222. Stuart England . A study of t he pol i t ica l , rel igious, a nd sociocultural h i sto ry of England under the Stuarts, w i th special emphasis on the revolut ion of mid-centu ry. ( 1 983-84)

223. Revolutionary France, 1 789- 1 852 . Social a nd pol i t ical a nalyses of Fra nce's th ree revolut ions and the format ion of a class society. ( 1 983-84)

224 . Republ ican France . Format ion of modern French bourgeois society from the Commune to the Fift h Republ ic . ( 1 983-84)

225. Germany from Frederick the G reat to Will iam I I , 1 740-1 9 14 . The r ise of the Pruss ian power-state, Bismarck's "unifi­cation" of Germany th rough blood and iron, and Germa ny's grasp at world power to August 1 9 1 4 . ( 1 983-84)

226. Hitler's Germany, 1 9 1 4- 1 945. Germany in World War I , the collapse of the Weimar, Nat ional Social ism from beer hal l to European hegemony, a nd the d estruct ion of German u nity. 228. European Revolutionary Movements. H i story and dy­namics of several major revolut ionary upheavals i n Europe from 1 789 to 1 939, including the French Revolut ion, 1 848, Spanish Civi l War, and others . 229. History of the U .S .S .R . The Bolshev ik Revolut ion, wi th emphasis on the origins and d evelopment of economic, polit ical, and cultural inst i tut ions fro m 1 9 1 7 to the p resent . 241 . Economic Development of the North Atlantic Com­munity. Britain s ince the seventeenth centu ry; t he connections between Britain and N orth A merica . Same as ECO 226. ( 1 983-84)

248. Italy from Disunity to Disil lusion, 1 86 1 - 1 980. I ta l ian pol i t ics a nd soc iety from Cavour through M ussol in i to Ch ris­t ian Democracy. ( 1 983-84)

253. The Soviet Union Through Fi lm and Literature. A history of the Soviet U nion from 1 9 1 7 to the present through a crit ical a nalysis of Soviet l i terary, pol i t ical , and cinematic sources. ( 1 983-84)

254. English Law and Legal Institutions. An in t roduct ion to Engl i sh lega l h istory from the M idd le Ages to the Civi l War . 257 . Religion and Culture of the Shtetl. ( 1 983-84)

259. Intellectual History : Scholasticism to Enlightenment. A survey of i ntel lectual and cu l tural h istory from the Re naissance of the twelfth century to the Enl ightenment of the eighteenth centu ry. ( 1 983-84)

263. The Enlightenment. Selected topics in the inte l lectual a nd cultu ral history of the eighteenth centu ry, wi th emphasis on the French ph i losophers, especial ly M o ntesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, and Rou ssea u .

History 9 1

267. Class a n d Nation in Europe, 1 848- 1 880. T h e legacy of the 1 848 revolut ions ; the t r iumph of capital ; social fou ndat ions of the German and Ita l ian states; the democrat ic republ ic in France; M arx ism, social ism, and class st ruggle . ( 1 983-84)

268. Empire, War, and Revolution, 1 880- 1 923 . The struggle for cont ine ntal hegemony; the economics and pol i t ics of im­perial i sm; the bankruptcy of social democracy; the o rig ins of corporate society; the Great War; revolut ion and counter­revolut ion, 1 9 1 7- 1 923 .

295. War in the Industrial Age, 1 86 1 - 1 980. The evolut ion of warfare from 1 86 1 to the p resent under the i mpact of industr ia l , scientific, social , and pol i t ical change.

United States

1 3 1 . The History of the United States I. A genera l h i s tory of the U nited States from colonial t i mes to the Civi l War. 1 32 . The History of the United States II . A general history of the U nited States from t he Civ i l War to the p resent . 1 34 . European Discoveries of America in Film . Analyses of the accounts of the V ik ings, Co lumbus, H a kluyt , etc . , and fi lms based i n part o n these pr imary d ocume nts . ( 1 983-84)

1 40 . The Western Hero. A textual and v isual analys is of the "knight" archetype, the medieval mora li ty p lay v i l la in , and the western hero as seen i n various fi l m classics . 1 4 1 . Afro-American History to 1 900. A n in t roduct ion to t he study of the black American . 1 42 . Afro-American History, 1 900- Present. A cont inuat ion of the study of the black American. 1 48. Indians and Other Americans. I nteract ions between N o rth American I ndians and E uro-Americans fro m colonia l t imes to the p resent, i nc luding the development of Pan- Ind ian movements . ( 1 983- 84)

1 49 . American Characters. A merican h istory t hrough biog­raphy, group biography, and autobiography . 203. Religion in American Life. Same as R E L 203.

205. American Economic Growth. Analysis of the main fea­tures of economic growth since 1 800; recent statistical studies of nat ional product, industrial structure , a nd capital formation a re evaluated . Same as ECO 227 .

207. Economics of American Negro Slavery. The course deals wi th t he p rofi tabi l i ty and economic viabi l i ty of the slave system, and the effect of s lavery on d i st r ibut ion of income as well as o n t he level and rate of growth of Southern per capita i ncome. P re requis i te : ECO 1 0 1 o r permiss ion of the instructor. Same as ECO 228 . ( 1 983-84)

23 1 . American Colonial History. A study of t he Engl ish d is­covery, sett lement, and deve lopment of A merica, 1 580- 1 763 .

232. The Revolutionary Era, 1 763- 1 800. From imperial re­form to rebel l ion, confederat ion , and fed era l i sm . 233 . Democratic America, 1 800- 1 850. Jefferson, Jackson,

92 A rts and Science

party format ion, popular cu l ture, and sect ional ism to the Great Compromise. 234. Disunion and Reconstruction, 1 850- 1 877. Analysis of t he forces t hat d rove the North a nd South a part and eventual ly to war; of the nat u re and s ignificance of the war i tself; a nd of the reorganizat ion of American society d u ring Reconst ruct ion . ( 1 983-84)

235. Industrial America, 1 877- 1 9 14 . Formation of ind us­tr ia l capital ism and the response of popul is ts and p rogressives. ( 1 983-84)

236. Recent America, 1 9 1 4- 1 970. The Fi rst World War, t he G reat Dep ress ion, New Deal pol it ics , and the super-power role of the U nited States at home and abroad . 238. The U.S . and the World, 1 897- 1 980. Sources of U . S . foreign relat ions; t h e U nited States' inOuence u p o n interna­tional forces during i ts rise to global pred ominance. 239. Issues in American Judaism. Same as R E L 239.

240. American Judaism. See R E L 240. ( 1 983-84)

243. American Social History I . The deve lopment of Ame ri­can society and cul ture from the seventeenth century to the Civi l War. 244. American Social History II. The development of Amer­ican society and cul ture from the Civil War to t he p resent . 245. Cultural History of the U.S. , 1 830- 1 890. From mercan­t i le repU bl ica nism to indust ria l i sm-imperia l i sm; colla pse of public t radi t ions of cu l ture and growth of cu l tural laissez fa i re; search for indigenous forms. ( 1 983-84)

246. Cultural History of the U.S. , 1 890- Present. National i­zat ion and re invigorat ion of the upper class; cu l tural colonial­i sm; social origins of modernism and the ambiguous legacy of moderni sm . 249 . The Old South . The format ion of sout hern regional ism and the or igin and significance of the use of plantat ion slavery. 256. The American Jew in Literature and Film. The Ameri­can Jew and Jewish l ife in America as seen through the eyes and perceived th rough the minds of novelists, sh ort story writers, crit ics, and essayists and as portrayed in fi lms . Same as R E L 256. ( 1 983-84)

26 1 . The Cold War: History and Film. The U . S . role in and percept ion of the Cold War as reOected in hist orica l stud ies and fi lms . 294. Protest Movements in Twentieth-Century America. A n examinat ion of movements in twentieth-century America which had as the ir object ive to exercise a degree of power over their destiny.

Third World

A F R ICA 297. Southern Africa. The interact ions and conOicts between black Africa ns and Europea ns fro m the time of permanent white sett lements in Southern Africa to t he p resent .

A S I A 1 05. T h e Asian Search for Self. Same as R E L 1 05 .

1 06. From Confucius to Zen. Same as R E L 1 06.

1 77 . Traditional Japanese Culture. Explorat ion i n the cul­tura l and inst i tut ional h istory of Japan from premodern to modern t imes . ( 1 983-84)

242. U.S. and Vietnam. Dea ls wi th the i mpact of the West­ern powers upon I ndochina ( Vietnam, Ca mbodia , and Laos) fro m the mid-nineteenth century to 1 975 .

276 . Japan and Pearl Harbor. Japanese nat ional secu rity, Western imperia l ism a nd racism , and the economic, social , d ip lomatic, and pol i t ical roots of the Pacific War. ( 1 98 3-84)

277. Modern Japan. Japan's passage into modernity, ind us­t ria l izat ion , imper ia l i sm; war and the reconstruct ion of a new society s ince 1 945 . ( 1 984-85 )

278 . East Asian Economics and Demography. A survey of the patterns of contemporary land use , popu la t ion d is tr ibut ion, and the development of resources in East Asia . 286. Fi lm Images of the Pacific War, 1 937- 1 945. Wartime and postwar U . S . and Ja panese fi lms with patriotic, racist , and h u manist ic t hemes, supp lemented by novels , cr i t ic ism, and history readings . ( 1 984-85)

297. U .S . and Asia . The impact of the U .S . on China , Japan, and I ndochina fro m the la te n ineteenth centu ry to the present; focuses on sources and forms of U . S . influence and the Asian response.

LATIN A M E R I C A 283. Modern Latin American History. Lat in America si nce 1 800, with emphasis on t wentieth-century polit ical and eco­nomic developments and their impact upon social structu re . 298 . U .S . and Latin America . The im pact of U . S . power, cu l ture, and economic presence upon selected Lat in American states d u ring the late ni neteenth and the t went ieth centu ries. ( 1 983-84)

M I D D L E EAST 1 03 . Introduction to Judaism. A survey of Jewish thought fro m bibl ical t i mes to the present , with emphasis on the modern period and contemporary Jewish thought. Same as R E L 1 03 .

2 3 7 . Jewish Legal Tradition. A history of the development of Jewish law fro m bib l ical days to the state of Israe l . Same as R E L 237. ( 1 983-84)

264. Modern Jewish Thought. Same as R E L 264. ( 1 983-84)

27 1 . The Rise of Islam. Same as R E L 27 1 .

296. The Idea of the Messiah . A n examinat ion of t he idea of a Messiah in Christ ianity and Judaism. Same as R E L 232.

Interdisciplinary and General Courses

1 04 . World Populat ion and Resources . S u rvey of the

growt h and d istr ibut ion of the world populat ion and of prob­lems as related to the development , ut i l izat ion , and adequacy of resou rces. 200. In the Beginning. Examinat ion of d i fferent types of explanat ions of the physical un iverse t h rough crit ical study of scient ific and Western rel ig ious theory of the or igin of t he un i ­verse and the emergence of l ife . Same as R E L 200. 206. World Communism. H istory of the Communis t move­ment from Lenin and the R uss ian Revolut ion to the rise of "Eurocommunism" in the 1 970s . ( 1 983-84) 227. Marxism. Origins and development of Marxist thought in relat ion to the rise of socia l i sm and communism. ( 1 984-85) 274 . Great Lives Observed: Biography and Film . A crit ical study of written and cinematic treatments of the l ives of promi­nent h i s torical figures and an examinat ion of the problems of using fi lm in t he study of h is tory. 275. World Politics Since 1 94 1 . The pr inc ipal actors, forces, and currents in world pol i t ics fro m H i tler's fa i lure to take M os­cow and the attack on Pearl Harbor to the present . 284. The City in History. A cross-cu l tura l examinat ion of the polit ical, economic, cu l tura l , and social role of cit ies, with emphasis on the u rbanizat ion process. ( 1 983-84)

W O M E N A N D T H E FA M I LY 247. The History of the Family. Traces the rise of the mod­ern fa mi ly in Western Europe and the Un i ted States from the seventeenth to the twent ieth cent u ry. ( 1 983-84) 255. The Rise of Modern Woman. The socia l , economic, and cul tural roles of women in the development of modern eighteenth- and nineteenth-century society. 260. Women's Studies: An Historical and Literary Perspec­tive. An examinat ion of the changing images and roles of women in Western l i teratu re and cu l ture . ( 1 983-84) 279. Health, Medicine, and Social R eform. Pursui t of the theme of publ ic hea l th and medical reform in lead ing writers, from d ifferent posit ions a long the polit ical spect ru m, com­mi tted to t he social and economic reorganizat ion of modern society. ( 1 984-85 ) 280 . Changing Concepts of Disease. H i storical account of the way d i sease has been conceived of i n the Western t rad i t ion . Emphasizes the scientific, epidemi ologica l , ph i losophic, socia l , cul tural , and p rofessional forces t hat have sha ped the develop­ment of th i s concept ion . ( 1 983-84) NOTE: There are also several 300-level seminars on women and the fami ly.

_pecial Seminar Progra m

The Department strongly urges every concentrator to take at least one 300-level seminar in his or her area of concentration. These special seminars, composed of a

Hisfory 93

research scholar and about 1 0 carefully selected stu­dents ,. are intended as the culmination of the history concentrator's studies . They enable the student to engage in research under close and expert supervis ion , to par­ticipate in the investigat ion of important historical ques­t ions , and to present his or her researc h in an extensive essay.

303. Philosophy of History. A d iscussion of phi losoph ical p roblems related to the assumpt ions and validity of h i story as a form of knowledge, and a study of se lected th inkers and ph i los­ophies concerned with the in terpretat ion of the historical p roc­ess as a whole and the meaning of h is tory. Same as H I S 405. 307. European Legal Tradition. A su rvey of the h i story of law a nd j u r i sprudence from Roman or ig ins to the emergence of the part icular nat ional t radi t ions of modern European societ ies . ( 1 98 3-84) 309. Colonial Expansion of Europe, 1 4 1 5- 1 888. The cou rse i nvest igates the emergence and struct u re of the old colon ial systems. Special emphasis on the creat ion of slave societies i n the New Wor ld , the role of forced labor, and the contr ibut ion of the co lon ia l systems to the r i s e of capi ta l i sm and a market economy in Europe. 3 1 0 . Early Modern European Revol utions. A h i s torica l , comparative, and theoret ical study of revolut ions wi th special emphas i s on the early modern per iod. ( 1 984-85 ) 3 1 1 . Byzantine Culture and Civi lization . An introduct ion to the tech niq ues of research i n the Byzant ine area for the non­special ist and the p rospective specia l i s t . Same as R E L 3 1 1 . ( 1 983-84) 3 1 2 . Topics in Medieval History. Selected p roblems in t he pol i t ical , social , and inte llect ual h i s tory of the Midd le Ages. 3 1 5. Culture and Consciousness in Early Modern Europe. Selected top ics i n the social, cu l tura l , and intel lectual h is tory of Europe from the sixteent h t h rough the eighteenth centu ry. 3 1 6 . Modern European Social and Economic History. Main p roblems in Eu ropean social h is tory s ince the French Revolu­t ion are stud ied th rough standard monographs and source materia ls . ( 1 983-84) 3 1 7 . European Cultural and Intellectual History in the Liberal Era. Studies in the unity a nd d iversity of E u ropean cu l ture and ideas d u ring the n i neteenth century fro m the ascendancy of Romanticism to the decl ine of posi t iv ism. ( 1 983-84) 3 1 8 . European Cultural and Intellectual History in the Age of R ealism, 1 850- 1 890. Studies i n the age of Marx, Darwin, Wagner, and Nietzsche, wi th emphasis on currents of thought and creative modes t hat characte rized the passage from Euro­pean Romant ic ism to Real i sm as a new his to ric e thos, cu l tural s ty le , and vis ion of the world. 3 1 9 . Twentieth-Century European Cu ltural History. Se­lected topics bearing on the relat ionsh ip of pol i t ics and cu l ture d u ring the late n ineteenth and early twentieth centuries .

94 A rts and Science

324. The French Revolution . A study of maj o r p roblems in the or ig ins , growth, and spread of the Revol ut ion . Read ing knowledge of French des irable , but not requ i red . ( 1 983-84) 325. Imperialism. E u ro-American conq uest of the world i n the n ineteenth and twent ieth centu ries . Relat ionship between i m peria l i sm and capita l i sm . Impact of i m per ia l dominat ion in non-European societies . ( 1 983-84) 326. Germany, 1 890- 1 945. Selected topics i n German pol i t i ­ca l h i s tory, wi th special emphas is on Nat ional Socia l i sm a nd i ts antecedents . ( 1 983-84) 327. Russian Serfdom in Historical Perspective. Study of the origins and development of R ussian serfdom; comparison with European serfdom and American s lavery; social , eco­nomic , and psychological im pact on the peasantry and on the revolut ionary movement . ( 1 983-84) 328. The R ussian Revolution. 1 9 1 5- 1 920 : contemporary accounts , monographic l i te rature, and t heories of revolut ion . ( 1 983-84) 329. Concept and Development of the Eighteenth-Century Police State. Theoretical and hist orical foundat ions of the i ntervent ion ist state . Changing concepts of sovereignty, ruler­ship, a nd regu lat ion in R ussia, Prussia , Austria, and France. ( 1 984-85 ) 33 1 . Colonial Communities. An i nterd isc ip l inary examina­t ion of Engl ish and A merican communal structures fro m the s i xteenth to the eighteenth century, with particular analysis of opportunities for experimentat ion offered by colonizat ion . 332. Ear ly American History. A study of selected problems in immigrat ion , re l ig ion, pol i t ics , and econo mics i n early A mer­ica. ( 1 983-84) 333. Jacksonian America. Economic deve lopment , changes in social st ructure, inst i tut ions, ideologies i n the Jacksonian era. ( 1 983-84) 335. The U.S. and Cuba, 1 880- 1 960. The exp lorat ion of the causes and effects of U . S . i n fluence upon Cuban society and the problem of domi nat ion i n general . ( 1 983-84) 336. Topics in U.S. Foreign Policy. The sources of U . S . pol­icy, the impact upon domestic society, and the effect on other states. Emphasis i s upon the post-Civ i l War period. Topics vary each semester. 337. Slavery and Unfree Labor. Examines the h i story and character of s lave systems from the ancient world to modern t imes; inc ludes socio-econ omic, psychological , pol i t ical fact ors i n var ious societies inc luding Asian and African . 34 1 . Powerful People. A transdiscipl i nary exami nation of monarchic and imperia l rulers ; he roes and nobles ; saints , magicians, and holy men; and "dark" or "reversed" figures ( such as sorcerers, outlaws, and anti-heroes) . Same as R EL 34 1 . ( 1 983-84) 342. Afro-American History. The experiences of blacks in the African d iaspora : emigrat ion, manifestat ions of African cultural su rvivals or orientations, and evolut ion of themes of negritude. ( 1 983-84)

343. A merican Social History. Research in selected topics of American social and cu l tura l h is tory, us ing ora l history and fami ly h i story techniques . ( 1 983-84) 344. American Social Thought. The course focuses on the ideology of l i beral indiv idual ism a nd various chal lenges to it , from approxi mately 1 830 to 1 930. 345. History of the Family. Sociological and psychological theo ries that have influenced historians; examples of recent historical writ ing o n the fami ly in western Europe and the U . S . ( 1 983-84) 347. Colonialism and Slavery: Psy chology and Ideology. Seminar on the psychologica l and ideo logical ramificat ions of modern colonial ism, s lavery, and raci sm . ( 1 983-84) 348. U.S. Indian Relations. Att i tudes a nd presupposit ions underlying the formulat ion of government pol icies with I ndians . Condit ions and impact of pol ic ies on processes of accu l turat ion . 349. Problems in the H istory of the South . A specific topic ( s lave l ife , the yeomanry, the p lanter class , the ideology of s lav­ery and ant i-slavery, etc. ) is designed each year, and students must agree to work with in the l imits of that topic . 350. Age of Capital, Europe, 1 830- 1 880. Maj o r develop­ments i n the per iod of European bourgeois ascendancy, wi th an accent on pol i t ica l , economic , and social h istory. A seminar . ( 1 983-84) 352. Evolution and Revolution in Science. A study of both the historical a nd ph i losophical aspects of a few selected major scient ific changes . Same as P H L 352 . ( 1 983-84) 355. Topics in the History of Women. The focus of this course cha nges from year to year to i nc lude both classic and new interp retat ions of such topi cs as femin i sm, women and work, women and revolut ion , women and social theory. 357. Women and Socialism . A n a nalys is of women and socia l i sm : thorough study of the fu ndamental theoretical w rit­i ngs; ana lysis of the l ives of maj o r European and A merican women social ists ; and study of changing Soviet legis lat ion and att i tudes toward women and the fami ly from 1 9 1 7 to the presen t . 360 . Fascism . A nalys i s of t h e "fasc is t" movements and regi mes, and of the numerous interpretati ons of the "fascist phenomenon. " 363. The Enli ghtenment. An i ntensive considerat ion of se­lected problems in the social , pol i t ica l , educat ional , and rel i­g ious thought i n eightee nth-cent u ry France and other Western Eu ropea n countries . ( 1 983-84) 366. Sc ientists and the Politics of Extremity. Study of scien­t ists during periods of extreme pol it ical turbulence and of their react ions to the i r pol i t ical environment . Same as LA 366. 373. The Rise and Expansion of Ca pita lism. Comparat ive h istory of the rise and expans ion of capita l i sm in E u rope, the Americas, and East Asia studied by way of pr inc ipa l mono­graphs and sources . 377. Studies in Modern Japan. Evolut ion of Japan as a modern state, with special emphasis on those fo rces that con-

t r ibuted to Japan's successfu l response to the West . ( 1 983-84) 378. Urban-Industrial Japan. C redit -4 hours . The evolu­t ion of Japan from an agricu l tural to the f irst u rban- industrial nation in Asia .

Other Programs

300. Study Abroad. The Department part ic i pates i n p ro­grams of study abroad . Complete deta i l s of these programs may be obtained from t he Academic Advis ing Office i n Lat t imore Hal l and / or the' department adviser . 391 . Independent Study. Carries fou r cred its and is designed for j un ior and sen ior students who wish to pursue an inde­pendent reading program with a professor; it may a lso be used for readings in a 300-level seminar i n which the student d oes not write the requ i red essay and as such does not meet the 300-level semi nar requirement, but i t may be used as a d istri but ion requ i rement with in i ts a rea. 393. Senior Project. Carries fou r cred it hours and may be an i ndependent cou rse with a faculty sponsor or may be taken i n a 300-level seminar in wh ich the student e lects to write the essay but not to do all the requ i red read ings ; as such i t does not meet the 300-level seminar requirement , but it may be used as a distr ibut ion requ i rement wi th in i t s area. 394. Internship in History. E x perience i n an app l ied set t ing su pervised o n s i te . Approved a nd overseen by a Un iversity i nstructor. 396. Washington Semester. Carries eight cred it hours a nd is mostly used by joint history-pol i t ical science concentrators who are i nterning in Washi ngton for one semester . This program is admin istered by the Department of Pol i t ical Science.

INTERDEPARTMENTAL DEGREE PROGRAMS

(INDIVmUALIZED) The Committee on I nterdepartmental I ndividualized

Concentrations (page 48), through the Center for Special Degree Programs, supervises individually constructed interdepartmental programs lead ing to the B . A . degree. S uch concentrations typically consist of courses from two or more departments, grouped to form a meaning­fu l , well-st ructured program suited to the student's par­ticular needs , with a tit le that describes the nature of the

\ concentrat ion . An i nterdepartmental M . A . or M . S . may also be arranged, with the cooperat ion of the related departments.

Interdepartmental Degree Programs 95

Certa in semi-fo rmal ized ind iv idual ized co ncentra­t ions, such as health and society, may be planned and carried through under the supervis ion of the Committee .

Students who are not able to satisfy their educational goals within one of the exist ing departmental concentra­tions and who wish to be considered for such a major are urged to discuss their plans with an adviser in the Center for Special Degree Programs no later than the second semester of the sophomore year. After further discussion with two faculty members who agree to serve as advisers, the student prepares a proposal which contains the fol­lowing informat ion : ( 1 ) a statement ind icating the rea­sons for the particular concentrat ion a nd how it relates to the student's ed ucational and career goals, (2) a state­ment explaining why these goals cannot be met within an existing departmental concentration, (3 ) a l i s t ing of those courses that wil l make up the concentration (at least 10 in number), and (4) the names of two faculty members who have agreed to be advisers . Help in pre­paring the proposal is avai lable in the Committee's office, Latt imore 206, and a brochure describ ing the program in detail may be obtained there.

The student's proposal is submitted for action to the Committee on In terdepartmental I nd ividual ized Con­centrat ions . In j Udging the proposal, the Committee considers the student's academic goals and attempts to j udge the coherence and thoughtfulness of the proposed program.

N O TE: P R O P O S A L S FOR C O N C E N T R ATO R S M U ST B E S U B M ITTE D B Y M I D-A P R I L O F T H E J U N I O R Y E A R O R B E F O R E T H E E N D O F T H E T H I R D S E M ESTER P R ECEDING G R A D U ATION.

INTERDEPARTMENTAL DEGREE PROGRAMS (UNIVERSITY-WmE)

Certa in formalized undergrad uate interd iscipl inary concentrat ions, such as general science, cognitive sci­ence, and fi lm studies, are monitored and reviewed by the U niversity-wide Committee on U ndergraduate I nter­d iscipl inary Programs (page 48) . This committee works through the Center for Special Degree Programs.

96 A rts and Science

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

This is a certificate program that gives recognit ion for specializat ion in connection with a department concen­trati on . The program is administered through the Center for Special Degree Programs (page 48) .

Committee on International Relations

Bruce Bueno de Mesquita, Ph . D . ( M ichigan) Professor of Political Science

Robert B. Hal l , Jr . , Ph . D. ( Mich iga n) Professor of History and Geography

John E. Muel ler, Ph . D . (California, Los Angeles) Professor of Political Science

Jules Benjamin, Ph. D. ( Pennsylvania) A ssociate Professor of History

William B. Hauser, Ph . D. ( Yale) Associate Professor of History

Brenda Meehan-Waters, Ph . D. ( Rochester) A ssociate Professor of History

Lee Wakeman, Ph . D . ( M . l . T. ) A ssociate Professor of Business A dministration in the Graduate School of Management

The I nternational Relations Progra m provides stu­dents with an opportunity to develop an interd iscipl in­ary knowledge of international relat ions . It complements the d isciplinary concentrat ions taken by students in the social sciences or hu manities . Those interested in the program must satisfy the requirements in their major field and submit a program that includes a t least the fo llowing: • Two courses in political science, two courses in eco­

nomics, and two courses in history from among those listed under the head ing Primary Courses .

• Four courses from either list below, or four substitute courses approved by the student's faculty adviser and the Committee on Internat ional Relations, of which up to two may be foreign language courses beyond 1 03 . No more than one course may be taken satis­factory-fai l .

• A copy of the student's program in international rela­t ions and a statement of intent to participate in the progra m to the Committee on Internat ional Rela­tions. The statement of intent should be submitted no

later than the fi rst month of the senior year. Upon complet ion of the program, the student must submit h is / her transcript to the Committee.

Those planning to enter the I nternational Relations Program should select a faculty adviser from the mem­bers of the Committee, or fro m among addit ional faculty members approved by that committee.

Upon graduation, students successfully completing the International Relat ions Program will receive a cer­tificate in i nternational relations .

Primary Courses

lconomics v J;,Co 1 08. Principles of Economics.

JEco 207. Intermediate Microeconomics.

ECO 2 1 1 .

ECO 225.

ECO 227.

ECO 235.

ECO 263.

ECO 269.

I;fistory Ails 1 04.

"I S 1 29.

)J I S 206.

HIS 2 1 8.

Money, Credit, and Banking.

The Theory of Markets.

American Economic Growth.

Theory of Economic Growth.

Public Finance and Fiscal Policy.

International Economics.

World Population and Resources.

History of Imperial Russia, 1 689- 1 9 1 7.

World Communism. ( 1 983-84) The Holocaust.

H I S 225. Germany from Frederick the Great to Will iam I I : 1 740- 1 9 1 4. ( 1 983-84) H I S 226. Hitler's Germany, 1 9 1 4- 1 945.

H I7229. History of the U .S .S .R .

vRIS 236. Recent America, 1 9 1 4- 1 970.

HIS 238. The U.S. and the World, 1 897- 1 980.

H I S 24 1 . Economic Development of the North Atlantic Community. ( 1 983-84) H I S 242. U.S. and Vietnam.

HIS 253 . ( 1 983-84) HIS 275.

HIS 276.

HIS 277.

HIS 278.

HIS 283.

H I S 286 . ( 1 984-85)

The Soviet Union Through Fi lm and Literature.

World Politics Since 1 94 1 .

Japan and Pearl Harbor. ( 1 983-84) Modern Japan. ( 1 984-85) East As ian Economics and Demography.

Modern Latin American History.

F i lm I m a ges of the Pac ifi c War, 1 937- 1 94 5 .

HIS 295. War in the Industrial Age, 1 86 1 - 1 980.

HIS 298. U.S. and Latin America. ( 1 983-84) HIS 335. The U .S. and Cuba, 1 880- 1 960. ( 1 983-84) HIS 336. Topics in U.S. Foreign Policy. ilS 360. Fascism.

Political Science PSC 270. International Politics.

ISC 272. I nternational Relations Theory.

",-SC 275. National Security Policy.

PSC 276. Causes and Consequences of War. ( 1 983-84) PSC 278. The War in Vietnam.

Secondary Courses

Economics ECO 209. National Income Analysis.

ECO 222. Income Distribution.

ECO 223. Labor Markets.

ECO 23 1 . Econometrics .

ECO 266. General Equilibrium Analysis.

History HIS 205.? American Economic Growth.

HIS 2 1 6 . European Cultural H istory, 1 848- 1 900.

HIS 224. Republican France.

HIS 248. Italy from Disunity to Disil lusion, 1 86 1 - 1 980.

HIS 326. Germany, 1 890- 1 945. ( 1 983-84) HIS 328. .The Russian Revolution . ( 1 983-�4) HIS 377. Studies in Modern Japan. ( 1 983-84) HIS 378. Urban-Industrial Japan.

#olitical Science \/I PSC 1 0 1 . European Political Systems.

PSC 233. Public Policy Modeling.

PSC 250. Problems in Comparative Politics.

PSC 25 1 . Comparative Political Life. ( 1 983-84) PSC 253. Contemporary British Politics.

PSC 285. Strategy in Politics .

Naval Science N AV 25 1 . Evolution of Strategic Concepts.

Mathematics 97

MATHEMATICS

**N orman Larrabee All ing, Ph . D. (Columbia) Professor of Mathematics

Gerard Gustav Emch, Ph . D. ( Geneva) Professor of Mathematics and of Physics

John Robb Harper, Ph . D . ( Chicago) Professor of Mathematics

J ohannes Henricus Bernardus Kemperman, P h . D . (Amsterdam) Fayerweather Professor of Mathematics

Richard Bengt Lavine, Ph . D . ( M . l .T. ) Professor of Mathematics

Saul Lubkin , P h . D . ( Harvard) Professor of Mathematics

Leopoldo Nachbin, Ph . D . ( Rio de Janeiro) George Eastman Professor of Mathematics

Ralph Alexis Raimi , Ph . D. ( M ichigan) Professor of Mathematics

Sanford Leonard Segal , P h . D . ( Colorado) Professor of Mathematics and Chairman of the Department

Norman Stein, Ph . D. (Cornell) Professor of Mathematics

Arthur Harold Stone, Ph . D. ( Princeton) Professor of Mathematics

Dorothy Maharam Stone, Ph . D . ( Bryn Mawr) Professor of Mathematics

Charles Edward Watts , Ph . D. (California, Berkeley) Professor of Mathematics

Richard Mandelbaum, Ph . D . ( Princeton) Associate Professor of Mathematics

Richard David M osak, Ph . D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Mathematics

Arnold Pizer, Ph. D. (Yale) Associate Professor of Mathematics

David Donald Pri l l , Ph . D. ( Princeton) Associate Professor of Mathematics

Alan Schoenfeld, Ph . D. (Stanford) Associate Professor of Education and of Mathematics

Michael Cranston, Ph. D. ( Minnesota) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Peter Gacs, Ph . D. ( Frankfurt-am- Main) Assistant Professor of Computer Science and of Mathematics

Steven Mark Gonek, Ph . D. ( Michigan) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

" " These fac u l t y have a p p l ied for one or two semesters of leave i n 1 982-83 .

98 A rts and Science

Christian Gunther, Ph. D. ( Berlin) Assistan t Professor of Mathematics

Jeffrey H ochstein, Ph . D . ( M . L T. ) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Naomi Jochnowitz, Ph . D. ( Harvard) A ssistant Professor of Mathematics

Douglas Meadows, Ph . D. ( Stanford) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

Adrian Nachman, Ph . D. ( Princeton) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

* Nickolas Backscheider, Ph . D. ( Purd ue) Instructor in Mathematics

William Frederick Eberlein , Ph . D . ( Harvard) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics

Norman Gustav Gunderson, Ph . D. (Cornell) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics and of Education

John Adam Fitz Randolph, Ph. D. (Cornell) Fayerweather Professor Emeritus of Mathematics

Teaching assistants are used to supervise recitation/ review sections of freshman and sophomore courses.

NOTE: Approximately 1 5 percent of the faculty may be on leave in a given academic year.

The Department of Mathematics offers the B .A . , M .A . , and P h . D . degrees .

Mathematics today is one of the most pervasive modes of thought-indeed a strik ing intellectual phenomenon of the past several decades is the uti l izat ion of mathe­matics in fields far removed fro m the traditional ones of the physical sciences and engineering. Some of this mathematics i s "new," invented by mathematicians and others for the purpose of mathematical study of a new fie ld , as, for example, mathematical game theory and economics ; some of it depends on new tech nology, as with computerized taxonomy or mathematical s imula­tion of biological systems ; some of it is "old" mathemat­ics finding new uses, such as the mathematical study of epidemics and birth-and-death processes. Mathematics has even found applications in fields as seemingly remote as political science and anthropology. In turn, each new area of application is an addit ional sti mulus to mathe­matics itself. The offerings of the Department of Math­ematics are intended to reflect this diversity.

Students planning to concentrate in almost any of the U niversity's l iberal arts programs, in addition to those which require some col lege mathematics, will find one or more courses or sequence offerings in the Department of Mathematics a valuable complement to their field of interest. Students are urged to consult the departmental advisers of both mathematics and their own intended

· Part-t i me.

area of concentration a bout courses in mathematics which may be useful for their educational and career goals, and to begin the necessary or reco mmended courses as early as possible .

Course Information

There are four freshman-sophomore seq uences In mathematical analysi s : • The sequence 1 50, 1 5 1 , 1 52, 1 63 , 1 64 is especially

intended for students in the social and life sciences. The three courses 1 50, 1 5 1 , and 1 52 contain most of the material in 1 6 1 , 1 62 , and several topics in elemen­tary probabil ity and finite mathematics not normally considered part of a calculus course .

• Students in the physical and engineering sciences normally choose the sequence 1 6 1 , 1 62, 1 63, 1 64.

• The sequence 1 4 1 , 1 42, 1 43 , 1 63 , 1 64 is intended for students who req uire a less fast-paced calculus se­quence than 1 6 1 , 1 62 . The three courses 1 4 1 , 1 42, 1 43 contain al l of the material of 1 6 1 , 1 62 and prepare students for 1 63 and 1 64.

The preced ing sequences may be entered with ad­vanced standing and credit by students who d o suffi­ciently well on a Col lege Entrance Examination Board advanced p lacement examination . Mathematics 1 63 and 1 64 may be taken in either order.

• The sequence 1 7 1 , 1 72, 1 73 , 1 74 is an accelerated analysis sequence for students interested in preparing for advanced work in pure or applied mathematics, and requires special permission . Five cred its wi l l be granted for each course satisfactorily completed (in­stead of the usual four credits) and, o n application, s tudents concentrating in mathematics may be ex­cused from the requirement of MTH 235 .

Great care is taken to insure correct placement in the appropriate mathematics sequence during Freshman Orientat ion . Placement is based upon high school back­ground and national and U niversity placement tests. I n addit ion, once c lasses have begun , students may choose, or the i nstructors may advise, transfer to a more suitable sequence when considered appropriate.

Other introductory courses include Mat hematics 1 30 and 1 3 1 . These are especially recommended for students intending to pursue concentrations i n the humanities .

Concentration Programs

I n addition to concentration programs in pure and applied mathematics, the Department offers a program

in secondary mathematics educat ion . There also is a jo int concentrat ion program in mat hematics and statis­tics, details of which are given on page 1 38 .

The concentrat ion i n pure a n d applied mathematics requires, in the 1 0-course group known as "the maj or," six to eight mathe matics cou rses numbered 200 or higher, of which M T H 235 , 236 , and 265 are specified . Of these, M T H 235 must be completed by the end of the fi rst semester of concentration ; that is , by the end of the fi rst semester of the j u nior year i n virtually al l cases. In addition, a fourth course, in analysis or applied mathe­matics, must be chosen from M T H 20 I , 263, 266, 280, 28 1 , 282, or 288. The other two to four mathematics courses are electives, accord ing to the interests of the s tudent , and the ba la nce of the 1 0 n o ne lementa ry courses constitut ing the major must be chosen from a department-approved allied fie ld . The entire proposed maj or is usually worked out with departmental advice during the spring of t he sophomore year, though i t may be changed later on .

Students intending graduate work in mathematics, or work in a physical science applicat ion of mathematics, are urged to consider MTH 20 I , 266, 28 1 , and 282 as electives . Students intending graduate work in econom­ics, business administration, or operat ional mathematics, or work in a field such as syste ms analysis , are urged to cons ider MTH 20 I , 202, 207, 208 . Students particularly interested in computer science should elect MTH 288 and EE 200, noting that CSC or EE 1 00 is an elementary prereq uisite to later -work in computer science; consider­ation should particularly be given to M T H 280, 286, and other cross-listed courses as electives .

The secondary education concentration is designed to prepare teachers of secondary school mathematics . I t includes the Teacher Education Seq uence in secondary school mathematics offered in the Graduate School of Education and Human Develop ment and eight ( rather than 1 0 ) courses numbered 200 or higher in mat hematics and a department-approved allied fie ld . S ix or more of the eight must be in mathematics, i ncluding MTH 235 , 236 , and 265 . Electives may be chosen at wi l l , but pro­spective teachers are advised to elect, where possible, courses in logic, geometry, theory of numbers, and com­puter science.

The 10 courses which constitute one of the concen­trat ions in mathematics do not exhaust the student's time in the j unior and senior years . Prospective graduate students in mathe matics, fo r example, would do well to learn to read a foreign la nguage ( French, German, or Russian) . Other mathematical careers involve a consid­erable preparation in (among others) areas such as

hysics, biology, engineering, and econo mics.

Mathematics 99

Since the "all ied field" requirement in a mathematics concentration is minimal , students are urged to consult departmental advisers concerning suitable course work, even in elective fields of study whic h seem at first glance to be quite d istant from mathematics .

Below are some typical examples of concentrat ion programs . These are intended as suggestive, not pre­scriptive. 1 . Pure M athematics with interest in physical science:

M T H 235, 236, 265, 266, 28 1 , 282. A l lied fie ld : physics or chemist ry.

2. Pure M athematics, intending graduate study in logic: M T H 20 I, 2 1 6, 2 1 7 , 235, 236, 265. Allied fie ld : phi losophy.

3 . Applied M athematics, operat ional : M T H 20 1 , 202, 207 , 235 , 236, 238 , 265 . All ied fie ld : economics .

4. Co mputer Science: M T H 235 , 236, 248, 265 , 280, 286, 288 ; EE 200; CSC 206, 220.

5. Secondary Educat ion : MTH 20 1 , 2 1 6 , 230, 235 , 236, 253, 265 . A l lied fie ld : stat ist ics ; a lso , the Teacher Educati on Seq uence i n the Grad uate School of Edu­cation and H uman Development .

6 . Appl ied Mathe matics, b iology: MTH 20 I , 205, 235, 236, 263 , 265 . Al lied fie ld : b iology.

7. Pure Mathematics, intending grad uate study: M T H 2 0 I , 235 , 2 3 6 , 2 3 7 , 2 6 5 , 266, 28 1 , 2 8 2 . Al lied fie ld : optional .

8 . Applied M athematics, physics or chemistry: M T H 235 , 2 3 6 , 2 6 5 , 280, 28 1 , 2 8 2 , 283 , 2 8 4 . Al l ied fie ld : physics or chemistry.

The j oint concentration in mathematics and statistics requires at least 1 2 courses, at least six of which are in mathematics and at least six in statist ics .

Courses of I nstruction

(The Department intends that those few courses not available in 1 982-83 will be offered in 1 983-84 . )

1 30 . Excursions in Mathematics. The nat u re of mathematics and i t s appl icat ion . Emphasis on concepts and understand ing rather than acquis i t ion of tech n iques . I ntended for concen­t rators in the hu manit ies and social sciences. 1 3 \ . Mathematical Snapshots. Learn to reason mathemati­cal ly . Numerous exa mples and useful app l icat ions . I n tended for concentrators in the humani t ies and social sciences. 1 40 . Pre-Calculus. R eview and d ri l l on basic mathematical sk i l l s needed for calculus : algebra, graphing, exponentials , logar i thms , tr igonometric fu nct ions . Does not carry d i s t ri bu­tion cred i t , nor cred it toward graduat ion .

JOO A rts and Science

1 4 1 - 1 43 . Calculus 1-111 . A t h ree-semester sequence identical i n content wi th the t wo-semester sequence Mathematics 1 6 1 , 1 62 d escribed below. 1 50. Calculus with Probability I . Functions and their graphs, l imits and cont inuous funct ions , derivatives, Ro l le's theorem and mean value t heorem, extremum p roblems, cha in rule, related rates, in troduction to in tegration , appl icat ions . 1 5 1 . Calculus with Probability 1 1 . Techniques of i n tegra­t ion ; e lementary differential equat ions; elementary count ing techniques; b inomial coefficients; random variables; densit ies and distr ibutions; i mproper in tegrals ; expected value, mean , and variance; normal d is tr ibut ion; funct ions of several variables and their graphs ; partial derivatives; mUltiple i ntegra ls . Pre­requis i te: M T H 1 50 . 1 52 . Calculus with Probability 1 1 1 . Calculus of severa l va r­iables . Partial derivat ives and mUl t iple i ntegrat ion . Convex funct ions . Further appl icat ions . Prerequis i te : MTH 1 5 1 . 1 6 1 . Analysis 1 . Analysis of the elementary real funct ions : a lgebraic , t rigonometric, exponent ia ls and the ir inverses and composites . Their graphs , derivatives, and integrals. Mean value t heorem, maxima and m in ima, curve plott ing . The fun­damental t heorem of calculus , with geometric and physical appl icat ions . 1 62 . Analysis 1 1 . Techniques of i ntegration . I m p roper i nte­grals, I 'H ospital's rules . I nfin i te series, Taylo r's series in one variable. Plane curves, parametric equat ions , vectors in two and t h ree d i mens ions , lines and planes, vector-va lued funct ions, velocity and accelerat ion, a rc length, curvatu re . Partial d iffer­ent iat ion , d i rect ional der ivates, ex t rema in several variables . P rerequ i si te : MTH 1 6 1 or equivalent . 1 63 . Ordinary Differential Equations I . Elementary meth­ods, l i near equat ions , and systems with constant coefficients, solutions i n series, special funct ions , phase p lane a nalysis and stabi l i ty, t he Laplace t ra nsform, extremal problems. Prerequi­site : M T H 1 43 or 1 52 or 1 62 or 1 72 . 1 64 . Multidimensional Analysis. Differentiat ion and l inear approx imat ion , ex t rema, Tay lor ser ies . Line, surface, and volume in tegrals ; coord inate changes, Jacobians. Divergence t heorem, S to kes' t heore m . Determinan t s and matr i ces i n N-d i mensional vector spaces. Prerequis i te : M T H 1 43 or 1 52 o r 1 62 or 1 72 . 1 7 1 - 1 74 . Analysis l a - I V a . An h onors sequence covering t h e material of Mathematics 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 1 63 , and 1 64 in g reater depth from the stand point of both theory a nd appl icat ions . Each term carries five ( i nstead of fou r) course cred its . Consent of Depart­ment requ i red. 1 8 1 - 1 82 . Introduction to Mathematical Models in Social and Life Sciences I and 11. Aimed at bui ld ing problem-solving abil i ty in students t h rough the development of mathematical models for certa in real-l ife s i tuat ions i n the social and bio logical sciences. In the two semesters, a bout n ine d i fferent examples of model ing are considered together wi th mathematical exercises to ensure acqu is i t ion of the relevant techn iques, suggested projects of varying d i fficulty, and references. Prerequis i te : MTH 1 62 o r equivalent .

201 . Introduction to Probability. P robabi l i ty spaces; com­binatorial problems; random variables and expectat ions ; d i s­crete and cont inuous d istr ibut ions ; generat ing functions; inde­pendence and dependence; b inomia l , normal, and Poisson laws; laws of large numbers . Prerequisite : MTH 1 62 o r equivalent ; MTH 1 64 recomme nded . Same as STT 20 1 . 202. Introduction to Stochastic Processes . Theory and ap­pl icat ions of rand om p rocesses, inc luding Markov chains , Poisson p rocesses, b i rt h-and-death processes, random walks . Prerequ i site: MTH 20 1 . Same as STT 202. 203 . Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. Principles of stat ist ical decis ion theory, po int and interval est imat ion , tests of hypotheses, mult ivariate normal d i str i but ion, l inear hypothe­ses, selected topics . Prerequis i te : M T H 20 I . Same as STT 203. 205 . Mathematical Genetics. Mendel 's theory of i n her i ­tance , the Hardy-Wei n berg equi l ibriu m , segregat ion , l in kage, cross ing-over, mutat ions . Genet ic relat ionsh ip between rela­tives, ident i ty by descent , coeffic ient of k insh ip , coeffic ient of inbreed i ng . Some knowledge of matrices and of elementary probabi l i ty t heory is helpful but not requ i red . 207 . Linear Programming and the Theory of Games . The basic propert ies of convex sets . L inear programming. Dual i ty. Pr inc ipal theorems. F in ite games. Some infi ni te games. Prereq­u is i tes: M T H 1 64 a nd at least one of the fol lowing : M T H 1 74, 235 , or 265. Same as S TT 207. 208. Nonlinear Programming. Constra ined opt imizat ion . Lagrange mul t ip l iers, quad ratic programming, dynamic p ro­gramming. P rerequisi tes : M T H 1 63 and 1 64 or M T H 1 74; MTH 235. Same as STT 208 . 2 1 6 . Mathematical Logic I . Propos i t ional calculus , func­t iona l ca lculus of fi rst a nd higher o rder, the decis ion problem, consistency, completeness. 2 1 7 . Mathemat ica l Logic I I . The methods of proof of Mathemat ical Log ic I ; completeness, compactness, Skolem­Lowenhe im theorems. Recursive funct ion t heory, Godel's in­completeness t heorems . Zermelo-Fraenkel set t heory, consis­tency resu lts , fo rc ing, and independence resul ts . Prerequ isite : MTH 2 1 6 . 230. Theory of Numbers. Divis ib i l i ty, pr imes, congruences, quadrat ic resid ues and quadrat ic reci p rocity, p rimi t ive roots, elementary pr ime number theory. 235. Linear Algebra. Finite-d i mens ional vector spaces over R and C a x i o mat ica l ly a n d w i t h coord inate ca lcu lat i ons . Forms, l i near t ransformat ions , mat rices, e igenspaces. Prerequi­s i te : M T H 1 63 . This cou rse may be taken concurrent ly wi th M T H 1 64. 236. Introduction to Algebra I . An in t roduct ion to basic a lgebraic st ructu res , groups, r ings, fie lds , wi th appl icat ions to specific examples . Prerequis i te: M T H 235, taken p reviously or concu rrent ly, i s recommended. 237. Introduction to Algebra II . Conti nuat ion of Mathe­matics 236 . 238 . Combinatorial Mathematics. Permutat ions and com-

101

102 A rts and Science

binations; enumeration through recursions and generat ing func­t ions ; Polya's t heory of counting; finite geometries and block designs; count ing i n graphs . Same as CSC 238 . 239. Introduction to Algebraic Number Theory. Gaussian i ntegers and sums of two squares, quadratic fields and binary quadratic forms; ar i thmetic of quad ratic fie lds, including fac­t o rizat ion of ideals , c lass n umbers, a nd fundamental uni ts . Pre­requisite : E i ther M T H 230 or 236 . 243. Introduction to Topology. Classificat ion of su rfaces, k not theory, the fundamental group . Prerequisites : M T H 236 and 265 . 247. Theory of Sets . Sets, relat ions , mappings; equ ivalence, order; card inals , ordinals , transfi n ite ar i th metic; axiom of choice and equivalents . 248. Theory of G raphs . Paths , c i rcu i t s , t rees . B ipa rt i te graphs , match ing problems . U nicursal graphs , Hami ltonian c i rcuits , facto rs. I ndependent paths and sets . M atr ix representa­t ions . Planar graphs . Coloring problems. Prerequis ite : M T H 235 recommended. Same as C S C 248 . 250. Introduction to Geometry. Foundations of geomet ry, 'i sometry, s imi larity, invers ions ; introduct ion to affine, p rojec­t ive, and various non-Eucl idean geometries . 253. Projective Geometry. Projective and affine planes, the­orems of Desargues, Pappus, Pasca l . Cross rat io , col l ineat ions , coordinates, conics , dual ity . Prerequisites : MTH 1 64 o r 1 74 . M T H 235 recommended. 255. Differential Geometry I . To rsion , curvature , the d iffer­ent ia l geometry of curves and surfaces in 3-space. Prerequis i te : MTH 1 64 or 1 74 . 256 . Differential Geometry I I . R iemannian geometry. Pre­requisite : M T H 255 . 263. Ordinary D ifferential Equations. A second cou rse in o rd inary d ifferential equations in t he real domain . Prerequis i te : MTH 1 63 or equ iva lent , MTH 235 , o r consent of t he i nstructor. 265. Functions of a Real Variable I . Real number system, u niform cont inu ity, mean va lue t heorems, bounded variat ion , Riemann-Stieltjes i ntegra l , sequences of funct ions . Prerequi­sites: MTH 1 63 and 1 64, or M T H 1 74, o r equivalent . 266 . Functions of a Real Variable II . Differentials ; imp licit functions , funct ional dependence; t ra nsformations of m Ult ip le integrals; arc length , su rface a rea; d ifferential fo rms, vecto r a nalysis . Prerequis ite : M T H 265 . 280. Introduction to Numerical Analysis. The numerical so lut ion to mathematical problems by computer . Linear sys­tems, approx imat ion', in tegrat ion , and d ifferential equat ions . Float ing point ar i thmetic and consequent pitfal ls of computa­t ion . Prerequis i te : M T H 1 62 o r equivalent . Same as STT 280 and CSC 280. 281 . Introduction to Applied Mathematics I . Fourier series and convergence theorems. Orthogonal polynomials . A pplica­t ions to some part ial d i fferent ial equat ions . Fourier Trans­forms. Prerequis i te : M T H 1 63 and 1 64 or M T H 1 74.

282. Introduction to Applied Mathematics I I . I ntroduction to complex variables wi th physical appl icat ions . This course is independent of M T H 28 1 . Prereq uis i te : M T H 1 64 or 1 74. Equivalent to M E 202. 283 . Appl ied Ana lysis I. Lebesgue i n tegrat i o n . H i l ber t space, theory of compact operators, spectral theory. App lica­tions to integral equations, ord inary and partial d i fferential equations, and quantum mechanics . Prerequis i tes : MTH 265 and 28 1 . 284. Applied Analysis I I . Continuat ion of Mathe matics 283 . 285. Celestial Mechanics. The centra l force problem; i ntro­duct ion to the n-body problem; stability problems . Prerequi­s i tes : MTH 1 63 and 1 64, or M T H 1 74 o r consent of the instructor. 286. Introduction to the Theory of Computation. Introduc­t ion to automata theory, formal languages, computabil i ty, and computat ional complexi ty. Prerequis i te : MTH 1 62 o r permis­s ion of the instructor . Same as CSC 286. 288. Design and Analysis of Computer A lgorithms. I n t ro­d uct ion to general data structures and programming techniques for the design of t ime- and space-efficient algori thms . Emphasis on the development , analysis , and significance of algorithms that are asymptotical ly the most efficient known. Requires comfort and fami l iari ty wi th both computer p rogra m ming and discrete mathematics . Prerequis i tes : CSC 220 and M T H / CSC 286, or permiss ion of the inst ructor. Same as CSC 288 . 300 . History of Mathematics. The relat ion between the de­velopment of mathematical ideas and the scientific milieu is stressed . Prerequis i te : year of calculus . 333. Surreal Numbers. A seminar on n umbers ( in the new treatment of John Conway) designed to expose students to the creat ive aspect of mathematics and to he lp develop the abi l i ty to do independent work i n mathematics . 391 . Independent Study in Mathematics. Special work ar­ranged ind ividual ly .

Graduate-level courses (400- and 500-level) are open to qualified undergraduates with permission of the in­structor. Among these are : 436. Algebra I. Rings and modules , group theory. Galois theory. Prerequis i te : MTH 237. 437. Algebra II . M ult i l inear algebra, quad ratic forms, s im­ple and semi-s imple rings and mod ules . Prerequis i te : M T H 436. 440. General Topology I . Cont inuity . Compactness, con­nected ness, metr izabi l i ty . Prod uct spaces. Prerequis i te : M T H 265 . 467. Theory of Analytic Functions I . Cauchy theore(!ls , Taylor a nd Laurent ser ies , res idues , conformal mapping, ana- . lytic cont inuat ion, product theorems. Prerequis i te : M T H 265 or equivalent . -_/

47 1 . Measure and Integration. Lebesgue measure on the l ine . Measure spaces. I ntegrat ion . Convergence theorems. The

Radon-Nikodym theorem. Different iat i on . Fubini 's theorem. The funct ion spaces Lp and C. Prerequis i te : MTH 265 o r equivalent .

A more detailed description of other graduate-level courses may be found in the Official Bulletin: Graduate Studies.

MICROBIOLOGY J. Roger Christensen, Ph. D. (Cornell) Professor of

Microbiology Jack Maniloff, Ph . D. ( Yale) Professor of Micro­

biology and of Radiation Biology and Biophysics Robert E. Marquis , Ph . D. ( Michigan) Professor of

Microbiology Betsy Ohlsson- Wilhelm, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Associate

Professor of Microbiology Albert L. Ritterson, Ph . D. (Cal ifornia, Los Angeles)

Associate Professor of Microbiology (Parasitology) James Wilhelm, Ph . D . (Case Western Reserve)

Associate Professor of Microbiology Sayeeda B. Zain , Ph . D. (Glasgow) Associate

Professor of Microbiology Virginia Clark, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Assistan t Professor

of Microbiology Edith Lord, Ph. D. (Cal ifornia, San Diego) Assistant

Professor of Oncology in Microbiology Ronald E. Yasbin, Ph. D. ( Rochester) Assistant

Professor of Microbiology

The Department of Microbiology annually has up to 10 teaching assistants serving as laboratory instructors in int roductory courses. Microbio logy, the study of microorga nisms, encom­

passes bacteriology, virology, mycology, and parasitol­ogy and is inseparable from molecular biology, genetics, physi ology, and immunology. Co nsequently, the bache­lor of science degree program in microbiology integrates course work in many d i sc ipl ines in order to provide undergraduates with basic knowledge of the fie ld . This program util izes the resources of the Department of Microbiology of the School of Med icine and Dentistry and the Clinical Microbio logy Laboratories of Strong Mem orial H ospital to provide undergraduates with a background in general and medical microbiology.

Students earning the B . S . in microbiology at the end of the fourth year will possess a strong foundat ion in the

Microbiology 103

basic introductory sciences (chemistry, biology, biochem­istry), related areas ( mathematics and physics) , micro­biology, and l i beral arts . They will be well prepared to continue grad uate education i n microbiology, another biological science area, or a health care profess ion .

Microbiology Concentration

The progra m is designed primarily for those with an interest i n the natural sciences and wil l probably be most attractive to those whose career interests are in the hea l th profes s ions or b io logical sc iences . S tudents should declare the concentrat ion toward the end of their sophomore year. During the j unior and senior years, advisers from the Department of M icrobiology wil l supervise a concentrator's progress . With satisfactory performance and completion of degree requirements , they will recom mend the student for the degree of B . S . in microbiology in the new Program i n Biology and M edi­cine . This degree wil l be awarded by the College of Arts and Science.

Master's and doctoral programs are offered by the Department of M icrobiology, and M . S . and P h . D . degrees are awarded by t h e School of Medic ine and Dentistry. I nformation on the graduate programs in mi­crobiology is in the Official Bulletin: Graduate Studies.

Requirements for Concentration in

Microbiology

During the fres hman and sophomore years, students considering a concentrati on i n microbiology are advised to complete the fol lowing courses, a l l of which are requirements for the B . S . in microbiology: • Four semesters of chemistry, including two semesters

of organic chemistry. • Two semesters of calcu lus . • One semester of statistics, d ifferential equations, or

computer science. • Biology I I I or equivalent. • Biology 1 2 1 . • Biology 1 50 . • One English course.

Addi tional req uirements for the B . S . in microbiology are: • M B I 220 and 22 1 . • Three addit ional adva nced micro biology courses (400

leve l) .

1 04 A rts and Science

Distinction Program in Microbiology

I n recognition of academic abi lity and research initia­tive, the Department of M icrobio logy grants a B . S . in microbiology with distinction to students who success­fully complete an approved independent senior research project . S pecific i nformation on this program is avail­able from the Department office.

Courses of I nstruction

1 1 8. M icrobiology. Cred it-4 h ours . Considers bacteria, fungi , viruses, a nd animal parasites from the stand point of their biology, with particular emphasis o n host-parasite relat ionships and the immune response . The course is pr imari ly for students i n the nursing degree p rogram; open to other undergraduates, subject to space l imi tat ions . Two lectu res and two 3-hour laboratories per week. Prerequisites : BIO I I I ; CH M 1 2 1 a nd 1 22, or 1 23 and 1 35 . 220. An I ntroduction t o Microbiology. I nt roduces t h e stu­dent to important aspects of microbiol ogy by examining se­lected microorganisms i n some deta i l . Specific emphasis i s given to structure, genetics, metabolic regulat ion, and interact ion between the organ ism and i ts environment . W here appropriate, a comparative approach i s s tressed . Prerequ isites: CH M 1 3 3 ; I N D 40 1 or B I O 1 50 . 221 . Microbiology Laboratory. Credi t-3 hours. Exercises, demonstrat ions , and field trips are closely related to topics mentioned i n Microbiology 220, which i s taken concurrently. 391 . Undergraduate R esearch in Microbiology. For qual­i fied and interested students, research experience i n t he lab­oratory of Department faculty members may be arranged . Arrangements need to be made wel l i n advance. 414. Molecular Biology of I nfectious Diseases. A n examina­tion of selected infect ious agents and the d iseases they cause. The emphasis i s on understanding, at the molecu lar level, the mechanisms by which t hese particular m icroorganisms cause d i sease i n t he h ost and t he basis for the selective toxic i ty of certa in ant imicrobial d rugs that a re used to combat t hem. Offered i n alternate years . Prerequisites : M B I 220 , 22 1 . ( Spring 1 983 ) 421 . Microbial Genetics. Credit-4 h ours. An in-depth ex­aminat ion of some representative genetic systems in fungi, bacteria, and bacterial viruses . Given i n a lternate years. Prereq­uis ite : M B I 220. ( S p ring 1 984) 43 1 . Microbial Physiology. Focuses on relationsh ips be­tween microbial cell struct u re and cel l funct ions , and on the physiologic processes involved i n microbial adaptat ion . Global , ce l lu lar, and molecular aspects of microbial physiology a re considered . 456. General Virology. An i nt roduction to bacterial . a nimal , and p lant v i rology. Topics covered are general methodology of virus research, v irus structu re, biochemistry of viral replicat ion,

and general fea tures of vi rus-host cel l i nteract ion . Prerequisites : BIO 1 50 and either M B I 220 or BIO 202. 465. The Role of Genetics in Understanding Medical Prob­lems. Current and potential app licat ions of genetic analysis to problems of medical i nterest, inc luding mutagenes is , genetic determinat ion of susceptibi l i ty t o chemical carcinogens a nd d ifferent types of radiat ion, mapping of the human genome, use of amniocentesis to determine in born errors of cl inical impor­tance, and analysis of the cont rol of gene expression using somatic cel l hybrid s . Previous courses i n b iochemistry and cell­u lar physiology ( microbial or eukaryotic) a re strongly advised. 473 . Immunology. Cellular and humora l response to anti­genic substances; interact ion of ant ibody, antigen, a nd com­plement; structu re and specificity of antigen and anti body; detectio n of ant ibodies . Prerequ isites : CH M 1 33- 1 34 .

MUSIC

Roger Wilhelm, D . M . A. (Stanford) Associate Professor of Music and Director of Music, River Campus; Associate Professor of Conducting and Ensembles, Eastman School of Music

James Walker, M . A.T. ( Harvard) Conductor of the University Symphony Orchestra

Addit ional faculty members, Eastman School of Music

The Department of Music on the River Campus uses five Eastman School of Music teaching assistants as lecturers or section leaders.

M usic in al l of its facets is an integral component of the academic and cultural life of the U niversity. Oppor­tunities for musical performance and i nstruct ion at the University of Rochester are found both at the River Campus and at the Eastman School of Music . Detailed information regard ing the program of activities and instruct ion at the Eastman School of M usic is outl ined in its official bulletin .

Performing Organizations at the

River Campus

Performing musical organizations at the River Cam­pus are pri marily designed for the nonmusic maj or. Under the auspices of the M usic Office in Wilson Com­mons, over 500 students participate in 1 2 extracurricular musical groups . Most groups rehearse once a week, and all are conducted by experienced professionals .

The instrumental organizations i nclude the University Symphony Orchestra, the Symphonic Band, the Jazz Ensemble, the Un iversity Chamber Orchestra, the Var­sity Band, the Terpsichore Consort, and several chamber music groups. The choral organizat ions consist of the Chapel Concert Choir, the M en's Glee Club, the Wom­en's Glee Club, the Gospel Choir, the Yellowjackets, and Vocal Point .

All undergraduate students in any college of the Uni­versity are eligible for membership . Audit ions for all River Campus musical orga nizat ions are held at the beginning of each semester.

B .A. Concentration in Music

A bachelor of arts progra m with a concentrat ion In music is offered by the College of Arts and Science in cooperation with the Eastman School of M usic. De­pending on the interests and abi lity of each student, the course of study emphasizes either performance or the history and theory of music . Students planning to pursue the bachelor of arts degree i n music must be audit ioned and approved by the admission committee of the East­man School of M usic, and the expectat ions of that committee concerning the background a nd performance level of applicants are the same as for applicants to the correspond ing bachelor of music programs.

Students in the bachelor of arts in music program are expected to begin their concentrat ions during the fresh­man year. They wil l be advised by a member of the Eastman School of Music faculty or administrative staff through the M usic Office, 5 1 0 Wilson Commons, on the River Campus.

Course Requirements

Both the Performance and H istory/ Theory emphases require a core curriculum which includes study in the following areas :

major instrument ensemble music theory music history

1 6 cred its 4 cred its

1 6 cred its 3 two-credit courses

chosen from M H S 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , 1 1 3 , o r 1 1 4

I n addition to this core curricu lum, the concentration '\ requirements within each area of emphasis are as fo llows:

Performance Emphasis maj or instrument ensemble music e lectives

History/ Theory Emphasis secondary piano theory music history music electives

1 6 cred its 6 cred its

1 2 cred its

8 cred its 6 cred its 4 cred its

16 cred its

Music 105

S u ggested Distribution of Courses

Emphasis in Performance

First Year

Applied m usic Theory 1 0 1 Engl ish Natu ra l science

( G roup I l l ) E nsemble

Second Year Applied music Theory I I I

Credits 4 3 4

4 I

1 6

4 3

Social science ( G roup I I ) 4 Nonmusic elective 4 Ensemble 2

1 7

Third Year Appl ied music 4 Theory 1 2 1 2 M u sic h i s tory su rvey· 2 Nonmusic e lect ive 4 Nonmusic elective 4 E nsemble 2

1 8

Fourth Year Appl ied music 4 M usic history survey· 2 M usic elective 3 Non music elective 4 Non music elective 4

1 7

App l ied m usic Theory 1 02 Foreign la nguage Natural science

( G roup I l l ) E nsem ble

A pplied m usic Theory 1 1 2

Credits 4 3 4

4 I

1 6

4 3

Social science ( G roup I I ) 4 Nonmusic elective 4 Ensem ble 2

1 7

Appl ied music 4 Theory 1 22 2 M usic h is tory survey· 2 M usic elective 3 Nonm usic elective 4 E nsem ble 2

1 7

Appl ied m usic 4 M usic elective 3 M usic elective 3 Nonmusic elective 4 Nonm usic elective 4

1 8 . T h ree of t h e fo l l o w i n g cou rses w i l l meet t h e m u s i c h is t ory c o re c u r­

r i c u l u m req u i rement : M H S I I I . 1 1 2. 1 1 3 . 1 1 4 .

106 Arts and Science

Emphasis in History and Theory of Music

First Year Credits

Appl ied music 2 Secondary piano (2) Theory 1 0 1 3 Engl ish 4 Natura l science

(Group I l l ) 4 Ensemble 2

1 7

Second Year Appl ied m usic 2 Secondary piano (2) Theory I I I 3 M usic h is tory survey· 2 Social science ( G roup I I ) 4 Nonmusic elective 4

1 7

Third Year Applied music 2 Theory 1 2 1 2 M usic h is tory survey· 2 M usic elective 3 Nonmusic elect ive 4 Nonmusic elect ive 4

1 7

Fourth Year Appl ied music 2 Theory 22 1 or 25 1 3 M usic elective 3 M usic elective 3 M usic h is tory 2 Nonmusic elective 4

1 7

Credits Appl ied m usic 2 Secondary piano (2) Theory 1 02 3 Foreign language 4 Natural science

( G roup I I I ) 4 Ensemble 2

1 7

Applied music 2 Secondary piano (2) Theory 1 1 2 3 M usic h i story survey· 2 Social science ( G roup I I ) 4 Nonmusic elect ive 4

1 7

Appl ied music 2 Theory 1 22 2 M usic h istory 2 M usic e lect ive 3 Nonmusic elective 4 Nonmusic elective 4

1 7

Appl ied mus ic 2 Theory 222 or 252 3 M usic elective 2 M usic elective 2 Nonmusic elective 4 Nonm usic elective 4

1 7

' T h ree of t h e fo l l o w i ng c o u rses w i l l meet t h e music h i s t o r y core c u r­ric u l u m req u i rement : M H S I I I . 1 1 2 . 1 1 3 . 1 1 4 .

Additional deta ils concerning the music concentration are available from the music adviser in the M usic Office, Wilson .commons .

M usic concentrators may enroll in any course l isted in

the supp lement to the Official Bulletin: Eastman School of Music.

I nstruction in M usic

Courses in music history and music theory are offered by the College of Arts and Science in cooperation with the Eastman School of M usic.

M U R 1 0 1 , 1 02 , l l l , and 1 1 2 are required for concen­trators in music and are open to other students in the College of Arts and Science as electives . During the fi rst day of class a theory placement examinat ion is given to students provisionally enrolled in Theory 1 0 1 to deter­mine if they have sufficient backgrou nd to take the course. M usic history courses offered at the River Cam­pus are not open to students who are concentrating in music, but are open to al l other River Campus students.

Courses offered at the Eastman School of M usic are open to al l Col lege of Arts and Science students who have the proper prerequis ites . Credi t will be awarded accord ing to the system used at the Eastman School of M usic. However, for students who are not concentrating in music, the first two three-credit courses are given full cred it; music concentrators receive ful l credit for the first four three-cred it courses .

Private Instrumental and Vocal Instruction The opportunity exists for students who are not music

concentrators to enroll i n private i nstrumental or vocal instruct ion at the Eastman School of M usic.

Credit Lessons Each year approxi mately 200 nonmusic concentrators

on the River Campus take private instrumental or vocal lessons for cred it at the Eastman School. All nonmusic concen trators who have had at least o ne year of formal instruct ion (or the equivalent) i n an instrument or in voice are encouraged to apply to take credit lessons . Audit ions are required for students who are registering for this study for the first t ime and are held during the first three days of classes each semester. Audition ap­point ments must be scheduled i n advance. Applicat ions for applied music instruction are avai lable in the M usic Office, 5 1 0 Wilson Commons . Students currently en­rolled and making satisfactory progress in applied music need not audit io n again if they wish to cont inue lessons the fo l lowing semester; they must have their registrations ap proved personally by the Eastman School's Associate Director for Academic Affairs .

During the semester, students meet with their instruc­tors once a week for 30 minutes . The addit ion of a two­credit p rivate lesson to a normal l 6-credit hour semester is not considered an overload , and there is neither a fee nor an additional tuit ion charge. No more than eight credit hours of appl ied instruct ion may be counted toward a degree by nonconcentrators.

Noncredit Lessons I t is possible for a l imited number of students to take

lessons without credi t . These may be arranged indepen­dently by enrolling directly with t he Preparatory Depart­ment of the Eastman School of M usic . Since the cost of this type of inst ruct ion i s not i ncluded in the regular col lege tuit ion, the students are bi lled d irectly by the Eastman School . College grades will not be al lowed for this work under any circumstance, nor will any entry regarding it be made on the student's permanent record .

Practice Facilities Practice facilities are available on the River Campus

to al l undergraduate students . Practice rooms supplied with pianos are located in the Merle Spurrier Gymna­sium and the Frederick Douglass Building.

Courses of Instruction Offered at the

River Campus

* M U R 1 00. Basic Elements of Music. A theory course for nonmajors in the basic concepts of tonal harmony, with appli­cation of these concepts to the study of a wide range of styles : early music, rock , pop, jazz, contemporary works. Little em­phasis on ear training and keyboard work . No prerequisites.

M U R 1 0 1 . First-Year Theory I. A course in the basic ele­ments of music, presented in a nonstylistic manner and d rawing on a wide range of musical l iterature. Concepts of composi­t ional procedures, a variety of analytical tools . Creative use of material. Ear training as aural analysis , and ski l ls areas, includ­ing keyboard, sight singing, a nd rhythmic work. Four hours a week .

MUR 1 02 . First-Year Theory I I . Continuation . Prerequi­site: M U R l O l .

M U R I I I . Second-Year Theory I . Two-, three-, and four­part music of J . S. Bach and his contemporaries. Analysis, partwriting, d ictation , keyboard harmony, and two-voice con­trapuntal writ ing. Chromatic harmony including augmented sixth chords . Study of smaller forms . Analysis of the music of Haydn , Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Schumann, Brahms, and Wagner. Prerequisite: M U R 1 02. M U R 1 12 . Second-Year Theory I I . Continuation . Contra­puntal writing in three and four parts . Fugue. Advanced har­monic and structural analysis in the larger forms. I mpression-

Naval Science 107

i sm. Twentieth-century composit ional techniques and analysis . Prerequisite: M U R I l l .

* M U R 1 2 1 . Introduction to Music Listening. A course for the nonmusic maj o r, designed to increase the understanding and enj oyment of music for performers and listeners. The cou rse will focus on l istening ski l ls and a brief historical survey of musical periods and styles from Gregorian chant to the developments of our own day. No p rerequisites.

* M U R 1 23 , 1 25 , 1 26 . Special Topics in M usic History . Specific subjects wi l l be announced in the Schedule of Courses. No pre requisites. * M U R 1 24. History of Jazz. A survey of the history of j azz from pre- 1 900 origins to the present.

* M U R 206. Women and M usic. Focuses on the relationship between women and music and deals with the social and cul­tural tradit ions and restrict ions that have affected women's educat ion, professionalism, and expression in music; also deals with the lives and musical offerings of various women who achieved professional status . Although various world cultures are examined, the focus is primarily on the experiences of West­ern women in the areas of folk , ritual, popular, and art music trad it ions . His torical periods from the Middle Ages to the p res­ent a re covered . No prerequisites. Same as ANT 206.

* M U R 2 1 5. Mozart and Haydn. Focuses on the sympho­nies, o rchestral works, string quartets, and chamber music of the two greatest composers of the late eighteenth century, Franz Joseph Haydn and Wolfgang Amadeus M ozart. The course evaluates their roles in the development of major musical forms and studies the historical context of their l ives and works. No prerequisites . Some abil ity to read music is helpful .

NAVAL SCIENCE Robert A . Mesler, Captain ( USN) M . S . ( U . S . Naval

Postgrad uate School) Professor of Naval Science and Chairman of the Department

Walter P . Bardeschewski , Commander ( US N) M . S . ( U . S . Naval Postgraduate School) A ssociate Professor of Naval Science

Robert C. Ballard , Lieutenant ( U SN) B . S . ( R PI ) A ssistant Professor of Naval Science

Paul M. Fenlon , M aj or ( U S M C) B . S . (St . John's Un iversity) A ssistant Professor of Naval Science

Will iam C. Hartman, Lieutenant ( U S N) B . S . ( U . S . N . A . ) A ssistant Professor of Naval Science

Rex Wolfe, Lieutenant ( U SN ) B . S . ( Michigan State) A ssistant Professor of Naval Science

The Department of Naval Science does not use teaching assistants in its instructional program.

· Not o p e n t o music concentrators.

108 Arts and Science

Naval Science studies are designed to prepare students seeking commiss ions in the U . S . Navy or U . S . Marine Corps through the N R OTC Program. The U niversity has had an N ROTC unit on campus since 1 946. The N R OTC Program is open to both male and female stu­dents . Any student may enrol l in courses offered by the Department of Naval Science .

Students participate in the N R OTC Program in one of three options : 1 . N R OTC S C H O LA R S H I P P R OG R A M students are

selected by national competit ion . App lications may be obtained from the Department of Naval Science and must be mai led by early November for enroll­ment in the following fall semester. Students are sub­sid ized by the Navy for tuit ion, fees , textbooks , and uniforms, and they receive a subsistence al lowance of $ 1 00 per month during the academic year. Schol­arship students may withdraw fro m the program at their own request without obligation at any time prior to the beginn ing of the j u nior year. Thereafter, the student is obl igated to accept a commission as En­s ign, USN, or Second Lieutenant, U S M C, upon grad­uation and to serve on active duty for a minimum of four years .

2 . N R OTC COLLEGE P R OG R A M is available to al l freshmen and sophomores and is specifically designed to provide an opportunity for students to earn a commission. Students are welco me to apply for the program by co ntacting any member of the Depart­ment of Naval Science for details .

College Program students receive uniforms and a subsistence al lowance of $ 1 00 per month during the junior and senior years . Col lege Program students are eligible to enter the national scholarship competiti on and, if successful , become Scholarship students. As in the case of Scholarship students, College Program students incur a service obligat ion upon begi nning their j u nior year. They must agree to accept a com­mission as Ensign, U S N R, or Second Lieutenant, U S M C R , upon graduation and to serve the reafter on active duty for three years.

3. TWO-Y E A R COLLEGE P R OG R A M students may apply for the progra m by submitting their applica­tions to the Professor of Naval Science. Sophomores who have two years of study remaining ( includ ing two summers) pr ior to receiving a baccalaureate or higher degree are el igible to apply. Students selected for the Two-Year Program attend the Naval Science I nstitute for about six weeks during July and August at the Naval Ed ucation and Training Center, New-

port, Rhode I s land . Tuit ion, room, board, travel expenses, and modest subsistence are provided. The student is then eligible to jo in the N R OTC College Program in the fal l , assuming the same o bligations as other Col lege Program students .

Eli gibility for N R O T C Programs

In general, students must be U . S . cit izens between 1 7 and 2 1 years of age and be physically q ualified i n accor­dance with standards prescribed for Navy midshipmen. More detailed i nformation can be obtained from the Department of Naval Science office.

Sum mer Training Cruises

Students in the N R OTC Program participate in sum­mer cruises of approximately s ix weeks' durat ion as part of their training to become officers in the Navy or Marine Corps. Cruises are aboard naval ships, sub­marines, aircraft squadrons, and shore bases throughout the world . Four-year Scholarship students attend three such summer cruises . Col lege Program students attend one such cruise, between the j unior and senior years. Two-year Scholarship students attend one cruise. W hile on cruise, N R OTC students receive room, board, travel expenses, and a modest subsistence.

Naval Science Students

Any student in the U niversity may take naval science courses. Credits for courses taken i n the Department of Naval Science are determined by the college i n which the student is pursuing his or her concentrat ion . Students who are thinking about applying to an N ROTC program are encouraged to enroll i n a naval science course.

N R O T C Course R equirements

The fol lowing is the recommended sequence of courses for midshipmen. Deviations from the recommended sequence are permitted; however, they must be approved by the Professor of Naval Science.

First Year

I ntroduct ion to Naval Science ( N S 93) Ship Systems I ( N S 94) Calculus (two courses from mathematics series 1 50 0f

1 6 1 )

Second Year Sea Power and Maritime Affairs ( N S 250) Ship Systems II (NS 249) Physics (two courses from physics series 1 1 3 , 1 24, or

1 3 3 )

Third Year Navigation I (NS 22 1 ) Navigation I I ( N S 98) American mil itary affairs ( S OC 272 or H I S 238 or

H I S 275)

Fourth Year Psychology in Business and I nd ustry ( PS Y 264) Leadership and M anagement I I ( LA 272) National security policy (one course of the followi ng:

PSC 270, PSC 275, PSC 276, PSC 278)

Other Academic Requirements

M idshipmen are encouraged to pursue courses of study lead ing to degrees i n engineering, physics, mathe­matics , and chemistry, but may also, with few restric­tions, fol low any program which leads to a baccalaureate degree. Scholarship students must successfu lly complete the calculus requirement prior to their j unior year and the physics requirement prior to their senior year . Schol­arship midshipmen with nontechnical concentrations must also successfully complete two science/ engineering courses as electives in addit ion to the calculus and phys­ics requirements . Marine Option midsh ipmen will take Amphibi ous Operations (NS 99), Evolution of Strategic Concepts (NS 25 I ) , and two electives, approved by the Professor of Naval Science, during t heir j unior and senior years , instead of the sequence l isted previously.

Courses of Instruction

93. Introduction to Naval Science. N o cred i t . I n t roduct ion to the Navy, i nc luding customs, t radi t ions , seamansh ip , officer responsibi l i t ies , and naval careers. 94. Ships Systems I . No credi t . I ntroduct ion to sh ipboard engineering, inc luding other topics to p repare midshipmen for their first summer t ra in ing cruise . 98. Navigation II . No cred i t . The rules designed t o prevent col l is ions at sea and techniques for determi ning the relative motion between ships . 99. Amphibious Operations. No cred i t . The organizat ion, techniques , and s t rategies employed by the U . S . Navy and Marine Corps in the conduct of an amphib ious o perat ion .

Neuroscience 109

22 1 . Navigation I . Theory and tech niques of the ar t of navi­gat ion , inc luding dead reckon ing, p i lot ing, a nd elect ronic and celest ia l navigat ion . 249 . Ships Systems I I . Analys i s of sh ip systems a nd working environments ; system select ion , system control , computat ional procedures, data transmiss ion and control . 250. Sea Power and Marit ime Affairs. A survey of a l l aspects of mari t ime affa irs and t he effects of sea power on nat ional development . A d i scussion of h is torical events . 25 1 . Evolution of Strategic Concepts. A study of the d evel­o p ment of s t rategic concepts by var ious world powers, with emphasis on naval strategies .

NEUROSCIENCE This program leads to a B . S . degree in the new Pro­

gram i n Biology and Medicine ( see page 43) .

Committee on Neuroscience

Robert W. Kreil ick, Ph . D . ( Washington U niversity) Professor of Chemistry

Dale W. McAdam, P h . D . ( I owa) Professor of Psychology and Associate Professor of Neurology

Wayne Hoss , Ph . D. ( Nebraska) Associate Professor in the Center for Brain Research and Chairman of the Committee

Carol Kellogg, Ph . D. ( R ochester) Associate Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Brain Research

Don M . Gash, Ph . D . ( Dartmouth) Assistant Professor of A natomy and in the Center for Brain Research

Neuroscience is the study of the nervous system a nd therefore involves the study of many discipl ines . The program in neuroscience, which leads to the bachelor of science degree in neuroscience, has been des igned to give the students a strong background in the basic sc iences (b iology, chemistry, physics) , re lated areas (mathemat­ics, statistics), neurobiology, and addit ional areas in neuroscience (neurochemistry, neuropsychology, neuro­biology of behavior) . The program is designed to accom­modate students with a wide variety of interests and future career plans .

The program in neuroscience i s offered by the College of Arts and Science in cooperation with the School of M edicine and Denti stry. Faculty from the two campuses teach in the neurobiology courses and serve as advisers.

1 10 A rts and Science

Requirements for the B . S . in Neuroscience

1 . NSC 20 I , Basic Neurobio logy; NSC 202, Develop­mental and Comparative Neurobiology; NSC 203, Laboratory in Neurobiology; NSC 30 I , 302, Senior Seminar in Neuroscience (2 credit hours each).

2 . Bio logy Core: B I O I I I , Biology of Organisms; B I O 1 2 1 , Genetics; B I O 1 50, Chemical Aspects o f Biology (common to al l tracks in the Program in Bio logy and Medici ne).

3. Biology Diversificat ion : two courses selected fro m outside t h e Neuroscience Program .

4. Two psychology courses, o n e of which must b e selected from P S Y 24 1 , Neurobiology o f Behavior, o r P S Y 243, Neurochemical Foundation of Behavior.

5. Allied fields must include: C H M 1 32 , 1 3 3 , and 1 34; M T H 1 50 and 1 5 1 or 1 6 1 and 1 62, or equivalent; P H Y 1 1 3 and 1 1 4; and a course in statistics, computer science, or d ifferential equat ions .

First Year C H M 1 25 Mathematics English College elective

Second Year NSC 20 1 C H M 1 33 B I O 1 2 1 Elective

Third Year P H Y 1 1 3 Psych ology course Biology d iversificat ion

e lect i ve Elective

Fourth Year NSC 30 1 Statist ics Biology d ive rsificat ion

elect ive Elective

Courses of Instruction

C H M 1 32 Mat hematics BIO I I I College elective

NSC 202 o r 203 C H M 1 34 B I O 1 50 Elect ive

P H Y 1 1 4 N S C 202 or 203 Elect ive Elective

NSC 302 Psychology course Elect ive Elect ive

20 1 . Basic Neurobiology. An i n t roductory course wh ich covers d i verse top ics inc luding bas ic neurona l and gl ia l struc­t u re and u l t ras t ruc ture , synapt i c t ransmi s s ion , membra ne

structure, mechanism of exci tat ion and conduct ion in neurons, and neuronal i n tegrat ion and regulat ion . I n t roductory b io logy and C H M 1 32 are recommended. 202. Developmental and Comparative Neurobiology. Sur­veys the subtopics of neural development inc luding morpho­genes is of the nervous system, trophic influences of neurons on the cel ls they innervate, specificity of neuronal connect ions , neural and gl ia l i n terrelat ionsh ips , and neurochemica l , neuro­anatomical , a nd behaviora l aspects . Prerequis i te : NSC 20 I .

203. Laboratory in Neurobiology. In t roduces students to techn iques used i n the s tudy of neuroscience. Procedures in­clude gross brain d issect ion, h is tologic sta in ing and microscopic examinat ion of brain t issue, electrophysiologic analysis of neu­ral tissue, neurochemical approaches to the study of the nervous system, stereotoxic surgery and behaviora l observat ion . Pre­requis i te : NSC 20 I . 30 1 , 302. Seminar in Neuroscience. To be taken for two semesters. Covers broad aspects of neuroscience and current topics in the neuroscience communi ty relat ing to chemist ry, morphology, physiology, and behavior. Prerequ isites : NSC 20 1 , 202, 203.

Furt her informat ion i s ava i lab le fro m Profes sor Wayne H oss, Chairman, Committee on Neuroscience, Psychology Building 1 83 .

PBROSOPBY Rolf A . Eberle, Ph . D. (Cal ifornia, Los Angeles)

Professor of Philosophy Robert Lawrence Ho lmes, P h . D . ( Michigan)

Professor of Philosophy Henry E. Kyburg, Jr. , Ph . D. (Columbia) Burbank

Professor of Philosophy Richard Taylor, Ph . D. ( Brown) Professor of

Philosophy Richard Feld man, Ph . D. ( Massachusetts) Associate

Professor of Philosophy and Chairman of the Department

Patrick John H ayes, Ph . D. ( Ed inburgh) Luce Asso­ciate Professor of Cognitive Science, of Philosophy, of Psychology, and of Computer Science

Ralf Meerbote, Ph. D. ( Harvard ) Associate Professor of Philosophy

Deborah M odrak, Ph . D . (Chicago) Assistant Professor of Philosophy

Paul Weirich, Ph . D . (Cal ifornia, Los Angeles) Assistant Professor of Philosophy

Lewis White Beck, Ph . D. ( Duke) Burbank Professor Emeritus of Moral and Intellectual Philosophy

Harmon R. Holcomb, B. D. (Colgate Rochester Divinity School) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and of Religious Studies

Alfred Harrison Jones, Ph . D. (Cornell) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy

Colin Murray Turbayne, Ph . D . ( Pennsylvania) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy

The Department of Philosophy uses approximately 10 teaching assistants in large lecture courses as graders or section leaders.

The Department of Phi losophy offers programs lead­ing to the B . A . degree, as well as to the M . A. and the Ph . D. degrees .

A wide variety of points of view and interests is represented by the faculty of the Department of Philos­ophy. The specific problems discussed in undergraduate courses are the trad it ional ones of the theory of knowl­edge, metaphysics, ethics, social phi losophy, phi losophy of science, etc . The techniques brought to bear on these problems are pri marily historical or analytical and logi­cal . Although there are approaches to phi losophy that are not currently represented in the Department (phe­nomenology, existential ism, Eastern phi losophy) , the breadth of the offerings is such as to provide an excellent foundation for graduate work i n phi losophy. Some students also go on to work in biology, English, history, mathematics, law, and med icine. Double concentrat ions are encouraged .

Students who wish to do graduate work in phi losophy may, with permission of the instructor and approval of the undergraduate adviser, take graduate seminars (see Official Bulletin: Graduate Studies) .

The bachelor's degree with distinction is offered on recommendation of the Department and is based on the grade-point average and quality of work in undergrad­uate seminars and independent study.

The Department recognizes two special concentra­tions i n phi losophy. One, the Phi losophy Concentrat ion with Emphasis o n Law and Ethics, is designed primarily for students, including prelaw students, who are inter­ested in a systematic treatment of social j ustice. The second is the Phi losophy Concentrat ion with Emphasis on Logic and the Philosophy of Science. I t is designed primarily for students interested in one or more of the sciences who wish to pursue in depth the study of logic and the philosophy of science.

Philosophy can be considered relevant to almost any

Philosophy III

program or concentrat ion i n the University. Within the humanities, phi losophy has had as long and as influ­ential a career as literature ; many of the problems it addresses are problems which have aroused the i nterest and concern of many of the most powerfu l th inkers in the Western trad it ion. Below are listed groups of courses that might be of particular relevance to students concen­trating in the indicated discipl ines : Anthropology

P H L 1 02, 1 05, 20 1 , 202, 2 1 1 , 253 Biology, Chemistry, Geology, M icrobiology,

Physics and Astronomy P H L 202, 2 1 0, 252

Computer Science, Mathematics P H L 2 1 0 , 2 1 1 , 2 1 4, 2 1 8 , 252

Economics P H L 1 02, 2 1 0, 220, 223 , 253

English, F ine Arts, Foreign Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics P H L 20 1 , 202, 203, 2 1 1 , 24 1

Naval Science P H L 1 02 , 2 1 0, 223, 224, 252

Political Science P H L 1 02 , 203, 2 1 0, 220, 223, 253

Psychology P H L 1 0 1 , 2 1 1 , 244, 253 , 254

Religious Studies P H L 1 0 1 , 20 1 , 202, 242, 246

Sociology PH L 1 02, 202, 203, 22 1 , 223, 253

Statistics PH L 2 1 0, 252, 253 .

Requirements for Concentration in

Philosophy

A total of 10 courses : • P H L 20 1 , 202, 2 1 0 . • Five or more addit ional courses in phi losophy. These

courses must include at least one course in ethics ( 1 02, 1 03 , 220-225) .

• Two advanced courses, approved by the departmental adviser, in an al lied field . Nearly any other field can be considered al lied , depending on the contents of the concentrat ion in phi losophy.

Philosophy C oncentration with Emphasis

on Law and Ethics

A total of 10 courses:

1 12 A rts and Science

• P H L 20 1 and 202. • Two courses on reasoni ng, viz . , PH L 2 1 0 and one of

the following: P H L 1 05 , 2 1 4, 2 1 7, or 243. • Four courses on ethics or law, viz . , PH L 1 02, 1 03, 220,

22 1 , 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 362. • Two advanced courses in an all ied fie ld , subject to the

approval of the undergraduate adviser.

Philosophy Concentration with Emphasis

on Logic and the Philosophy of Science

A total of 10 courses: • P H L 20 1 , 202, 2 1 0. • One course in ethics, viz . , P H L 1 02, 1 03 , or 220-226. • Four of the fol lowing courses in logic or the phi los­

ophy of science: P H L 1 05 , 2 1 1 , 2 1 4-2 1 8 , 243, 252-254, 352. The student must take either 2 1 5 or 252 .

• Two advanced courses in an al l ied field , subject to the approval of the undergraduate adviser.

Ord inarily, a student who concentrates in both phi los­ophy and some other discipl ine wi ll take the advanced courses listed above that are recommended to students in that other discipl ine.

Q u a l i fi ed c o n c e n t r a t o r s in p h i l o s o p h y may be approved by the Department for the Study Abroad Program.

Courses of Instruction

Introductory Courses 1 0 1 . Introduction to Philosophy. Crit ical examinat ion of some of the central beliefs and methods of t h i n k ing in common sense, science, and religion . 1 02 . Ethics. Examination of the principles of duty a nd right conduct and of t he lead ing conceptions of the good life i n ethi­cal ph i losophy. 1 03 . Good and Evi l . An examinat ion of t he ideas of happi­ness , pleasure, duty, moral r ight and wrong, and the meaning of l ife. l OS . Facts, Fads, and Fallacies. A study of reason a nd argument on both scientific a nd nonscientific topics . How to evaluate reasoning as i t is found in editorials , speeches, a nd essays. H o w to und erstand and evaluate the reasoning found in reports on scient ific research . 1 1 1 . Philosophy of Religion. H istorical and recent read ings are used to a nalyze issues such as: ex i stence of God , divine attr ibutes, the relation of God to the world, and fa i th a nd reason . Same as R E L I I I .

1 99. Logic and Theory. Proof tec h niques a nd probabi l is t ic reasoning i n the framework of various theories .

Historical Courses 201 . History of Ancient Philosophy. Lecture survey of the development of Western ph i losophy from the prephilosoph ical beginn ings through Aristotle . 202. History of Modern Philosophy . A study of impo rtant ph i losophers from the seventeen th t o the eighteenth century, and of their posit ion in the cultura l history of the West .

Logic and Related Courses 2 1 0 . Introductory Logic. Precise meth ods for formal iz ing arguments, demonstrat ing the ir val id i ty, and proving theorems in fi rst-order symbolic logic. 2 1 1 . Philosophy of Lan guage. A study of ph i losophical q uestions about language and the general nature of language. Prerequis i te : P H L 2 1 0.

2 1 4 . Logical Methods in Philosophy. Classes, relat ions , and funct ions ; formal syntax and semant ics ; modal- , epistemic-, tensed-, and intensional logic, etc . Prerequisite: P H L 2 1 0.

2 1 5 . Intermediate Logic. Formal ax iomatic t reatment of a l ternative systems of theory or higher order logic . Prerequisite : P H L 2 1 0.

2 1 8 . The Philosophy of Mathematics. A study of the nature of mathematics from a phi losophical po in t of view. Prerequi­s i te : PH L 2 1 0 or permission of the i n st ructor.

Ethics and Related Courses 22 1 . Ethics and Society. The appl icat ion of ethica l theory to concrete mora l problems, such as pun i shment , abort ion , and raci sm . 223. Social and Political Philosophy. A n inqui ry into the nature of human society, role of the s tate , and relat ion of mpral to lega l obligation . Same as PSC 28 1 .

224. Philosophy of War. A n examinat ion of the concepts of war, legal a nd moral aspects of j ust war theory, pacif ism, a nd the problem of war and mora l responsib i l i ty . 225 . Ethical Decisions in Medicine. Examinat ion of a select number of moral issues ar is ing in medicine. Topics inc lude abortion , terminat ion of l i fe, experimentat ion on human sub­jects , i nformed consent , refusal of t reatment , and suspension of t reatment . Same as R E L 225.

226. Philosophy of Law. The nat u re of law and legal prac­tice i n relat ion t o ethics .

Traditional Philosophical Disciplines 24 1 . Aesthetics . Critica l examinat ion of some of the major problems i n aest hetics and cons ideration of t he h is torical routes along wh ich they have evolved .

243. Theory of Knowledge. A study of the nature and extent of human knowledge. What is knowledge? Can skept ic ism be refuted? Under what condi t ions a re bel iefs j ust ified or rat ional? Can anyone know what is r ight and wrong? 244. Philosophy of Mind. Quest ions such as : What d ist in­guishes t he mental from the nonmental? H ow? 246. Augustine, Anselm, and Aquinas . Th ree format ive ph i losophical treatments of rel ig ious belief are compared on selected topics such as freedom, providence, and the problem of evi l . Same as R E L 224.

Philosophy of Science 252. Philosophy of Science. An examinat ion of scientific theories, natu re of causal and stat ist ical explanat ion . Prerequi­site : P H L 2 1 0. 254. Philosophy of Psychology. A study of ph i losophical topics relating to psychology. What is a m i nd and can i t be scientifica l ly stud ied? Behavior ism. Just ify ing psycho logical theories . Freed om and determin i sm. The ethics of psychological research .

Philosophy of Religion 260. The Problem of Evi l . Current t rea tments o f such anc ient issues as omnipotence vs . freedom, myst ic ism, ev i l , alternative frameworks of belief. Prerequis i te : one cou rse in phi losophy. Same as REL 226 . 262 . Knowledge, Truth, and Religious Belief. The natu re, l imits , and grounds of knowledge, and the poss ib i l i ty of reli­gious knowledge. Same as R E L 228 .

Seminars 352. Evolution and Revolution in Science. A study of both the h is torical and ph i losophical aspects of a few selected major scient ific changes . Same as H IS 352 . ( 1 983-84) 39 1 . Independent Study in Philosophy. The read ing of ph i losoph ical l i teratu re under guida nce, fo r sen iors maj o ring in phi losophy.

PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

Theodore Castner, Ph . D. ( I l l inois) Professor of Physics

Douglas Cline, Ph . D. ( Manchester) Professor of Physics

Physics and Astronomy 1 13

J . Christopher Dainty, Ph . D . ( London) Associate Professor of Optics and of Physics and Astronomy

David H . Douglass, Jr . , Ph . D. ( M . LT. ) Professor of Physics

Charles B. Duke, Ph . D . ( Princeton) A djunct Professor of Physics

Joseph H. Eberly, Ph . D. (Stanford) Professor of Physics and of Optics

Gerard G. Emch, Ph . D. (Geneva) Professor of Mathematics and of Physics

Thomas Ferbel, Ph. D. ( Yale) Professor of Physics * * J . Bruce French, Ph . D. ( M . L T. ) A ndrew Carnegie

Professor of Physics Harry W. Fulbright, Ph. D. ( Washington) Professor of

Physics * * Harry E. Gove, Ph . D . ( M . L T. ) Professor of Physics

and Director, Nuclear Structure Research Laboratory Carl Richard Hagen, Ph . D. ( M . L T. ) Professor of

Physics H. Lawrence Helfer, Ph. D. (Chicago) Professor of

A stronomy John R. H uizenga, Ph . D. ( I l l inois) Tracy H. Harris

Professor of Chemistry and of Physics Edward H . Jacobsen, Ph . D. ( M . L T. ) Professor of

Physics Robert S. Knox, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Professor of

Physics Daniel S. Koltun, Ph . D. ( Princeton) Professor of

Physics Frederick Lobkowicz, Ph . D. (Edg. Tech . H ochschule

Zurich) Professor of Physics Leonard Mandel , Ph. D. ( London) Professor of

Physics and of Optics Adrian C. Meliss inos, Ph . D. ( M . L T. ) Professor of

Physics Susumu Okubo, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Professor of

Physics * * Stephen L. Olsen, Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Professor of

Physics Malcolm P. Savedoff, Ph . D . ( Princeton) Professor of

Astronomy Stewart L. Sharpless, Ph . D. (Chicago) Professor of

Astronomy Albert Simon, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Professor of

Mechanical Engineering and of Physics Paul Slattery, Ph. D. ( Yale) Professor of Physics Robert L. Sproull , Ph. D. (Cornell) President of the

University and Professor of Physics

· · These fac u l t y have a p p l ied for one or two semesters of leave in 1 982- 83 .

1 14 Arts and Science

Edward H. Thorndi ke, Ph. D . ( Harvard ) Professor of Physics

H ugh Van H orn, Ph . D. (Cornell) Professor of Physics and Astronomy and Chairman of the Department

* * Emil Wolf, Ph . D . ( Bristol) , D. S . ( Edinburgh) Professor of Physics and of Optics

Arie Bodek, Ph . D . ( M . l . T. ) Associate Professor of Physics

* * Vasudev Kenkre, Ph . D. ( S U N Y, Stony Brook) Associate Professor of Physics

Judith L. Pipher, Ph. D. (Cornell) Associate Professor of Astronomy and Director of the C. £. Kenneth Mees Observatory

David L. Clark, Ph . D. ( M innesota) Assistant Professor of Physics

Thomas M . Cormier, Ph. D. ( M . l .T . ) Assistant Professor of Physics

Ashok Das, Ph . D . ( S U N Y, Stony Brook) Assistant Professor of Physics

Will iam J . Forrest, Ph . D . (California, San Diego) Assistant Professor of Astronomy

Warren W. Johnson, Ph . D . ( Rutgers) Assistant Professor of Physics

Robert W. Boyd, Ph . D. (Cal ifornia, Berkeley) Associate in the Mees Observatory; Assistant Professor of Optics

David Meisel, Ph . D . ( Ohio State) Associate in the Mees Observatory

John H. Thomas, Ph . D . ( Purdue) Associate in the Mees Observatory; Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Michael D. Anthony, A . S . ( M onroe Community) Assistant to the Chairman

Sidney W. Barnes, Ph . D . (Cornell) Professor Emeritus of Physics

Ell iott W. Montroll , Ph. D. ( Pittsburgh) Albert Einstein Professor Emeritus of Physics and of Chemistry

Approximately 20 teaching fello ws assist the faculty in the presen tation of the teaching program.

The Department of Physics and Astronomy provides a spectrum of opportun ities fo r undergrad uates ranging from int rod uctory courses for the nonscientist to com­plete degree programs leading to the B .A . and B .S . in phys ics or in physics and astronomy. Because of i t s active programs leading to degrees at the master's and doctoral leve ls, numerous advanced courses are avai l­able to the undergraduate seeking an ed ucation in depth .

· - These fac ul ty have a p p l i ed for o n e o r t w o semesters o f leave i n 1 982-83.

Freshman and sopho more students wishing eventually to major in physics or astronomy are urged to express their intent to the Department, whereupon they will be assigned a departmental adviser. However, fo l lowing general Col lege policy, students are not formally ac­cepted as physics or astronomy co ncentrators until the end of their sophomore year.

Astronomy programs are described on page 1 1 7 .

General Course Information

Of particular interest to students not concentrating in the natural sciences are Physics 1 00, Astronomy 1 02, and Astronomy 1 04, each a broad survey of selected topics in their field , requ iring no special background. For those desiri ng a working knowledge of bas ic physics, Physics 1 1 3- 1 1 4 and Physics 1 2 1 - 1 23 are appropriate, both requ iring a background in high school scie nce and mathematics . Astronomy 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 , a co mprehensive sur­vey of astrono my, req uires the same background . The int roductory seq uence for students intending to major in physics or astronomy is 1 2 1 - 1 23 or 1 3 3- 1 36 .

I t is possi ble for students to enter the physics se­quences with advanced standi ng, based on scores on an Advanced Placement test and an interview.

Concentration in Physics

The B .S . degree in physics is intensive and provides strong preparat ion for any graduate school i n physics or a closely re lated science . The B . A . program is appropri­ate for students desir ing a broader academic experience. It also provides flex ibi l i ty in plann ing, as might be req uired, for example, in a j oint degree with another department.

General Requirements

M ost requ irements fo r the fi rst two years of the B . A . and B. S . degrees are the same : • An introd uctory physics sequence: 1 2 1 - 1 23 or 1 3 3-

1 36 or 1 2 1 , 1 3 5 , 1 36 with co rresponding laboratory courses 1 8 1 , 1 82, 1 8 3 . The second seq uence covers the same material as the fi rst , but at a deeper physical and mathematical leve l . Students are encouraged to enter the 1 3 3- 1 36 seq uence as early as possible .

.

• Four terms of mathemat ics : 1 6 1 , 1 62, 1 63 , 1 64 or 1 7 1 , ....,." 1 72, 1 73 , 1 74.

• In the B . S . progra m only, two introductory courses in the natural sciences other than physics and mathemat-

ics (Group I I J ) . This requirement does not apply to the B .A . program, but may be an option (see under B.A. program, below).

The B . A . and B . S . progra ms of study should be planned by the student in consultation with the depart­mental adviser at the end of the sophomore year and are subject to departmental approval .

B.A. Program

Requirements beyond the first two years: • Five semesters of 200-level physics or astronomy

courses . I f more than one is astronomy, the physics and astronomy degree may be more appropriate .

• Two addit ional courses which can be 200-level physics courses , 200-leve l mathemat ics courses , or other science or engi neering courses (not necessarily at the 200 level ) .

B.S. Program

Requirements beyond the first two years: • Eight courses in physics at the 200 level or beyond,

inc luding at least one term of Advanced Laboratory (243, 244); 2 1 7 , 2 1 8 , 227, 235 , 238 , 247, and o ne of the 250-series co urses are recommended . The latter cover special ized subjects such as nuclear and particle phys­ics, solid state physics, biophysics, physics and modern technology, and energy and environment . Other areas can be arranged as independent study.

• Two courses in advanced mathematics : MTH 28 1 , 282 or ME 20 1 , 202 are recom mended .

A synopsis of a typical B . S . program fol lows:

First Year Physics 1 2 1 or 1 3 3 Math 1 6 1 or 1 7 1 Engl ish requ i rement Group I I

Second Year Physics 1 22 , 1 23 or 1 3 5

. Physics 1 82 Math 1 63 0 r 1 73 Foreign language

( Group 1 ) * Group I I I

Physics 1 2 1 , 1 22, o r 1 34 Physics 1 8 1 Math 1 62 o r 1 72 Group I I Elective

Physics 1 23 , 1 36 or a 200 course

Physics 1 8 3 Math 1 64 or 1 74 Group I I E lective

Third Year Physics 2 1 7 Physics 235 Math 28 1 Elective Elective

Fourth Year Physics 243 Physics 247 Elective Elective

Physics and A Sfronomy 1 15

Physics 2 1 8 Physics 238 Math 282 E lect ive E lect ive

Physics 227 One course from among Physics

244, 25 1 , 253, 393, etc. E lect ive E lect ive

• M ost s t u d e n t s can com plete t h e i r foreign la nguage req u i rements w i t h o n e term of col lege w o r k . St udents w h o n e e d m o re t ha n one c o u rse m u s t take t he add i t ional work in place of elect ives .

Concentration in Physics and

Astronomy

The programs leading to the B . A . and B . S . degrees i n physics and astronomy are general ly s imilar to the cor­responding programs in physics . Students planning to pursue graduate study should elect the B . S . program; they are encouraged to take advantage of opportunities fo r read ing or research provided by Astronomy 39 1 in the senior year. The program as described below may be modified to fulfi l l the students' legit imate academic goals . Approval from the astronomy adviser is req uired for al l degree programs. The 200-level astronomy courses are offered in a two-year cycle.

General Requirements

Requirements fo r the fi rst two years are the same as those for the B . A. and B . S . in physics, except that Astronomy I I I , 1 1 2 are normally taken in place of the introd uctory Group II courses in the fi rst year.

B . A . Pro gram

Requirements beyond the first two years: • Two of the fo l lowing: Astro nomy 203 , 232, 24 1 , 242,

including at least one of Astronomy 24 1 , 242 . • Three addit ional semesters of 200-level physics or

ast ronomy courses. • Two additional technical courses, which can be 200-

level physics courses, 200-leve l mathematics courses,

1 16 A rts and Science

or other science or engineering courses (not neces­sarily at the 200 level ) .

B.S. Program

Requirements beyond the first two years: • Six courses in physics at the 200 level or beyond: 2 1 7 , 227, 235 , 238 , 247 are recommended . • Two courses in advanced mathematics: M T H 28 1 , 282 or ME 20 1 , 202 are recommended . • Three of the fol lowing: Astronomy 203, 232 , 24 1 , 242, including at least one of Astronomy 24 1 , 242. • One advanced course in natural sciences (Group I I I ) related to astrophysics (e .g . , Geology 28 J ) .

A synopsis of a typical B . S . program fol lows:

First Year Physics 1 2 1 or 1 33 Math 1 6 1 Astronomy I I I E ngl ish requ i rement

Second Year Physics 1 22 , 1 23 or 1 35 Physics 1 82 Math 1 63 Foreign language

( Group 1 )* Group I I elective

Third Year Physics 227 Physics 235 Math 28 1 o r ME 20 1 Astronomy 232 Elective

Fourth Year Physics 2 1 7 Physics 247 E lective E lect i ve

Physics 1 2 1 , 1 22 , or 1 34 Physics 1 8 1 Math 1 62 Astronomy 1 1 2 E lective

Physics 1 23 , 1 36 or a 200 course

Physics 1 83 Math 1 64 Group I I elective Elect ive

Physics elective, e .g . , 2 1 8 Physics 238 Math 282 or ME 202 Astrono my 24 1 Elective

Group I I I e lect ive Astronomy 242 Elective E lective Elect ive

· M ost s tudents can comp lete t h e i r foreign la nguage req u i rements i n one term. Students needing m o re t h a n one term must take the necessary cou rses i n place of electives.

Courses of I nstructi on

Physics 1 00 . The Nature of the Physical World . To acquaint stu­dents outside the sciences with some curre nt ideas on the natu re of t he physical world. No p rerequis i tes . 1 1 3 . General Physics 1 . Part of a two-semester sequence, sui table for students in the l i fe sciences. Mechanics , the rmo­dynamics , optics, and v i s ion . I ncludes laboratory work. P re­requis i tes : prior i nt rod uctory k nowledge of calculus; M T H 1 6 1 o r 1 4 1 ( may be taken concurrent ly) . 1 1 4 . General Physics I I . Electromagnetism, atomic and nu­clear physics, e lectro nics . I ncludes laboratory work . Prerequi­site : P H Y 1 1 3 . 1 2 1 . Mechanics. Fi rst of a t h ree- o r fou r-semester sequence for students i n the sciences and engineering. Newton's laws of motion, conservat ion of energy a nd momentum, a ngular momentum, gravitat ion , thermodyna mics . Prerequis i tes : pr ior in t roductory knowledge of calculus ; MTH 1 6 1 ( may be taken concurrent ly) . ( Fa l l and spring semesters) 1 2 2 . Electricity and Magnetism . Second i n the t h ree- or four-semester sequence for s tudents in the sciences and engi­neering. A t reatment of electricity and magnet ism beginning with Cou lomb's law and cu lminat ing in Maxwell's equat ions and electromagnetic waves . Prerequis i tes : P H Y 1 2 1 ; MTH 1 62 ( may be taken concurrent ly) . ( Fa l l and spr ing semesters) 1 23 . Modern Physics . Th i rd of the three-semester sequence, normal ly taken by nonconcent ra tors . S pecial relativity, in­terference and d i ffract ion, h is torical development of modern physics, i ntroduct ion to quantum mechanics and appl icat ions thereof. Pre requis i tes : P H Y 1 22; MTH 1 63 ( may be taken con­cu rrent ly) . ( Fal l and spring semesters) 1 33 . Physics 1 . Mechanics. A rigorous i nt rod uct ion to phys­ics, i ntended for concentrators , with focus on mechanics. M T H 1 6 1 or 1 7 1 may b e taken concurrently . ( Fal l semester) 1 34 . Physics 11 . Mechanics and Thermodynamics. Comple­tion of mechanics , wave motion, special re lativity, k inetic theory, and thermodynamic fundamentals . Prerequis i te : P H Y 1 33 . M T H 1 62 or 1 72 may b e taken concurrent ly . ( S pr ing semester) 1 35 . Physics 1 1 1 . Electricity and Magnetism. Basic electricity and magnet i sm, lead i ng up to Maxwell's equat ions . Prerequi­s i te : PH Y 1 2 1 o r 1 34 . MTH 1 63 or 1 73 may be taken concur­rently. ( Fal l semester) 1 36 . Physics IV . Electromagnetic Waves and Modern Physics. Electromagnetic waves, optics, and mostly modern p hysics . P rerequis i te : P H Y 1 22 o r 1 3 5 . M T H 1 64 o r 1 74 may be taken concu rrently. ( S p ring semester) 1 8 1 . Mechanics Laboratory. Credi t- I hour. E xper iments on l inear and angular momentum, osci l lat ions, resonance. P re­requis i te : PH Y 1 2 1 ( may be taken concurrently, t h o ugh th i s is not recommended ) . ( Fa l l and spring semesters)

1 82 . Electromagnetism Laboratory. Cred i t- I hour. Experi­ments on DC and AC c i rcuits , magnet i sm. Prerequis i te : P H Y 1 22 ( may b e taken concurrent ly, though th i s i s n o t recom­mended) . ( Fal l and spring semesters) 1 83 . Modern Physics Laboratory. Credit- I hour. Experi­ments on electronic charge, light, microwaves, scattering. Pre­requis i te : P H Y 1 23 o r 1 3 5 ( may be taken concurrent ly) . ( Spring semester) 2 1 7 . Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism I. Fie lds, po­tentials , multi poles, d ielectrics, i nduct ion . Maxwe ll's equat ions . Prerequis ites:' PHY 1 22 ; advanced calcu lus taken concurrently. 2 1 8 . Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism II. E lectro­magnetic waves, reflect ion and refract ion, waveguides and resonant cavit ies, radiat ion, dispers ion, electrodynamics . Pre­requisites : P H Y 2 1 7 ; advanced calcu lus taken concurrent ly. 227. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Statistical Me­chanics. A survey of thermodynamics , from both t he classical and the statistical points of view. 235. Classical Mechanics. Potential t heory. Lagrangian dy­namics, central forces , coordinate transformat ions , rigid-body motion . Prerequ isite : advanced calculus ( may be taken con­currently) . 238. Quantum Theory I . Origins of quantum theo ry, Schro­d inge r's equat i o n , a p p r o x i ma t i o n me thods , many-part ic le systems and sp in . Prerequisi tes : PHY 235 , MTH 28 1 . 243. Advanced Laboratory I . Experiments i n atomic, nu­clear, and sol id state physics . Lectu res on statist ics, detecto r theory, electronic funct ional assem bl ies , scattering theory. Pre­requisites: P H Y 227 and 238 ( may be taken concurre nt ly) . 244. Advanced Laboratory II . Same as Physics 243 . Stu­dents can take one o r two terms of Physics 243 , 244, start ing with either course . 247. Quantum Theory II . Formal quantum mecha nics, sym­met ries and angular momentum, electromagnetic effects, scat­tering, relativist ic quantum theory. P rerequisite : P H Y 238 . 251 . Introduction to Sol id State Physics. Periodic poten­tials , free electron gas, phase t ransi t ions, e lementary excitat ions, and i mperfect ions . Prereq uis i te : P H Y 238 . 253 . Biological Physics. Physical aspects of special topics in bio logy. Prerequis i te : P H Y 227 , 238 . 254. Nuclear and Particle Physics. N uclei , nuclear forces, conservat ion laws . Elementary particles, the i r interact ions , a nd static properties . Prerequis ite : P H Y 238 . 255. Physics in Modern Technology I . Physica l bas i s of computers, communicat ion systems, propuls ion, and power generat ion; physics of special mater ials . Propert ies of polymeric substances, including biopolymers . 256. Physics in Modern Technology II . Continuation of Physics 255, which is prerequis i te . Given on demand. 258. Energy and Environment. A broad survey of the energy­environment field, for science and e ngineering concentrators . Prerequisites : t h ree semesters of p hysics, two semesters of mat h .

Physics and Astronomy 1 1 7

26 1 . Physical Optics I . See O PT 26 1 . 262. Physical Optics II . See OPT 262. 383. Special Topics in Physics . Selected topics offered when justified by sufficient interest . 39 1 . Independent Study. Normal ly open to seniors concen­t rat ing in physics . 393. Senior Project. Complet ion of an independent research proj ect under the d i rection of a faculty member.

Astronomy

1 02 . Topics in Modern Astronomy. To acquaint the non­physical science concentrator wi th deve lopment of in te rest in modern astronomy. Primarily concerned with stud ies of the stars , material between the stars , and cosmology. Not a substi­tute for Astronomy 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 . ( Fal l a nd s p ring terms) 1 04 . Topics in Space Sciences. Designed to acquaint the nonp hysical science concentrat or wi th aspects of the historical and modern study of the solar system, including resul ts from rocket space probe studies . 1 1 1 . Elementary Astronomy I . To p rovide a general knowl­edge of t he un ive rse as well as some understanding of the tech­n iques and log ica l methods by w h i c h such k n owledge i s obtained . Laboratory included. 1 1 2 . Elementary Astronomy I I . Continuat ion o f Astronomy I l l . 203. Astronomical Techniques. A survey course designed to acquaint the student with techniques of observational astron­omy. Topics covered include statist ical tech niques, computer­ized i mage processing, in t roduct ion to F O R T H , and electronic ins t ru mentat i o n . Prerequ i s i t e s : one year of undergraduate astronomy and one year of in t roductory physics or permiss ion of t he inst ructor. ( 1 983-84) 232. Dynamics and Statistics of Star Systems. Mass, d is­ta nce, and space mot ions of the s tars a re used to d iscover a nd interpret the dynamical propert ies of our galaxy. Fa mi liarity with Physics 235 and Astronomy 1 1 2 is advised . 241 . Astrophysics I . Stel lar atmospheres and the interstel lar med ium. Topics in rad io and cosmic ray astronomy. Prerequi­s i te : P H Y 238 . 242. Astrophysics I I . Evolut ionary p rocesses in the planets , stars , and un ive rse. Mainly evolution of stars . Pre requisites : P H Y 227 and 238. ( 1 983-84) 383. Special Topics in Astronomy. Selected topics offered when j ust ified by sufficient interest . 39 1 . Independent Study. N ormally open to seniors concen­t rat ing in physics and astronomy. 393. Senior Project. Com plet ion of an independent research project under the d i rect ion of a faculty member.

1 18 A rts and Science

POLITICAL SCIENCE William Theodore Bluhm, Ph .D . (Chicago) Professor

of Polit ical Science * * Bruce Bueno de Mesquita, Ph. D. ( M ichigan)

Professor of Political Science Richard Francis Fenno, J r. , Ph . D . ( Harvard ) William

Kenan Professor of Political Science Bernard R. Gifford, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Vice President

for Student Affairs and Professor of Political Science Eric A. Hanushek, Ph . D . ( M . LT. ) Professor of

Political Science and of Economics; Director of the Public Policy A nalysis Program

John E. M ueller, Ph . D . (California, Los Angeles) Professor of Political Science

* * Richard G. Niemi, Ph . D. ( M ichigan) Professor of Political Science and Chairman of the Department

* * S . Peter Regenstreif, Ph. D. (Cornell) Professor of Political Science and of Canadian Studies

* * Will iam H . Riker, Ph . D . ( Harvard) Joseph C. Wilson Professor of Political Science and University Dean of Graduate Studies

Bruce Ja�obs, Ph. D. ( Harvard ) Associate Professor of Political Science

Russell Roberts, Ph .D . (Chicago) Assistant Professor of Political Science and of Economics

Harold W. Stanley, Ph . D. ( Yale ) Assistant Professor of Political Science

David L . Weimer, Ph . D. (California, Berkeley) Assistant Professor of Political Science

* * M ichael J. Wolkoff, Ph . D . ( M ichigan) Assistant Professor of Political Science

Larry Bartels, M . A. (Yale) InstruclOr in Political Science

William Edwin Diez, Ph . D. (Chicago) Professor Emeritus of Political Science

Glenn Gordon Wi ltsey, Ph. D. (Chicago) Professor Emeritus of Political Science

The Department uses six to eight teaching assistants in PSC 10 1 and 102.

" These fac u l t y h a ve a p p l ied f o r one or t w o se mesters of leave in 1 982-83 .

The Department of Poli tical Science offers programs lead ing to the B. A . degree, the B . A . degree with honors, and , at the graduate level, the M . A . , M . S . (publ ic policy), and Ph. D. degrees . . .

Social science, as a whole, offers general Izat IOns about human behavior, motives, i nteractions , goals, etc. I t differs thus from those approaches that interpret unique events . I n order to teach students how to generalize, the progra m in political science offe rs i nstru�tion about both theory and testing theory aga inst . det

.aI ls obs.erved

in the polit ical world . This contras ts With i nstruct ion I n political science in many other universities where the�e I S l ittle inst ruct ion on how to general Ize. These generalIza­tions are des igned to explain the principles that underlie the reality of polit ics . . . .

Political science, as one of several SOCial SCiences, I S concerned wi th a particular k ind of social interaction and human goals , namely, the conflict involved In attempting to enforce certain moral and material val�es . Since this interaction, which is often called the pursUit of power or the attempt to win, usually takes place in the setting of governmental institutions, the progra m of the Department offers instructi on abo

.ut polItl�al conflict In

a variety of settings: local and natIOnal polIt ical systems and the international world .

The ultimate purpose of this program is, l ike the pur­pose of all science, to help students understand more profoundly some features of the natural world . In this sense it is s imply one among many li beral studies . But it also has a professional applicat ion, in the sense that the portion of nature studied is of particular interest to those planning a career in law, government, and bUSi ness manage ment. To this end, the Department offers a 3-2 progra m in public policy analysis, in which a student can earn both a bachelor's degree in his or her undergraduate major and a master's degree in policy analysis in five years. Furthermore, the Department sponsors a number of internship opportunities with the local d istrict attor­ney and pu blic defender, the state legislature , the U . S . H ouse o f Representatives, a n d t h e Briti sh H ouse of Commons.

General Course Information

Political Science 1 0 1 a nd 1 02 are recom mended, but not required, for concentration . Only o ne of these courses may be counted toward the total requirement for concentrat ion.

Concentration R equirements in Political

Science

A total of I I courses: I . Eight courses i n political science of which at least

seven must be beyond 1 02 . Of the seven advanced courses, four must be d istributed as follows: a . One course in Techniques of Analysi s . PSC 200 or

20 I i s recommended, but this requirement may also be satisfied by either Statistics 1 65 or 2 1 1 . Students should attempt to fu lfi l l this requ irement before the end of the fi rst semester of their j un ior year.

b. One course in Political Theory. c . One course in either American Po litics or Public

Policy. d. One course i n either Comparative Politics or I n­

ternational Relations . 2 . Th ree courses const i tut ing a n a l l ied fie l d . These

courses should usually come from offerings at the 200 level or higher, but in some instances I OO-Ievel courses may be acceptable . A l ist of approved 1 00-level courses is avai lable from the departmental adviser. All allied field courses will typically be taken in the same department, but an al l ied field that is composed of a mixture of courses from different departments can be substituted with the permission of the depart­mental adviser.

The 3-2 Program in Public Policy Analysis

Many individuals are motivated to study the social sciences by the possibil ity of eventually pursuing careers related to some phase of the deve lopment, imple menta­tion, or evaluation of public po licy. Currently there is a large unmet demand for sophisticated analysts with such career interests . The Public Policy Analysis Program i s an interdiscipl inary program designed to develop the mixture of sk i l l s required by i nd ivid ua ls who wish to enter this field . The tra in ing combi nes the analytical methods of economics and pol itical science, statistical techniques, k nowledge of particular substantive areas, and practical experience.

The progra m, which leads to an M . S . ( pu blic pol icy) degree , normally requires two years to complete . H ow­ever, a l imited number of undergraduates also may take the program as a 3-2 opt ion . Students interested in this program should consult the Public Policy Analysis Pro­gram description on page 1 27 . Applications and further information can be obtained in Harkness Hall 3 1 2 .

Courses of I nstructi on

Political Science 1 1 9

1 0 1 . European Political Systems. A comparative study of the poi i t ical process of se lected Europea n states , inc luding Great Britai n, France, and the Soviet U nion . 1 02 . The American Political System. A n ana lysis of the process of pol i t ical confl ict , barga in ing, coa l i t ion format ion, and inst i tut ions in the U . S . 391 . Independent Study. Work beyond regu lar course offer­ings is d one by arra ngement with the Department . 394. Internships. Combined work-study i n the publ ic de­fender's or d ist rict attorney's office. Also, one semester's work in Albany as a legislative staff member. 396. Washington Semester Program. One semester's work in Washington, D .C . , as a member of the staff of a U . S . Senator or Representative.

I . Techniques of Analysis 200. A pplied Data Analysis. Computer use and statistical work i n substa ntive pol i t ical research . N o knowledge of the computer or statist ics is requ i red . 201 . Political Inquiry. I ntroduct ion to the ph i losophy of science and scient ific approaches to po l i t i c s ; app l icat ions in cr i t ica l analysis and original research . 403 . Mathematical Modeling. An in t roduct ion to mathe­matical appl icat ions i n pol it ical science. Same as P PA 403 . 404. Introduction to Statistical Methods. Statist ical meth­ods for polit ical science. Same as PPA 404. 405. Multivariate Statistica l Methods. Addi t iona l ins truc­t ion in stat ist ical methods, w i th special emphasis on the theory and appl icat ion of mUlt ip le regress ion ana lysis as i t applies to polit ics . Same as P PA 405 . 406. Design and Analysis of Survey Studies. Rat ionale and methods for su rvey studies of polit ical behavi or. Planning stage, collect ion , processing, and analysis of data. Same as PPA 406.

2. American Politics 2 1 0 . Political Parties and Elections. A n analysis of pol i t ical parties; e lectoral behavior; party organizat ion , leadersh ip , a nd strategy. 2 1 1 . Electoral Behavior and Political Socialization. Expla­nat ions of vot ing behavior and effects of vot ing on pol i t ical systems . Pol i t ical learning at the pre-ad ul t stage. ( 1 983-84) 2 1 5 . The Legislative Process. An a na lysis of decis ion mak­ing i n legis lat ive bodies . Maj o r emphasis on the U . S . Congress . 2 1 7 . Polit ics and Mass Media. The in teract ion of pol it ics and mass med ia, focus ing on tec hniques of opinion manipula­t ion , campaigning, and the use of pol ls . ( 1 983-84) 2 1 9 . The Constitution: Then and Now. A study of the events and ideas involved i n the wri t ing of the U . S . Constitut ion and

120

a consideration of the present form of the Const itut ion in operation.

222 . The Presidency. A study of recent presidential cam­paigns and presidential leadership i n both foreign and domestic policy.

223. Constitutional Politics . A study of j udicial decision making, with emphasis on civil rights and liberties.

227. Modern Southern Politics. A nalyzes recent changes and the resistance to change in Southern polit ics, particularly civil rights gains and political development .

3. Public Policy 233. Public Policy Model ing. Application of microeconomic and organizational theories to several public policy areas .

235. Organizational Theory and Behavior. An analysis of individual and collective behavior in public and private organi­zat ions . Various explanations of bureaucratic decisio n making and performance are considered . 237. Domestic Public Policy. The content , rati onale, as­sumptions, and development of selected d o mestic policies. The use of social science theories and findings in policy formation and evaluation.

24 1 . The Criminal Justice System. A n analysis of crime, the police, and the courts in America, with consideration of various policy alternatives .

242. The Federal Courts and Public Policy Making. An appraisal of the capacity of courts to make and i mplement social policy. Same as P PA 442.

244. Urban Problems and Prospects. Focuses on the condi­t ions of urban America and the prospects for change. Particular emphasis is placed on designing policy responses to such issues as urban fi scal d istress, sun belt vs . snow belt, people vs. places, and equity in service provision . Same as P PA 444.

245. Aging and Public Policy. Covers policies in such areas as social security, public assistance, health care, and social services for the elderly. Same as PPA 445 .

430. Public Policy R esearch Methods. A survey o f t h e var­ious techniques and approaches used by policy makers a nd social scientists to plan government programs and evaluate their outcomes. A familiarity with basic statistics is assumed . Same as P PA 430.

43 1 . Public Policy Workshop I . Development, integrat ion, and application of analytic techniques to public policy p rob­lems. Same as P PA 43 1 .

432. Public Policy Workshop I I . Continuation of Political Science 43 1 , with emphasis on pol icy implementation and making analysis useful to decision makers. Same as PPA 432. 434. Independent Study in Public Policy.

460. Energy Policy. Provides analytical approaches to ana­lyzing energy policies. Considers both economic and political concerns in u . S . energy policy.

Political Science 121

540 . Ethics and Public Policy. An examinat ion of salient ethical issues in pu blic policy decision making. Special empha­sis on areas of health policy. Same as P P A 540.

54! . Urban Policy. An investigation of the political econ­omy of urban areas. Develops a conceptual basis for under­standing urban policies at the local, state, and federal levels . Same as P PA 54 1 .

4 . Comparative Politics 250. Problems in Comparative Politics. An examination of topics in comparative polit ical analysis . M aj o r emphasis is on aspects of divis ion and conflict i n Western Europe. 251 . Comparative Political Life. A study of t he way in which indigenous values affect political behavior. Prerequisite: per­mission of the instructor. ( 1 983-84) 252 . Politics in Canada. An analysis of the Canadian politi­cal system. Comparisons with British and U . S . systems wil l be stressed .

253. Contemporary British Politics. An examination of the pol i t ical process in Britain, emphasizing comparisons with the U . S . and other Western countries .

263 . Politics of India. An exploration of the origin s of modern polit ical in stitutions in India t h rough an examination of cultural , h istorical, and polit ical i nfluences o n the polit ical system. ( 1 983-84)

5. International Relations 270. I nternational Politics . A n examination of foreign pol­icy and world politics, especially for the period s ince World War I I .

272. I nternational Relations Theory. A survey o f approaches to theory building in international relat ions, with some empha­sis on attempts to explain war and its causes.

275. National Security Policy. A n examination of the prob­lems of war and peace in the nuclear era.

276. Causes and Consequences of War. An examination of theories pertaining to war's causes and consequences as well as the available empirical evidence. ( 1 983-84) 278. The War in Vietnam. A seminar on polit ical and mili­tary aspects of the war in Vietnam fro m its begin nings in the mid- 1 950s unti l its end in the mid- 1 970s . It is strongly recom­mended that PSC 270 or equivalent be taken fi rst . Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.

6. Political Theory 280. The Greek Political Classics . A detailed comparative study of Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle . Comparisons with modern political theories .

281 . The Modern Political Classics: The Philosophy of Free­dom. Systematic political theories from H o bbes to Nietzsche. Same as P H L 223 .

122 A rts and Science

284. American Ideologies: The Cultural Background of Public Policy. I nd ividual ist and communitar ian themes i n A merican pol i t ical cul ture . Contemporary ideologica l patterns: l iberal ism, conservat ism, radical left and r ight . 285. Strategy in Politics. A n examinat ion of recent descrip­t ive theories of pol i t ical behavior ( i ncluding theories derived from the t heory of games, social choice theory, and economic models) i n order to arrive at a general theory of pol i t ical s trategy. 289. Scope of Political Science. A ph i losoph ical analysis of t he logic of theory construction in pol it ical science. 483 . Theories of Political Democracy. Focuses on d ifferent theories that have been important i n the emp i rical study of pol i t ics i n democracies . Current focus i s o n representat ion, responsiveness, a nd c i t izen control . 486. Game Theory. A considerat ion of theories of pol i t ical s trategy, wi th special emphasis on the theory of games.

Seminars in Political S cience and the

Honors Program

Qualified students are urged to consider taking a 300-level seminar during the j u nior or sen ior year. These seminars carry eight hours of cred it since t hey require more than the usual amount of work . Enrollment re­quires permission of the instructor . Classes are a mixture of graduate and undergraduate students and typically number about 1 0 .

Students wishing to grad uate with honors in political science must fulfil l the normal requirements of the undergraduate concentra t ion and mus t in add i t ion undertake an honors project by enroll ing in a year-long course sequence ( PS C 393, Senior Project, or PSC 39 1 , I ndependent Study) . Such courses may be cou nted toward the completion of the normal requirements of the concentration . Typically, the project involves a paper describing the results of the work, but the project itself may involve data analysis , l ibrary research, or the com­plet ion of an experiment or survey. The project must be evaluated by at least two members of the Department . The Department collectively administers the honors require ments and: makes recommendations for the level of h onors to be awarded. A wards of course credit and of honors are separate: Students may receive course credit but not honors for their work If that seems appropriate. If so awarded, a student graduates with honors, high honors, or highest honors. Applications for the honors progra m should be submitted during the spring of the j unior year.

Students a re u rged to make plans well i n advance, since not all seminars are offered every year.

305. Advanced Statistical Methods.

3 1 1 . Political Socialization and Electoral Behavior.

3 1 5 . Legislative Behavior.

34 1 . Urban Policy .

348. National Security Policy .

350. Problems of Comparative Politics.

36 1 . Political Development.

372. Theories of I nternational Politics.

38 1 . Special Topics in Political Philosophy .

382. Recent Political Philosophy .

386. Positive Political Theory.

393 . Reading and Research for H onors. Credit-4 or 8 hours .

PSYCHOLOGY

Robert Ader, P h . D . ( Cornell) Professor of Psychology and of Psychiatry

* * R obert Chapman, P h . D . ( Brown) Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science

Kenneth E. Clark , P h . D . (Ohio State) Dean Emeritus of the Co{{ege of A rts and Science and Professor of Psychology

E mory L. Cowen, P h . D. (Syracuse) Professor of Psychology and of Psychiatry

Rue L. Cromwell, Ph . D . (Ohio Sate) Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology

Edward L. Deci , Ph . D . ( Carnegie- Mellon) Professor of Psychology and of Behavioral Science

Robert W. Doty, Ph . D . ( Chicago) Professor in the Center for Brain Research, of Physiology, of Psychology, and in the Center for Visual Science

Herbert Ginsburg, Ph . D. (North Carolina) Professor of Education and of Psychology

Gerald A . Gladstein, Ph . D . ( Chicago) Professor of Education and of Psychology

James R . I son , Ph . D . ( M ichigan) Professor of Psychology and Chairman of the Department; Professor of Radiation Biology and Biophysics

Victor G. Laties, P h . D . ( Rochester) Professor of Radiation Biology and Biophysics, of Pharmacology, and of Psychology

" " These facul ty h a ve a p p l i e d fo r one or two semesters of leave i n 1 982-83 .

Walter Makous, Ph . D. ( Brown) Professor of Psychology and Director of the Center for Visual Science

Dale W. McAdam, Ph . D . ( I owa) Professor of Psychology and Associate Professor of Neurology

Arthur R . Orgel, P h . D . ( Florida State) Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology

Leonard F. Salzman, Ph . D . ( Rochester) Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology

Jerome S . Schwartzbaum, Ph . D . ( Stanford ) Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Brain Research

Garth Thomas, P h . D . ( Harvard ) Professor in the Center for Brain Research, of Psychology, and of Neurology

Bernard Weiss , Ph . D . ( Rochester) Professor of Radiation Biology and Biophysics, in the Center for Brain Research and of Psychology

Ladd Wheeler, Ph . D. ( Mi nnesota) Professor of Psychology

Melvin Zax , Ph . D. (Tennessee) Professor of Psychology and of Psychiatry

Clara Baldwin, Ph . D. (Stanford) Associate Professor of Psychology and of Education

Phil ip W. Davidson, Ph . D . ( George Washington) Associate Professor of Pediatrics and of * Psychology

Lee J . Grota, Ph . D . ( Purdue) A ssociate Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology

Patrick John Hayes, Ph . D . ( Ed inburgh) Luce Associate Professor of Cognitive Science, of Philosophy, of Psychology, and of Computer Science

Carol Kellogg, Ph . D . ( Rochester) Associate Professor of Psychology

Rafael Klorman, Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Associate Professor of Psychology

Peter Lennie, Ph .D . (Cambridge) A ssociate Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science

Harry Reis , Ph . D . (New York) Associate Professor of Psychology and of * Education

David A. Taylor, Ph. D . (California, I rvine) A ssociate Professor of Psychology

** Susan K . Whit bourne, Ph . D . (Columbia) Associate Professor of Education and of Psychology

" Miron Zuckerman , Ph . D. ( Harvard) A ssociate Professor of Psychology

Ha�old Bernard , Ph . D. ( Rochester) A ssistant - ,. Professor of Psychiatry and of * Psychology Eric D. Bowman, Ph . D. ( Missouri ) Staff Psychologist

in Counseling and Psychological Services and * Assistant Professor of Psychology

Cristine Chandler, Ph . D . ( Denver) Research Associate and * Assistant Professor of Psychology

Psychology 123

Robert Cole, Ph . D. (Cornell) A ssis tant Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology

James Connel l , Ph . D . ( Denver) Assistant Professor of Education and of Psychology

Gary S . Dell , Ph . D. (Toronto) Assistant Professor of Psychology

Robert C. Emerson, P h . D . ( Pennsylvania) Research Associate in the Center for Visual Science; Assistant Professor in the Center for Visual Science and of Psychology

Mary M . Fox, P h . D . ( Duke) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology

Ann Frodi , P h . D . ( Goteborg) A ssistant Professor of Psychology

Sheila Ginsburg, Ph . D . ( M issouri ) Research A ssociate and * A ssistant Professor of Psychology

James E. Jones, Ph . D. (California, Los Angeles) A ssis tant Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology

Deborah Larrance, Ph . D . ( Roc hester) Research Associate and * Assistant Professor of Psychology

Sheldon Malett, Ph . D . ( Rochester) A cting Director of Counseling and Psychological Services and * A ssistant Professor of Psychology

John L. Orr, Ph . D . ( Michigan) Postdoctoral Fellow in Radiation Biology and Biophysics and * Assistant Professor of Psychology

Deborah Ossip , Ph . D . ( Pittsburgh) Assistant Professor of Psychology

Tatiana Pasternak , Ph . D . (Copenhagen) Research Associate and * Assistant Professor of Psychology

Richard Ryan, Ph . D. ( Rochester) A ssistant Professor of Psychology

Allan J . Schwartz, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and of Psychology; Psychologist, University Health Service

Steven L. S mal l , Ph . D. ( Maryland) Assistant Professor of Computer Science and of Psychology

Judith S metana, Ph . D. ( California, Santa Cruz) Assistant Professor of Education and of Psychology

Craig Twentyman, Ph . D . ( Wisconsin) A ssistant Professor of Psychology

Sheldon Wagner, Ph . D . ( Harvard) Assistant Professor of Psychology

Roger Weissberg, Ph . D . ( R ochester) Research Associate and * Assistant Professor of Psychology

David Will iams, Ph . D . (California, San Diego) Assistant Professor of Psychology and in the Center

for Visual Science

· Part-t ime. • • These facu l t y have a p p l ied for one or two semesters of leave i n

1 9 8 2-83 .

124 A rts and Science

Vincent Nowlis , Ph. D . ( Yale) Professor Emeritus of Psychology

S . D . S . Spragg, Ph . D . ( Yale) Professor Emeritus of Psychology

The Departmen t uses teaching assistants as discussion group leaders in large courses.

NOTE: As is customary, an instructor's primary appointment i s in the department l isted first after his or her name.

The Department of Psychology offers programs of study leadi ng to B . A . and Ph. D. degrees .

I nstruct ion i s offered throughout the broad spectrum of behavior-related science. Its content covers technical, theoretical, and empirical presentations of psychology as a biological science and as a social science. Application of these various aspects of the disc ipl ine to health and to the helping professions i s a common theme. Student experiences may range from large lecture courses to individual laboratory and practicum situations. Ind·i ­vidual progams may be tailored to provide excellent background for postgraduate work i n psychology, medi­cine, education , social work, law, and other related social and natural sciences.

Students planning to pursue graduate studies i n psy­chology are advised to seek a broad foundation in such closely related discipl ines ( bio logy, chemistry, mathe­matics, phi losophy, sociology, education) as may be appropriate to their i ndiv idual goals and i nterests . Further, they are strongly advised to enrol l in laboratory courses and individually supervised research work.

I n addition to standard course offerings, students may pursue their i nterests through individual reading and research arrangements with faculty. Course credit may be obtained for these activities . While most special offer­ings are aimed at students intending to do graduate work in psychology or related disciplines, other interested students are not excluded . Research p rojects may be considered, with departmental permiss ion, as evidence supporting the award of the B . A . with distinction.

An undergraduate student may register for graduate­level courses with the permission of his or her adviser and the course instructor.

General Course Information

S uccessful complet ion of the introductory survey course i n psychology is a p rerequisite to all other courses in psychology and to acceptance in the concentration program. This requirement may also be met by passing an exemption exam.

Laboratory courses and practica are. designed primar­i ly, but not exclusively, for the concentrator i n psychol­ogy and other behavioral sciences .

Areas are i ndexed by the second digit in the course numbers . Courses numbered in the 20s through 50s are Natural Science psychology courses and fal l i nto the College Distribution Group I I I . Courses numbered in the 60s through 80s are Social Science psychology courses and fall into the College Distribution Group I I . An i ndependent study course i s clas s ified in one o f these areas and also in Group II o r Group I I I , according to its content.

Requirements for Concentration in

Psychology

1. Psychology 10 I or the equivalent. This requirement must be completed before a student will be accepted as a concentrator.

2 . An acceptable statistics course , p referably by the end of the sophomore year. Statistics 2 1 1 i s recom­mended, but Statistics 1 65 , 2 1 2, or 202-203 may also meet this requirement.

3 . A minimum of 10 courses in addit ion to Psychology 10 I and statistics, of which six to eight are fro m psy­chology and two to four are from an allied field . The min imum of six psychology courses may not include independent study courses numbered 390 through 395. No more than two courses may be transferred from other co lleges .

4. The psychology courses must include at least two from the Natural Science core courses ( 1 2 1 , 1 4 1 , and 1 5 1 ) and at least two fro m the Social Science core courses ( 1 6 1 , 1 7 1 , and 1 8 1 ) .

5. A student wishing to concentrate in psychology m ust supply, with the applicat ion, a brief written statement establ ishing the logical and meaningful relat ionship or his or her al lied field courses to each other and to the proposed psychology courses. G iven this relation­ship, the all ied field courses may be from any other departments i n the U niversity.

Requirements for a Degree with Distinction

in Psychology

In order to graduate with distinction in psychology, a student must, i n addit ion to completing an approved concentra tion, 1. submit a Senior Thesis Declaratio n Form by Decem­

ber 1 5 of his or her senior year

2. have at least a 3 . 0 G . P . A . i n psychology by the end of t he first semester of his or her senior year

3 . complete a senior thesis , which is read and recom­mended for dist inction by two readers, at least one of whom must be a full-time faculty member of the Department of Psychology.

For further details about the dist inction program con­sult the Psychology A nthology or the Psychology Advis­ing Office ( Psychology Building, Room 3 1 1 ) .

Further info rmati o n about psycho logy, inc luding faculty advisers, faculty research i nterests, and post­graduate opportunities, may be o btained during sched­uled advising hours in the Psychology Buildi ng, Room 3 1 1 .

Courses of Instruction

1 0 1 . Introduction to Psychology. A survey. Lectures and class discussions supplemented by demonstrations . Pre requisite to all courses i n psychology.

Core Courses NATU R A L S C I E N C E

1 2 1 . Learning a n d Cognition. I nqu i ry i n t o empirical find­ings and theoretical viewpoints on condit ioning a nd learning, exemplified by research. ( Formerly PSY 22 1 . )

1 4 1 . Human Biopsychology . A survey of biological in sights and implicat ions for our understanding of human behavior.

1 S t . Sensation and Perception. I nt roduction to the funda­mental facts, methods , and t heories about sensing stim ulat ion, processing informat ion , and perceiving objects i n the environ­ment. Psychophysical and physiological aspects of vis ion, audi­t ion, taste, smell , and sk in senses are included.

SOC I A L SCIENCE

1 6 1 . Social Psychology. Broad issues such as social percep­t ion, interact ion, group dynamics, att itude change and social influence, emotions, and others covered . ( Formerly PSY 26 1 . ) 1 7 1 . Issues in Human Development. An introd uctory course which focuses on a number of important and controversial issues in develop mental psychology, issues on which there is d isagreement among developmental psychologists . ( Fo rmerly PSY 270 . )

1 8 1 . Psychology of Personality . A survey of personality, emphasizing modern theoretical approaches, basic methods of investigat ion, and current research find ings. ( Formerly PSY 28 1 . )

Laboratory Courses 2 1 9 . R esearch Methods in the Social Sciences. A broad sur-

Psychology 125

vey of research strategies used in the social sciences. Course includes individual student experimental research.

228. The Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Basic prin­ciples of operant behavior, a nalysis, predict ion , and control . Prerequisite: PSY 1 2 1 .

24 1 . Neurobiology of Behavior. Survey o f biological sub­st rates of behavior focusing on i ntegrat ive mechanisms of the brain and their expression in sensory, motoric, motivational, and mnemonic funct ions .

245. Lab in Neurochemistry and Neuropharmacology I . A l imited number of students design, conduct, and analyze a research project concerning neurochemistry and/ or neurophar­macology. Prerequisite: PSY 243.

246. Lab in N eurochemistry and N europharmacology I I . Continuation o f Psychology 245 .

256. Perception with Laboratory. Fundamental perceptual p rocesses i nvestigated th rough laboratory demonstrations and student-cond ucted experiments. Prerequisites: CVS or PSY 1 5 1 and statist ics, or permission of the instructor. Same as CVS 256.

257. Sensory Processes with Laboratory. Each student de­signs and performs an experiment on one of the senses. P rereq­uisite: CVS o r PSY 1 5 1 o r permiss ion of t he i nstructor . Same as CVS 257. ( 1 983-84)

266. Social Psychology with Laboratory . I nd ividual behav­ior in social contexts, with se lected experiments which i l lustrate research met hods and techniques . Prerequisites : PSY 1 6 1 and STT 2 1 1 .

Advanced Lecture Courses 232. Cognition . A psychological approach to human k nowl­edge. Emphasis on information-processing concepts.

243. Neurochemical Foundations of Behavior. Biochemical basis of brain funct ion . Prerequisites : P S Y 1 4 1 and C H M 1 6 1 o r equivalent .

252. Sensory Processes. Lectures , demo nstrat i o n s , and readings on the physiological mechanisms by which humans and an imals select and collect energy into a form that a l lows the nervous system to process and respond to the i nformat ion it contains. Same as CVS 252 .

262. Human M otivation and Emotion . A study of t he moti­vational and emotional processes and theories that underlie both adaptive a nd maladaptive behavior . I ncludes considera­t ion of research largely with human subjects. 264. Psychology in Business and Industry. Applications of psychological fi ndings and methods to problems encountered in business, industry, and the profess ions . Prerequisites : PSY 1 6 1 and STT 2 1 1 o r equivalent.

27 1 . Developmental Psychology of I nfancy. Development before a nd i mmediately after b i rth and d uring i nfancy. 272. Cognitive Development. A survey of the field of cogni­t ive development from birth to ad olescence. Topics include parameters of attention i n i nfancy, early concepts of n umber,

126 A rts and Science

t ime, space, cognitive styles, language development, informa­tion-processing models of problem solving, and Piaget's theory.

275. Lectures in Child Development and Education. The relations between child development research and t heory and contemporary issues in educat ion . Prerequisite : PSY 1 7 1 or equivalent. Same as EDD 275 .

276. Theories of Development. A survey of naive psychol­ogy. Kurt Lewin, Jean Piaget, psychoanalytic theory, a nd social learning theory as they relate to child development. Prerequi­site: PSY 1 7 1 or equivalent.

277. Social Development. Study of the social izat ion of chi ldren and the development of social behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 1 7 1 or equivalent.

279. The Exceptional Child. Etiologies, characteristics, a nd educational and therapeutic needs of children with handicap­ping condit ions . Some attention will be given to gifted children. Same as EDD 279.

282. A bnormal Psychology . Etiological factors, cl inical de­scriptions, and treatment of personality aberrations, emphasiz­ing the more serious forms of mental d isorder .

283. Group and Individual Differences . Application of psy­chometric methods to research problems of behavioral variabil­ity. Prerequisite: STT 2 1 1 or equivalent.

289. Behavior Disorders of Childhood. Behavioral disorders of chi ldhood and adolescence and relevant research topics in developmental psychology. Prerequisites: PS Y 1 7 1 and 1 8 1 .

314 . History and Systems. A survey of the precursors of contemporary psychology from its beginnings in phi losophy and biology, with an emphasis on its d evelopment d u ring the first half of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: completion of the core requirements. (Not offered in 1 982-83 . )

344. Psychophysiology. Relationship between mental proc­esses and physiological activity; electrophysiological record ing, attention, conditioning, emotions, biofeedback, sleep, etc.

Seminar Courses

( Prerequis i tes typical ly inc lude the pr ior lec ture course and/ or permission of the instructor . ) 328. Experimental Analysis of Respondent Behavior. The use of reflex modification as an objective procedu re for assess­ing sensory dysfunction is studied , and the consequences of both t herapeutic d rugs and toxic chemicals on sensory proc­esses and behavior are examined.

332. Psychology of Consciousness. An examination of the origins, nature, and range of human consciousness, including both its normal and altered states.

341 . Seminar in Physiological Psychology. A basic survey of the biological substrates of sensation, perception, simple and complex movement, regulatory and "he roic" behaviors, learn­ing, memory, and cognit ion. An introduction to neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and neurochemistry i s included.

342. Issues in Human Biopsychology. Current views of bio­logical explanations of human behavior a re examined. Topics may include sexual d imorphism in the brain, pain, sociobiology as a force in human behavior, endowments of a cognizing brain, etc.

351 . Seminar in Perception. Emphasis on selected topics in visual processes, including space and picture perception, mental and visual representat ion, perceptual development, and visual components of reading and information processing.

36 1 . Seminar in Social Psychology . Selected areas of cur­rent research in social psychology.

363. Nonverbal Communication. Investigates the o rigins, channels, and significance of nonverbal communication , uti liz­ing k nowledge from several d isciplines, especially social psy­chology and anthropology.

364. Psychology of Interpersonal Attraction. Analysis of the development and nature of affective bonds between people.

365. Social Psychology of Sex Roles. Sex differences in behavior, sex-role stereotypy and androgyny, and their rela­tionship to self-concept and social behavior.

366. Social Psychology and Contro l . Determinants and consequences of t he need for control and perceived control , and t heir relat ion to individual and social behavior.

368. Humanistic Psychology . H u ma nistic psychology the­ory and its application to o ne's life experiences. Requires active participat ion .

371 . Seminar in Developmental Psychology. C urrent re­search and theory in developme ntal and child psychology.

372. Seminar in I nfancy . Discussion of methods and re­search with children during the fi

'rst three years of life .

373. Personality D evelopment. Current reading and discus­s ion of various aspects of personality and character develop­ment.

381 . Seminar in Personality . Advanced study of selected topics in personality theory and research.

382. Seminar in Abnormal Psychology . Advanced study of the cl inical descript ions and treatment of personality aberra­t ions, with special emphasis on the etiology.

383. Behavioral Medicine. Topics include biofeedback, sex­ual dysfunction, death and dying, behavioral treatment of seizure d i sorders , compl iance, stress , and psychosomatics , among others .

Practica

386. Seminar-Practicum in Community Mental Health and Prevention of Emotional Disorders I. Pro blems of early de­tect ion and prevent ion of emotional d isorder, training new sources of mental health, manpower, and community mental health.

387. Seminar-Practicum in Community Mental Health and Prevention of E motional Disorders II . Continuation of Psy­chology 386.

388. Seminar-Pract icum in Cl in ica l Chi ld Psychology I . Participants attend seminar meetings a n d engage in eight t o 1 0 hours of chi ld care experiences a t the M t . H ope Fa mi ly Center .

389. Seminar-Practicum in Clinical Chi ld Psychology I I . Continuation o f Psychology 3 8 8 , working a t t h e M t . H ope Fa mily Center with parents and chi ldren and attending weekly seminars.

Special Courses Each of the following courses may be offered as a Group I I

or Group I I I cou rse with the approval o f the instructor .

390. Supervised Teaching of Psychology. Teaching of topics in psychology with in a regular course under an inst ructor's supervision .

391 . Independent Study in Psychology. Supervised reading on topics not covered by exist ing courses, or on specia lized topics .

392. Practicum in Psychology . S upervised reading and ex­perience in an applied setting. Essential supervis ion by a U ni­versity i nstructor only.

393. Senior Thesis in Psychology . A paper based upon independent study and research, prima rily for a degree with distinction.

394. Internship in Psychology . Experience in an a pplied set­t ing supervi sed on site. Approved and overseen by a U niversity instructor. Limit: two internships in program.

395. Special Problems Course in Psychology. The empirical i nvestigat ion, under guidance, of a special problem in psychol­ogy and the presentation of the result of the research in a paper.

396. Seminar in Special Topics. Considerat ion of recent experimental and theoretical contr ibut ions in several selected areas of psychology.

PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS

William T. Bluhm, Ph . D. (Chicago) Professor of Political Science

Richard F. Fenno, J r . , Ph . D . ( Harvard) Kenan Professor of Political Science

Bernard R. Gifford , Ph . D . ( Rochester) Vice Presiden t for Student Affairs and Professor of Political Science

Eric A. Hanushek, Ph . D . ( M . I .T . ) Professor of Political Science and of Economics; Director of the Public Policy A nalysis Program

Public Policy A nalysis 127

Richard G . Niemi , Ph . D . ( Michigan) Professor of Political Science

Walter Y. Oi, Ph . D. ( Chicago) Milliman Professor of Economics

Will iam H . Riker, Ph . D . ( Harvard ) Wilson Professor of Political Science; Universily Dean of Graduate Studies

Bruce Jacobs, Ph . D. ( Harvard) Associate Professor of Political Science

Russell Roberts, Ph . D . ( Chicago) Assistant Professor of Political Science and of Economics

David L. Weimer, Ph . D. ( Cal ifornia, Berkeley) Assislant Professor of Political Science

Michael J. Wolkoff, Ph . D. ( Michigan) Assis tant Professor of Political Science

The Program occasionally uses leaching assistants as graders.

The Public Policy A nalysis Program offeres i nter­d iscipl i nary train ing to individuals interested in analysis or leadership careers in the design, evaluation , and implementat ion of public policies . These careers may be in either government or related private companies . The progam, which generally req ui res two years to complete , leads to a n M . S . (public policy) degree. Students are encouraged to complete an internsh ip i n a government age ncy between the fi rst and second year.

The core curricu lum develops tools and techniques generally needed by al l analysts , regardless of specializa­t ion or areas of i nterest . The fol lowing courses fulfi l l the core requirements :

PPA 207. Microeconomic Theory.

PP A 404. Introduction to Statistical Methods.

PPA 405. Multivariate Statistical Methods.

PPA 406. Design and Analysis of Survey Studies.

PPA 430. Public Policy Research Methods.

PPA 43 1 , 432. Public Policy Workshop I , I I .

P P A 433. Public Policy Modeling .

I n addit ion to the core curriculum, students must complete e ight elective courses . These courses develop analytical approaches and techniques i n more detail and provide for some ex perience and specialization in par­t icular su bstant ive areas . These courses a re usual ly d rawn from PPA courses or courses i n the Department of Political Science, Department of Economics, and Graduate School of Management; however, they need not be restricted to these . A min imum of two electives must consider governmental decis ion making and polit i-

128 A rts and Science

cal processes, and two must be related to some substan­tive specialty (such as education, health care, defense planning, or natural resources) .

The 3-2 Option

A l imited number of undergraduates may complete the public policy analysis degree under a 3-2 opt ion . By satisfying most of the requirements for their under­graduate concentration in the first three years, students under this plan begin the public po licy analysis curricu­lum in their senior year . At the end of that year, they receive their bachelor's degree, and, after one additional year of full-time graduate study, complete the require­ments for the M . S . (public policy) degree . Students may combine the Publ ic Pol icy Analysis Program with virtu­ally any undergraduate concentrat ion . However, some prior exposure to political science, economics, or statis­tics is helpful. Students interested in the 3-2 option must apply to this p rogram in the spring of their j unior year . Applications and additional i nformation can be ob­tained in Harkness Hal l 3 1 2.

M . S . in Public Policy and

M . S . in Community H ealth

Through a cooperative arrangement between the Pub­lic P olicy Analysis Program and the Department of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitat ion Medicine, stu­dents may undertake a combined three-year program leading to the degrees M . S . in publ ic p olicy and M . S . in community health . For th i s program, the existing M . S . degree program i n public pol icy analysis requires that the substantive a rea be taken in the Department of Pre­ventive, Family, and Rehabilitat ion Medicine. Part of the required practicum will also be fulfilled in Preventive Medicine 450. Conversely, the elective credits in the existing M . S . program in community health must be concentrated i n publ ic policy courses.

The M . S . p rogram in public policy analysis allows students to enter after their j unior year . By doing so, it is possible under certain conditions to earn both master's degrees after two years of study beyond the B . A .

M . S . in Public Policy with a S pecialty

in Pharmaceutical Issues

The Departments of Political Science and of Phar­macology and Toxicology have an arrangement whereby

M . S . students in the Public Policy Analysis Program may do their substantive work in the Center for the Study of Drug Development . The p rogram enables stu­dents to apply the analytical techniques learned in the public policy program to real and current p harmaceuti­cal issues of drug development, evaluation , use, a nd regulation .

Students accepted in the program take the core of the exist ing PPA curriculum and courses in pharmacology, and then complete a substantial research project in the Center for the Study of Drug Development . The re­search is conducted under the d irection of faculty ad­visers fro m both departments .

M . S . in Public Policy and

Ph . D . in Education

I ndividuals interested in educational policy may pur­sue a program leading to both the M . S . degree i n public policy and a Ph . D . degree from the Graduate School of Education and H uman Development . This program requires at least four years to complete.

Addit ional i nformation about any of the combined degree p rograms can be obtained from the Director of the Public P olicy A nalysis Program in Harkness Hall .

Courses of Instruction

207. Microeconomic Theory . Deve lops bas ic microeco­nomic concepts, including supply and demand relationships, market equil ibrium, welfare a nalysis, and uncertainty. Atten­t ion is given to the conceptual framework for making decisions about the allocation of resources. Same as ECO 207.

247. Educational Policy Analysis. Consideration of costs and returns of educat ion; public pol icy decisions for all levels of education; educational finance problems. Same as ECO 237 .

403. Mathematical Modeling. A n introduct ion to mathe­matical modeling in the social sciences, designed for students with l imited math backgrounds . Develops concepts of calculus, matrix algebra, and set theory. Same as PSC 403 .

404. Introduction to Statistical Methods. Develops basic concepts of statistical t heory for use in public pol icy analysis . Same as PSC 404.

405. Multivariate Statistical Methods. Develops linear sta­tistical models, with special emphasis on mUltiple regress ion techniques . Applications in publ ic pol icy a nalysis and social science research. Same as PSC 405 . 406. Design and Analysis of Survey Studies. In troduces survey analysis concepts and methodology, including sampling, measurement, data preparation , and a nalytical methods . The interpretation of existing surveys is t reated along with the development of new ones. Same as PSC 406.

430. Public Policy Research Methods . Surveys techniques commonly used i n planning and evaluating public programs. Topics i nclude evaluation research, benefi t / cost a nalysis , mea­surement of p rogram impact , and planning techniques . Same as PSC 430.

431 . Public Policy Workshop I . I nvolves students in the formulation and conduct of policy analyses for actual �clients ." U nder t he guidance and monitoring of a faculty member, stu­dents work d i rectly with agency officials in d eveloping analyses of real-world problems. In the process, they become familiar with the constraints and p ressures that exist and learn to cope with the environment often faced i n policy a nalysis jobs. Same as PSC 43 1 .

432. Public Policy Workshop I I . Fol lows Publ ic Policy Analysis 43 1 and emphasizes in-depth analysis of a particular policy problem. Same as PSC 432.

433. Public Policy Modeling. Considers the appl ication of microeconomic theory and organizational a nalysis to public policy problems. Conceptual ideas are i l lustrated in a variety of diverse areas, such as e nvironmental quality, welfare reform, health insurance, and educational finance.

435. Organizational Theory and Behavior. A n analysis of individual and collective behavior in public and p rivate organi­zations . Various explanations of bureaucratic decisio n making and performance are considered.

437. D omestic Publ ic Poli c y . The con ten t , rat i o n a le , assumptions, a nd development of selected domestic policies. The use of social science theories a nd findings in policy forma­tion and evaluation .

438. Economics of Energy. Deals with theories of exhausti­ble resources, regulato ry policy, and industrial o rganization as related t o e nergy markets, particularly oi l and natural gas . Same as ECO 238 .

439. Introduction to the U.S . Health Care System. Seminar provides an understanding of the p rincipal health institutions and their behavior; selected topics of importance for national health policy and local decision making are explored. Same as PM 239.

440. Health Policy Studies. Seminar examines current U .S . heal th policies substantively a n d as impo rtant examples o f the policy process . The nature and role of policy studies in health receive attention. 442. Federal Courts and Public Policy Making. An analysis of the increasing prominence of the federal courts in the making of public policy. Same as PSC 242.

444. Urban Problems and Prospects. Focuses on the condi­t ions of urban America and the p rospects for change. Particular emphasis is p laced on designing policy responses to such issues as urban fiscal d istress, sun belt vs. snow belt, people vs. places, and equity in service provision . Same as PSC 244. 445. Aging and Public Policy . Analyzes pol icies in such a reas as social security, public assistance, health care, and social services for the elderly. Same as PSC 245 .

Religious Studies 129

449. Political Economy. Analysis of the interrelationship between macroecon omics a nd pol i t ics ; the economic determi­nants of political behavior and macroeconomic pol icy. Same as PSC 349. ( Not offered i n 1 982-83 . )

4 5 4 . Regulat ion of Economic Activit y . Ana lys i s of the impact of government regulation i n t ransportat ion, safety, and health o n economic welfare and efficiency.

463 . Public Finance. Government tax and expenditure poli­cies and their effect on resource allocation and income dis­tribution.

505. Advanced Statistical Methods. Seminar considering advanced statist ical topics such as l imited dependent variables, s imultaneous equation techniques, measurement errors, and analysis of panel data.

540. Ethics and Public Pol icy . An examination of salient eth ical issues in public policy decision making. Special empha­sis on areas of health policy. Same as PSC 540.

54 1 . Urban Policy . An investigation of the political econ­omy of urban areas . Develops a conceptual basis for under­standing urban pol icies at the local, state, and federal levels . Same as PSC 54 1 .

RELIGIOUS STUDIES This is a concentratio n program, leadi ng to a bache­

lor's degree, which is administered through the Center for Special Degree Programs (page 48) .

Grace Harris , Ph . D. ( Cambridge) Professor of A nthropology and of Religious Studies

Abraham J . Karp, M . H . L. (Jewish Theological Seminary) Professor of History and of Religious Studies; Philip S. Bernstein Professor of Jewish Studies

Will iam Scott Green, Ph . D. ( Brown) Associate Professor of Religious Studies and Chairman of the Program

* Paul W. Walaskay, Ph . D. ( Du ke) A ssociate Professor of Religious Studies

Neil Mc M ull in , P h . D . ( Briti sh Columbia) A ssis tant Professor of Religious Studies

Edward Wierenga, Ph . D. ( Massachusetts) A ssistan t Professor of Religious Studies

* H . Darrell Lance , Ph . D. ( Harvard ) A djunct Professor of Religious Studies

* C harles Neilson, Th . D. ( U nion Theological Seminary) A djunct Professor of Religious Studies

· Part-t i m e .

130 A rts and Science

* Leonard Sweet, Ph . D . ( Rochester) A djunct Associate Professor of Religious Studies

Harmon R. H olcomb, B . D . (Colgate Rochester Divinity School) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and of Religious Studies

The program of re l igious studies offers a wide range of courses that cover the histories, l iteratures, and phenomena of religious t rad i t ions . Course offerings fal l with in four main divis ions : Judaism, Christianity, Asian Religions , and Comparative a nd Methodological Studies in Religion . As a d iscipl ine within the liberal arts, cutting across humanities and the social sciences , religious studies enriches i ts offerings with regular cross­listings of relevant courses i n s ix departments of the College. Cooperative arrangements with neighboring academic institutions, particularly Colgate Rochester Divinity School-Bexley Hal l-Crozer Theological Semi­nary, further supplement the program.

The goa l of a concentrat ion in religious studies is to achieve an understandi ng of the nature of diverse reli­gions, the methods employed by several disciplines in their s tudy, and a measure of competence with in a spe­cific trad it ion or area . Seminars, reading courses, and the Senior Tutorial allow intensive study of particular topics .

Requirements for Concentration in

Religious Studies

A minimum of 10 courses : 1. Either R E L 1 0 I or 1 02. 2 . One course in the history of a tradition , either R E L

1 03 , 1 04, 1 05 , or 1 06 . 3 . R E L 293, normally taken in the j unior year . 4. Six other courses, no more than three of which may

be taken with in a single d ivision (Judaism, Chris­tianity, Asian Rel igions, Comparative and Methodo­logical Studies ) . Of these s ix courses, two must be selected from courses cross-li sted with other depart­ments . .

5. Senior Tutorial ( R E L 393) : a d i rected , individual study project, the results of which are presented by the student to a co l loquium comprised of faculty, other concentrators, and guests .

A concentration in religious stud ies may i nclude no more than three I OO-level courses . No course may be taken for credit toward a graduate degree unless it is

• Part-t i me.

cross-l isted with a department which offers a d octoral program .

Courses of Instruction

1 0 1 . Old Testament. The historical formation of the Old Testament ; a study of its representative books ; discussion of their significance then and now.

1 02 . New Testament. The historical setting and format ion of the New Testament; selected readings and discussions of the interpretation of central themes.

1 03 . I ntroduction to Judaism. The basic elements of Juda­ism and their t ra nsformations and developments i n bibl ica l , rabbinic, and modern periods . Same as HIS 1 03 .

1 04 . Introduction to Christianity. A s tudy of the develop­ment of Christian belief and thought about God, Jesus, scrip­ture, ethics, and the church.

1 05 . The Asian Search for Self. A study of the basic teach­ings of Hinduism and Buddhism as to the nature of man, h is goal, and the paths to i ts attainment . Same as HIS 1 05 .

1 06 . From Confucius to Zen . The teachings, practices, and social impact of the major religious t raditions of China and Japan . Same as H I S 1 06.

1 07. Classical and Scriptural Background in English Litera­ture. Same as E N G 1 02.

1 08 . Contemporary Catholicism. The development of t heo­logical th inking within the Roman Cat holic tradition during the past century.

1 1 0 . The Graeco-Roman World . Same as H I S 1 1 0 .

1 1 1 . Philosophy of Rel igion. Historical and recent read ings are used to analyze issues such as : existence of God, d ivine attributes, the relation of God to the world, and faith and reason. Same as P H L I l l .

200. In the Beginning. Same as H I S 200.

202. Early Christian and Byzantine Art. Same as A H 2 1 I .

203. Religion in American Life. A historical examinatio n of the Protestant , Roman Cat holic, and Jewish experience within the American context. Same as H I S 203.

205. Romanesque Art and Architecture. Same as AH 2 1 3 .

206. Gothic Art and A rchitecture. Same as A H 2 1 4.

207. Chaucer. Same as ENG 206.

208. Hel lenistic and Imperial Civilization. Same as H I S 208. ( 1 983-84) 2 1 2. The Reformation . Same as H I S 2 1 2.

2 1 4. Symbols. Same as ANT 2 1 4. 2 1 6. Plato and Logopoiesis. Same as LIT 228 .

2 1 8 . The Holocaust. A historical, t heologica l , and ideologi­cal analysis of the holocaust-the ghettos, death camps, and resistance. Same as H I S 2 1 8 .

220. Personhood in Ritual and Society . Same as ANT 220.

221 . The Arts of Buddhist Asia. Same as AH 226.

222. Shrine and Image. Same as AH 223.

224. A ugustine, Anselm, and Aquinas. Th ree format ive philosophical treatments of rel igious belief are compared on selected topics such as freedom, p rovidence, and the p roblem of evil . Same as P H L 246.

225. Ethical Decisions in Medicine. Examination of a select number of moral issues arising i n medicine. Topics i nclude abortion, termination of life, experimentation on human sub­jects, informed consent, refusal of t reatment, and suspension of t reatment. Same as P H L 225 .

226. The Problem of Evi l . Current treatments of such ancient issues as omnipotence vs. freedom, mysticism, evil , and alternative frameworks of belief. Prerequisite: one course in philosophy. Same as P H L 260.

228. Knowledge, Truth, and Religious Belief. The nature, l imits, and grounds of knowledge, and the possibil ity of reli­gious knowledge. Same as P H L 262.

229. Interpretation and the Divine. Same as LIT 229.

232. The Idea of the Messiah. A n examination of the idea of a Messiah in Christianity and Judaism. Same as H I S 296.

233. Success and Suffering. Textual study of Biblical wis­dom literature in context of a comparison with ancient docu­ments. Same as LIT 230.

237. Jewish Legal Tradition. A history of the development of Jewish law from biblical days to the State of I s rael . Same as H I S 237 . ( 1 983-84)

238. The Divine Lover: Erotic Themes in Indian Art. Same as AH 228.

239. Issues in A merican Judaism. H o w the present evolved out of the past, including some of the central issues confronting Jewish life and faith i n America today. Same as H I S 239.

240. A merican Judaism. The h i s torical deve lopment of Judaism i n America, the effects of the frontier, immigration, and democracy on Jewish beliefs . Same as H I S 240. ( 1 983-84)

245. Mahayana Buddhism. A study of the basic teachings of Buddh ism, the rise of the "Great Vehicle" branch, and its devel­opment in China, Japan, and Tibet. 247. Buddhism and Christianity . A comparative study of the basic assumptions and teachings of these two traditions as to the nature of man and his destiny.

253. Dilemmas in Healing. Dilemmas in healing from the perspectives of medical practit ioners, social scientists, theo­logians, and philosophers. Same as SOC 253 and P M 253 . 256. The American Jew in Literature and Film. The Ameri­can Jew and Jewish life i n America as seen through the eyes and perceived through the minds of novelists, short story writers, critics, and essayists and as port rayed in fi lms. Same as H I S 256. ( 1 983-84)

258. Jews, Pagans, and Christians in the Hellenistic A ge.

Russian Studies 1 3 1

Jewish sectarianism, apocalyptic literature, Dead Sea Sect, mystery cults, Christian origins. Same as H I S 258 .

263. Tolstoy and Dostoevsky. Same as LIT 263 .

264. Modern Jewish Thought. Modern Judaism's growth from H assidism and the Enlightenment t o the State of I srael . Reading in Rosenzweig, Buber, Heschel, et al . Same as H I S 264. ( 1 983-84)

271 . The R ise of Islam . Beginning with a close examination of the life a nd teachings of M o hammed, the course t races the development of I slamic t rad it ion to the present. Same as H I S 27 1 .

273. Sacred and Public Spaces: A rchitecture in Greece from the Bronze Age to the Hellenic Period. Same as AH 20 1 .

274. Images of Gods and Men: Hel lenic and H ellenistic Sculpture. Same as AH 202.

275. Greek Painting and Minor Arts. Same as AH 203. ( 1 983-84 or 1 984-85)

293. Theories of Religion. An investigation of important methodological contributions to the critical study of religion.

301 . Topics in Judaism. Advanced seminar on a selected topic in the history of Judaism.

302. Topics in Religion. Advanced interdisciplinary seminar on a selected topic i n the study of religion .

3 1 1 . Byzantine Culture and Civi li zation . Same as H I S 3 1 1 . ( 1 983-84)

341 . Powerful People. Same as H I S 34 1 . ( 1 983-84)

345. Readings in Buddhist Scripture. A detailed examina­tion of some of the more important Bud d h ist sutras, including the Lotus, H eart, Diamond, and Platform.

391 . Independent Study . By arrangement with the chairman and with the consent of an inst ructor, to permit work beyond the regular course offerings. Limited to j uniors a nd seniors with backgro und in the selected area of read ing.

393. Senior Tutorial . A directed, individual study proj ect, the results of which are presented by the student to a collo­quium composed of faculty, other concentrators, and guests .

RUSSIAN STUDIES This i s a certificate program, administered by the

Center for S pecial Degree Programs (page 48), which gives recognit ion for specialization in connect ion with a department concentrat ion .

Committee on R ussian Studies

Nathan Rosen, Ph . D . (Columbia) Professor of Russian Literature and Co- Chairman of the Program

132 A rts and Science

Ronald V. Harrington, Ph. D . ( Harvard) A ssociate Professor of Russian

Brenda Meehan-Waters, Ph. D. ( Rochester) Associate Professor of History and Co- Chairman of the Program

Tanya Page, Ph. D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Russian Literature

The Russian Studies Program allows students concen­trating in the social sciences and the humanities to broaden their knowledge of Russian language and cul­ture. It serves as a complement to their discipl inary concentration. Upon graduation, the student receives a certificate i n Russian Studies as well as a B .A . in his or her department of concentration . Those selecting this p rogram, i n addit ion to fulfi l l ing the requirements of their department, must meet the following requirements.

• A reading knowledge of R ussian, to be demonstrated by passing a proficiency test. Students can prepare for this test through the normal language sequence of R U S 1 0 1 , 1 02 , and 1 03 .

• Satisfactory achievement in two of the fol lowing courses: LIT 1 0 1 . Introduction to Russian Literature

LIT 1 28. Russian Civilization ( Same as H I S 1 28)

LIT 261 . Women in Russian Literature

LIT 263. Tolstoy and Dostoevsky, or the preceptorial

1 9 1 . Introduction to Tolstoy and Dostoevsky

LIT 264. Classics from Russian Literature

LIT 265. Modern Russian Literature

• Satisfactory achievement in H istory 1 29 ( H istory of Imperial Russia, 1 689- 1 9 1 7) and in one of the follow­ing courses : HIS 1 28. Russian Civilization ( Same as LIT 1 28 )

HIS 229 . History of the U.S .S .R.

HIS 328 . The Russian Revolution, or the preceptorial

1 9 1 . The Russian Revolution

• Satisfactory achievement in a course in Soviet politics or Soviet foreign policy, when given, or a combination of H I S 229 ( History of the U . S . S . R . ) and PSC 270 ( International Politics ) .

Students planning to take work i n the Russ ian Studies Certificate Program should consult Professor Meehan­Waters ( Rush Rhees 588 ) o r Professor Rosen ( Dewey

Annex 3 76) . Students should enroll i n the program by November 10 of their junior year .

SOCIOLOGY " Dean Harper, Ph. D. ( Columbia) Professor of

Sociology and of Psychiatry Raymond Murphy, Ph . D . (Northwestern) Professor

of Sociology Stephen J. Kunitz, M . D. ( R ochester), Ph . D . ( Yale)

A ssociate Professor of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine and of Sociology

Anne McMahon, Ph . D. ( Michigan State) Associate Professor of Sociology

Klaus Roghmann, Dr. rer . pol . (Cologne) Associate Professor of Sociology and of Pediatrics

Madeline Schmitt, R . N . , Ph. D . ( S UN Y , Buffalo) A ssociate Professor of Nursing and of Sociology

Ralph Sell, Ph. D . ( Pennsylvania State) A ssociate Professor of Sociology

Thomas Spence Smith, Ph. D . (Chicago) Associate Professor of Sociology and Chairman of the Department

Barbara Sobieszek, Ph. D . ( Stanford) Associate Professor of Sociology

Andrew A. Sorensen, Ph .D . ( Yale) Associate Professor of Preventive, Fam ily, and Rehabilitation Medicine and of Sociology

Philip Wexler, Ph .D . ( Princeton) A ssociate Professor of Educat ion and of Sociology

William Dale Dannefer, Ph. D . ( Rutgers) Assistant Professor of Education and of Sociology

Karol Soltan, M . A. (Chicago) Instructor in Sociology

The Department of Sociology uses four teaching assis­tants in large lecture courses as graders or section leaders.

Students find that a concentration or joint concentra­tion in sociology is an o utstanding way of obtaining a well-rounded l iberal arts education. The Department of Sociology offers undergraduate programs of study lead­ing to the B . A. degree or to the B . A . degree with d istinc­t ion. It also welcomes nonconcentrators in all sociology

""These faculty have applied for one or two semesters of leave in 1 982-83.

courses . A concentratio n i n sociology is valuable not only as preparatio n for graduate study i n sociology, but also for careers in law, medicine, business, or community health . In addit ion to a general concentration , sociology maj ors may emphasize one of the fol lowing three spe­cialty areas within the department: ( I ) Organizatio ns and the Economy, (2) I nterpersonal Relations, and (3) Law and Government. These specialty areas may include course work in other social science departments.

Sociologists at the U niversity of Rochester teach and conduct research on a variety of important scientific questions about society. The subj ects range from sex roles to economic growth, jazz music, famil ies , deviant behavior, law, medicine, bureaucracies, violence, and population dynamics , among others. Many of these courses are of seminar size, permitting i nformal d iscus­sions .

Requirements for C oncentration in Sociology

A total of 10 courses: a . Seven courses i n socio logy including:

Maj or Social Theorists (SOC 20 1 ); one methods course; any other five sociology courses, with not more than one at the 1 00 leve l . These five courses must be distributed in at least two of the three sub­stantive areas: Social Structure, Social I nteraction, Organizations and I nstitutions .

b. An introductory course i n statistics or its equivalent no later than the second semester of the junior year; prospective concentrators should see the departmen­tal adviser if uncertain about the statistics require­ments .

c . Remaining courses in related fields, with the approval of tne departmental adviser.

d. Those students who plan to go on to graduate work in sociology or a related field should take at least one 400-level course in their j unior or senior year.

Suggested Ordering of R equired Sociology

Courses for Concentrators

Statistics 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 o r Sociology 2 1 5

One Methods course Sociology 20 I Senior Seminar,·

400-level course·

sophomore year j unior year j unior year last semester,

senior year

·Suggested for those planning graduate ed ucation i n sociology.

Sociology 133

It is suggested that concentrators take the required courses i n the above order. I t i s strongly urged that at least two substantive courses be taken in the sophomore year to (a) provide a sample of the field for the prospec­tive maj ors and (b) provide a substantive basis for the required methodology and theory courses .

For students not concentrating in sociology, in ad­dit ion to Introduction to S ociology ( S OC 1 0 1 ) , the following groups of sociology courses are of particular relevance:

Prelaw SOC 204, 2 1 7 , 220, 222, 232 , 26 1 , 263, 267 , 272 , 274, 275 , 276

Premedicine SOC 2 1 3 , 2 1 7 , 253, 264, 265 , 266, 268

Anthropology SOC 20 1 , 2 1 3 , 225, 247, 263

Biology SOC 2 1 7 , 2 1 9, 225

Community Health SOC 2 1 7 , 220, 225, 242, 266, 267, 268

Economics SOC 203 , 204, 2 1 7, 220, 225, 229, 265, 267, 274, 276

English SOC 1 1 2 , 2 1 1 , 220, 247

Film Studies, Fine Arts, Music SOC 222, 260, 263, 269, 3 60

History SOC 20 1 , 222, 227, 247

Naval Science SOC 222, 265, 272, 274

Philosophy SOC 20 I , 204, 263, 272

Political Science, Public Policy Analysis, I nternational Relations SOC 20 1 , 204, 2 1 7 , 220, 225, 26 1 , 265, 267, 274, 275 , 276

Psychology SOC 2 1 3 , 240, 24 1 , 247, 263, 360

Religious Studies SOC 220, 222, 243, 247, 252, 263

Statistics SOC 203, 2 1 7, 2 1 9 .

Courses o f I nstruction

1 0 1 . Introduction to Sociology . Elements of social o rganiza­tions; the nature of society. 1 25 . Population Problems. A topical consideration of social problems associated with demographically related issues such

134 A rts and Science

as abort ion, illegit imacy, rapid population growt h, occupa­tional relocations, and undocumented immigration.

All 200-level courses l isted below carry four hours of grad u­ate cred i t .

I . Sociological Theory

201 . M ajor Social Theorists. A comparative study of se­lected works of Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and other classic theorists .

203 . Mathematical Models of Social Behavior. A n introduc­tion to the use of mathematics in sociology . Social structure, d iffusion, social mobility, population growth.

II . Methods of Research

2 1 0. Methods: Survey Research. Techniques of measure­ment, data collect ion, and computer analysis. Class research projects .

2 1 1 . Methods: Critical Analysis of Sociological Research. An examination of selected research monographs, considering the relations of problem and procedure.

2 1 2 . Methods: Field Research. Qualitative and quant itative techniques of conducting research in field settings. Research projects.

2 1 3 . Methods: Small Groups. Study of theory and research on small groups and group dynamics . Selected topics such as leadership, status and power, evaluation processes.

2 1 5 . Statistical Analysis in Sociology. The sociological per­spective, alternate designs of research that emerge out of that perspective, and methods of data analysis .

216 . Women's Studies: Issues and Methods of Solution. This course defi nes maj o r issues relevant to the intensive study of women . Sociological methods of a nalysis wi l l be applied to selected issues.

2 1 7 . Applied Demographic Methods. Basic techniques of popUlation analysis and description as used in the U . S . 2 1 9 . Logic o f Evidence. Analysis o f major substantive con­tr ibutions as ·scientific prod ucts," and the design of research to improve theory or increase its empirical base.

I I I . Social Structure

2 1 8 . Education in the American Social Order. A nalyzes the relatio nship between the school and the larger society. I ncludes study of the specific character of A merican society and social descript ions of schooling. 220. Stratification. Maj o r theories and empirical studies of s tratificat ion in historical and contemporary settings; class structure. 22 1 . Race Relations. I ntergroup relations i n industrial soci­ety, with special attention to black-white relations in America .

222. M odern Society . Examination of the central properties of the institutions in modern societies: the family, armed forces, urban communities, religion, etc.

223. Urban Sociology . Study of structure and change of cities, urban life, institutions, and urban problems.

224. Social Conflict . Examines a variety of intergroup con­flicts (such as conflicts among d ifferent racia l , economic, sexual , or community groups and conflicts among nations), studying such forms of conflict as riots , wars, strikes, and revo­lutions.

225. Population Dynamics. A n introduction to the theories and research reflecting dynamic relat ionships among births, deaths, migration, social structure, and population change.

226. Social Organization of Work and Career. A socio­logical approach to the world of work from a l ife-span perspec­tive. Study, in the context of cultural , historical, and social structural variations, of adolescence, stud entry, career, and reti rement.

227. Social Problems of Industrial Society . A n examination of t he causes, characteristics, and attempts at alleviat ion of diverse social problems, e .g . , crime, suicide, mental illness, d rug addiction.

229. Sociology of Economic Development. Theory and research on social change as applied to industrialization a nd other aspects of the social economy.

231 . Demography of Health. The structure, distribution, and dynamics of health and i l lness fro m a social demographic perspective.

232. Social Structure and Personal Freedom. Examines dif­ferent approaches to social structure in terms of their i mplica­tions for individual and social freedom.

IV . Social Interaction

209. Sociology of the Life Course. The course examines h ow societal institutions and interpersonal expectations shape the individual life cycle, uti l izing historical and cross-cultura l data. 240 . Individual and Society . Social i nfluence o n i ndividual development; interaction and influence in small groups; atti­tudes and role analysis.

241 . Sex Differences in Social Behavior. Explores the ways in which males and females differ in interaction and examines theories of the development of sex differences and their conse­quences for social change.

242 . Deviant Behavior. The theoretical and empirical analy­sis of deviance as the product of societal reactions, official label­ing activities, and other variables.

243 . Social Movements. A study of the development, partic­ipation, and consequences of collective movements and change in society.

244 . Socialization. The process by which individuals acquire and modify behaviors and self-concepts to meet expectations of society.

247 . Primary Groups. Socio logical study of personal ties and face-to-face social groups: k inship networks, friendship groups, political and religious ideological groups, intellectual circles, etc. 253. Dilemmas in Healing. From the perspectives of medical practitioners, social scientists, theologians, and philosophers . Same as P M 253 and REL 253.

271 . Crime and Delinquency . A review of the major socio­logical findings and theories about crime and del inquency.

276. Individual and Social Choice. Course covers theories of rational choice, game t heory, decision p rocedures for group choice, and other related topics .

V. Organizations and Institutions

204. Distributive Justice. A n interdiscipl inary introduction to the study of distributive justice. The course covers both de­scriptive and normative theories in political theory, sociology, and psych ology, among others.

260 . Sociology of Jazz. A sociological case study of the rela­tionship between art and society.

261 . Political Sociology . Study of the social bases of po­l i t ical ins t i tu t ions , focus ing o n the ins t i tu t ions of l i beral democracies .

263 . Sociology of Culture. The sociological study of such cultural spheres as law, science, rel igion, and art.

264. Occupations and Careers. The sociology of work roles and careers, with emphasis on developing a comparative a naly­sis of work and the self.

265. Complex Organizations. Analysis of bureaucratic or­ganizations, focusing on structure, informal orga nization, and the environment.

266. Medical Sociology. Role of medicine in society. Spe­cial attention to the sick role, health professions, organization of health services, and eth ical issues.

267. Social I nequality. The sociology of stratificat ion within and among ethnic groups.

268. Sociology of Mental Health. Definit ions of mental i l lness. Social o rganization of the mental hospital . Etio logy a nd consequences. 269. Mass Communication. The study of effects of mass med ia on society, such as televis ion violence on child ren . R o le of media in mass society; audience research; pu blic opinion formation and change; cross-cu ltu ral perspective including developing and totalitarian societies; individ ual uses of mass media.

270. Sociology of Higher Education . Analysis of the histori­cal development and current "system" of higher educat ion; organization of academic institutions.

272. Violence and Society . Force, violence, and social con­trol in the funct ions of military and police institutions.

Slalislics 135

273. Social Research and the Law. An in-depth considera­t ion of social science research used in legal p rocedures.

274. Design of Organizations. Study of organizations from the viewpoint of criteria useful in their design.

275. Sociology of Law. In t roduction to t he study of law as a social inst itut ion . The course covers work in various d isciplines, most notably sociology, anth ropology, and economics.

277. Family and Work. The study of the interaction of work and family institutions.

VI. Seminars, Reading Courses

3 1 1 . Contemporary Sociological Theories. Rigorous a nd systematic examination of a few contempora ry theories in sociology.

3 1 4 . The Social Self. Seminar on self-evaluation. Considers in depth socio logical theories of the development of self, includ­ing Mead, Cooley, Zetterberg, Kinch; considers both field and laboratory research testing such theories . Prereq uisite : permis­sion of the instructor. 340. Studies in Deviant Behavior.

350. Family, Schooling, and Socialization. Analysis of in­teract ional patterns within fa mily and school settings and how t hey are both related to broader social processes , such as the organization of work, and how they both contribute to the formation of the person.

360. Theories in Social Psychology . Maj o r theoretical orien­tat ions in interdiscipl inary social psychology and their method­ological i mplicat ions .

389. Senior Seminar . Students part ic ipate in d i scuss ing selected topics of contemporary issues in theory and methods. Senior concentra tors . 39 1 . Independent Study in Sociology . Special work individ­ually assigned , with the consent of the Department. 394. Internship.

STATISTICS

K . Ruben Gabriel , Ph . D . ( Hebrew U niversity) Professor of Slalislics and Chairman of the Deparrmenl; Professor of Bioslalistics

Will iam Jackson Hal l , Ph . D . ( North Carolina) Professor of Slatistics and of Bioslalistics

Jul ian Kei lson, Ph . D. ( Harvard ) Professor of Slalistics. of Bioslatistics. and in the Graduale School of Managemenl

136 A rts and Science

Johannes Henricus Bernardus Kemperman, Ph . D. (Amsterdam) Fayerweather Professor of Mathematics and of Stat istics

Govind Shrikrishna Mudholkar, Ph. D. (North Carolina) Professor of Statistics and of Biostatistics

Podu ri S . R . S . Rao, Ph . D. ( Harvard) Professor of Statistics and in the Graduate School of Management

Henry T. Davis, Ph . D. (Chicago) A ssociate Professor of Biostatistics and of Statistics

Charles L. Odoroff, Ph . D. ( Harvard) A ssociate Professor of Biostatistics and of Statistics and Director of the Division of Biostatistics

Jon Wellner, Ph . D . ( University of Washington) Associate Professor of Statistics

Michael Akritas, Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Assistant Professor of Statistics

Christy Chuang, Ph . D. ( Minnesota) Assistant Professor of Oncology in Biostatistics and of Statistics

W. Al len Wallis , A . B. ( Minnesota) Professor Emeritus of Economics and of Statistics

The Department uses 10 to 15 teaching assistants as graders or section leaders.

The Department of Statistics at the University of Rochester offers instruction in statist ics from introduc­tory through graduate levels . Programs leading to the B . A . , M . A . , and Ph . D . degrees in statistics and j oint B .A . and M . A. programs in mathematics and statistics a re ava i lab le . The Department i nterprets the term "statistics" very broadly. The courses available permit special ization in statistical theory, probability theory, statistical analysis, biostatistics, and o perations research . The Department recognizes and emphasizes both theo­retical and applied aspects of statistics . Some computer usage i s an essent ia l and integral part of al l programs . By appropriate choice of courses, students may coordi­nate their statistical education with some specific field of application . Or, they may choose a program strong in theory and in supporting mathematics courses . Oppor­tunities for student participation in statistical consulting projects are sometimes available through the affiliated Divis ion of Biostatistics in the School of Medicine and Dentistry .

The obj ectives of the B . A . p rogram are to provide ( I ) a background i n quantitative methods for graduate work in the social sciences or business administration , (2) training in statistical methods for work i n govern-

ment or industry, and (3) an introduct ion to statistics in preparation for graduate work i n statistics and related fields .

Introductory Course Information

The Department offers five introductory courses . Two of the courses ( 1 65 and 20 1 -203) are theoretical i n nature; the others ( 1 45 , 2 1 1 , 2 1 2) a re applied. Statistics 1 65 is an introductory course in probability and statisti­cal theory; it provides a theoretical background for sta­tistics as used in the humanities and sciences. Statistics 20 1 -203 is a two-semester, thorough introductio n to the theory of probability and statistics .

Statistics 1 45 is a nonmathematical, introductory, terminal course concentrating on interpretation of data and on some of the basic techniques of statistical analy­sis. Statistics 2 1 1 and Statistics 2 1 2 are more technical, t hough s t i l l wi thout any mathematical p rerequisite ; many of the techniques of statistical analysis are intro­duced along with computer imple mentat ion . Either of these may be followed by Statistics 2 1 6.

Statistics 20 1 -203, 2 1 1 - 2 1 6, and 2 1 2-2 1 6 are natura l two-course sequences for statistics as an allied field . Other two- , t h ree- , and four-course sequences are possible .

The Department maintains a calculating laboratory that i s available to students taking statistics courses. The Department also has a computer terminal for rem ote access to the University's I B M-3032 and DEC 10 com­puter facilities.

Concentration in Statistics

The concentrat ion in statistics must form a coherent program directed toward the objectives of the student, and must be approved by the statistics departmental adviser. I t is expected that students considering statistics as a concentration take S tatistics 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 and one other statistics course, or Statistics 20 1 -203 during their sophomore year.

Requirements for Statistics Maj ors

• Mathematics 1 6 1 - 1 62 or their equivalents ( 1 4 1 - 143 or 1 50- 1 52), and 1 63- 1 64.

• 10 additional courses : a . Six to eight statistics courses , including 20 I , 203,

2 1 1 or 2 1 2, 226.

137

138 A rts and Science

b. Two to four courses in a n al lied field : computer sc ience , mathemat ics , e conomics , engi neer ing , po l i t i ca l sc ience , psycho logy, soc io logy, man­agement, or any cognate field , wi th the consent of the Department .

Some of the 400-level courses i n statistics ( see the Official Bulletin: Graduate Studies) are also available to concentrators.

J oint and Double Concentrations

The above require ments are needed for d ouble con­centrations-statistics and another fie ld-in addition to the requirements in the other field ; the departmental adviser should be consulted .

The Depar tment offe rs a j o i n t c o n cen t ra t ion i n mathematics and statistics.

Requirements for Joint Concentration in

Mathematics and Statistics

Same as above plus:

• M T H or STT 20 I, 202, 203 , and 207 or 208; M T H 236, 265; S T T 226; e s c 1 00; t w o addit ional 200-level courses in mathematics and/ or statistics .

Courses of Instruction

1 45 . Elements of Applied Statistics. The nature and mean­i ng of s ta t i s t i c s ; organ iza t ion and i n terp reta t i on of da ta . Elements of statist ical inference, sampl i ng, and regression . 1 65 . Elements of Probability and Mathematical Statistics. Probabi l i ty , probabi l i ty d is tr ibut ions , random variables, mo­ments, principles of stat ist ical i nfe rence, est imat ion, hypothesis test ing. Prerequis i te : MTH 1 4 1 , 1 50, or 1 6 1 . 201 . Introduction to Probability. Probabi l i ty spaces, com­binato ria l problems, rand om variables and expectat ions , d is­crete a nd cont inuous dis tr ibut ions , generat ing funct ions, inde­pendence and dependence, b inomial , no rmal, and Poisson laws, laws of la rge n umbers . Prerequis i te : M T H 1 43 , 1 52, o r 1 62 . S a m e as M T H 20 1 . 202. Introduction to Stochastic Processes. Theory and ap­pl icat ions of random processes, i nc luding Markov chains , Poisson p rocesses, b i rth-and-death processes, random walks . Prerequis i te : STT 20 1 . Same as MTH 202. 203. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics . Principles of statist ical d ec is ion t heory, point and interval est imat ion, tests of hypotheses, mul t ivariate normal d i s t ribut ion , l i nea r hypoth­eses, se lected top ics . Prerequis i te : STT 20 I . Sa me as MTH 203.

205. Mathematical Genetics. Selected topics i n the mathe­matics of i nherited characterist ics, employing only e lementary probabi l i ty theory. Same as M T H 205. 207. Linear Programming and the Theory of Games . The basic p roperties of convex sets . Linear programming . Dual i ty . Principal t heorems . F in i te games . Some infin i te ga mes . Prereq­uisite: M T H 1 64 o r 1 74 . Same as M T H 207. 208. Nonlinear Programming. Const ra i ned opt imizat ion , Lagrange m ul t ip l iers , q uad ratic programming, dynamic pro­gramming . Prerequis i tes : M T H 1 63 a nd 1 64, o r 1 74 . Same as M T H 208. 2 1 1 . A pplied Statistics for the Social Sciences I. Descript ive stat ist ics , stat ist ical analysis , and statist ical i nference as used i n the social sciences; inc luding e lements of correlat ion , regres­s ion , and analysis of variance. Computer usage. 2 1 2 . A pplied Statistics for the Biological and Physical Sci­ences I . Descr ipt ive stat ist ics , stat ist ical analysis , a nd statist i­cal inference as used in t he biological and physical sciences; inc lud i ng elements of correlat ion , regress ion, a nd analysis of variance. Computer usage. 2 1 6 . Applied Statistics I I . Cont inuat ion of 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 . Analys is of variance, regress ion , correlat ion cont ingency table analysis , and associated topics . Prereq uis i te : STT 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 . 22 1 . Sampling Techniques. S imple random, s trat ified, sys­te matic, and cluster sampl ing ; est imat ion of the means, propor­t ions , variance, and ratios of a fi n i te populat ion . The non­response problem. Prerequis i te : STT 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 . 226. Introduction to Linear Models. Linear and mUl t ip le fi near regress ion . S im ple, part ia l , a nd mul t ip le correla t ion . I ntroduct ion to a nalysis of variance and covariance for ran­d o mized blocks . Latin squares and factorial des igns . Prerequi­s i te : STT 2 1 1 or 2 1 2 . 24 1 . Applied M ultivariate Analysis. M ult ivar iate normal d i s t r ibut ion ; regress ion and correlat ion ; tes ts of hypotheses and confidence reg ions for vecto r means ; M ANOVA; d iscri minant analys is ; p ri nc ipal compone nts and factor a nalysis ; canonical correlat ions ; a p pl icat ions from natural and social scie nces . Pre­req uis i tes : STT 203 and fami l iarity with matrices . 280. Introduction to Numerical Analysis. Same as M T H 2 8 0 and C S C 280. 320. I ntroduction to Design of Experiments. C red i t-2 hours . Techniq ues for d es igning, analyzi ng, and red ucing bias in o bservat ional studies . Prerequis i te : STT 2 1 6 o r 226. 391 . Independent Study in Statistics. Superv ised read ing arra nged on an ind ividual basis . Pre req uis i te : consent of the Department .

VISUAL SCIENCE Robert M. Chapman, Ph . D . ( Brown) Professor of

Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science Gerald H oward Cohen, P h . D . ( Wisconsin) Professor

of Electrical Engineering and in the Center for Visual Science

Paul D. Coleman, Ph . D . ( Rochester) Professor of A natomy and in the Center for Visual Science

Manuel Del Cerro, M . D. ( Buenos Aires) Professor in the Center for Brain Research, of Neurology, and in the Center for Visual Science; A ssociate Professor of A natomy and Ophthalmology

Robert W. Doty, Ph .D . (Chicago) Professor in the Center for Brain Research, of Physiology, of Psychology, and in the Center for Visual Science

Peter Lennie, Ph .D . (Cambridge) Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science

David M acAdam, Ph . D . ( M . I .T . ) Professor of Optics and Engineering and A djunct Professor in the Center for Visual Science

Walter Makous, Ph . D. ( Brown) Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science; Director of the Center

Henry S . Metz, M . D. ( S U NY) Professor and Chairman of Ophthalmology and in the Center for Visual Science

Seymour Zigman, Ph . D . ( Rutgers) Professor of Ophthalmology, of Biochemistry, and in the Center

for Visual Science Thomas R. Corwin, P h . D . ( Rochester) A ssociate

Professor· of Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science and Research Associate

Robert Kintz, Ph. D. ( Roc hester) A djunct A ssociate Professor in the Center for Visual Science

Charles A . Dvorak, Ph . D . ( Delaware) A djunct Assistant Professor in the Center for Visual Science

Robert C. Emerson, P h . D . ( Pennsylvania) A ssistan t Professor· of Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science; Associate Director of the Center

W. Michael K ing, Ph . D . ( Washington, Seattle) Assistant Professor of Physiology and in the Center for Visual Science

William H . Merigan, P h . D . ( M aryland) Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology, of Radiation Biology and Biophysics, and in the Center for Visual Science

Visual Science 139

Tatiana Pasternak, Ph . D . (Copenhagen) Assistant Professor· of Psychology and Research Associate in the Center for Visual Science

David R. Wil l iams, Ph . D . (California, San Diego) A ssistant Professor of Psychology and in the Center for Visual Science

Teaching assis tants occasionally assist instructors in the courses offered in (he Center, primarily in large courses or those requiring laboratories or numerous demonstrations.

The Center for Visual Science (CVS) is l ocated on the River Campus i n the Psychology Bui lding. I t s primary purpose is to provide special ized course work and ad­vanced research faci l ities for graduate students and postdoctoral workers i n various disc ipl ines whose work or interest involves the fie ld of visual science. This is done with the cooperation of faculty who have their primary appointments elsewhere in the University . Pro­spective students with an i nterest i n th is a rea might be drawn fro m any one of the fol lowing departments: Anatomy, Brain Research , Optics, Electrical E ngineer­ing, Physiology, or Psychology. CVS courses are avai l­able to any graduate students working toward degrees in any of the regular departments of the U niversi ty. Some participat ion by undergraduate students may be arranged with special approval .

C ourses of I nstruction

1 5 1 . Sensation and Perception. I nt roduction to the funda­mental facts, methods , and theories about sensing st imulation, p rocessing information, and perceiving objects in the environ­ment. Psych ophysical and physiological aspects of vision, audi­t ion, taste, smell , and the skin senses are included .

252. Sensory Processes. Lectu res, demonstrations, and read­ings on the physiological mechanisms by which humans and animals select and collect energy from the st imuli that surround them and transduce that energy into a form t hat al lows the nervous system to p rocess and respond to t he information it contains. Prerequisite: CVS or PSY 1 5 1 o r permission of t he instructor . Same as PSY 252. 256 . Perception with Laboratory. Fundame ntal perceptual processes investigated through laboratory demonstrations and student-conducted ex peri ments. Prerequisites: CVS o r PSY 1 5 1 and statistics, o r permission of the instructor. Same as PSY 256.

257. Sensory Processes with Laboratory. Each student de­signs and performs an experiment on one of the senses. Prereq­uisite: CVS o r PSY 1 5 1 o r permission of t he instructor. Same as PSY 257. ( 1 983-84)

• Part-time.

1 40 A rts and Science

440. Introduction to Visual Science. Survey course covering the physics, a natomy, physiology, and psychology of vision; including photometry a nd colorimetry, ph otochemistry a nd elect rophysiology, and psychophysics.

441 . Seminar in Perception . Seminar on the perception of size, d i stance, and visual d i rection with emphasis on perceptual plasticity revealed by exposure to distorted e nvironments.

442. Seminar in Sensory Processes. Basic seminar on the anatomy, physiology, and psychophysics of t he human auditory system.

443. Proseminar in V isual Science. Classic concepts, papers, and references in visual science. ( 1 983-84)

444. R esearch Methods and Equipment in Visual Science. Survey of research ins tru me ntation and methods , includ ing optics, sources of i l lumination, spatial and luminance control, calibration and measurements, a nd psychophysical methods .

445. Quantitative Methods for Visual Science. The mathe­matical tools required for research in visual science. ( 1 983-84)

U R CH£�l tNli

1 4 1

COLLEGE OF

ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE

Administrative Officers

Brian J. Thompson, Ph . D. ( Manchester) Dean t John H . Thomas, P h . D . ( Purdue) A ssociate Dean

for Graduate Studies t Carlyle F. Whit ing, M . S . ( R . P . I . ) A ssociate Dean Gail McDonald, M . A. ( Pennsylvania) A ssistant to the

Dean

The College of Engineering and Applied Science of­fers degree programs leading to the bachelor of science, master of science, and d octor of phi losophy degrees . Based on the fundamentals of science and engineering, the programs exist i n and benefit fro m a strong liberal arts environment.

The undergraduate program provides education for a l ifetime career, not merely training for a job . The pro­gram has two major objectives : 1 . To prepare students for posit ions as p racticing engi­

neers and leaders in industry, government, education, and other areas of society.

2. To prepare students for graduate work leading to professions i n medicine, law, and business as wel l as engineering, giving them an understanding of science and technology that will provide a firm foundation for their lifework .

The emphasis is on individual opportunity. Students are encouraged to participate i n the many active research projects in the College, and flexibi l i ty in each program makes it possible to incorporate specialized course work. For instance, engineering students pursue elective work and undertake research projects in such fields as b iomed­ical engineering, co mputer engineering, environmental studies, and materials science.

t Licensed professional engineer.

Students in tending to be engineering maj o rs are assigned faculty advisers in the College of Engineering and A pplied Science in their freshman year, and they may and usually d o begin taking engineering courses as early as the first semester.

U ndergraduate students formally enter the College of E ngineering and Applied Science at the j unior level after two years of strong l iberal arts education . During this period of t ime the student wil l have completed the requi­site freshman and sophomore courses as published in the Official Bulletin: Undergraduate Studies of his or her freshman year.

N ormally, formal application to the College of Engi­neeri ng and Appl ied Science i s accomplished by the student's fi l ing in the spring of the sopho more year a concentration approval form. The form wil l contain an approved plan of study for the j u nior and senior years and will be based on the undergraduate bullet in of the student's junior year.

The list of specific courses required to complete the degree i s approved by the faculty and available fro m faculty advisers . Students who fi le concentrat ion ap­proval forms later than the end of the sophomore year must make spec ia l a rrangements with their faculty advisers.

Four-year courses of study lead to the bachelor of science degree in chemical engineering, electrical engi­neering, geo mechanics, mechanical engineering, optics, or a n i nterdepartmental program in engineering and applied science. Accreditation of the programs in electri­cal , chemical, and mechanical engineering has been given by the Accreditation Board for E ngineering and Technology. See pages 1 44- 1 63 for details about these programs .

142 Engineering and Applied Science

Requirements for the Degree

Bachelor of Science

I n addit ion to the specific courses st ipulated in the degree programs, students must satisfactorily complete the following:

l. A min imum total of 1 28 semester hours, or equiva­lent, of acceptable and satisfactory academic work; individual departments may require a higher total .

2. English : any course at the 1 00 level (except 1 1 0- 1 29) , normally English \0 1 .

3 . Distribution requirements : Distribut ion requirements are an important and integral part of an engineering education, and should be carefully chosen with the help of faculty advisers. Students should consult with their faculty advisers about choosing mean ingful se­quences of courses within these requi rements . In all p rograms, students must take at least two courses i n t h e humanities a n d t w o i n t h e social sciences, as out­lined below. a . Humanities: any English course except the course

taken to satisfy the English degree requirement (see above) and, in c hemical engineering, courses 1 1 3- 1 29 ; any fine arts course; any foreign and comparative l iterature course ; any foreign lan­guage course above the 1 0 1 level; any music theory or music history course; any phi losophy course; any rel igious studies course . There is no foreign language requirement for the undergraduate pro­grams in the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science.

b. Social Sciences: any anthropology course; any economics course; any history course; any l i nguis­tics course; any polit ical science course; any psy­chology course; any sociology course.

I ndividual departments may require additional distribution courses; the chemical and mechanical engi neer ing programs req u i re one add i t i ona l course; i n electrical engineering and i n the interde­partmental, geomechanics, and optics programs, two addit ional courses are required . These addi­t ional courses may i nclude music performance courses and fore ign language courses at the 1 0 1 level if fol lowed by another course i n the same language . Refer to individual department sections in this bulleti n for further detai ls .

Liberal arts ( LA) courses can be counted only as free electives. Policies regarding other elective courses are included i n departmental curriculum descriptions .

4. One year of residency for undergraduates in the Col­lege . Students must be ad mitted to and registered in the College with an approved degree program for at least two semesters (not necessarily consecutive); d ur­ing each of these two semesters, students must com­plete at least 12 hours of course credit .

5. Cumulative grade-point average : a n average of at least 2 .0 for a l l courses taken for credit at the U niver­sity of Rochester, and an average of at least 2 . 0 in courses specified by the department or program of concentrat ion .

R OTC students concentrating i n engineering must take certain naval science courses i n addi t ion to the regu­lar courses l isted . A maximum of two ROTC courses (eight hours) may be used as free electives. Other R OTC courses must be taken as overloads .

C o m m o n First Year

Students intending to maj or i n an engineering or science field (chemical , electrical, and · mechanical engi­neering; geomechanics; optics ; and the interdepartmen­tal program in this co llege; b iology, chemistry, general science, geological sciences , mathematics, and physics in the College of Arts and Science) can take substantial ly the same courses during their freshman year and can change among these programs fairly easily unti l the end of the fi rst year. Students who come to the University interested i n engineering but uncertain of the specific area are encouraged to consider themselves as interde­partmental program students for the first year while , with the help of their engineering faculty advisers , they explore different options .

Enriched Five-Year Program

Normally undergraduate programs are completed in four academic years . Students may extend undergradu­ate work over a five-year peri od by includ ing addit ional courses in the l iberal arts or in the sciences. Students wishing to fol low such a progra m should consult their faculty advisers toward the end of the freshman year . The proposed program must meet the normal minimum load requirements .

By properly choosing the electives in a five-year pro­gram, students can meet requirements for both the B . S . degree in t h e College o f Engineering a n d Applied Sci­ence and a B . A . or B . S . degree in a chosen l iberal arts or science concentration . These students essentially com­plete a program similar to a two-col lege program, but do

so entirely at the University of Rochester. ( See the 3-2 Program descri bed on page 1 4 1 . )

Students who wish to complete a bachelor's degree in engineering and a master of business administrat ion may be able to combine an undergraduate engineering pro­gram with work in the Graduate School of Manage ment. This progra m may require that students take an over­load or sum mer courses during the j u nior or senior year; students should also be aware that, effective September 1 982, GS M will operate on a quarter-system calendar.

The 3-2 Program

The 3-2 Program offers extensive ed ucation i n the humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences in com­bination with professional education in engineering. I n this five-year program t h e student attends a participating liberal arts college for three years and then transfers to the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science for two years . For a l ist of participating col leges, write to the Dean, Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science, Gavett 204, U niversity of Rochester, Rochester, New York 1 4627.

Application for admiss ion to the 3-2 Program is made to the Ii beral arts co llege of the student's choice and is subject to the admission procedures of that institution . After three years of successful study of a curriculum which is submitted to and agreed upon by both faculties, acceptance into the College of Engineering and Applied Science i s guaranteed upon the recommendation of the participating college.

Two-Degree Program

Students may earn two undergraduate degrees fro m t h e Col lege of Engineering a n d Applied Science under the following condit ions : a . The interdepartmental program may not be one of

the two degrees . b. The t ime span involved must be greater than that

normally required for one degree . Advanced p lace­ment and summer courses may be counted as the equivalent of t ime.

c . The student must have the written approval of his or her adviser and the department chairmen concerned . A written request should l ist the courses being sub­mitted for each degree, noting those being counted for both degrees . The signatures of the department chairmen ind icate their agreement that the proposed

Engineering and Applied Science 143

two-degree program meets, in their j udgment, the requ irements of the New York State Educat ion Department ( Memo No. 4) and the University policy approved by the Cabinet of Deans on January 5, 1 976 (both are on fi le in the Office of the Dean, Col­lege of Engineering and Applied Science).

d . After approval by the department c hairmen, the req uest should be routed to the Administrative Com­mittee of the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science for final approval .

Biomedical Engineering

Students may pursue b iomedical engineering either through one of the departments or through the inter­departmental progra m. The Departments of Chemical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering, and The I nstitute of Optics al l offer courses relevant to b iomedical engineering. A noncredit course, Options in Biomedical Engineering, is offered to help students decide how to develop their i nterest in this area.

Computer Engineering

Computer engineering may be studied either through the Depart ment of E lectrical Engineering or the inter­departmental program in the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science. The Department of Electrical Engi­neering offers a strong sequence in computer engineer­ing; these courses may be supple mented with courses fro m the Department of Computer Science for an inter­departmental degree or taken as the core of an electrical engineering program. See also pages 57 and 1 49 .

Academic Information and

Advising The Dean's Office in Gavett Hal l assists students with

course changes, summer school approval, preparation for graduate and professional s tudy, independent study and special courses, and academic petit ions . For specific regulations on these and other aspects of progra m plan­ning, turn to the Academic Services and I nformation sect ion of this bul let in (pages 20 I - 208) .

Faculty advisers are assigned to each engineering stu­dent early i n the freshman year to provide i nformation about d ifferent engineering fields and to help students plan and review course sched ules and degree programs .

144 Engineering and Applied Science

The Dean's Office insures that students can see the faculty advisers most appropriate to their individual interests and needs .

Al l courses in the College are taught by full-time faculty members with professorial rank or by part-time faculty members with the rank of professor or lecturer. In courses that have more than 25 students, student teaching assistants may aid the professor in supervising laboratory sessions, running regularly scheduled prob­lem sessions, or grading homework.

Introductory Courses

Students seeking introductory level courses may wish to choose from among the fol lowing, which, except for EAS 255 , have no prerequisites:

CHE 92. Introduction to Chemical Engineering. No credit.

EAS 92. Options in Biomedical Engineering. No credit .

EAS 1 0 1 , 1 02 . Introduction to Computing. For students not planning further work in computer science or computer engi­neering. The first half of the semester covers FORTRAN. The second half t reats the following topics in numerical methods: interpolation. integration. roots of equations . systems of l inear equations. and ordi nary d iffe rential equations . Each student is expected to complete a project to demonstrate mastery of pro­gramming ski l l s . Students may register for the first or second half of the course (2 cred its) o r both (4 credits) .

EAS 255. An Introduction to Electronic Circuits and Measurement.

EE 1 0 1 . Computing.

OPT 1 00. Introduction to Modern Optics.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Giles R. Cokelet, Sc. D . ( M . LT . ) Professor of Radiation Biology and Biophysics and of Chemical Engineering

John Royal Ferron, Ph . D. (Wisconsin) Professor of Chemical Engineering

John C. Fried ly, Ph . D. (California, Berkeley) Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman of the Department

Howard Saltsburg, Ph. D. ( Boston) Professor of Chemical Engineering. of Chemistry. and of Materials Science

Richard Frederick Eisenberg, M . S . ( Rochester) A ssociate Professor of Metallurgy and of Materials Science

Martin Robert Feinberg, P h . D . ( Princeton) A ssociate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Richard H . Heist , Ph . D. ( Purdue) A ssociate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Robert H . N otter, P h . D . ( Washington). M . D. ( Roc hester) A ssistant Professor of Pediatrics and of Radiation Biology and BiophysiCS and A ssociate Professor of Chemical Engineering

* t Herman R. Osmers, Ph . D. ( Delaware) Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering

t Harvey John Palmer, P h . D. ( U niversity of Was hington) A ssociate Professor of Chemical Engineering

Shaw- H orng Chen, P h . D . ( M innesota) A ssistant Professor of Chemical Engineering

Thor Olsen, Siv . Ing. (Technical U niversity of Norway) Instructor and Laboratory Supervisor

Gouq-Jen Su, Sc . D. ( M . LT . ) Professor Emeritus of Chemical Engineering

Chemical engineers apply the c hemical and physical sciences to the so lution of practical problems. They often work in the chemical industry supervising design and construction of new manufacturing units, seeing that these operate economically and efficiently, accumulating and analyzing scientific information needed for useful process designs, and taki ng part in the development and marketing of new products. They may also use their e ngineering backgrounds i n a wide variety of other occupations. For example, chemical engineers may enter legal work, particularly in patent law; their special understand ing of chemical and physical processes is i nvaluable for further tra ining in medical o r b iomedical research . The chemical engineer also plays an increas­ingly important role in problems of waste t reatment and pol lut ion abatement and in best uses of energy and natu­ral resources.

The versati l ity demanded of chemical engineers re­quires that their abil i t ies to use the basic sciences be especially well developed . M oreover, because the solu­tions to society's problems frequently involve questions which transcend technical co nsiderations and because our faculty is committed to a true university education for chemical engineering students, the curriculum is designed to include humanities and social sciences as

• Part�t ime. t Licensed p rofess ional engineer.

wel l as the physical and biological sciences, mathemat­ics, and engineering.

Courses in chemical engineering are coordinated with separate laboratory courses in the sophomore, j unior, and senior years . The laboratory experiments are de­signed to demonstrate and test fundamental concepts learned in lectures. The laboratory is optional during the last semester and provides the student with the oppor­tu nity to do an open-ended project related to current problems in design and research .

For admission to the chemical engineering department the student normally is required to have a grade-point average of 2 . 1 5 in al l chemistry and chemical engineering courses taken during the first four semesters . For grad­uation a student must have obtained a grade-point aver­age of 2.0 in al l chemical engineering courses in addit ion to having an overall average of 2 .0 .

Advising

Each student is assisted by a faculty adviser in plan­ning his or her individual program of study, especial ly in the choice of electives. Faculty advisers help students to make sure that programs satisfy minimum degree re­quirements and, in addition, the minimum professional accred itation requirements of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology and of the American I nstitute of Chemical Engineers.

Electives

Twelve of the 32 four-cred it courses in a four-year program are electives; a five-year enriched program includes an additional eight. Five electives are selected from humanities and social science subjects (see page 1 42; in addit ion, English 1 1 3- 1 29 do not count toward these distribution requirements) . One elective (or nine in an enriched program) may be used however the student wishes. The six remaining electives are chosen from technical courses w i th the fol lowing restrict ions : one course must be in applied mathematics; a second course must be in process control or systems analysis ; and a third course must be in advanced chemistry. Those stu­dents taking Chemistry 203 for their organic chemistry laboratory are permitted to take Chemi stry 204 in addi­tion to satisfy the advanced chemistry requirement.

The three remaining technical electives should be chosen in consultation with faculty advisers. Students select these courses to broaden their engineering back­ground or to pursue an area of special personal interest in more depth . These courses a re usually completed in

Chemical Engineering 145

the j unior and senior year and normally do not i nclude more than one course at the 1 00 level . Technical electives often include personal research or design proj ects . Stu­dents are urged to consult widely and select their techni­cal electives careful ly . Examples of technical areas in which students can study in some depth might be :

biotechnology-problems of common interest to biol­ogists, biochemists, physicians, and engineers

environmental engineering-engineering methods ap­plied to community or ecological problems

energy resources-fossi l fuels , their production, chem­ical processing, and uses; other sources : nuclear fission and fusion, solar, hydroelectric, geothermal, etc .

systems and controls-the behavior of complex chem­ical processes and their on-line control

materials science-structure and properties of metals, glasses, plastics, and refractories

plastics and polymers-their structure, properties, and manufacture

surface chemistry and catalysis-unique properties of interfaces separating sol ids, l iquids, and gases

computer applicat ions-computer use in chemical processing systems .

146 Engineering and Applied Science

Typical Four- Year Program

First Year

Math 1 6 1 ' Math 1 62 ' Chern 1 4 1 2 Chern 1 422 English Physics 1 2 1 Elective Elective C H E 92 C H E 92

Second Year

Math 1 63 ' Physics 1 22 Chern 20 1 , 2032 Chern 2022 C H E 1 1 3 C H E 243, 1 1 6 Elective Elect ive

Third Year

C H E 244, 245 C H E 225, 246 C H E 280 C H E 23 1 Physics 1 23 C H E 94 Elective Elective

Elective

Fourth Year

C H E 250, 255 C H E 273 , 2563 Chern 25 1 Elective Elective' Elective Elective Elective

' A n alternative approved seq uence is Mathematics 1 7 1 , 1 72 , 1 73 for t hose considered e l igible by the Department of Mat hematics. An accept­able alternative sequence to M athematics 1 6 1 , 1 62 i s Mat hematics 1 4 1 , 1 42, 1 43 .

'The chemistry sequence 1 4 1 (or 1 25) , 1 42, 20 1 with 203, 202, and 25 1 is reco m mended . Alternate sequences, fo r example, 1 25 , 1 32 , 1 33, 1 34, and 25 1 , are permissible provided that they involve freshman chemistry, organic chemistry with laboratory, and physical chemistry. The elective in advanced chemistry is taken in addit ion to the sequence chosen.

JAn elective course.

40ne elective m ust be in process control o r systems analysis and selected from C H E 272, EE 2 1 3 , or M E 2 1 3 .

C ourses of Instruction

CHE 92. Introduction to Chemical Engineering. No credit . Group d iscussions of chemical engineering's current problems and relat ionship to the community. For entering students designating chemical e ngineering as their intended field of con­centration. CHE 94 . Plant Visits. N o cred it . Visits to industrial plants that i l lustrate chemical e ngineering in practice, preceded by explanation and fol lowed by d iscussion. CHE 1 13 . Conservation of Material and Energy . Formula­tion and solution of chemical e ngineering problems involving

physical and chemical changes and accompanying energy ef­fects. Stoichiometric and composit ional relationships , material and energy balances, materials properties, chemical p rocessing systems.

CHE 1 1 6 . Fundamentals of Computing and Data Acquisi­tion. Credit- l hour. In t roduction to techniques of comput­ing and the use of the computer in laboratory data processing and rea l-time data acquisit ion . Instruction is based upon the use of microcomputers in an interact ive environment. Prerequisite: C H E 1 1 3 .

C H E 2 2 5 . Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. Appli­cation of thermodynamics to chemical engineering problems. The thermodynamic potential is formalized from postulates and applied quantitatively to ideal and non-ideal systems. Complex equi l ib ria involv ing mult icomponent , mul t i p hase, reacting systems.

C H E 231 . A pplied Kinetics and Reactor Design. Review of chemical kinetics; meth ods of kinetic data collection, analysis, and interpretat ion ; calculation of s imple reactor designs. Em­phasis i s on homogeneous uncatalyzed reactions, but hetero­geneous and catalyzed react ions are considered.

CHE 243. Transport Phenomena I. Basic mathema tical tools of transport phenomena, the equations of continuity and momentum, laminar flow problems, d imensional analysis, mac­roscopic balances, and design of fluid flow systems. Prerequi­site: P H Y 1 2 1 .

C H E 244. Transport Phenomena I I . Continuation of Chem­ical Engineering 243. Theory of e nergy and mass transfer with reference to diffusive and convect ive t ransport of material and energy in static and flowing systems.

CHE 245. J unior Laboratory I: Credit- l hour. Laboratory safety, measurement of physical properties, gas chromatog­raphy, and fluid mecha nics . Exploratory experiments and pre­liminary experimental design, as well as written and oral final reports, are required.

CHE 246. Junior Laboratory II . Credit- l hour . Heat and mass transfer, vapor-liquid equi l ibrium, and chemical kinetics of homogeneous and heterogeneous catalytic systems. Explora­tory experiments and preliminary experime ntal design, as well as written and oral final reports, a re required . C H E 250. Design of Separation Processes. The theory of equilibrium stage and continuous separation of processes, with applications to such operat ions as d istil lat ion , absorption, extract ion, and crysta ll izat ion. Fixed-bed operations, such as gas adsorption and chromatography, a nd membrane processes are also considered .

C H E 2 5 2 . Po l lu t ion a n d Water E n v i r o n m e n t . Types , sources, and effects of water pollutants and l iquid wastes. Bio­logical and chemical aspects; river and lake modeling; t reat­ments; economics; legislat ion . Prerequisites: CH M 1 25 , M T H 1 63 , or permission of t h e instructor. N o prior engineering study assumed .

" C H E 253. Pollution and the Air Environment. Types, sources, and effects of a ir pol lutants . Ident ificat ion and mea­surement. Photochemical processes; aeroso ls ; atmospheric and stack modeling; t reatments; economics; legislat ion . Prerequi­sites: C H M 1 25, MTH 1 63, or permission of the instructor. No pr ior engineering s tudy as sumed.

"CHE 254. Pollution and the Land Environment. Origins, characterization, di sposal of solid wastes. Landfil l , incineration, composting, recycling, pyrolysis, chemical change. Domestic, industrial , nuclear, mining, agricultu ral wastes. Economics; leg­islat ion . Prerequisites : C H M 1 25 , M T H 1 63 , or permission of the instructor. No prior engineering study assumed.

CHE 255. Senior Laboratory I . Cred it- I hour. Experi­ments involving chemical process equi pment: double effect evaporator, disti l lation column, gas absorber, and cont inuous sti rred tank reactor. Exploratory experiments and p reliminary experimental design, as well as written and o ral final reports, are required.

C H E 256. Senior Laboratory I I . Credit- I to 4 h o u rs . Design studies and independent projects . Some examples are chemical process systems, biochemical and biomedica l applica­t ions , polymers and plastics, reacto rs and separators, environ­mental problems, energy usage, food technology, and on-line computer control .

CHE 272. Process Dynamics and Control . I ntroduction to the dynamic behavior of chemical engineering systems. Analysis and design of feedback control systems . Prerequisites: CH E 1 1 3 , 1 1 6.

CHE 273. Chemical Engineering Process Design. A n inten­sive course for seniors . Fundamental material in t ra nsport phenomena, thermodynamics, react ion k inetics, unit opera­tions, materials science, and econo mics is interrelated t h rough laboratory experiments and applications to chemical plant design. Prerequisites : C H E 23 1 , 250.

CHE 280. M aterials Engineering and Mechanical Design. Evaluation and select ion of materials for engineering design. Correlation of st ructu re and p roperties, control of properties, fabrication methods, s trength of materials and mechanical glasses, and ceramics. Laborato ry.

· · C H E 283. Principles of Physical Metallurgy . Structure and properties of meta ll ic materia ls . Crysta ll ine state and its characterization ; X-ray diffract ion . Phase equi l ibria and prop­erties of alloys. Kinetic and diffusional phenomena.

CHE 284. Applied Physical Metal lurgy. A study of al loy systems . Phase d iagrams, heat t reatments, and microstructure related to mechanical and other physical properties . Labora­tory. ··CHE 285. Contemporary Problems in Materials Engineer­ing. Study of current literature relating to materials research and development, by discussion and criticism of the assigned reading. Prerequisite: C H E 280 o r equivale nt. CHE 391. Reading Course. See approval procedures for Independent Study on page 204.

Electrical Engineering 147

C H E 392. Special Topics . Seminar on current pract ices and developments in chemical engineering and related areas for juniors and seniors; subjects vary from year to year.

CHE 393. Special Project, Essay, or Thesis .

CHE 395. Research Course. See approval p rocedures for I ndependent Study on page 204. C H E 396. Chemical Engineering Projects. Credit- I to 4 hours . Students pursue original problems related to chemical engineering. Projects may be experimental , theoretical, o r com­putational . Prerequisite: permission of t he inst ructor .

Graduate Courses Open to Qualified U ndergraduates

C H E 4 1 1 . Mathematics for Chemical Engineering.

CHE 42 1 . C lassical and Statistical Thermodynamics.

C H E 43 1 . Analysis of Chemical R eactors.

· · C H E 435. Gas-Solid I nteractions.

C H E 44 1 . Principles of Transport Phenomena.

· · C H E 447. Heat Transfer.

CHE 448. M ass Transfer in Chemical ly Reacting Systems.

CHE 452. The Kinetics of Phase Transitions.

· · C H E 470. Advanced Unit Operations.

· · C H E 471 . Process Dynamics I .

C H E 472. Process Dynamics I I .

C H E 474. Process Control .

· · C H E 48 1 .

· · C H E 486.

CHE 487.

CHE 492.

Corrosion.

Polymer Science.

Polymer Processing .

Special Topics: Applied M athematics in Chemical Engineering.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Edwin Lorenz Carstensen, Ph. D. ( Pennsylvania) Professor of Electrical Engineering and of Radiat ion Biology and Biophysics

Gerald Howard Cohen, Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Professor of Electrical Engineering. of Ophthalmology. and in (he Centerfor Visual Science

" N o t given academic year 1 98 2 - 8 3 .

148 Engineering and Applied Science

Jerome Feldman, Ph . D . (Carnegie- Mellon) Professor of Computer Science and of Electrical Engineering

t Edwin Kinnen, Ph . D. ( Purdue) Professor of Electrical Engineering

Charles Wolcott Merriam, Sc. D. ( M . I . T. ) Professor of Electrical Engineering

Sidney Shapiro, Ph . D. ( Harvard) Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of the Department

Herbert Bernhardt Voelcker, Ph . D. ( Imperial College of Science and Technology) Professor of Electrical Engineering

Leon Lum Wheeless, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Professor of Pathology and of Electrical Engineering

Bobby Ross Barmish , Ph . D. (Cornell) A ssociate Professor of Electrical Engineering

Edward Lawrence Titlebaum, Ph . D. (Cornell) Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering

t Robert Charles Waag, Ph. D. (Cornell) Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering and of Radiology

Alexander Albicki , Ph . D . ( Institute of Tele­Communications, Warsaw) A ssistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

t David Charles Farden, Ph. D. (Colorado State) Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

Thomas Y. Hsiang, Ph. D. (Cal ifornia , Berkeley) A ssistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

Kevin James Parker, Ph. D. ( M . I . T.) Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering

Vasant Saini , Ph . D. ( Rochester) A ssistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology and of Electrical Engineering

t Charies V. Stancampiano, Ph . D . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering and Scientist in the Laboratory for Laser Energetics

H ugh Guthrie Flynn, Ph . D. ( Harvard) Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering

Lloyd Phil ip Hunter, D . Sc. (Carnegie Institute of Technology) Professor Emeritus of Electrical Engineering

Electrical engineers put electricity to use. Some work on the efficient generation and reliable d istribution of electric power; others specialize in the design of circuits and systems for communications and computers; sti l l others apply their knowledge in the collection and inter­pretat ion of biomedical information . All are concerned with control l ing the flow of electric energy. Someti mes this energy is carried by electrons, as in the tiny solid

t Licensed professional engi neer.

state devices and integrated circuits that make possible electronic computers and automated control systems . Sometimes this energy is carried by electric and magnetic fields propagating through space, as in the microwave and satellite communications systems that make possible worldwide television and data transmission.

To carry out their task of putting electricity to work, electrical engineers need to understand the physical p rin­ciples underlying electrical phenomena and the mathe­matical formulae underlying the interrelationships of electrical systems . They need to learn and to practice the principles of design and of problem solving so that they can apply their knowledge efficiently and effectively. They need to keep themselves informed of new develop­ments in science and in technology in order to handle tomorrow's challenges .

The University o f Rochester's faculty is dedicated to involving students in a total ed ucational experience to prepare them for the high expectations of the engineer­ing profession . Each student has numerous opportuni­ties to interact with individual faculty members via par­ticipation in research or design projects and via activities of the local chapters of the vari ous technical and profes­sional societies. These contacts help reinforce the moti­vation and discipl ine so essential to the attainment of engineering goals . Students are also encouraged to join and be active in the student chapter of I EEE, the profes­sional society for electrical engineers .

Undergraduate Program

The Department of Electrical Engineering has an up­to-date, flexible, and ful ly accredited curriculum that encourages students to pursue individual interests and goals with respect to both general education and profes­sional training. The curriculum emphasizes flexibi lity in content and student involvement in program planning.

Curriculum flexibi l i ty permits specialization in fields such as biomedical engineering and computer engineer­ing, as well as in tradit ional fields of electrical engi­neering such as communications , feedback control , and solid state electronic devices.

The curriculum is based on sequences of course work that emphasize the application of mathematical and physical concepts to engineering problem solving. Many of the undergrad uate courses include a l aboratory intended to provide students wi th extensive "hands-on" and design experience. Undergraduates are also encour­aged to participate in active research programs by enroll­ing in special project courses under the supervis ion of a faculty member.

All the undergraduate engineering curricula have cer­tain degree req uirements in common, such as courses in basic mathematics, physics, and chemistry as well as in English, the humanit ies , and the social sciences. ( See the typical program outli ned below . ) In addit ion, the electri­cal engineering program requires the completion of at least four out of the fo llowing five two-course basic sequences : Computers and Computat ion : E E 1 0 1 - 1 02 or C S C

1 7 1 - E E 1 02 Systems and Control : EE 1 1 1 -2 1 2 Solid State Electronics : E E 22 1 -222 Fields and Waves : EE 23 1 -232 Signals and Communication : E E 24 1 - 242 No basic two-course sequence is a prereq uisite for any other basic sequence (with the exception of EE 1 1 1 -2 1 2, which is a prerequisite for E E 24 1 -242) . It is strongly recommended that E E 1 0 1 or CSC 1 7 1 be the first course taken.

Additional courses are to be selected from the basic sequences or advanced courses (undergrad uate or grad­uate) so that at least I I electrical engineering courses are included in each student's program.

In virtually every electrical engineering course, home­work, laboratory, or design projects are assigned that require extensive use of computers. All students intend­ing to take the B.S. in electrical engineering are expected to prepare themselves adequately for such assignments early in their college careers.

After satisfyi ng the general course req uirements given above, there remains in the typical program room for s ix more electives : two are free e lectives whi le four must be technical electives selected fro m appropriate engineer­ing, science, or mathematics courses. A specific l ist ing of departments, including course exceptions , fro m which technical electives may be selected is o n fi le i n the departmental office.

Study of related social, behavioral , and biological d is­ciplines is also encouraged . Students interested in medi­cine, law, or management may take preparatory courses for these areas as electives .

Another disti nctive feature of the curriculum is its removal of artificial boundaries between undergraduate and graduate courses. Because basic grad uate courses can be taken in addit ion to advanced undergraduate electives, a larger variety of electives is available for undergraduates . This feature also allows for in-depth preparation for graduate study in electrical engineering or in related areas such as computer science. U ndergrad­uate students are encouraged to participate in active research programs by enroll ing in special project courses (EE 396).

Electrical Engineering 149

Flexibility in the departmental program facil i tates entry into the program by transfer students and also assures them the opportunity of preparing themselves for graduate study in electrical engineering as well as other areas.

Accreditation

Each student i s assisted by a faculty adviser in plan­ning his or her individual program of study. In making specific course select ions each student must be sure to satisfy not only the categorical course requirements given above but also the min imum professional accredi­tation requirements establ ished by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. The Board requires that each electrical engineering student fol low a curriculum that has the fo llowing minimum content :

H u manities and Y2 year ( 1 6 credit hours) Social Science

Mathematics Y2 year ( 1 6 credit hours) Basic Science Y2 year ( 1 6 credit hours) Engineering Science I year (32 credit hours) Engineering Design Y2 year ( 1 6 credit hours)

To help each student plan such a program of study, a Guide to Course Selection has been prepared , and a copy may be obtained from the departmental office .

Ad mission

For admiss ion to the Department of Electrical Engi­neering, the student must have completed at least EE 1 0 1 o r C S C 1 7 1 and one addit ional electrical engineering c o u rse fro m the bas ic sequence c o urses and have ach ieved a grade-point average of at least 2 . 1 5 in a l l bas ic sequence courses completed at the t ime of applica­t ion for admission . The student must also have a grade­point average of at least 2.0 overa l l . For grad uation , electrical engineering maj ors a re required to obta in a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2 .0 in the eight courses included in the basic sequence category of the program.

Computer Engineering

Those electrical engineering students who are seeking special ized professional trai ning in computer engineer­ing are encouraged to complete all five basic electrical engineering sequences, EE 20 1 -202, EE 203-204, and an advanced elective mathematics seq uence such as M T H 2 1 6 a n d 2 1 7 , M T H 236 a n d 2 3 7 , o r M T H 247 a n d 248. Addit ional electives may be selected from the offerings

150 Engineering and Applied Science

of the Department of Computer Science (see page 57) . " Hands-on" hardware, firmware , and software experi­ence with minicomputers and microcomputers is also available for advanced computer engineering students through use of equipment in the Electrical Engineering Computer Facil ity; academic credit for this experience can be obtained by registration in EE 396. ( See also pages 48, 57 , 1 43 , and 1 55 . )

Typical Four- Year Degree Program

First Year

EE 1 0 1 or CSC 1 7 1 Math 1 6 1 ' Chern 1 25 English 1 0 1

Second Year

EE I I I Math 1 63 ' Physics 1 22, 1 8 1 Elective (hum. o r soc. sci . )

Third Year

EE 1 02 Math 1 62 ' Physics 1 2 1 Elective (hum. o r soc. sci . )

E E 2 1 2 Math 1 64 ' Physics 1 23 , 1 8 3 E lect ive (hum. or soc. sci . )

Four E E courses fro m basic sequences a n d advanced elect ives Two EE courses or other technical electives Two electives (humanities or social science)

Fourth Year

Three EE courses from basic sequences and advanced elec-tives

Two EE courses or other technical electives Two free electives Elective (humanities or social science)

' An a l ternat ive a p p roved sequence i s M a t h e matics 1 7 1 , 1 72, 1 73 . 1 74 for those considered e l ig ib le by t h e Department of Mat hematics . An acceptable a l ternat ive seque nce to M athematics 1 6 1 , 1 62 i s M a t h e matics 1 4 1 , 1 42, 1 43 .

B . S. - M . S . Program in Electrical

En gineering

Electrical engineering j uniors contemplating graduate work s hould consider the special five-year program out­l ined below. Students are accepted into this program in the spring of their j unior year and can begin master's level independent work in their senior year . At the end of the five-year p rogram, both a B . S , and an M . S . in elec­trical engineering are awarded . Students may pursue either a Plan A (with thesis) or a Plan B (with a compre­hensive examination) M . S . degree program , · The chief

advantage of this program is t hat i t provides a smooth transiti on into graduate work with no deficiency or d is­continuity between the undergraduate preparation and the graduate work, Another advantage is the increased flexibil ity that the additional EE courses provide the student in satisfyi ng accred itat ion and minimum curricu­lum requirements.

To be accepted , students must have a good academic record and must have completed at least three basic E E sequences by the end o f their j unior year. Students admitted to the program may also compete with other M . S . candidates for financial aid in the fifth year .

B . S . - M . S . Program Example

Fourth Year

EE basic sequence EE advanced Elective (technical) '

Fifth Year

E E 495' or 400'-level elective

EE 400' level EE 400' level Elective (free)

E E basic sequence EE 400' level EE 495 (thesis)' or

EE advanced' Elective (hum. or soc. sc i . )

E E 495' or 400'-level elective

EE 400' or 500' level Elective (technical ) ' E·E advanced'

Not less than six or more than 1 2 hours of EE 495 may be used in the Plan A degree. For those students in tending to pursue a Ph . D . degree at the U niversity of Rochester, there is the addit ional requ i rement that the Plan B program include a 400- level special project course as one of the 400-level courses or, if the Plan A program is fo l lowed, the comprehensive ex­aminat ion m ust be taken in addit ion to the no rmal Plan A requirements.

' M ay a lso be a n E E cou rse if des ired . 'Courses compris ing the M . S . part of t h e progra m .

Courses of Instruction

I . Computers and Computation

EE 1 0 1 . Computing. Algorithmic formulation of computing problems . In t roduction to Pascal progra mming. Topics in­clude: n umber representations, introduction to data structures, data base manage ment , and a n in t roduction to F O R T R A N 77. (This cou rse closely parallels CSC 1 7 1 , which is equivalent to

· See t h e Official Bulletin: Graduate Studies f o r a descri p t i o n of P l a n A P l a n B M . S . degree o p t i o n s .

EE 1 0 1 for purposes of concentration in electrical engineering . ) No prerequisites.

EE 1 02 . Digital Circuits. Combinational switching circuits analysis and design. Synchronous and asynchronous systems. Flip-flops, counters, registers , and other M S I and LSI c ircuits and their applications . Laboratory. No prerequisites.

EE 201 . Computer Systems I. I nt roduction to computer organizat ion and implementat ion. Topics include comparative computer architecture, registers and data paths, bus design, fi xed-point ar i thmetic units, hardwi red control units, I / O units, and memory units . Prerequisite : E E 1 02 o r equivalent.

EE 202. Computer Systems II. Concurrent processes a nd computer organizat ion . Topics include I / O p rogramming, mu­tual exclusion, semaphores, dead lock, Petri nets, processor sched uling, microprogrammed computer organizations, micro­assemblers and formatters, error detect ion and correction using coding techniques. Prerequisite: EE 20 I or equivalent.

EE 203. Computer Programming Systems I . Theory a nd practice of computer programming systems. Topics include programming languages, data structures, sorting and searching, as wel l as pars ing and code generat ion . I nterpreters a nd assemblers. Prerequisite: E E 1 0 1 or CSC 1 7 1 .

EE 204. Computer Programming Systems I I . Theory a nd practice of co mputer programming systems continued. Topics include theoretical models fo r process sched uling and system performance. Assemblers, loaders, link editors , fi le systems, and operating systems . Design of mUlt iprogramming systems. Prerequisite: E E 203 or equivalent.

EE 206. Computational Methods for Engineers. U se of digital computers for solving computational problems, specifi­cally, methods fo r approximation, interpolation , differentia­tion, and i ntegrat ion . Topics include methods for solving l inear and nonl inear algebraic equations and for solving ordinary and part ial differential equations, sparse matrix techniques, factor­ing polynomials and associated eigenvalue problems arising in the analysis of l inear systems, and fast Fourier transform tech­niques used in the digital p rocessing of signals. Computat ional methods for solving optimization problems and associated algebraic Riccati equations presented as t ime permits. Students use a digital computer throughout the course. Prerequisites : MTH 1 64 or equivalent and a working knowledge of Pascal .

EE 402. Stochastic Models for Computer Systems.

II. Systems and Control

EE I l l . Circuits. Circuit analysis considering passive R LC elements, ideal and controlled sources . Topics: network theo­rems, steady state and transient solutions, complex frequency, harmonic wave-form a nalysis, and two-port network descrip­tions. Laboratory: electrical measurement inst ruments and tech­niques. Prerequisites : concurrent registrat ion in MTH 1 63 and P H Y 1 22.

EE 2 1 2 . Systems. Systems with applicat ion to circuits ; net­work topo logy, vector/ matrix formulation of equations, equiv­alent ci rcuits and biasing. Fourier series and Fourier transforms,

Electrical Engineering 151

convolution . Laplace t ransform, transfer functions, multi port networks, feedback . Laboratory. Prerequisites: E E I I I or equiv­alent; M T H 1 63 .

EE 2 1 3 . Control Systems. A nalysis a n d synthesis of l inear servo systems; topics include mathematical models of electro­mechanical systems , linearizat ion of energy storage systems, Laplace and z-transforms, sample data systems, properties of l inear systems, transfer function algebra, flow graphs, feedback, stabil ity, and frequency-domain d esign techniques. In t roduc­tion to nonlinear systems; topics include describing functions and phase plane analys is . Laboratory i ncludes analog s imula­tion, computer-aided design, and digital computer control . Pre­requisite: EE 2 1 2 or equivalent .

E E 2 1 5 . Electrical Utility Engineering . Three-phase electri­ca l system analys i s . Synchronous machines , power t ra ns­formers, t ransmission l ines . Load flow analysis and optimum system operat ion . Load control fault analysis and transient sta­bility. Prerequisite: EE 2 1 2 or equivalent.

EE 2 1 7 . Electronics I . M odels of d iodes and transistors. Discrete component and integrated c ircuit amplifiers . I nput and output stages, operational ampl ifiers , and oscillators. Fre­que ncy and time response, feed back and stabil ity. Laboratory. Prerequisite: EE 2 1 2 or equivalent .

E E 2 1 8 . Electronics II . I n tegrated circuits for op amps, mul­tipliers, modulators, active filters, phase locked loops . D/ A and A/ D converters. Microprocessors and data conversion . labora­tory. Prerequisite: EE 2 1 7 or equivalent.

E E 4 1 0 . Linear Systems.

EE 4 1 6 . Computer-Aided Design of Distributed Parameter Systems.

I I I . Solid State Electronics

E E 2 2 1 . Solid State Electronics I. I n t rod uct ion to the oper­ation, fabricat ion, a nd design of solid state devices. Topics covered include the physics of semiconductors, fab rication technology, charge transport, p-n j u nctions, so lar cells, L E Ds, transistors , M OS devices, and basic integrated circuits . Labo­ratory: measurement of the electronic p roperties of semicon­d uctors and sol id state devices. Prerequisites : P H Y 1 23 ; M T H 1 63 or equivalent .

EE 222. Sol id State Electronics II . A continuation of the material covered i n EE 22 1 , th is course emphasizes the model­ing and design of modern M OS devices . Topics covered i nclude the metal-oxide-semiconductor interface, surface states, the M OS FET, and fundamental l imits of performance. Charge­transfer devices such as the CCD and their applications to imaging a nd memory are d i scussed in detail. M odeling of M O S and bipolar integrated devices as w e l l as s o m e computer-aided design techniques a re reviewed . Finally, Gunn effect electronics is presented along with some appl ications in the a reas of micro­wave devices and logic. Laboratory: e lectrical characterization of M OS devices and several design projects using CAD tech­niques.

EE 327. Solid State Electronics Laboratory . Project labora-

152 Engineering and Applied Science

tory involving techniques of materials preparat ion or device fabrication related to solid state electronics components . May be taken for credit more than once. Prerequisite : EE 222 or equivalent.

EE 420. Introduction to Solid State Electronics.

EE 424. Active Microwave Devices.

EE 425. Superconductivity and the Josephson Effect.

EE 429. Research Seminar in Solid State Electronics.

IV. Fields and Waves

EE 23 1 . Fields. Fundamentals of electromagnetic field rela­tions in various med ia. Topics: boundary-value problems in electrostatics and magnetostatics . Time-varying fields and Max­well 's equations . Prerequisites : MTH 1 63 and P H Y 1 22 or equivalent.

EE 232. Waves. Wave phenomena. Topics: Plane electro­magnetic waves, acoustic waves, transient and steady state solu­tions of transmission line problems, propagation and radiation of electromagnetic waves, wave guides, antennas. Laboratory. Prerequisite: EE 23 1 or equivalent. EE 431 . Microwaves.

EE 433. Acoustic Waves.

V. Signals and Communication

EE 241 . Signals. Theory and practice of communication engineering. Functions of complex variables; Fourier analysis; filtering and distortion of signals by l inear networks; sampling and mUltiplexing of signals; modulation theory (continued in EE 242). Prerequisites: MTH 1 64 and E E 2 1 2 .

EE 242. Communications. M odulation and demodulation. I ntroduction to probabil ity theory and stochastic processes; sta­tistical characterization of noise and communication channels . Performance of communication systems in the presence of noise. Laboratory. Prerequisite: EE 24 1 .

EE 440. Communication Theory I .

EE 441 . EE 446. EE 447.

Communication Theory I I .

Digital Signal Processing.

Image Processing.

VI. Special Interests

EE 253. Biomedical Systems. Applicat ions of control tech­niques to biological systems. Regulatory and communication systems at t he cellular and organ levels. Cardiovascular, respi­ratory, renal, neuromuscular, endocrine, and neural systems. Prerequisite: EE 2 1 2 or equivalent. EE 256. Optimization with Applications to Large-Scale Sys­tems. Topics i n optimization which are useful in the ana lysis and design of large-scale systems with uncertainty. Lagrange mult ipliers, the simplex algorithm, descent methods, penalty functions , emergency state control, dynamic programming, decentralization, multi machine systems, vector Lyapunov the-

ory. A number of computer exercises i s included . Prerequisites : EE 2 1 3 and / or 2 1 5 , or equivalent. EE 258. Geometric Modeling and Engineering Graphics. Modeling and representation of solid objects and automated engineering graphics . A theory based on geometry, set theory, and topology is developed to model and represent rigid sol ids . Useful algorithms which operate on the representations are studied. Prerequisite: E E 1 0 1 or equivalent .

EE 261 . Very Large Scale Integrated Systems. Design a nd implementat ion of very large scale integrated systems. I nte­grated c ircuit devices, subsystems, and architecture. Computer­aided design and design testing. Design project . Prerequisites: Some familiarity with solid state devices , electronic circuits, and computer systems at the level of EE 2 1 7 , 22 1 , 20 I .

EE 391 . Independent Reading.

EE 392. Special Topics Seminar.

EE 393. Special Essay .

EE 396. Special Project.

EE 450. Bioelectric Phenomena.

EE 451 . Bioultrasound.

EAS 255. An Introduction to Electronic Circuits and Mea­surement. Electrical circuits , s ignals , components, and in­struments often encountered in a life science research labora­tory. Operational aspects of devices, integrated circuits, and instruments. Some theory of circuits and signals . Laboratory required . Prerequisites: one semester each of calculus and physics.

GEOMECHARles

Program Advisers

t Alfred Clark, Jr . , Ph . D. ( M . LT.) Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Udo Fehn, Ph . D. ( Munich) Assis tant Professor of Geological Sciences

The program in geomechanics is a j oint offering of the Department of Geological Sciences and the Department of Mechanical Engineering, and leads to the degree of bachelor of science in geo mechanics . The program pro­vides an unusual opportunity for students . interested in the quantitative aspects of the earth sciences.

The curriculum emphasizes the appl ication of the princ ip les of mechanics to problems associated with the atmosphere, the oceans , and the sol id earth. The pro­gram is a natural outgrowth of col laborative research

t Licensed professional engineer.

efforts between the two departments, and builds on several areas of common i nterest : the mechanics of fluids, the mechanics of sol ids , a nd the properties of materials .

Students who successful ly complete this program should be well equipped for employment or graduate studies in a number of fields, such as geophysics, hydrol­ogy, structural geology and rock mechanics, engineering geology, l imnology, coastal and marine geology, theoret­ical geomorphology, and related fields . Career oppor­tunities include work with the U . S . Geological Survey and with departments of natural resources or environ­mental protection at the federal, state, and county levels, with the oi l and mineral resources industries, and in multidisciplinary private consult ing firms engaged in geological engineering.

Curriculum

The geomechanics curriculum is built around basic mathematics, p hysics, chemistry, geology, and engineer­ing courses . The required geology courses cover geologic processes, the evolution of the earth, mineralogy, and structural geology. Required engineering courses deal with mechanics, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and solid mechanics.

Technical electives, chosen from a number of geology and engineering offerings, include courses in geophysical fluid dynamics, optical mineralogy, materials science, advanced mechanics, heat transfer, rheology, rock me­chanics, geophysics, sedimentary processes, and geo­technical engineering. In addition, the curriculum pro­vides a balance of elective courses in the humanities and social sciences.

The program also al lows three free electives, which each student may choose to suit h is or her special inter­ests . For example, a student can elect to study envi­ronmental problems by taking courses in air and water pollution and in ecology. Training in environmental planning and policy work may be obtained by taking courses in geology and public policy, environmental decisions, and operat ions research . Many other special programs can be developed in such areas as water resources problems, advanced fluid dynamics of atmo­spheres and oceans, or advanced rock mechanics and structural geology.

As part of their studies, many undergraduates investi­gate problems, often of local interest, in the area of geomechanics . Recent projects include: flooding and level regulation on Lake Ontario; a nalysis of a proposed

Geomechanics 153

flood-control p roject on a tributary of the Genesee River; hydrologic stud ies of l ocal communities; water quality problems of the Finger Lakes; experimental studies of microfracturing in granite; and laboratory modeling of the dynamics of the earth's crust and upper mantle.

Program Requirements

For preparat ion in mathematics, the program requires M T H 1 6 1 , 1 62, 1 63 , and 1 64. The required physics courses a re 1 2 1 ; 1 22, 1 8 1 ; 1 23 , 1 82 ; 1 83 ; and the required chemistry courses are C H M 1 25 and 1 2 6 (or C H M 1 4 1 and 1 42) . In geology, G E O 1 0 1 , 20 1 , 224, and 283 are requi red ; and in mechanical engineering, the require­ments are M E 1 20, 1 23 , 225, and 226.

In addition to the above courses, there are five tech­nical electives, which may be any of the GEO or M E courses o n the 200 level or higher.

The program includes three free electives to al low a strong minor in an area of particular interest to the stu­dent, or to broaden the scope of the curriculum. Other general degree requirements are those listed on page 1 42 .

Administration

The geomechanics degree is awarded by either the Col­lege of Arts and Science or the College of Engineering and Applied Science-the choice is made by the student. If the student chooses Arts and Science, his or her major adviser wi l l be in the Department of Geological Sciences; if the col lege chosen is Engineering and Applied Science, the maj o r adviser wil l be in the Department of Mechani­cal Engineering. In each case, the student wil l also have a minor adviser in the other department.

Listed below is a sample arrangement of courses. Con­siderable variations on this ordering are possible to accommodate transfers and special needs .

Four-Year Degree Program in

Geomechanics

First Year

Math 1 6 1 ' GEO 1 0 1 English Elective (free)

Math 1 62 ' Physics 1 2 1 M E 1 20 Elect ive (hum . or soc. sci . )

154 Engineering and Applied Science

Second Year

Math 1 63 Physics 1 22, 1 8 1 Electi ve ( free) Elective ( hum. or soc. sci . )

Third Year

Chern 1 252 ME 225 Elective (technical) Elective (technical)

Fourth Year

GEO 224 Elective (technical) Elective (free) Elective (hum. or soc. sci . )

Math 1 64 Physics 1 23 , 1 82 M E 1 23 GEO 20 1

Chern 1 262 ME 226 Physics 1 83 E lective (hum. or soc. sci . ) E lective (hum. o r soc. sci . )

G E O 283 E lective (technical) E lective (technical) E lective (hum. or soc. sci . )

I An a lternative approved sequence is M at hematics 1 7 1 , 1 72 for t hose considered el igi b le by the Department of Mathematics. An acceptable alternative sequence to Mathematics 1 6 1 , 1 62 is Mathematics 1 4 1 , 142, 1 43 .

'An a l ternative approved sequence is Chemistry 1 4 1 , 1 42 for those considered eligible by the Department of Chemistry.

INTERDEPArrMENTAL PROGRAM

Program Committee

Edwin Lorenz Carstensen, Ph .D . ( Pennsylvania) Professor of Electrical Engineering and of Radiation Biology and Biophysics

John Royal Ferron, Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman of the Committee

Howard Saltsburg, Ph. D. ( Boston) Professor of Chemical Engineering, of Chemistry, and of Materials Science

Kenneth James Teegarden, Ph. D. ( I l l inois) Professor of Optics; Director, The Institute of Optics

t Helmut D. Weymann, D. Sc. ( Aachen) Professor of Mechanical Engineering and of Materials Science

t Licensed professional engineer.

Each student in the interdepartmental program, with the advice of a Program Committee member, creates a program of study based on more flexible degree require­ments than those found in classical engineering degree programs. Thus the i nterdepartmental p rogram al lows a large number of program possibi lit ies for a student who plans to enter postgraduate education i n applied science, medicine, law, or business.

Students whose career objectives are technologically oriented , but l ie outside fields i n which established engi­neering programs are available, also find the program attractive. For example, interdiscipl inary interests which may form the basis for individual p rograms of study are : computer engineering, b ioengineering, physical metal­lurgy, po lymer science, environmental engineering, etc. The degree earned i s a bachelor of science in engineering and applied science.

Freshmen who enter the University interested in engi­neeri ng but uncerta in of the specific area are encouraged to consider themselves as interdepartmental p rogram students for the first year while, with t he help of their engineering faculty advisers, they explore different op­tions. Many of t hese students subsequently choose a program in one of the departments.

A student who plans to enroll in the progra m may request to be assigned to a Program Committee member as adviser. The student prepares a ful l p rogram of courses for approval by the Committee, after which the student may be formally accepted into the program.

Students normally fol low a four-year program of 32 courses. Sixteen are bas ic courses: one satisfies the degree require ment i n English ; s ix are humanities and social science electives ; and nine are i n natural sciences. These nine courses normally include at least as many mathematics, physics , and chemistry courses as required by a department in the College .

S ixteen addit ional courses must be arranged to satisfy the foHowing condit ions: ( I ) t hey contain at least three sequences of courses, each related to the technical focus the student wishes to develop in the program ; (2) e ight are offerings of the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science; and (3) the remaining eight either belong to the sequences or are free electives.

Each sequence contains three or more technical or scientific courses, but not more than one I OO-level course. A sequence must involve a logical progression of study confined to an acceptably ident ifiable area, in wh ich later material bu i lds upon a nd extends earlier material .

A student interested in Environmental Engineering might consider the fol lowing:

A . Fundamentals BIO I I I , GEO 1 0 1 C H E 1 1 3 , M E 1 20 M E 1 23 or C H E 225 ME 225 or C H E 243

B . Technical Applications BIO 208, GEO 27 1 M E 227, 232, 428 or

C H E 23 1 , 250, 470 C. Sociotechnical Problems

GEO 2 1 9, 340 C H E 252, 253 , 254

Courses in the social sciences could also be included .

Some other sequences are: Applied Mechanics: ME 1 20, 2 1 3 , 226 Biochemical Applications : B I O 1 50, 1 2 1 , C H E 23 1 Biomedical Applications : B I O I I I , EE 25 1 , M E 228 Computer Engineering: EE 1 0 1 - 1 02, 20 1 -204 Control and Systems: EE I I I , 2 1 2-2 1 3 Energy Problems: M E 1 23 , 252 , 253 Materials and Metallurgy: C H E 280, ME 280-28 1 , OPT 22 1 -222 Optical Engineering: OPT 24 1 , 242 , 253 Polymer Science: C H M 20 1 -202 (or 1 32- 1 33) , C H E 486, 487 Solid State Electronics : 0 PT 22 1 , EE 222, 420

Students are encouraged to propose other sequences which satisfy their special interests . They are also en­couraged to include courses of independent study in their programs so that special interests may be further developed.

The course sequence req uirements assure that each student studies no less than three technical or scientific areas to at least the same depth as required in depart­mental programs within the College.

In some areas, a student who wishes to study a nontechnical or nonscient ific d i sc ip l ine in depth to strengthen the focus of a program may be permitted to use a course sequence to this end.

All students i n the i nterdepartmental program must earn a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 for al l courses taken in their field of specializat ion . This wil l include al l courses i n their basic sequences as well as the eight required engineering courses .

Students considering concentrat ion in the i nterdepart­mental program are encouraged to write or visit the chairman of the Program Committee for further infor­mation or for ind ividual program counsel ing.

Mechanical Engineering 155

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

t S tephen J. Burns, Ph . D. (Cornell) Professor of Mechanical Engineering and of Materials Science

t Alfred Clark, Jr . , Ph . D. ( M . LT . ) Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Leonard M . Goldman, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Professor of Mechanical Engineering

t Martin Lessen, Sc. D. ( M . LT . ) Professor of Mechanical Engineering; Yates Memorial Professor of Engineering

James C. M. Li, Ph. D. ( Washington) Professor of Mechanical Engineering and of Materials Science; Hopeman Professor of Engineering

* t Robert S . Sherwood, M . M . E. (Texas A & M) Professor of Mechanical Engineering

t Albert Simon, Ph . D. ( Rochester) Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of the Department; Professor of Physics

t John H . Thomas, Ph . D . ( Purd ue) Professor of Mechanical and A erospace Sciences; Associate in the Mees ()bservatory

t Helmut D. Weymann, D. Sc . (Aachen) Professor of Mechanical Engineering and of Materials Science

t Roger F. Gans, Ph . D. ( California, Los Angeles) Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

t Victor L. Genberg, Ph . D. (Case Western Reserve) Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

t John E. M olyneux, Ph . D. ( Pennsylvania) Associate Professor of Mechanical and A erospace Sciences

* Edward A. Will iams, Ph . D . ( Princeton) A ssociate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

t Richard C. Benson, Ph . D . ( California, Berkeley) Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering

Peter A . E . M . Janssen, Ph . D. ( Eindhoven) Visiting Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering

B haskar M ajumdar, P h . D . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering

t David J. Quesnel, Ph . D. (Northwestern) A ssistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering and of Materials Science

* Neville F. R ieger, Ph . D . (Nottingha m) Senior !.Rcturer in Mechanical Engineering

• Part-t ime . t Licensed profess ional engi neer.

156 Engineering and Applied Science

*Tsai C. Soong, Ph . D . ( Stanford) Senior Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

* M ukhles U . Rahman, P h . D . (Wisconsin) Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

* t Jeffrey M . S teele, M . S . ( R . I .T . ) Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering

The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers an undergraduate program lead ing to the degree of bache­lor of science in mechanical engineering and a program leading to the degree of bachelor of science in geome­chanics . The program in geomechanics is described on page 1 52.

Program in Mechanical

Engineering

Mechanical engineers are in many ways the most versati le, flexible, and broadly based engineers in the profession. Their activities can range over such fields as energy, mechanics, manufacturing, design, transpor­tation, materials, heat, fluids, hypersonic gases, and plasma.

The U niversity of Rochester has offered an under­graduate degree in mechanical engineering for over 60 years . This program provides a particularly good back­ground for graduate study in engineering a nd other fields, as well as effective preparation for students who enter industry i mmediately upon graduation . The De­partment strives to develop competent, creative, respon­sible engineers capable of assuming leadership roles in their p rofess ion .

The curriculum provides a balance of courses in the humanities and social sciences, p hysics, appl ied mathe­matics , and basic engineering. Emphasis is placed on the u nderlying fundamentals i n the required engineering course work, enabl ing graduates to adapt throughout their careers to rapid advances in science and technol­ogy. Training i n the design process grad ually supple­ments the analytical content of the courses as the under­graduate progresses . A required senior-year sequence in des ign acts as a capstone course in this process . Formal presentatio n of each team's final design is a key element of this course . A ded icated senior design room is made available to the senior class for use as a center for team design activities . This room includes computer termi­nals, draft ing tables, modeling kits , and reference mate­rials .

· Part-ti me. t Licensed professional engineer.

Many undergraduates in the Department assist faculty members i n research projects d uring the academic year and the summer. Recent projects i nvolving undergradu­ates include experiments in controlled nuclear fusion using high-powered lasers , use of the electron micro­scope and testing machines to study engi neering mate­rials , experimental model ing of the dynamics of plate tectonics, and an experimental study of stability and turbulence i n pipe flow.

Curriculum

The required courses are shown below in the four-year degree p rogram in mechanical engineering. There i s an introductory course i n engineering graph ics; a sequence in mechanics, M E 1 20 , 1 2 1 , 203 , 226, 2 1 3 ; a sequence in energy and fluids , M E 1 23 , 223 , 225 , 24 1 , 252 (or 253) ; a materials course, M E 280; and a laboratory i n materials and solids, M E 242. Al l t hese are capped by the senior design sequence, ME 204, 205 . I n addition, students a re urged to use the technical electives to further deepen their training in the sequences by util izing undergraduate electives, such as ME 227 or 253 , or by i ncluding gradu­ate courses at the 400 leve l . There are a number of these available in e nergy, fluids, appl ied mechanics, and mate­rials . Students are also encouraged to take an introduc­tory course i n circuits, such as EAS 255 .

For admiss ion to the mechanical engineering pro­gram, the student must have completed the first two years as l isted i n the four-year degree program below. In addit ion, the student m ust have attained a grade point average of 2 .0 or better in a l l ME courses taken, and an overal l grade point average of 2 .0 o r better.

For graduation , concentrators in the Department must obtain a cu mulative average of 2.0 or higher for a l l required ME courses.

Students are encouraged to j oi n and be active in the student chapter of A S M E, the professional society for mechanical engineers . I n addit ion, the seniors are en­couraged to take Part A of the New York State Profes­sional Engineering License examinat ion .

Technical Electives

There are two tech nical electives in the program . These, in combination with the free elective, may be used to gain exposure to scientific o r technical subjects out­side of mechanical engineering or to take addit ional course work with in the department. Students s hould consult with their adviser for assistance i n selecting these electives .

Distribution Requirements

There are five required courses . Of these, at least two must be in the humanities and at least two in the social sciences. The remaining course may be a humanities course, a social science course, or any course in the Graduate School of Management with one of the fol low­ing designations: BSI , AEC, or LA W.

Accreditation

Each student is assisted by a faculty adviser in plan­ning his o r her program of study. In making specific course selections, each student i s required to sati sfy not only the course requirements given below, but also the minimum professional accred itat ion requirements of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. Faculty advisers should be consulted to be sure that al l such requirements are met .

Four-Year Degree Program in

Mechanical Engineering

First Year

Math 1 6 1 ' Chem 1 25 EAS 1 0 1 - 1 023 English

Second Year

Math 1 63 Physics 1 22, 1 8 1 M E 1 2 1 Elective (hum. o r soc. sci . )

Third Year

ME 280 ME 225 ME 203

Elective (hum. or soc. sci . )

Fourth Year

M E 204 ME 242 M E 2524 or M E 253 Elective (technical)

Math 1 62 ' Physics 1 2 1 2 M E 1 1 0 M E 1 20 Elective (hum. or soc. sc i . )

Math 1 64 Physics 1 23 , 1 82 M E 1 23 E lective (hum. or soc. sci . )

ME 223 ME 226 M E 24 1 Physics 1 83 E lect ive (hum. or soc. sci . )

M E 205 M E 2 1 3 Elective (technical) E lect ive (free)

' An alternative approved sequence is Mat hematics 1 7 1 , 1 72 fo r those considered eligible by the Department of Mathematics. An acceptable alternative sequence to Mathematics 1 6 1 , 1 62 is Mathematics 1 4 1 , 1 42, 1 43 .

Mechanical Engineering 157

' A n alternative approved sequence is Physics 1 33, 1 34, 1 35 and 1 36 for those considered eligible by the Department of Physics. This sequence should begin in t he first term of the freshman year .

'esc 1 7 1 or E E 1 0 1 may be substit uted for E A S 1 0 1 - 1 02 .

' M E 2 5 2 may be taken in the junior year.

Courses of Instruction

ME 1 1 0 , Engineering Graphics, Credit - I hour . Elements of descriptive geometry. Orthographic proj ections and d rawing. Dimensioning and tolerancing. M a nufacturing principles and techniques. Assembly d rawings. Computer-aided design. ME 1 20 , Engineering Mechanics I , Equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies; analysis of s t ructu res , t russes, bea ms, and cables; frict ion ; d is tributed forces , moments of inertia; virtual work. Prerequisites : MTH 1 6 1 and P H Y 1 2 1 ; M T H 1 62 taken concurrently.

ME 1 2 1 , Engineering Mechanics II, Kinematics and dynam­ics of particles and rigid bodies. Forces and accelerations. Energy and momentum methods. Int roduction to vibrat ions . Prerequisite: ME 1 20.

ME 1 23 , Thermodynamics, Concepts of temperature, first law and second law of thermodynamics, applications of fi rst and second laws, equations of state, gaseous mixtures and psy­cho metrics, power and refrigeration cycles. Prerequisites: M T H 1 62 ; P H Y 1 1 3 or 1 2 1 .

M E 201 , Engineering Analysis: Boundary-Value Problems, Adva nced ord inary d i fferent ia l equat ions , Four ier ser ies , Sturm-Liouvil le theory, Besse l funct ions , Legendre polyno­mials . Partial differential equations, separation of variables, t ransform methods, numerical methods. Prerequisites : M T H 1 63 , 1 64 .

M E 202, Engineering Analysis: A pplied Complex Variables. Complex numbers, ana lytic funct ions , s ingularities and branch cuts. Complex differentiation and integration, residues and poles, series expansion. Geomet ry of analytic functions , con­formal mapping, potential theory, vibration problems. Prereq­uisites: M T H 1 63 , 1 64 . M E 203, Kinematics of Machinery, Geomet rical kinematics. Elementary properties of plane motion with applications to l inkages, cams, and gears. Analytical k inematics. Generalized coordinates , constra int equat ions , pos i t ion and k i ne matic analysis of mechanisms. Numerical methods. Ana lytical dy­namics of mach ines . Generalized forces, virtual work. Appli­cations to reciprocating engines. Mechanism design proj ect. Prerequisites: ME 1 20, 1 2 1 .

M E 204, Mechanical Design , Design of mecha nical com­ponents common to many engineering applicat ions. Examples: straight and curved structural elements, p lates, springs, bear­ings , t h readed fasteners , and elect romechanical actuat ors . Problems include specifications such as stre ngth, st iffness, stability, fatigue life, and dynamic response. Materials selec­t ion, cost constraints, need to interface with total system, and

158 Engineering and Applied Science

manufact uring l imitations are considered . Course emphasizes open-ended design problems and includes a team design proj­ect. Prerequisite: M E 226.

ME 205. Advanced Mechanical Design. Follows ME 204 in the s tudy of mechanical elements : springs, bearings, gears, c lutches, and d rives. Emphasis sh ifts to study of mechanical systems and optimal design. Computer-aided design techniques are taught . Semester-long, team design project . Local industry input for problem selection and review is solicited . Prerequisite : M E 204.

ME 2 1 3 . Mechanical Systems, Dynamics of discrete me­chanical systems . Perturbat ion methods and l inearizat ion . Analysis of constant coefficient and posit ive linear systems. Transform and state space methods : oscil lations, stability, con­trolability, observabi l ity, and feed back. Nonlinear systems. Optimal control . System design project . Prerequisites : ME 1 20; MTH 1 63, 1 64.

ME 223. Heat Transfer . M odes of heat transfer; application of practical heat transfer devices. Engineering analysis of heat exchanger elements and design of heat exchangers. Team design p roject requiring synthesis of analytical and empirical elements. Prerequisites: ME 1 23, 225.

M E 225 . Introduction to Fluid Dynamics. Dimensional analysis, kinematics, Bernoulli's theorem, potential flow, vortic­ity, viscous flow, bou ndary layers, instability and turbulence, one-dimensional compressible flow, shock waves . Prerequisites : MTH 1 63, 1 64; P H Y 1 23 .

M E 226. Introduction to Solid Mechanics. Mechanics of deformable sol ids , forces and moments in s lender members, Castiglia no's theorem, stress and strain, Hooke's Law, plane stressj p lane strain , elastic solutions, thermal elasticity, mechan­ical properties of materia ls , tensile test , torsion, stresses in bending, deflection of beams, statical ly indeterminate systems, buckling. Prerequisites : ME 1 20, MTH 1 64 .

ME 227. Applied Fluid Dynamics. Selected topics in fluid dynamics as applied in engineering practice. Topics include pipe flow, pipe networks, open-channel flow, flow in turbines and pumps, low-speed aerodynamics, d rag reduction, and hydro­dynamic lubricat ion . Assignments include design of fluid com­ponents and systems. Individual design projects . Prerequisite: ME 225. "ME 232. Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering. Iden­tification and classification of soil and rock materia ls . Mea­surement of soil and rock properties; application of data to practical engineering problems such as building foundations, highways, dams, and tunnels . Prerequi'si tes : MTH 1 62, ME 1 20; GEO 1 0 1 reco mmended . ME 24 1 . Fluid Dynamics and Thermal Sciences Laboratory . Small team solut ion of experimental problems: parameter studies, design problems, theory verification, application of results from the current journal l iterature. La minar and turbu­lent flows, heat transfer and heat power. Flow visualization and measurement . Computer interfacing. Prerequisites: ME 1 23, 225; EAS 1 0 1 (or other computer course); ME 223 is helpful .

M E 242. Materials and Solids Laboratory. Design , plan­ning, execution, and reporting of three experimental proj ects that emphasize the interactio n between mechanical behavior of materials and their internal structure. Topics include: precipita­t ion hardening, stress corrosion, optical metallography, stress concentrat ions, mechanical testing (impact, fracture, creep, and tension), photoelastic s tress analysis , and phase t ransforma­tions in steels. Prerequisites : M E 1 20, 226, 280.

M E 252. Modern Energy Conversion. Conversion of chemi­cal and nuclear energy into mechanica l and electrical energy. Energy sources and their projected use. Conventional electric power generation, thermoelectric and t hermionic systems and fue l cells, fiss ion, controlled fusion , and magneto hydrodynamic power generation . Design project . Prerequisite : ME 1 23 .

ME 253. Nuclear Engineering. Nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, fiss ion, nuclear power plants, neutron diffusion, reac­tor theory, reactor k inetics . Team design project . Prerequisites: P H Y 1 23 , ME 1 23 . M E 280. Introduction to Materials Science. Relationship between structure of solid materials and their engineering prop­erties . The dependence of mechanical , electronic, magnetic, thermal , and chemical properties of metals, semiconductors, ceramics, polymers, and glasses on their chemical bonding, e lec­tronic structu re, atomic arrangement, and p hase composit ion. Prerequisites: MTH 1 63, 1 64; P H Y 1 23 .

ME 390. Supervised Teaching.

ME 39 1 . Independent Reading.

ME 392. Special Topics Seminar.

ME 393. Special Essay or Thesis.

ME 394. Internship.

ME 395. Independent Research.

ME 401 . Topics i n Ordinary Differential Equations. Greens functions . Matrix methods for linear systems, Fourier trans­form, Laplace transform, vibration theory. Linear equations in the complex plane, s ingular points , asymptotic solut ions , inte­gral representations . Boundary-value p roblems, eigenfunction expansions, minimum principle. Perturbation t heory, eigen­value perturbat ions , two-time methods, boundary layers and matched expansions. Prerequisites : ME 20 1 , 202 o r MTH 28 1 , 282.

ME 402. Partial Differential Equations. Greens functions, t ransform methods, and eigenfunction e xpansions used to t reat the Laplace equation, the diffusion equation, and the wave equation . Theory of characteristics, shock waves, and Burger's equation . Finite-d ifference methods for numerical solutions, truncation errors , stabi l i ty, implicit and explicit schemes. Pre­requisites : M E 20 1 , 202 or M T H 28 1 , 282.

- - M E 408. Phase Transformation in Metals and Alloys. The physical, chemical , and mechanical properties of metals and alloys can be varied d rastically by thermal and mechanical t reat ments . This phase transformation course is concerned with

" " N o t given academic yea r 1 982-83.

a description of how atomic arrangements occur; how they are associated with k inetic and crystallographic features; and how t hey i nfluence the physical, chemical, and mechanical p roper­ties of real e ngineering materials . P rerequisite: consent of t he instructor.

··ME 4 1 1 . Mechanical Properties of Polymers. Structure of polymers, elastic behavior, finite strain elasticity, viscoelastic behavior of polymers, time-temperature superposition, free volume theory, re laxation processes, nonlinear and anisotropic behavior, dis locations a nd d iscl inations, yielding and fracture . Prerequisite: consent of the inst ructor .

··ME 416 . R heology with Application to Polymers. Basics of rheology: stress, strain, constitutive equations . Phenomeno­logical descript ion of different types of rheological behavior. M olecular theories of viscosity, viscosity of suspensions . Appli­cation to polymers: structure of polymers, infinitesimal and finite strain elasticity, viscoelastic behavior, time-temperatu re superposition, nonl inear and a nisotropic behavior, d islocations and disclinations, yie lding and fractu re .

M E 42 1 . Physical Rheology . General relat ions between stress and strain and their t ime derivatives. Phenomenological description of different types of rheological behavior. M o lecu­lar theories of viscosity, viscosity of suspensions, thixotrophy, viscoelasticity, and rubber elasticity. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.

··ME 428. Geophysical Fluid Dynamics. Fluid motions in oceans and atmospheres . Static structure; Boussinesq approx­imation; internal gravity waves; waves in a compressible, s t rati­fied fluid ; geostrophic flow; inert ia l waves; Ekman layers; Rossby waves; convect ion. Prerequisite: ME 225.

M E 434. I ntroduction to Plasma Physics I . Orbit theory, adiabatic invariants. M H D equations , waves in plasmas, shock waves in plasmas, diffusion across magnetic fields and in veloc­ity space. Prerequisite: EE 23 1 or P H Y 2 1 7 or equivalent. M E 435. Introduction to Plasma Physics I I . Vlasov equa­tion, Landau damping. VanKampen modes, shield clouds, two­stream instabi lity, micro-instabilities, d rift instability, nonlinear instabi lity theory, radiation from plasmas. Prerequisite : M E 434.

M E 436. Compressible Flow. Acoustics, one-d imensional steady flow, shock waves, one-dimensional unsteady flow and the theory of characteristics, steady supersonic flow, rad iative transfer in gases . Prerequisite: ME 225 .

"ME 437 . V iscous Flow. Viscous flow; exact solutions, small and large Reynolds number approximations, asymptot­ics, singular perturbation theory, examples of cu rrent interest. Prerequisite: ME 225.

ME 440. Mechanics of Structures I. Tensions, compression, and shear stress; equil ibrium; deformation; beams; plates and torsion; combined loading and multiaxial s tresses in frames; transfer matrices and state vectors; variat ional and strain energy methods; mechanical and elastic stability; viscoelastic behavior . Prerequisite: ME 226.

Mechanical Engineering 159

ME 44 1 . Mechanics of Structures II . Finite Elements . The­ory and applications of the finite element method, a popular approximation technique for the analysis of general field prob­lems. Practical problems are so lved using t he general purpose NASTRAN computer program. Emphasis is placed on elastic­ity and structures, but heat transfer, fluid flow, and elect ric fields are discussed. Matrix theory and computer experience are helpful , but not required. Prerequisite: M E 226.

· · M E 442. Introduction to Dislocation Plasticity. Some elementary concepts in the physics of plasticity, imperfect crys­tals , and point, l ine, and surface defects . Burgers circuit and vector, Frank- Read source, partial and super dis locations, force on a dis locat ion, d islocation mobility, and plastic deformation. Prerequisites: ME 226, 280.

ME 443. Applied Vibrations Analysis. The course consists primarily of vibration case histories . Each case history is divided into a general description, explanation of facts, method of a nalysis, a nd conclusion . The course begins with a review of vibrat ions principles and ends with a summary of general tech­niques for future applications . Prerequisites: ME 2 1 3 or an introductory course on vibrations, o r consent of the inst ructor . M E 444. Continuum Mechanics. The mechanics of contin­uous med ia. In troduction to tensors . Study of s tress and strain. Constitut ive laws for solids and fluids . Balance of mass, mo­mentum, angular momentum and energy. Entropy production. Appl ication to boundary value problems. Prerequisites: MTH 1 64; ME 225, 226.

ME 445 . Plates and Shel ls . Study of the l inear elast ic deformation of plates and shells and emphasis on surfaces of revolut ion. Solut ions of deformation problems with various support and load conditions. Prerequ isites: ME 1 20, 226; M T H 1 64.

"ME 451 . Crystallography and X-Ray Diffraction . Crys­tallography, symmetry elements, space groups, X-ray diffrac­t ion, single crystal diffraction, powder patterns, Fourier trans­forms, Patterson functions, grain size effects , residual stress and cold work, diffuse and small angle scattering, Bragg and Laue, X-ray topography. Weekly laboratory. Prerequisite : consent of the i nstructor .

M E 452. Electron Microscopy . Kinematical theory of dif­fraction; reciprocal space, s ingle crystal diffract ion patterns; dynamical theory of diffract ion; d i rect observations of dis loca­t ions , stacking faults . Weekly laboratory involving use of the elect ron microscope. Prereq uisite: M E 45 1 and consent of the instructor .

M E 460 . Thermodynamics of Solids. Review of thermo­dynamic variables and laws, Jacobian algebra, partial molal and excess quantities, phase t ransformations and chemical react ions , solid solut ions, su rfaces and interfaces, d iffusion, i rreversible thermodynamics. Prerequisite: ME 1 23 o r C H E 225 .

" N o t given academic yea r 1 98 2 - 8 3 .

1 60 Engineering and Applied Science

OPTICS Joseph H . Eberly, Ph . D. (S tanford) Professor of

Physics and of Optics Nicholas George, P h . D . (Cal ifornia I nstitute of

Technology) Professor of Optics * Robert Earl Hopkins , Ph. D. ( Rochester) Professor

of Optics * Rudolph K ingslake, D .Sc . ( London) Professor of

Optics * David Lewis MacAdam, Ph . D. ( M .LT . ) Professor of

Optics * Erich W. Marchand, Ph .D . ( Rochester) Professor of

Optics Kenneth James Teegarden, Ph .D . ( I l l inois) Professor

of Optics; Director, The Institute of Optics Brian John Thompson, Ph .D . ( Manchester) Professor

of Optics; Dean, College of Engineering and Applied Science

Emil Wolf, P h . D . ( Bristol) , D . Sc . ( Edinburgh) Professor of Physics and of Optics

Christopher Dainty, Ph . D. ( London) A ssociate Professor of Optics and Associate in the Mees Observatory

James M orton Forsyth , Ph . D. ( Roc hester) Senior Scientist in Laser Energetics and Associate Professor of Optics

* Conger Wren Gabel, P h . D . ( Rochester) Associate Professor of Optics

Duncan Thomas Moore, Ph .D . ( Rochester) A ssociate Professor of Optics

Carlos Ray Stroud, Jr . , Ph . D . ( Washington) Associate Professor of Optics

Robert W. Boyd, Ph . D . ( Cal ifornia, Berkeley) A ssistant Professor of Optics

Dennis G. Hal l , Ph . D. (Tennessee) Assistant Professor of Optics

Michael C . Lea, Ph . D . ( I mperial College , London) Assistant Professor of Optics

Michael G. Raymer, Ph . D. (Colorado) A ssis tant Professor of Optics

Jay M . Eastman, Ph .D . ( Roc hester) Director of the Laboratory for Laser Energetics and A ssociate Professor of Optics

Stephen D. Jacobs, Ph. D. ( R ochester) Scientist in Laser Energetics and in Optics

· Part-t ime.

G. Michael M orris, Ph .D . (Ca lifornia Institute of Technology) Scientist in Optics

Gerard M ourou, Ph . D. ( Paris) Scientist in Laser Energetics and in Optics

*Grace Wever, P h . D . (Temple) Research A ssociate in Optics

Miles Parker Givens, Ph. D . ( Cornell) Professor Emeritus of Optics

The I nstitute of Optics at the U niversity of Rochester is the only department in the country offering a four­year undergraduate degree in optics. I t is also an inter­nat ionally known center for research and teaching at the graduate level . The B . S . in optics p rovides fundamental courses in p hysical optics, geometrical optics, radiation and detectors, and numerous electives i n specialized areas of optics and related fields . The bachelor' s degree prepares students for immediate employment as optical engineers. Optics maj ors who plan to d o graduate work may apply in their j unior year for admission to the five­year B . S .- M . S . p rogram, described in detail on page 1 6 1 , and may begin master's-Ievel independent research in their senior year . The B.S . in opt ics a lso provides suit­able background for students wish ing t o work toward a Ph . D. degree i n pure or app lied optics and a career in research .

I nterested and qualified undergraduates are some­times able to participate in faculty research projects dur­ing the school year or in the summer. Current projects include studies involving lasers, ho lography, image proc­essing and i nformation handling, experimental studies of optics and electronic properties of matter, computer­aided lens design and evaluation, design of multi layer opt ical fi lters, and the interaction of i ntense optical radi­ation with matter, including studies of laser-induced nuclear fusion, a potential energy source for the future.

Students normally apply for admiss ion to The Insti­tute at the end of the sophomore year by submitting a concentrat ion approval form to their adviser or to the chairman of the Undergraduate Committee . Admission require ments are a 2 .0 grade-point average in required optics courses taken up to that time (usual ly Optics 24 1 and 26 1 ) and an overall grade-point average of 2 .0 . For graduation, a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2 . 0 is necessary for a l l courses taken in The I nstitute of Optics, as well as a n overall average of 2.0.

Students are encouraged to join as members of the local chapter and national organizat ion of the Optical Society of America and the Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.

Prospective students and undergraduates considering optics as a maj or are encouraged to write or to visit The I nstitute of Optics for further information and ind ivid­ual counseling.

Four-Year Degree Program

First Year

Math 1 6 1 ' Chern 1 25 English Elective'

Second Year

Math 1 63 ' Physics 1 22 , 1 8 l ' OPT 24 1 Elective (hum. or soc. sci . )

Third Year

O PT 262 ME 202 Elective Elective (hum. or soc. sci . )

Fourth Year

O PT 225 OPT 256 (or elective) Elective

Math 1 62 ' Physics 1 2 1 ' Elective E lective

Math 1 64 ' Physics 1 23 , 1 82) OPT 26 1 E lect ive (hum. or soc. sci . )

O PT 242 M E 20 1 E lect ive E lect ive (hum. or soc. sci . )

Elect ive E lect ive (o r O PT 256) E lective

Elective (hum. or soc. sci . ) E lective (hum. or soc. sci . )

I An alternative approved sequence is M athematics 1 7 1 , 1 72, 1 7 3 , 1 74 for those considered eligible by the Department of M at hematics or Mathematics 1 4 1 , 1 42, 1 43 , 1 63 , 1 64.

' A computer cou rse is strongly recommended.

'The Physics sequence 1 2 1 , 1 22 , 1 35 , 1 36 and the corresponding labo­ratories may be substituted; PhysIcs 1 82 is not req uired for students who take EE I I I as an elective.

Four electives must be technical electives fro m the fol­lowing l ist . At least two of the four technical electives must be from group b below. a . Optics 1 00-freshman year only . h . Any undergrad uate or graduate-level optics course

with a 200 number or higher. c . Physics 2 1 7 and / or 2 1 8 , I ntermed iate Electricity a nd

Magnetism I, I I . d . A computer course o r sequence. e . Courses from the Systems and Control sequence in

the Department of Electrical Engineering.

Optics 1 6 1

B . S . - M . S . Program in Optics

Optics jun iors contemplating graduate work should consider the special five-year program outl i ned below. Students learn of acceptance into this program in the spring of their junior year and can begin master's-Ievel independent work during the senior year. The B . S . is awarded at the end of the fourth year. Work or study for cred it in the summer between the fourth a nd fifth years can be arranged if desired . The fifth year of this program contains more reading and research ( Optics 49 1 and 495) than the normal curriculum would and fewer formal courses . Students write a master's thesis (see Plan A degree in the 9!ficial Bulletin: Graduate Studies) but are not required to take the M . S . comprehensive examina­t ion .

To apply, students must be in good academic stand ing and must have completed al l required courses through the first semester of the jun ior year. Students may also compete with other M , S . candidates for financial aid in the fifth year.

B . S . - M . S . Program

Fourth Year

O PT 46 1 or 44 1 ' OPT 453 Elective Elective

OPT 462 or 442 ' Optics Laboratory Elective Elective

Summer Work or Study (optional) OPT 49 1 , 493, or 495 (up to 6 credits)

Fifth Year

OPT 44 1 ' or 46 1 OPT 49 1 O PT 495 Elective ( Optics)

OPT 442 ' or 462 OPT 49 1 OPT 495 Elective (Optics)

' A n a l ternative sequence is Optics 47 1 -472.

Not less than six nor more than 1 2 hours of research credit ( Optics 495) and not more than s ix hours of read­ing course credit ( Optics 49 1 ) may be applied toward the M . S . degree without special permission in advance from the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies . The optics electives in the fifth year are recommended (but not required) to form a course sequence at the 400 level, such as Optics 47 1 and 472 (lens design), Optics 443 and 444 (optical fabrication , testing, and design), or any two of the three courses Optics 464, 465, and 467 (holog­raphy, laser systems, and electro-optical systems) .

1 62

Courses of Instruction

OPT 1 00 . Introduction to Modern Optics . A d iscuss ion of the properties of l igh t : refract ion , imaging, d iffract ion , i nterfer­ence; pr inciples and appl icat ions of optical i n struments , inc lud­ing the microscope, telescope, and laser . Demonstrat ions . OPT 22 1 . Introduction to the Optical and Electrical Proper­ties of Solids. Schriidinger equat ion, potential wel ls , barriers . Metals , semicond uctors, insulators . Electron in a periodic potential , energy bands, Fermi stat is t ics ; hydrogen atom, peri­odic table, absorpt ion , emiss ion . Prerequis i tes : P H Y 1 23 ; M T H 1 64 or equivalent ; M E 20 1 , 2 0 2 ( may b e taken concurrently) . "OPT 222. Optical Materials and Solid State Devices . I nt rod uctory course cover ing spect ra of s imple atomic and molecular systems, l ifet i mes and energy levels , molecular and atomic lasers, opt ical constants of materials w i th a ppl icat ions to optical devices . Prerequis i te : O PT 22 1 . O PT 224. Opto-Electronics I . Opt ica l d evices i nc lud ing lasers, modulators , and optical wave gu ides . Emp hasis is placed on developing the basic principles needed to design new devices, as well as an understand ing of the operat ion of t hose current ly In use . OPT 225. Opto-Electronics II . Detectors of optical rad i­a t ion inc lud ing quan tum detectors and thermal d etectors . Sources of noise i n detectors and the l im i t s of detect iv i ty . Opt i ­cal heterodyning and video detect ion . App l icat ions to commu­nications, opt ica l radar . OPT 24 1 . Geometrical Optics I . Optical instruments and the ir use . First-order Gaussian optics and th in-lens system layout . Photometr ic theory a ppl ied t o optical systems. The eye, magnifier, microscope, matrix optics, nature of Seidel aberra­t ions . Laboratory. OPT 242. Geometrical Optics II . Te lescope, rangefinder, and angular measuring in struments ; pr isms and gratings used i n spectroscopic instruments . Optics of p hotographic lenses; fabri­cat ion and test ing of optical su rfaces and lenses . Laboratory. Prerequis i te : O PT 24 1 . OPT 246. Optical Interference Coating Technology. Optical interfe rence i n a mul t i layer stack and i ts app l icat ion to anti­reflect ion coatings, beamspl i tters, laser m irrors, polarizers, and bandpass fi lters . Prerequis i te : OPT 262. OPT 252. Colorimetry . Principles and uses of C I E system of colorimetry, addi t ive and subtractive color-mixture calcula­tions, color-d i fference evaluat ion, un iform color scales, ch ro­matic adaptat ion , computer colorant formulat ion , metameric colors , color-rendering properties of l ight sources .

Optics 163

OPT 256. Optics Laboratory . I n tensive laboratory course with experi ments on opt ical imaging systems, test ing of optical instruments , d i ffract ion , interfe rence, holography, lasers, detec­tors , spectroscopic i nstruments . Prerequis i tes : O PT 253 and 26 1 . OPT 26 1 . Physical Optics I . Complex representat ion of waves; scalar d i ffract ion t heory; Fresnel and Fraunhofer d if­fract ion and appl icat ion to measu rement ; part ial ly coherent l ight; d i ffract ion and i mage format ion ; optical transfer func­t ion ; coherent optical systems, opt ical data p rocess ing, and holography. OPT 262. Physical Optics II . Vector a nalysis , Maxwell's equat ions , energy flow i n electromagnetic fie lds , d ipole radia­tion from Lorentz atoms, part ia l ly polarized rad iat ion , spectral l ine broadening, d ispers ion, reflect i on and trans miss ion, crystal optics, e lect ro-optics, quantum opt ics . OPT 39 1 . Independent Reading .

OPT 392 . Special Topics.

OPT 393. Special Essay .

OPT 395. Independent Research.

OPT 396. Special Problems in Optics. Read ing or research cou rse open by special permiss ion to seniors i n opt ics . Graduate Courses Open to Advanced Undergraduates (wi th permiss ion of the instructor) OPT 4 1 2 . Quantum Mechanics for Optics.

OPT 441 , 442. Geometrical and Instrumental Optics.

OPT 443. Optical Fabrication and Testing.

OPT 444. Optical Design Laboratory .

OPT 453. Radiation and Detectors.

OPT 46 1 , 462. Physical Optics .

OPT 464. Holography.

OPT 465. Laser Systems.

OPT 467. Electro-Optical Systems.

OPT 4 7 1 , 472. Lens Design.

OPT 475.

·OPT 49 1 .

OPT 492.

· OPT 495.

Interferometry .

Reading Course in Optics ( M . S. )

Special Topics in Optics.

Research in Optics ( M . S. )

' Ad m iss ion n o r m a l l y l i m i ted to t h ose students e n r o l led i n t he five­year opt ics B . S . - M . S . progra m .

' · Not given acad e m i c year 1 98 2 - 8 3 .

165

SCHOOL OF

NURSING Administrative Officers

Loretta C. Ford , R . N . , Ed . D. (Colorado, Boulder) Dean of the School of Nursing and Director of Nursing of the Medical Center

Carole A . Anderson, R . N . , P h . D . ( Colorado) Associate Dean for Graduate and Undergraduate Studies

Margaret D. Sovie, R . N . , Ph . D. ( Syracuse) A ssociate Dean for Practice

Faculty

Josephine Craytor, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Professor Emeritus of Nursing

Loretta C. Ford , R . N . , Ed . D. (Colorado, Boulder) Professor of Nursing and of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine; Dean of the School of Nursing and Director of Nursing of the Medical Center

Eleanor Hal l , R . N . , M . A. (Columbia) Professor Emeritus of Nursing

Robert H oekelman , M . D. (Columbia) Professor of Pediatrics, of Health Services, and of Nursing

Jean E. Johnson, R . N . , Ph . D. ( Wisconsin) Professor of Oncology; Associate Director for Nursing in the Cancer Center; Clinical Chief of Oncology Nursing

Thomas Knapp, Ed . D . ( Harvard) Professor of Educational A dministration and of Nursing

Robert Schwartz, Ph . D . ( Pennsylvania) Visiting Professor in Nursing

Carole A. Anderson, R . N . , P h . D . (Colorado) Associate Professor of Nursing and of Psychiatry; Associate Dean for Graduate and Undergraduate Studies

Carolyn Aradine, R . N . , Ph . D. ( Michigan) Associate Professor of Pediatric Nursing; Clinical Chief of Pediatric Nursing

Robert W. Chamberlin, M . D. ( Harvard ) A ssociate Professor of Pediatrics and of Nursing

Rita Chisholm, R . N . , M . A . (Teachers College, Columbia) Associate Professor Emeritus of Nursing

Vivian Derby, R . N . , Ph . D. ( Denver) Associate Professor of Nursing; Clinical Chief for Obstetrical and Gynecological Nursing

Elaine C. H ubbard, R . N . , Ed . D . ( Boston) Associate Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Elizabeth McAnarney, M . D. ( Syracuse) A ssociate Professor of Pediatrics, of Psychiatry, of Medicine, and of Nursing

Helen McNerney, R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Associate Professor of Nursing

Edith Olson, R . N . , M . S . ( H unter) Associate Professor Emeritus of Nursing

Marj orie Pfaudler, R . N . , M . A . ( Columbia) Associate Professor of Nursing and of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine; Clinician

Rose Pinneo, R . N . , M . S . ( Pennsylvania) Associate Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Klaus Roghmann, P h . D . (Cologne) A ssociate Professor of Sociology, of Pediatrics, of Preventive, Family, and Rehabilitation Medicine, and of Nursing

Madeline H . Schmitt , R . N . , Ph . D . ( S U NY, Buffalo) Associate Professor of Nursing and of Sociology

Margaret D . Sovie, R . N . , Ph . D. ( Syracuse) Associate Professor of Nursing; A ssociate Dean for Practice

Mary Wemett, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Associate Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Barbara Adams, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) A ssistant Professor of Nursing and of Pediatrics

JoAnn Belle-Isle, R . N . , M . S . ( Pittsburgh) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Judith Broad, R . N . , M . S . N . (Case Western Reserve) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinical Chief of Psychiatric- Mental Health Nursing

Jean K. Brown, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistan t Professor of Nursing; Clinician; A ssociate to the Clinical Chief of Oncology Nursing

* Kirstan Burke, R . N . , M . S . N . (Catholic Un iversity) Assistant Professor of Nursing

Patricia Davitt, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) A ssistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician; Clinical Chief of Surgical Nursing

166 Nursing

Katharine M . Donohoe, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistan t Professor of Nursing and of Neurology; Clinician

Judith Du nbar, R . N . , Ph . D. ( Pittsburgh) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician II

Diane Eigsti , R . N . , M . S . (Tulane) A ssistant Professor of Nursing

* Jean Garling, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Cynthia Hart, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

* Amy M . Karch, R . N . , M . S . (S t . Louis) Assistan t Professor of Nursing

Nancy Kent, R . N . , M . S . N . ( Catholic U niversity) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinical Chief of Medical Nursing

* Anne Kl ijanowicz, R . N . , M . S . ( Boston College) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Barbara A. Lum, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Associate Clinical Chief of Perinatal Nursing

Gail C. McCain, R . N . , M . S . ( S U NY, Buffalo) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Marilyn McClel lan , R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Assistant Director of Nursing. Staff Development; A cting Coordinator for Continuing Education

Ruth O'Brien, R . N . , P h . D . ( N . Y. U . ) Assistant Professor of Nursing

Kathleen Plum, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Bethel A. Powers, R. N . , M . S . ( Rochester) A ssistant Professor of Nursing

Susan Saunders, M . S . W. ( M issouri) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry. of Medicine. and of Nursing; Associate Director of Clinical and Community Programs. Psychiatry

Harriet Seigel, R , N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Carol A. Smith, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Donna Sorensen, R . N . , M . S . (Cornell) Assistant Professor of Nursing

M ichael Tarcinale, R . N . , Ph . D. (Syracuse) Assistant Professor of Nursing

Sharon Trimborn, R . N . , M . S . N . (Case Western Reserve) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

Mary S. Turner, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing; Clinician

* Erlinda Wheeler, R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Assistant Professor of Nursing

Ruth A nne Yauger, R . N . , M . P. H . ( M innesota) Assistant Professor of Nursing

Nancy Baker, R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

* Margaret Bank, R . N . , M . S . N . ( Yale) Instructor in Nursing

Mary A. Baroni , R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Carroll Bouman, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Deborah Bies, R . N . , M . S . N . ( M ich igan) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Margaret Briody, R . N . , M . S . N . (Catholic U niversity) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Susan M . Brooke, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Kathryn Burns, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Mary Ann Campbell , R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Linda Carter-Jessop, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Pat ricia Chiverton, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

* Abigail Chodoff, R . N . , M . S . ( Columbia) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Mary K imberly Clarke, R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

* Phyll is Coll ier, R . N . , M . S . P. H. ( Nort h Carolina) Instructor in Nursing

* Carol Crane, R . N . , M . S . N . ( Ohio) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Betty Deffenbaugh, R . N . , B . S . ( Rochester) * Instructor in Nursing; Assistant Director of Nursing Pract ice. Medical Center

Susan DeRosa, R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Mary T. Dombeck, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Inslructor in Nursing; Clinician

Ann M arie Dozier, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Beverly Faro, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Martha Fortune, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing

* Maureen M . Friedman, R . N . , M . S . N . (Ohio) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Pamela J . Heiple, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

• Pa rt-t ime.

June L. Helberg, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Lorelei Heliotis , R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Gloria Horsley, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Mary I nsel , R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Margaret S. Izzo, R . N . , M . S . ( Catholic U niversity) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Rosemary Johnson, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Linda J ones, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Nancy Kane, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Colleen Keenan, R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Genevieve Knortz, R . N . , M . S . N . ( Pennsylvania) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Mary Ellen Kunz, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Gerri S. Lamb, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Rebecca K. Led win, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

* Jane M . Lyons, R . N . , M . S . ( S U N Y, Buffalo) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Cheryl Mahoney, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Barbara Masiulis , R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Merle Mast, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Suanne Mil ler, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Mary E. M oynihan, R . N . , M . S . ( Roc hester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Sonja Nielsen, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

*Sue Nickoley-Colquitt, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Linda S. Pawlik , R . N . , M . S . (Cal ifornia, Los Angeles) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician J/

Marilyn Petit, R . N . , M . S . ( Buffalo) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Karen Piacentino, R . N . , M . S . ( Buffalo) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Marie Riga-Zeigler, R . N . , M . S . ( Buffalo) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Faculty 1 6 7

* Janice Rogers, R . N . , M . S . ( R ochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Susan F. Rogers, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Kathleen Sanford , R . N . , M . S . ( Syracuse) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Theresa Schwartz, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Leslie Ski l lman, R . N . , M . S . N . ( Pennsylvania) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician J/

* Rosemary Somich, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Karen P. Stein, R . N . , M . S . N . ( Buffalo) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Carol J. S utter, R . N . , M . S . N . , C . N . M . (St . Louis) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician J/; Coordinator Nurse Midwifery Services

Hope Titlebaum, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Janis R. Tobin, R . N . , M . S . ( Boston) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Sandra Van Camp, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician II

Alison VanPutte, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

*Nancy Watson, R . N . , M . S . ( North Carolina) Instructor in Nursing

Donna H . White, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Joan L. Whittenberg, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician /I

Carol Wilson, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

* Hannelore Yoos, R . N . , M . S . ( Rochester) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

Suzanne T. Zigrossi, R . N . , M . S . N . (Texas) Instructor in Nursing; Clinician

The faculty of the School of N ursing subscribes to the phi losophy of the U niversity of Rochester that men and women must have an opportunity to learn and should understand their responsibi lit ies for en lightened leader­ship as citizens i n a c hanging social order; that li beral education should consist of acquiring the knowledge and ski l l s adequate to conduct a rat ional search for answers to the major questions which confront man; a nd that l iberal educat ion i s basic to professional education and

• Part-time.

168 Nursing

should evoke clarity of thought, directio n of purpose, and i ntegrity of character.

The faculty bel ieves that nursing is a useful profession, a service rendered by one human being for another, or for a group, in which knowledge is drawn from the health sciences and applied to the maintenance and restoration of the physical and mental well-being of persons .

Ed ucation for professional nursing requires a founda­tion in the physical, biological , and social sciences a nd in the humanities . U pon this base are built educat ional experiences which help the nursing student acquire the knowledge, ski l ls , and understandings necessary to func­tion as a member of the health team a nd to care for ind ividuals accord ing to their physical, emotional, and social needs , fostering for them the greatest possible i ndependence and self-d i rect ion . The undergrad uate program, leading to the bachelor of science degree with a major in nursing, is designed to prepare for professional nursing practice and to provide a base for graduate edu­cation . The faculty bel ieves that the professional nurse must respond to the challenge of unresolved problems in nursing by perfecting sk il ls , deepening understandings, and contributing to knowledge through practice, teach­ing, and research .

Programs of the School of Nursing are registered with the State Education Department of the U niversity of the State of New York. All programs are accred i ted by the National League for Nursing. Graduates are eligible to take the l icensing examinat ion for Registered Nurse in New York State; li kewise, they a l so are eligible for mem­bership in nursing organizations such as the American Nurses' Association, the National League for Nursing, Sigma Theta Tau (the nursing honor society), and oth­ers, including specialty groups .

Requirements for the Degree

Bachelor of Science

Students formally enter the School of Nursing at the jun ior level after a minimum of two years of l iberal arts and science educat ion . U niversity of Rochester students are assigned advisers at the t ime they declare their inten­tion to concentrate i n nursing. The advisers help the students plan a prenursing academic program including introd uctory courses in Englis h, biology, psychology, statistics, microbiology, chemistry, sociology, and elec­tives in the humanities .

I n addit ion to the specific courses stipulated in the degree program, students must satisfactorily complete the fo llowing:

1. A min imum total of 1 28 semester hours , or equiva­lent, of acceptable and satisfactory academic work .

2 . A cumulative grade-point average of a t least 2 .0 for a l l courses taken for credit a t the Un iversity of R ochester.

3 . A min imum of 32 hours of course work at the School of Nursing. For registered nurses, a minimum of 32 h ours of

course work in the School of Nursing must be completed on a ful l- o r part-t ime basis within a six-year period following ad mission, for a minimum total of 1 28 credits overal l .

Bachelor's Degree cum Laude. Magna cum Laude. and Summa cum Laude

The School of Nursing recognizes outstanding achieve­ment of its students by awarding these degrees . The Dean of the School assigns the levels of award .

Basic Program

The program offered in the School of Nursing consists of the fol lowing courses :

Junior Year Hours

Fall Spring Summer PSY 1 7 1 Issues i n Human

Development 4 N U R 200 Foundations of

Nursing Care 6 N U R 2 1 1 Mammalian

Physiology 4 N U R 2 1 0 Nutrit ion 2 N U R 2 1 4 Pharmacology 4 N U R 2 1 5 Nursing Care of

Adults and Children I 5 N U R 2 1 6 Nursing Care of

Adults and Children I I 5 N U R 2 1 7 Nursing Care of

Adults and Children I I I 6 Pathophysiology 2

1 6 1 6 6

Senior Year

Fall o r Spring N U R 252 Community Health

Nursing 8 N U R 253 Psychiatric Nursing 8

1 6 ( These two cou rses are taken concurrently e i t h e r fi rst o r second semester; the same a p p l ies to t h e group of t h ree cou rses l isted be l o w . )

N U R 255 Advanced Clin ical Nursing

N U R 3 1 0 N U R 392

Senior Seminar I ndependent Study

Fall o r Spring

8 4 4

1 6

NOTE: C u rric u l u m revis ion a t the undergraduate level i s cont inuing, and courses have been and may be modified substant ia l ly d u ri n g aca­demic year 1 982-83.

Registered nurses have the option to exempt all j unior-level courses and Psychiatric Nursing by satisfac­torily passing exemption examinations ,

Courses of Instruction

PSY 1 7 1 . Issues in Human Development. Credit-4 hours. An int roductory course in developmental psychology, with emphasis on a series of controversial issues in human develop­ment that are broadly relevant inside and outside the field of psychology. Two lectures and one d iscussion group meeting each week . Prerequisite: PS Y 1 0 1 or equivalent . ( Fal l )

NUR 200. Foundations of Nursing Care. Cred it-6 hours . An introduction to professional nursing. Emphasis is on assess­ing physical and psychosocial parameters as a basis for nursing intervention. Basic nursing concepts which facilitate therapeutic intervention are d iscussed and practiced . ( Fall)

NUR 2 1 0. Nutrition. Cred it-2 hours . A study of the nut ri­tional requirements of the normal human being which are essential for growth and maintenance of health . ( Spring)

N U R 2 1 1 . Mammalian Physiology. Credit-4 hours . The normal gross and microscopic structures and funct ion of the human body are presented through lectures, laboratories, dem­onstrat ions, and conferences. Prerequisites : CH M 1 25- 1 26. ( Fall)

NUR 2 1 4. Pharmacology. Cred it-4 hours . The therapeu­tic and toxic effects and mechanisms of act ion of commonly used drugs, with emphasis on those aspects relevant to nursing. I ncludes a concurrent self-study unit ( I credit hour) on the mathematics of calculating dose and making up solutions . Pre­requisites: general biology, microbiology, C H M 1 25- 1 26, and N U R 2 1 1 . (Spring)

N U R 2 1 5, 2 1 6, and 2 1 7 are courses offered in the j unior year which provide both classroom and clinical experience dealing with the health problems of adults and children in med ical­surgica l, pediatric, and maternity settings. They build on the knowledge of concepts and s ki l ls from previous courses . Diet therapy and pathology are integrated , and health care needs are explored . (Spring) NUR 2 1 5 . Nursing Care of Adults and Children I. Credit-5 hours . The two concepts presented are role adaptation and

Courses of Instruction 169

metabolic function in physical systems maintenance. Role adaptation focuses on the s tress of normal l ife changes such as p regnancy, the stress of acute i l lness , and t he stress of potential permanent role change. Metabolic function focuses on both physiological and psychosocial concerns. Physiological aspects include fluid and electrolyte imbalance and restorat ion of balance in renal and end ocrine d isorders. Psychosocial aspects include behavior modification, patient education, and psycho­logical effects of the puerperium. Prerequisites : P S Y 1 7 1 , N U R 200, 2 1 0, 2 1 1 . ( Early spring)

N U R 2 1 6. Nursing Care of Adults and Children I I . Cred it-5 hours . The two concepts p resented are conservat ion of energy and safety. Conservation of energy includes acute and chronic deviations from normal heart a nd lung function with associated implicat ions for nu rsing care. The needs of patients with body image changes a re d iscussed in terms of nursing care of cancer patients and of patients undergoing surgery. I ssues of safety are addressed in regard to the nursing care of patients with seizure disorders, cardiac and respi ratory problems, and patients who are immunosuppressed . Psychosocial content focuses on com­munication t heory and adaptat ion of patients to i l lness.

N U R 2 1 7 . Nursing Care of Adults and Children I I I . Cred it -6 hours . The two concepts p resented are mobi l ity and de­generat ion . Both temporary and permanent interferences with mobility are discussed by focusing on nursing care of patients with neurological and orthopedic condit ions . The concept of degenerat ion is d iscussed by focusing on nursing care of patients with progressive, degenerative, and irreversible condi­tions. This portion of the course also deals with the reaction of patients, families, and health professionals t o death and dying. Prerequisites: NU R 2 1 5 , 2 1 6 . ( Summer session)

N U R 252. Community Health Nursing. Cred it-8 hours. A fami ly-centered nursing course emphasizing the health care of families within their home and community environments. The health status of the community is studied with its current and changing needs and services . A focus is on teaching and coun­seling as prime effectors of i l lness p reve ntion and health main­tenance, with emphasis on the basic concepts of community health . Community health agencies a re uti lized for experiences. Students must provide their own transportation for home visit­ing in the community. ( Fall and spring terms)

N U R 253. Psychiatric Nursing. Credit-8 hours. The study of coping abi lities and i nteract ional processes, particularly in smal l groups, as they relate to the nurse's role i n the provision of health and i l lness care. Emphasis is placed on development of a repertoire of sk i l ls through cl in ical opportunities in a variety of settings. ( Fall and spring terms)

N U R 255. Advanced Clinical N ursing. Credit-8 hours. Of­fered during the senior year. Classroom instruct ion a nd cl in ical experience provide knowledge and sk i l ls necessary for t he stu­dent to care for chi ldren and adults with complex or multiple health problems. Focus is on the del ivery of comprehensive hea lth care and mult idiscipl inary planning. ( Fal l and spring terms)

1 70 Nursing

N U R 3 1 0. Senior Seminar. Credit-4 hours . Relevant topics and issues in professional nursing are d iscussed, such as current legis lat ion, legal aspects, ethics, p rofessional organizations, licensu re, leadership i n nu rsing, systems of health care del ivery, h istory of nursing, and expanded roles for nurses . ( Fal l and spring terms)

N U R 3 1 0-02 . Senior Seminar. Cred it-4 hours. This sec­t ion for registered nurses only.

N U R 392. Independent Study. Cred it-4 hours . An elective to allow opportunity for independent pursuit of special projects, readings, research studies, o r c l i nical a nd field experiences . Content is determined by the interest of students in coord ina­tion with faculty preceptors. ( Fall and spring terms)

N on-nursing students need the written permission of the instructor and the Associate Dean for U ndergradu­ate Studies to register for nursing courses .

1 71

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF

MANAGEMENT William H . Meckl ing, M . B. A . ( Denver) Dean

Although undergrad uate degrees in business are not offered, the Graduate School of M anagement cooper­ates with other U niversity divis ions in offering the 3-2 Program, through which a student can earn i n five years, instead of the usual six, a bachelor's degree in his or her undergraduate concentrat ion and a master of business ad ministrat ion.

The 3-2 Program Leading

to a B . A . and an M .B . A .

U nder the 3-2 Program, students study for three years in their undergraduate concentration, completing most of their required courses during that time. At the end of the j unior year, qualified students may apply for admis­sion to the Graduate School of Management, where they take the first year of the M . B . A . program. At the end of that year, they should receive the bachelor's degree in their undergrad uate concentrat ion .

At this point , the student is in a posit ion to complete the M . B . A . program at R ochester in one addit ional year or to enter with advanced stand ing an M . B . A . program at some other institution.

Admission R equirements

Admission to the 3-2 Program is l imited and is offered only to exceptionally well qual ified students . Under­graduate preparat ion in economics, mathematics, statis­tics, engineering, or the sciences is preferred. Applicat ion to the M . B . A . port ion of the 3-2 Program is made during the second semester of the junior year.

Applicants should have: l . Evidenced outstand ing scholarship in their fi rst five

semesters of undergraduate study. 2. Completed most of their required undergraduate

courses.

3. Obtained their undergraduate department's permis­sion to enter the 3-2 Program .

4 . Scored well on t h e Graduate M a nagement Admission Tes t, which they should take by February of their junior year.

Transfer students may apply for the 3-2 Program after complet ing three years of study at another i nst itution if their undergraduate school wil l accept the first year of the M . B .A . program as completing the requirements for the bachelor's degree. Other admission require ments a re the same as those for University of R ochester students .

M . B . A . Study under the 3-2 Program

The Master of Business Administrat ion degree pro­gram is offered under the quarter calendar. The Grad­uate School of Management academic year is comprised of three quarters-fal l , wi nter, and spring. The fal l quar­ter begins in late September and the spring quarter ends in early June.

The M . B . A . portion of the 3-2 Program seeks to train individuals to think effect ively about management prob­lems . The emphasis is on learning the princip les of problem solving that lead to effective decision making.

The approach to decisi on making is quantitative and analytica l . Students learn to identify the variables im­portant for solving a problem, gather and analyze the perti nent data, evaluate alternative s olut ions, and decide upon the best possible alternative .

The objectives of the Program are to provide: • U nderstanding of the discipl ines important to decision

making. • Familiarity with the functional areas of business . • Specia lizat ion in an area of concentrat ion .

Curriculum

To earn the M . B .A . degree, each student must success­fully complete 64 credit hours-20 quarter-courses, each of which carries three hours of cred it . Four introductory

1 72 Management

courses also have labs, which carry one hour of cred it . As with regular full-time M . B . A . candidates, this nor­mally involves six quarters of full-t ime study.

S ix core courses are i n the underlying discipl ines of economics, operations research , and appl ied statistics, as well as accounting and computers and i nformation sys­tems. They are designed to provide an understanding of the dynamic forces which underlie all business activity­the economic aspects of business and the i nformation systems and quantitative methods of a nalysis used in modern decision making.

One course is required in each of the functional areas of finance, marketing, and operat ions management. Emphasis is on principles, a nalytical methods, and prob­lem solving, rather than on description of existing practice.

Ten elective courses are required, of which five m ust form a sequence of concentrat ion . The student may choose to concentrate in corporate accounting, publ ic accounting, computers and information systems, applied economics, fi nance, marketing, or operations manage­ment.

The final course in the concentration sequence is gen­erally a seminar that considers recent theoretical and empirical findings in the a rea. Students review current j ournal l iterature and carry out research projects, which are often conducted in cooperat ion with maj or industrial firms . However, seminars are not required in every concentrat ion .

The remaining electives should be taken in fields related to the student's area of concentrat ion. They may be taken in the GS M o r in another divis ion of the U ni­versity. In the second year of the Program, the student is also required to take an integrative course i n business policy.

The Accountin g Option

There are two alternatives available to students- select­ing the accounting concentration in the M . B. A . 3-2 Pro­gram: public acco,unting and corporate accounting. The first meets the ed ucational requirements of the State of New York for admission to the U niform Certified Publ ic Accounting Exa minat ion used by all states . The ac­counting concentration under the quarter calendar has been registered with and u ncondit ional ly approved by the Divis ion of Professional Education, New York State Educat ion Department . Graduates may be certified to the New York Board of Examiners as having completed the Registered Curriculum necessary for admission to the examination.

The second accounting alternative is corporate ac­counting. Corporations actively recruit M . B . A . account­ing maj ors for posit ions in their controller's , treasurer's, and internal aud iting offices, as well as their accounting departments .

The Computers and Information

S ystems O ption

A concentrat ion in computers and information sys­tems prepares graduates for management responsibi l ities in using computer systems and enables them to provide their organizations with a successful management i nfor­mation system.

The Applied Economics Option

Students planning careers in management must have a fi rm background in the fundamentals of economics in order to be effective in the decision-making process. Those choosing to concentrate in appl ied economics, therefore, will be prepared for a wide range of manage­ment posit ions in government, business, and industry.

U nder the economics option, students also may choose to concentrate in manage ment for the nonprofit sector.

The Finance O ption

The finance option is particularly attractive in light of the continuing demand in industry and government for managers trained in finance.

The Marketing Option

Marketing continues to be a strong area of oppor­tunity for grad uates with an M . B .A . The marketing option is popular with students i nterested in prod uct planning and development, consumer behavior, adver­tising and i ndustrial management, market analysis, and other fields .

The Operations Management O ption

The operations management option is concerned with the ma nagerial decis ions by which a fi rm al locates and uti l izes its physical , fi nancial , and human resources to prod uce goods or services . The resurgence of i nterest in operational productivity has reinforced the demand for M . B . A . s with the abil ity to analyze resource manage­ment problems in manufacturing and service fi rms and to design the appropriate solutions.

Research Activity

Research activity at the Graduate School of Man­agement includes independent research conducted by faculty and graduate students and other studies carried out at the School's research centers .

The Center for Research in Government Policy and Business was established in 1 966 to investigate the inter­action between government and business . The nation's first such university-based facility, the Center examines specific areas of public pol icy to determine t heir impact on the local and national economy.

The Managerial Economics Research Center ( M E R C) was orga nized to encourage scholars of d iverse interests and backgrounds to focus their attention on the prob­lems of management, to develop theories and evidence that will enable managers to understand more thor­oughly the world around them, and to provide the basis for improved decision making.

The Management Library

The Management Library, located on the fou rth floor of Rush R hees Li brary, has seat ing for 1 80, carrels and open stud ies for 88 graduate students, and s ix research studies. In addit ion, the adj oining fourth-floor stacks house 50 student carrels and 32 studies .

The University li braries overal l have resources of 1 . 8 mil l ion volumes, and R ush R hees Library is a depository for U nited States . and New York State documents. It regularly receives more than 1 2 ,000 periodicals and serials, of which over 1 ,000 relate to management. The main l ibrary collections on business and economics (about 95 ,000 volumes) are adjacent to the Management Library.

With the help of 10 to 1 2 student assistants and cler­ical staff, l ibrarian Edward Wass maintains extensive collections of reference, research, and reserve materials fo r the GS M's use, including management, business, and economics periodicals . Corporate annual reports are available for approximately 2 ,600 companies . A special geographical fi le is maintained on economic condit ions, along with an industry fi le of statistics and t rends and a large fi le of research reports and working papers fro m other institutions.

The Computin g Center The GSM Computing Center has a Hewlett-Packard

2000 Access System and a Hewlett-Packard 3000 Series

Courses of Instruction 1 73

I I I , wit h numerous terminals for easy access by the stu­dents and faculty. Video monitors are interfaced to the system for on l ine access in the classroom . Large batch processing is accomplished at the GS M via a Remote Batch Entry terminal connection to the main University Computing Center's I B M-3032 . Also available to the GS M is a large-scale DEC- I O and a CDC Cyber 1 75 . Together, t hese five proces sors provide a n almost l imit­less source of computing for G S M faculty and students.

The Timesharing and the Remote Batch Entry facili­ties , together with GS M's computing staff and pro­grammers, provide outstanding co mputing capabilities for GS M students and faculty. The U niversity's central computing facil it ies are also available to students. A large l ibrary of computer programs and data bases is available there to process and analyze information for a wide variety of purposes . The central computing facility also has specialists and programmers on its staff who can assist with unusual information processing problems.

Students interested in improving their sk il ls in com­puters will find numerous noncredit short courses open to them on a variety of topics. These, toget her with the computers and information systems concentration and individual C I S courses available to M . B . A . cand idates, provide GS M students with an unusual range of options for meeting the need to better uti l ize modern computers.

The Placement Office

The Grad uate School of Management maintains its own Placement Office, specifically designed to serve M . B . A . students and employers. The average starting salary fo r 1 98 1 graduates was $25 ,473 . In 1 98 1 , over 82 percent of offers were a d irect result of on-campus recruit ing or Placement Office contacts . The Placement Office organizes a broad array of programs, includ ing an annual career seminar, a week ly noncredit career course, and frequent guest speakers fro m a variety of firms. Perhaps the most innovative progra m organized by the Placement Office is the New York Recruit ing Progra m, in which firms that have not recruited on campus are invited to interview students in New York City. I n 1 98 1 the Progra m resulted in over 30 second interviews and eight j ob offers .

Courses of Instruction Regularly

Open to Undergraduates The fo llowing courses are offered in both the day and

1 74

evening sessions and are available to full- and part-t ime undergrad uate students .

Accounting

201 . Princip les of Accounting. An introduction to the prin­ciples and proced ures employed in analyzing business transac­tions, record ing their financial effects, sum marizing them in financial statements, and interpreting these statements.

2 2 1 . Cost Accounting. Study of the account ing problems involved in determining, analyzing, and controll ing prod uction and dist ribution costs , and income determination for financial statement s . Budgetary control , standard costs, and other topics are discussed from the viewpoint of manage ment use in plan­ning and control. Prerequisite : ACC 20 I .

Behavioral Sciences i n Industry

241 . Fundamentals of Personnel Administration. A study of organized approaches to employing, developing, compensating, and servicing a work force so as to assure opti mum return to the emp loying organization, the cooperative effort of individuals and groups involved, and maximum satisfact ion consistent with the need for coordination and control . Personnel administra­tion as a staff function is given special attention, together with research bearing on the validity of personnel concepts, require­ments, and practices. Emphasis is on administrative considera­tions rather than applicat ion of refined tech nique.

Finance

205. Financial Management. Analysis of the fi rm's role in the market system, the objectives of the fi rm, and the resulting model for choice among alternative investment projects ( the capital budgeting problem) . Discussion of different investment criteria, interest effects, and the calculation of net cash flows. Analysis of the effects of financial struct u re and d ividend policy on the value of the fi rm. Other topics include: analysis of leasing alternatives, management of sh ort-term assets and liabilities, mergers and acquisit ions, and an introduction to security markets and portfol io theury. Prerequis ites : ECO 207 or equiv­alent; ACC 20 1 .

General Business Administration

1 57 . Fundamentals of Business Administration. An int ro­d uction to the principal activities, responsibi l i t ies, types of policy problems, and interrelat ionships of the main phases of business , inc luding personne l , product ion, market i ng, and finance. Frequent use is made of business cases for i l lustrative purposes and to introd uce the student to the method of business problem analysis.

Courses of Instruction J 75

291 . Reading Course. I ndependent study in some specific a rea of bus iness administration, at a level advanced beyond that of regular course offerings. Prerequisite: written approval of the supervising faculty member.

Law

205. Business Law. Basic principles of contract law, includ­ing the d octrines of offer and acceptance, consideration, effect of mistakes, fraud and undue influence, the necessity of a writing, and rights of enforcement w here there has been fai lure of performance. Lega l aspects of agencies, partnerships , and corporations as a means of carrying on business . Creation and incidents of the agency relat ionship ; rights of partners as between themselves and third parties; formation and powers of corporations; rights of stockholders; and problems arising from business l iquidation. Cases a re used extensively.

Marketing

203. Marketing. Problems involved in the movement of goods fro m producers to consu mers and ind ustr ia l users t h rough the different channels of d istribut ion. Analys is of the marketing funct ions performed by manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, agent middlemen, and market exchanges. Critical analysis of major marketing policies . Evaluation of such topics as p ricing, branding, choice of distr ibution channels , selective selling, and the planning and administration of sales programs .

Operations Research

ORM 23 1 - 90. Principles of Management Science. Quanti­tative models and their appl ications . Formulation of linear p ro­gramming models , interpretat ion of solut ions . Shadow prices and sensit ivity analys i s . Constrained opt imizat ion and La­grange m ultipliers . I ntroduction to queuing models , stochastic models , and s imulation. Integer progra mming model formula­t ion; enumeration methods and heuristics . Prerequis i te : M T H 1 4 1 ; knowledge o f p robability a n d linear algebra helpful .

For further informatio n on the Graduate School of Management, consult the Graduate School of Manage­ment catalogue or write to John G. Baker, Assistant Dean and Director of Admiss ions , Grad uate School of Management, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York 1 4627.

1 77

GRADUATE SCHOOL OF

EDUCATION AND BUMAN DEVELOPMENT

Walter I . Garms, Ph. D. ( Stanford ) Dean

Preparing for Secondary

School Teaching

Programs designed to prepare highly qualified teach­ers for certain academic a reas in the secondary schools are an important component of the professional offer­ings in the Graduate School of Education and H uman Development. At the present t ime, these programs are available in English, mathematics, science, social studies, and modern foreign languages. Undergraduates normally begin tak ing courses at the School i n the sopho more or junior year.

The preparatory program for secondary school teach­ing is predicated on a well-rounded general educat ion and a maj or fie ld of study. I t requires the completion of the bachelor's degree in the Col lege of Arts and Science as well as the Teacher Ed ucation Sequence in the Grad­uate School of Education and H uman Development . As the first element of th is sequence, the student takes an i ntroductory course, normally E D C 200, i n the sopho­more or junior year. The fal l semester of the senior year must be reserved entirely for the re mainder of the sequence, since student teaching and the seminar which must accompany it are offered only in the fal l .

Application for admiss ion to the secondary Teacher Education Program should be made during the fi rst semester of the junior year. S ince the state certification requirements that al l public school teachers must meet do not necessari ly coincide with the University's degree requirements, students considering a career in teach i ng should d iscuss their plans with a faculty adviser fro m the School's Center fo r the Study of Curriculum and Teach­ing as early as possible. I t is to the student's advantage to contact the School as early as the freshman year so as to plan an appropriate undergraduate program.

Admission Requirements

I . Junior standing and evidence, i nc luding good aca­demic s tandi ng, that cert ifica t ion and bachelor's degree requirements wil l have been completed by the end of the senior year.

2. A grade-point average of 2 . 5 or higher in the field selected for student teaching and, for students p re­paring to teach a fore ign language, satisfactory per­formance on the M odern Language Association's proficiency tests.

3 . An interview with the appropriate faculty member. 4. Favorable action on the student's application by the

Center for the Study of Curricu lum and Teaching. ( Favorable action is contingent upon the Center's appraisal of the above informatio n and the avail­abi l ity of faculty members to provide the req uired instruct ion and supervis ion . )

Application Procedure

The fol lowing steps must be taken by students seeking admiss ion: I . Obtain instruct ion and application forms from the

office of the Center for the Study of Curriculum and Teaching early in the fi rst semester of the j unior year.

2 . Meet with the assigned faculty member for an inter­view and prel iminary progra m planning.

3 . Enrol l , at the next regular regi stration, in the courses se lected in co nfere nce w i th the ass igned faculty member.

Preparin g for Elementary

School Teachin g The Graduate Schoo l of Educat ion and H u man

Development does not offer an undergraduate program

1 78 Education

of preparation for elementary school teaching. Students interested in opportunities for such preparation should inquire as early as possible at the Academic Advising Office in the Col lege of Arts and Science for available information on programs at other institutions.

The 3-2 Program in

Human Development

As the provision of human development servIces In agency and institutional settings expands, there is a growing need for professionals prepared for a wide range of roles in work with a variety of cl ients . The 3-2 Pro-

gram offers an opportunity for qual ified students to begin graduate study toward the M . S . in human devel­opment degree during their senior year and complete the 45-hour master's program in one year of p ostgraduate study. In addit ion to a common core of course work, the program offers opportunity for emphasis in ·course work and field experience in one of four fields of study : child development, counsel ing, gerontology, or evaluation. In the first year of the 3-2 Program, students finish their undergraduate program and receive the bachelor's de­gree in their undergraduate concentration at the end of the senior year. They are s imultaneously enrol led in the master's degree program and complete 1 5 credit hours of graduate course work in human development. The sec-

ond year in the program is devoted to the student's area of concentrat ion, professional courses, and field expe­rience assignments. Application for admission to gradu­ate study under the 3-2 option must be completed no later than the spring semester of the student's junior year. Inquiries are encouraged at any time, especially from sophomores and juniors . Admission to the pro­gram is contingent upon co mpletion of the student's undergraduate concentration by the end of the j unior year or assurance from the concentration department that requirements for the bachelor's degree wil l be met by the end of the senior year. Further information about the program or the appl icat ion and admiss ion proce­dures should be directed to M rs . Olean Shields, Office of Graduate Studies, Lattimore 304, (7 1 6) 275-3950.

Courses of Instruction Regularly Open

to Undergraduates

EDC 200. Education in the A merican Social Order. (One course) An examination of the development, the current issues, and the problems of education in the United States.

EDC 23 1 . Seminar in the Teaching of English in the Second­ary School. (Two courses) A study of theoretical issues in ·the teaching of Engl ish : the polit ical nature of culture and literatu re and their study in the schools ; the educational significance of literary experience; the possibi l ities of pedagogy; the psycho­social consequences of teaching and studying English .

EDC 232. Seminar in the Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School . (Two courses) Methods and techniques of teaching social studies at the secondary leve l .

EDC 234. Seminar in the Teaching of Science in the Second­ary School. (Two courses) Consideration of the content of the high school sciences, methods of select ion and organization of curriculum materials and equipment, and proced ures for teach­ing and evaluation . EDC 235. Seminar in the Teaching of Modern Foreign Lan­guages in the Secondary School . (Two courses) A study of recognized procedures and typical programs for teaching mod­ern foreign languages in the seco ndary school . Basic objectives and content of the curriculum. Evaluation of materials and recent curricular developments.

EDC 236. Seminar in the Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. (Two courses) Survey of desirable meth­ods in the teaching of mathematics. The objectives, content, and methods of presenting the basic topics in a rithmetic, algebra, geometry, and trigonometry. Some discussion of other school concerns such as discipline, evaluation, etc.

Courses of Instruction 1 79

EDC 239. Student Teaching in the Secondary School . (Two courses) Observation, participat ion, and classroom teaching are done in the secondary schools of Rochester and vicinity. Applications for student teach ing a re to be submitted to the Center for the Study of Curriculum and Teaching.

EDC 248. Introduction to Instructional Materials Design. ( One course) The development, use, and a nalysis of individu­al ized self-instructional sequences. All participants a re engaged in plann ing, developing, and pilot testing a p rogrammed in­structional sequence in an area of their own interest and exper­tise. I n addit ion, methods of a nalyzing, using, and evaluating programmed sequences are d iscussed and subjected to t rial use .

EDD 233. Introduction to Developmental Psychology. (One course) An int roduction to d evelopmental psychology from birth through ad olescence. Particular attention is given to relating the subject matter to problems of educat ion .

E D D 270. Educational Psychology. (One course) A basic course in educational psychology, including t heoretical con­cepts, research findings, and ed ucat ional application in th ree a reas: measurement and evaluat ion, human development, a nd learning and instruct ion .

EDD 275. Child Development and Education. ( One course) Examines current research in child development as it relates to the education of pre-school and school-age children in settings such as the home, school, and peer group. Same as PSY 275 . EDD 279. The Exceptional Chi ld. (One course) Deals with the et iologies, characteristics, and the educational and thera­peutic needs of children with handicapping condit ions . Special emphasis on their family interact ions . Students must have a background in normal child development from infancy through the latency period . Prerequisite: PSY 1 7 1 , E D D or PSY 275, or E D D 233 . Same as PSY 279.

EDG 391 . Independent Study. Credit-variable. Registra­t ion l imited ; under regulations s imilar to those in the College of Arts and Science.

EDH 275. Interdisciplinary Topics in Human Aging. (One course) An interdisciplinary approach is used to examine the biological, psychological, and social aspects of the aging pro­cess.

EDH 276. Practicum in Gerontology. (One course) Contin­uat ion of field work and research proj ects begun in E D H 275 . Emp hasizes designing and i mplementing evaluation proced u res for these projects. Prerequisites: ED H 275 .

For further information on the Graduate School of Education and H uman Development , consult the Offi­cial Bullet in: Graduate Studies or write to the Office of Graduate Studies, 304 Lattimore Hall, University of Rochester, R ochester, New York 1 4627 .

180

1 8 1

sporrs AND RECREATION John A . Reeves, M . S . ( Pennsylvania State) Director

of Sports and Recreation William L . Boomer, M . Ed . ( Rochester) A ssociate

Professor of Physical Education; A ssociate Director for Recreation and lntramurals

Donald C. Smith, M . Ed . (Springfield) A ssociate Professor of Physical Education; A ssociate Director of A thletics for Scheduling

John Bernfield , M . S . ( Brockport) Trainer/ Recreation Specialist

Timothy Hale, B . S . (Cortland) Coach/ Recreation Specialist

Peter Lyman, M . S . ( Brockport State) Coach/ Recreation Specialist

M ichael C. G. Neer, B . A . ( Washington & Lee) Coach/ Recreation Specialist

Jane S. Possee, M . S . (Syracuse) Coach/ Recreation Specialist

Patricia Skehan, M . S . ( I ndiana) Coach/ Recreation Specialist

Peter G. Stark, M . S . (Syracuse) Coach/ Recreation Specialist

John Vitone, M . S . ( Western Reserve) Coach/ Recreation Specialist

J oyce S. Wong, Ph . D. ( I ndiana) Coach/ Recreation Specialist; Coordinator of Women 's Intercollegiate A thletics

Paul E. Bitgood , M . Ed . ( Springfield) Professor Emeritus of Physical Education

Sylvia Fabricant, M . S . ( Wellesley) Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education

Merle Spurrier, B .A . (Ohio Wesleyan) Professor Emeritus of Physical Education

Recreation Activities The Sports and Recreation progra m offers many

selections . All activities are coeducational unless other­wise indicated . Students may choose from the fol lowing list of activit ies:

C P R Lifesaving Tennis

First Aid Fitness Golf

Racquetball Self-defense Swimming

Water Safety Instr. Weight Training

Activities not d irectly offered but supported by the Department of Sports and Recreation include:

Aerobics Bowling Yoga Bad minton Canoeing

Intercollegiate Sports

Men

Basebal l Basketball Cross-country Football

Women

Basketball Field H ockey Golf (coed) Lacrosse

Golf (coed) Lacrosse Soccer Squash

Soccer Swimming Tennis

Swimming Tennis Track (outdoor

and indoor)

Track (outdoor and indoor)

Volleybal l

Students planning to participate in I ntercol legiate Sports should contact the appropriate coach .

Club Sports

Bad minton Band Boxing Canoe and

Kayak

Crew Fencing Gymnastics Ice H ockey Judo

Notice to Freshmen

Karate Table Tennis Volleyball Women's Softball Women's Squash

Freshmen may attend recreat ion/ sports clinics offered by the Department of Sports and Recreat ion. The Sports and Recreat ion program provides students with

182 Sports and Recreation

an opportunity to participate actively and develop skil l in sports of their choice. Recreation activities are con­ducted in various ways, via cl inics, class sessions, a con­t ract basis, or a one-on-one arrange ment with a highly qualified professional . Fresh men wil l be notified of a recreation registration t ime, and they should enrol l at the annual Sports Fair in September. Also, at this t ime, Intercollegiate and Club Sports opportunities wil l be explained .

Campus Community Involvement

Recreation activities and cl inics are available to al l students , faculty, and staff free of charge, with the excep­t ion of activities where fees are necessary to defray addi­t ional costs. The registration fee for courses offered by the Department is $5 .

For more about sports and recreation, including a description of athletic facilities, see page 2 1 8 .

183

ADMISSIONS

Admission

The University of Rochester welcomes students who are able to take advantage of excellent resources and an outstanding faculty. Undergraduates are ad mitted as freshmen or as transfer students for full-time or part­time study. Application forms, appointments for inter­views, and other information may be obtained by writing to the Office of Admiss ions , River Campus Col leges, Morey Hall, Rochester, New York 1 4627, or by cal l ing (7 1 6) 275-322 1 .

Ind ividual attent ion is given to each student from the time he or she first becomes i nterested i n the U niversity. A large staff of counselors and many faculty members participate in the advising of applicants and review of applications . Admission decisions are based on a stu­dent's high school work, recommendations from instruc­tors and counselors, verbal and quantitative ski l ls , par­ticipation in school and community l ife, and, for transfer students, college course work already completed .

The University's s t rong commitment to undergrad­uate liberal arts education attracts students of varied i nterests , talents, goals, and social and economic back­grounds. Throughout the undergraduate years numer­ous i nteracting offices meet students' i ndividual needs for academic a nd career counseling assistance, tutoring, and special services .

Recommended Preparation for Admission

The U niversity does not use a specific minimum for high school or col lege grades or examination scores ; it does seek students who can grow and mature intel lec­tually through its academic programs and opportunit ies . Grades and test scores a re not the only i nd icators of potential success. Because secondary schools vary greatly in the diversity and quality of courses which they offer, it is important to know what a student has accomplished within his or her total environment. Therefore, students are evaluated in terms of their individual accomplish­ments.

The Universi ty recom mends that students have sound basic preparation i n several disc ipl ines, because this background will enhance a student's academic success at

the col lege level . A strong seco ndary school program usually includes four years of English with continuous practice in writing, four years of social studies, at least two years of a foreign language, three to fou r years of mathematics, and two or more years of laboratory sci­ence. H o nors, Regents, or Advanced Placement courses are expected of students in secondary schools offering these programs.

Several concentration programs at Rochester have science requirements. A prospective applicant intend ing to earn a B . S . degree in chemistry or chemical engi neer­i ng or a degree in biology should have taken h igh school c hemistry, and chemistry also i s strongly recommended for the applicant who designates a B. S . degree i n nurs­ing. Physics is req uired for admiss ion to the B . S . degree program in physics or in physics and astrono my, and is highly recom mended for all prospective engineering concentrators.

I nterviews and Visits to the University

The Office of Admissions is open all year on weekdays from 9 a .m . to 5 p .m . for i nterviews and campus tours . For the convenience of students and parents , the Office also is open on many Saturday mornings during the aca­demic year. Weekday visits are preferred, however, so that candidates wil l have the opportunity to attend classes if they wish .

Prospective a n d current applicants, as well a s in­terested parents, are encouraged to visit the campus. Visit ing students find that i nformal conversations with admiss ion counselors, academic a nd career counselors, and faculty members i n departments of their interest prove invaluable . Other offices, the departments of the colleges, and students work closely with the Office of Ad missions in provid i ng opportunities for interested students to learn about the U niversity. Admission coun­selors are knowledgeable about the undergraduate cur­ricula and the various faci lities a nd special programs available to undergraduates.

Students with questions concerni ng academic depart­ments, student life , or extracurricular activities should write to the Office of Admiss ions ; questions wil l be referred to faculty or staff members or to students for

184 A dmissions

personal replies . Students p lanning to visit the campus are urged to call or write to the Office in advance of their visits so that appointments can be made with faculty or staff members . During the academic year, the Office of Admissions is often able to arrange overnight accom­modations on campus for prospective students . Requests to stay on campus overnight should be made approxi­mately two weeks i n advance.

Applicants who live at some d istance from Rochester may wish to arrange to have an informal interview and conversat ion with a n alumni representative in their area . P lease call or write to the Office of Admiss ions for further information .

Travel Information

The River Campus i s located on Wilson Boulevard at Elmwood Avenue. Motorists coming to Rochester via the New York Thruway from the east should use exit 45, take 1-490 to the South Goodman Street exit , turn left on South Goodman to Elmwood Avenue, and right on Elmwood to Wilson Boulevard . A r ight turn on Wilson B oulevard leads to the River Campus a nd the visitor parking area ( see the map on the i nside back cover) . From the south, take 1-390 to exit 1 6, cross East Hen­rietta and West Henrietta roads, take East River Road to Kendrick Road, turn right on Kendrick to Latti more Road, left on Latt imore to Elmwood Avenue, left on Elmwood to Wilson Boulevard , and proceed as above. From the west, use Thruway exit 47, take 1-490 to 1-390, and 1-390 south to exit 1 7 ( Scottsvil le Road). Turn left on Scottsville Road to Elmwood Avenue, and right on Elmwood to Wilson Boulevard . A left turn onto Wilson Boulevard wil l lead to the vis i tor parking area . Roches­ter is served by Altair, American, Eastern, Empire, Mal l , U nited, and U . S . Air air l ines . The campus can be reached by taxicab from the airport i n approximately 1 0 minutes . Greyhound and Trailways bus terminals are within walking distance of Main Street East, where Regional Transit Service Bus # 1 9 or a taxi may be taken to the River Campus. Transportation to Rochester i s a l so provided by Amtrak trains .

Applying to Rochester

Students may apply to enter Rochester for either the fal l or spring semester. Freshman applicat ions should be submitted by November 1 5 for spring considerat ion and January 1 5 for fal l considerat ion . Students wishing an ear ly decis ion for the following fal l should see the instructions below. Transfer applications (see page 1 86)

are reviewed on a roll ing admission basis , with no for­mal deadlines for U nited States cit izens or permanent residents .

The fol lowing materials are required before the appli­cat ion review can begin : a n official copy of a high school transcript , a recommendation fro m a counselor or fac­ulty adviser, the S AT or ACT score report , and a com­pleted U niversity or Common Application form includ­ing a personal essay . Applicants are i nvited to submit addit ional i nstructor recomme ndations and other mate­rials which may be useful in the appl ication review.

CoJIege Entrance Examinations. All applicants for admission are requi red to take either the Scholastic Aptitude Test ( SAT) of the Col lege Entrance Examina­tion Board or the A merican College Test ( A CT) of the A merican Col lege Testing Progra m . Both are offered several t imes a year at centers throughout the world.

Scores from C E E B Achievement Tests are recom­mended but not required. H o wever, students are urged to take Achievement Tests, part icularly in areas such as E nglish , a foreign language, mathematics, and other sciences, because the scores indicate the level of achieve­ment i n these areas and may prove valuable to both an ad mitted student and faculty and staff advisers i n deter­mining appropriate i ntroductory college courses . For example, students may satisfy the College of A rts and Science foreign language requirement on the basis of a sufficiently high score o n a foreign language Achieve­ment Test. Applicants for admission should take the SA T or the ACT no later than February of the final year in secondary school for fal l admiss ion or no later than October for spring admission.

Application forms for the S AT and a Bulletin of Informatio n may be o btained fro m seco ndary schools or the College Entrance Examinat ion Board, Box 592, Pri nceton, New Jersey 08540, o r the Board's Pacific Coast Office, Box 1 025 , Berkeley, Cal ifornia 9470 1 . Further information about the ACT can be obtai ned through secondary schools or by writ ing to the A meri­can Col lege Test ing P rogram, Box 1 68 , Iowa City, I owa 52240 .

Early Decision. Students who decide that R ochester is their fi rst-choice college may apply for an early decis ion on their appl ications . To be e l ig ible for an ear ly decis ion, the applicant should : I . submit the application before November 1 5 (see next

page for the exception to this fi l ing date) , 2. sign the Early Decis ion Statement certifying intention

to enrol l at the University of Rochester if accepted under the Early Decision Program,

3. file the early version of the Financial Aid Form with the College Scholarship Service before November I S , if applying for financial a id .

Candidates are notified of the dec is ion of the Committee on Admissions by December I S , and if ad mitted, are expected to make formal acceptance of the offer of admission, including payment of the $200 enrol lment deposit , by January 1 5 .

Students 'who select R ochester as their fi rst-choice col­lege after November are welcome to request an early decision review in writing unti l February I . N otificat ion wil l be made within three weeks of the receipt of al l credentials , and ad mitted students wil l be expected to submit their enrollment deposits within two weeks of the date of notificat ion .

Those not accepted under early decision procedures are notified that their appl icat ions will be considered under regular admission procedures early in the spring.

Notification of A dmission Decision. An applicant for spring-term admission wil l usually be notified with in several weeks after the app licat ion is complete. Appli­cants for the fall semester wil l be notified between March 15 and Apri l 1 5 . Applicants for financial aid wil l be notified of financial aid action at the same t ime as, or shortly after, they are notified of admission. Students requesting a decis ion on or before a specific date because of special circu mstances may receive an earlier notifica­t ion provided that the appl icat ion is complete. For fall admission, the University subscribes to the uniform Candidates' Reply Date whereby ad mitted students are not required to notify the University of their decis ion until May I .

Students who accept the offer of admission submit a nonrefundable deposit of $200. For those students who matriculate at the Un iversity, o n the fi rst day of classes the $200 becomes a security deposit which is re tai ned in a separate interest-bearing account . When the student graduates or withdraws with proper notice to the Dean's Office, the deposit , together with the interest earned , is transferred to the student's account , and any result ing cred it balance is refunded .

Deferred A dmission. Students who are offered admis­sion may request a deferral of their admission for a period of up to one year. During the t ime of deferral, students may take a l imited number of col lege courses for purposes of enrichment but not, under this arrange­ment, matriculate as full-time students at another col lege or university. Students decid ing to attend another school for a semester or longer may at a future date reactivate

A dmissions 185

their applicat ions for transfer admiss ion consideration . Students granted deferred admiss ion must pay the en­rollment deposit to reserve a p lace in the next class.

Financial aid decisions are not deferred . Students gra nted deferred ad mission must resubmit an applica­tion for financial a id .

Applying for Admission to a Degree

Program in Music

There are two k inds of bachelor's degree programs in music at the U niversity and, hence , two different appli­cation procedures. The Eastman School of M usic of the University of Rochester offers bachelor of music ( B . M . ) degrees in appl ied music, music composit ion, music theory, music history, and music education . Students in these programs normally live at the Eastman School campus in downtown Rochester. To apply for these pro­grams , p lease write d i rectly to the Director of Ad­missions, Eastman School of M usic, 26 Gibbs Street, Rochester, New York 1 4604.

The Col lege of Arts and Science offers a bachelor of arts ( B . A . ) degree with a music concentrat ion (see page 1 04) . This program is designed for students who wish approximately half their courses to be in music and half to be i n other l iberal arts areas . Students i n this program normally live on the River Campus but take most of their concentrat ion courses in music at the Eastman School . Successful applicants for this program must be admitted by the College of Arts and Science and also audit ioned and ad mitted by the Eastman School of M usic . To apply, students should request both an appli­cation and the supplementary music application forms fo r the B . A . in music fro m the Dean of Admiss ions of the River Campus Colleges, Morey Hal l , U niversity of Rochester, Rochester, New York 1 4627. In this program, students may emphasize either performance or music history and theory. Because some applied music depart­ments at the Eastman School fi l l rapid ly, students are advised to complete their appl icati ons and arrange audi­t ions early in their senior year of high school .

Foreign Students

The University of Rochester welcomes applicat ions from foreign students . Admission is co mpetitive, and students need ing financial assistance should be aware that fi nancial aid for cit izens of foreign countries is l imited . Foreign applicants are required to submit the same application materials and to take the same en-

186 A dmissions

trance tests as United States citizens . All correspondence and applicat ions should be sent by air mai l . Because the SAT and the ACT may not be given as often abroad, and scores take longer to be reported, foreign students are advised to write to the American Col lege Testing Program or to the College Entrance Examination Board as soon as they decide to apply to the University to ascertain where and when the next test is offered in their area. The SAT or ACT should be taken no later than January for fal l ad mission consideration . Because it is often d ifficult to interpret and evaluate secondary school transcripts from a broad , tra nslations and explanations of grading systems should be submitted when necessary. The Ordinary and Advanced level examinations admin­istered in many countries are stro ngly recommended when available; the results wil l be considered both for admission and for placement .

The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOE FL) is not required of applicants, although scores may be submitted . Applicants are expected to have a firm com­mand of the English language before they apply; no provis ional admiss ion is offered whereby a student may come to the U niversity and spend a semester or a year learn ing English .

Advanced Placement

Entering students may receive course cred it and / or higher-level course placement at the U niversity through the College Entrance Examination Board Advanced Placement Program. Advanced Placement score reports must be forwarded to the College of Arts and Science from the CEEB . As soon as these reports are received , ad mitted students are notified about placement or course credi t . During Freshman Orientat ion this information is used in course select ion . Specific questions may be addressed to the Director of Orientation Programs in Latti more Hal l .

College Credit for Prior Course Work

For the sake of coherence and uniformity of instruc­t ion, the U niversity prefers that as far as possible its entering fresh man students take al l their courses, basic and advanced , fro m its own faculty. With the exception of CEEB Advanced Placement work, the University normally d oes not recognize nor grant col lege credit fo r secondary school course work or for courses taught in a secondary school by the school's own faculty for col­lege cred it .

Cred it may be granted to entering students for prior course work completed with a grade of "C-" or above at an accred ited col lege or university. Upon receipt of an official transcript fro m the institution of higher learning where the student was enrolled , the course work will be evaluated to determine if it is equivalent i n level and / or content to course work offered through the U niversity of Rochester col lege award ing the degree. Students wishing to receive cred it for such col lege work already completed or who are now considering taking college or university courses e lsewhere should ask the Academic Advising Office in Lattimore Hal l for advice about credit transfer and / or selection of courses .

Transfer Admission

The U niversity of Rochester encourages students who have begun their academic careers at other colleges or universities to continue their educations here. Ord inari ly, students who have previously enrol led for at least one semester of fu ll-time study or who have co mpleted a minimum of eight credit hours at another college or university after graduation from high school are e l igible to apply for transfer admiss ion. S tudents undertak ing co llege-level course work as part of their high school progra ms or in order to satisfy h igh school d ip loma req uirements are eligi ble to enter as freshmen, a l though they are welcome to request academic credit for their college work.

Transfer students may apply for admission to either the fa l l or spring semester. Because applicat ions for transfer admiss ion are reviewed as soon as al l of the necessary materials are received, it is to the student's advantage to complete an appl icat ion well in advance of the semester for which he or she is applying. However, there is no formal deadline for submission of an appli­catio n for students residing within the U nited States. All transfer applicants should submit scores fro m either the Scholastic AptitUde Test or the A merica n Col lege Test . Foreign students l iv ing outs ide the U nited States are req uired to submit the same d ocuments and to take the same tests as are students living in the United States in order to complete their applicat ions . Applications from candidates who would enter with more than three semes­ters of transfer credit are reviewed by the particular department in which concentrat ion is planned . After reviewing an appl icat ion, the Committee on Admissions, composed of faculty and staff members, notifies the cand idate of its decisi on with in two to four weeks of the ti me the app licat ion is co mpleted . The decision on fi nan­cial aid is also announced at this t ime.

The College of Arts and Science and the College of Engineering and Applied Science each has as a require­ment for graduation a two-semester res idency require­ment. Students must satisfactorily co mplete at least 1 2 credits in each of the two semesters in order t o be eligible for the bachelor's degree fro m the col lege from which they intend to graduate. Summer school course work taken after transfer to the College of Arts and Science or the College of Engineering and Applied Science d oes not apply toward this residency requirement.

Transfer students are expected to fulfi l l a l l require­ments set by the college in which they intend to earn their degrees . Students transferring into the College of Arts and Science particularly are reminded that they must demonstrate proficiency in one foreign language before the degree can be awarded.

Students who are considering transfer are urged to plan a visit to Rochester in order to become familiar with the campus and the U niversity community, and to obtain answers to questions concerning admission pro­ced ures and academic opportunities . Requests for appli­cation materials and interview appointments should be directed to the Office of Transfer Admissions, Morey 307, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York 1 4627, teleph one (7 1 6) 275-5 3 1 2 . Appointments are scheduled M onday through Friday fro m 9 a . m . to 4 p .m .

Transfer s tudents in need of fi nancial ass i s ta nce should fi le the Un iversity of Rochester's appl ication for financial aid which is contained in the application book­let. A financial aid transcript, d ocumenting all sources of financial aid received from previous col leges , must also be fi led . I t is recommended t hat students requesting financial assistance complete the applicat ion early. For addit ional information, see the section on financial aid on page 1 89 .

Transfer students desir ing on-campus housing are usually accommodated . H owever, they should be aware that housing is assigned fi rst to returning students and entering fresh men; for that reason, on-campus housing for transfer students cannot be guaranteed .

Readmission

Students who withdraw fro m the University or are separated for any reason and who wish to re-enter should apply through the Office of Transfer Admissions. Applications for readmission are reviewed by represen­tatives of the various col leges . Students who appear ready to resume their programs are generally approved for readmission, subject to space l imitations in depart­ments and res idence hal ls . Appl ications for readmission

A dmissions 187

should be fi led at least a month before the beginning of the term in which the student plans to re-enter.

Special Students

The category special student includes those desiring to pursue courses not leading to degrees and "visit ing" stu­dents currently enrolled in another college who wish to attend the U niversity for only a term or a year . Prepro­fessional advising i s available to those special students planning to complete requirements at the U niversity of Rochester for ad mission to medical or dental school, law school , or other graduate and health professions pro­grams ( refer to Career and Counseling Services) . One wishing consideration for admission as a special student should request application materials fro m the Office of Transfer Admissions . The applicat ion for special student status should be filed at least one month prior to the start of the semester the student wishes to enter. Special students are subject to al l general regulations, and they pay tuition fees prop ortional to the current tuition charge plus al l incidental fees attached to the courses taken.

School of Nursin g - Admission

Students who plan to major in nursing should apply during the sophomore year for transfer to the School of Nursing in the j unior year. During their first two years of study, students fro m other institutions applying for junior stand ing should seek information about courses which meet admiss ion requirements . They may o btain applicat ion forms and information concerning admis­sion from the Office of Admiss ions and Registration, School of Nursing. I n addit ion, j uniors and seniors cur­rently enrolled i n a nursing program at other schools are invited to enrich their degree programs as special or "visit i ng" students ( see above) for a semester or a year at the School of Nursing. The School of Nurs ing provides equal opportunity in admissions and student aid regard­less of sex, race, handicap, color, and national or ethnic origin .

Requirements for admiss ion include the successful co mplet ion of two years of co llege study ( 1 6 courses at the U niversity of Rochester or the equivalent of 64 U niversity of Rochester semester hours at another ap­proved institution), including introductory courses in the fo llowing subjects:

English Composit ion Vertebrate Structure and Function or H uman Anat­

omy and Physiology

188 A dmissions

Biology Psychology Statistics M icrobiology ( includ ing laboratory) H u manities Chemistry (2 semesters, including laboratory) Socio logy (2 semesters) or one each of Socio logy and

Anthropology

Physical education courses required in the col lege attended are not accepted as fulfi l l ing admission re­quirements.

The minimum academic standing expected of al l applicants is 2 .0 . Al l courses listed as pre requisites should be completed with a grade of "C" or better (pre­requisites cannot be taken with the S/ F option) . Courses with grades of "C-" or below taken outside the Univer­sity of Rochester are not acceptable for transfer credit in the School of Nursi ng.

The School requi res evidence of a strong desire to make nursing a career, together with evidence of apti­tude for such a career.

Students, especia l ly those taking part-time study over a period of time, are advised to check periodically regarding degree requirements and the acceptabil ity of

courses to be offered for admiss ion to the nursing maj or.

Registered Nurses - Regular Admission

Registered nurses who have graduated from dip loma or associate degree programs and who seek admission to the School of Nursing under the ad mission procedures just described may achieve adva nced placement through examination . I t may be possible for some regi stered nurses to complete the baccalaureate program in one year or take extra courses at the graduate level .

Registered N urses - Early Option Ad mission

Registered nurses may be admitted to earn the bacca­laureate degree upon completion of a minimum of one year of study in the liberal arts and sciences. The addi­tional required year of l iberal arts a nd sciences may be taken in combination with nursing courses, provided that the prer�quisites have been completed . The oppor­tumty to achieve advanced placement in the School of Nursing is available and is arranged through the Col lege Proficiency Exam ( C PE) program on an individual basis .

189

FINANCING AN EDUCATION Costs

Expenses to be anticipated i n determining the cost of an education at Rochester can best be understood as a combination of fixed and variable expenses. Fixed costs are those payable d irectly to the U niversity for tuit ion, fees, and room and board for those l iving on campus and participating in a University board plan. Those costs and information relevant to their payment are summarized below.

Variable expenses are those which an individual stu­dent finds necessary over and above these fixed costs. The largest single items of variable expense are l ikely to be books and transportat ion . Amounts spent for cloth­ing, recreation, and personal items wil l differ widely according to the financial circumstances and personal spending patterns of individuals .

On the basis of past experience and for purposes of assessing the need for financial a id , the Office of Admis­sions and Student Aid can estimate the average cost to an undergraduate for one year. Generally referred to as the estimated student budget, this figure for students l iving on campus during the 1 982-83 academic year is $ 1 1 ,200 plus travel . Commuting students who live with their parents in the greater Rochester area may estimate an annual budget of $8 , 1 50.

Fixed Costs

Tuit ion for ful l-time undergraduates except j unior nursing students is $6 ,850 for the 1 982-83 academic year. A room in a campus res idence, including l inen ser­vice, is $ 1 ,602 per year. The most comprehensive board plan (mandatory for resident freshmen) is $ 1 , 5 50 per year . The maximum charge for a combined room and board plan is $3 , 1 52 regardless of accommodations. The room charge for upper-class students who elect to live in the residences and d o their own cooking or eat at non­University-operated eating establish ments is $ 1 , 760· per year. Freshmen incur a one-time charge of about $85 for meals and accommodations during summer orientat ion.

A compulsory health fee of $342 per year is charged to al l full-time students. The insurance portion of the fee ($ 1 96) may be waived , if the student has equivalent cov­erage, by submission of a H ealth Plan Options form at the beginning of the semester.

Al l students pay an activity fee , which is established annually by the student government. The fee is $64 for the academic year.

One-half of the annual fixed costs is charged each semester. One-half of the annual a mount of al lowable credits (such as U niversity scholarships , state scholar­ships , and National Direct Student Loans) is cred ited . The net balance is payable in full prior to the beginning of each semester, and extensions of time for payment are not granted . Late payment charges wil l be assessed . Stu­dents with unpaid balances are not al lowed to register for classes or room drawings for the next semester and are withd rawn before the end of the current semester.

The University offers a Monthly Option Plan which may provide a convenient alternative for budgeting and paying such costs. It combines the features of a prepay­ment and deferred payment program and al lows the academic year expenses to be paid in 10 instal lments . The fi rst instal lment is due on July I fo r students enter­ing the U niversity in September. To help offset the cost of administering the plan, a fee of $35 is charged . Addi­t ional information and applicat ion forms are mailed to a l l students . For the academic year beginning in Sep­tember 1 983 the U niversity plans to revise its bi l l ing system for full-time students . A I O-month bi l l ing and payment plan beginning in July of each year wil l become the standard plan for payments. H o wever, semester payment plans wil l also be offered .

Detailed i nformation about financial aid follows. In addition, parents may wish to investigate t ime payment plans available through commercial lenders and local banks to pay for University education costs.

Financial Aid

Recognizing that the cost of a quality education is high, the University has made a commitment to provide a sound program of financial aid . Financial aid awards administered directly by the U niversity, including schol­arships , grants , loans, and part-time ca mpus employ­ment, are held by approximately o ne-half of our under­graduates . Over 75 percent of undergraduate students receive some type of financial assistance from the Uni-

-The r o o m cha rge of $ 1 , 760 fo r up per-class students who elect the non-board option includes the basic room charge of $ 1 ,602 plus a d in ing faci l i ties availabil ity fee of $ 1 30 and a kitchenette fee of $ 2 8 .

1 90 Financing an Education

River Campus: Fixed Cost Summary 1982-83 Tuit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6 ,850 Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ,602 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 5 50t Fees (approximately) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 6

Total Annual Fixed Cost $ 1 0,4 1 8 t U pper-class students may elect a plan of 1 4 meals per week. for which the charge is $ 1 ,460 .

School of Nursing: Fixed Cost Summary 1982-83 Junior Year

1982-83

Tuition ( 1 2-20 semester hours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6,850 Room, Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 1 52 Fees (approximately) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 6

$ 1 0,4 1 8

t Estimated.

Summer 1983

. . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 , 525

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 850+

$2,375

Senior Year 1982-83

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6 ,850

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 1 52

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 6

$ 1 0,4 1 8

NOTE: Variable expenses incurred by nursing students include the following: uniforms; books and suppl ies; and expe nses i n connection with field trips or c l in ical expe rience, including transportation to and from clinical settings. These expenses may va ry from $400 t o $500 per year.

NOTE: For adjustment of charges in case of withdrawal, see page 206, Adj ustment Charges, Withd rawal and I nactive Status.

versity, fro m sources outside the University, or from a combination of both. Through careful allocation of available resources, the University attempts to provide financial support for many who would otherwise be unable to attend . A complete l ist ing of available scholar­ships begins on page 1 9 1 .

A general discussion of student aid fol lows. Addi­t ional information i s available from the Office of Admis­sions and Student Aid or the Office of Admissions and Registration, School of Nursing. A brochure, Meeting Costs at Rochester: A Guide for A ll Prospective Under­graduates, p rovides a comprehens ive d i scuss ion of financial a id , including eligibil ity and application pro­cedures for many specific aid programs . This publication is avai lable upon request.

Making Application

Applicants for financial aid must complete the finan­cial aid sect ion of the application for admission and must submit the Financial Aid Form to the appropriate regional office of the College Scholarship Service. This form usually i s available from the secondary school ; copies also may be obtained from the Office of Admis­sions and Student Aid. Fresh man aid applicants should

submit the required forms by January 3 1 . Transfer aid applicants should submit the forms at the same time they submit admiss ion applications and also must provide documentation of al l sources of financial aid received at the college from which transfer is being made. All appl i­cants who are not United States citizens should fi le the Financial Aid Application for Students from Foreign Countries ins tead of the Financial Aid Form. This appl i­cation is available from the Office of Admiss ions and Student Aid.

Basis for A ward and R enewal of

Financial Aid

Select ion for aid awards , especial ly U niversity schol­arships , is c losely related to merit , achievement, and future academic p romise. The amount of aid, however, reflects financial need and takes into co nsiderat ion rea­sonable contributions fro m parents and the applicant toward meeti ng col lege costs. Appl icants are considered for all types of schola rships , loans, and employment for which they are qual ified and eligible.

The a mount of financial assistance is subject to subse­quent adjustment if the applicant receives addit ional aid outside that which i s under the d irect administrat ion of

the U niversity, or if changes in financial need become apparent . Students are expected to submit the appro­priate applications for all outside awards for which they qual ify. An Acceptance of Financial Aid d ocument is required of those students who decide to enrol l .

Aid awards are reviewed annual ly, and a renewal applicat ion for the subsequent academic yea r m ust be submitted early i n the spring term. I n the review of upper-class 'applicat ions, the Un iversity takes into con­sideration continuing financial need , academic achieve­ment at a level which assures sati sfactory completion of degree requirements, and evidence of individual efforts to meet col lege expenses through part-time employment and student loans . I n the determination of financial need, al l resources available to the student to help meet college costs are considered i n the decision to continue U nversity-administered financial assistance.

U niversity scholarships ordinarily are continued for a maximum of eight semesters for students entering as freshmen in the fal l term. Transfer students are eligible for scholarship consideration based upon the number of semesters remaining between entra nce and the antici­pated grad uat ion date (class year designation) estab­lished at the t ime of enrol lment . With the exception of students who were separated by the Un iversity, financial aid recipients who withdraw are el igible for continuation of assistance upon completing al l requirements for re­admiss ion. The amount of aid wi l l depend on the avail­abil ity of funds and wi l l not necessarily be equal to a previously held award . Readmitted students with a pre­vious educational loan in default status are not eligible for renewal of aid.

Verification of Financial Information

The U niversity endeavors to al l ocate its financial aid resources as equitably as possible. Because the amount of aid awarded is determined by the financial need of the applicant, the Committee o n Student Aid must have an accurate assessment of the fami ly's financial circum­stances. With few exceptions, parents provide candid and rel iable financial informat ion . M uch of the informa­tion requested on the Financial Aid Form, however, involves often d ifficult estimates . In a minority of cases, therefore, fi nancial i nformation reported may prove to be i naccurate, incomplete, or misleading.

Furthermore, the Un iversity is required to document the financial circumstances of federal fund recipients and must adhere to regulations governing federal awards, particularly with regard to the el igibil ity of applicants according to financial need .

Financial A id 19 1

For these reasons , R ochester has jo ined other univer­sities in req uiring verificat ion of financial i nformation through sub mission of a copy of the precedi ng year's Federal I ncome Tax Return. Specific i nstruct ions re­gard ing this requirement are sent fol lowing a student's acceptance of an offer of admission and aid .

Types of Financial Assistance

University Scholarships

Scholarships administered by the U niversity include general and end owed scho larships a nd special awards made under the sponsorship and annual support of spe­cific ind ividuals or groups ( see page 1 93 for a complete l ist) . Students applying fo r aid are considered for al l scholarships for which they are eligible .

Certa in honorary scholarships , based upon superior qualificat ions , provide a minimum st ipend without re­gard to need (excluded are those appl icants who qualify fo r parents ' U nivers i ty tu i t ion benefi t s ) . H o n o rary achievement scholarships of particular d ist inction in­clude:

Alumni Regional Scholarships. Winners are se lected fro m among students nominated b y R ochester Alumni Admission Program Committees (currently 60) throughout the United States . Up to th ree Regional Scholarships may be awarded in each area. Names of Committee chairmen are available upon request from the Office of Admissions and Student Aid . The min imum annual award is $ 1 ,000 . Amounts in excess of this honorary level are based upon financial need .

Bausch & Lomb Scholarships. Sponsored by Bausch & Lomb I ncorporated, recipients a re selected from among freshman applicants who have been awarded the Bausch & Lomb Science M edal by their high schools . The min imum annual award is $ 1 ,000. Amounts in excess of this honorary level are based upon financial need .

Joseph C. Wilson Scholarships. Winners are selected on the basis of the application for admission from among fresh man applicants who show clear evidence of academic and extra­curricular excellence, as well as potential to profit from an exceptional ly flexible program of study with individual facu lty sponsors . These scholarships honor the memory of the late J oseph C. Wilson, former Chairman of the U niversity's Board of Trustees, former Chairman of Xerox Corporation, and a Un iversity alumnus, Class of 1 93 1 . The minimum annual award is $2 ,000, for a maximum of ten semesters. Amounts in excess of this honorary level, for a maximum of eight semesters, are based upon financial need . Rochester Engineering Scholarships. Awarded to outstanding freshmen engineering candidates, chosen by a faculty commit­tee from the College of Engineering and Applied Science, on the basis of the applicat ion for admission. The minimum annual award i s $ 1 ,000. Amounts in excess of this honorary level are based upon financial need.

1 92 Financing an Education

National Merit Scholarships. Awarded to entering freshmen on the basis of the annual National Merit Scholarship Corporation qualifying test. In addition to corporation and foundation sponsors , the University also sponsors 10 renewable scholar­ships t o selected finalists who designate Rochester as their col­lege choice. The minimum annual award is $500. Amounts in excess of th is honorary level , to a maximum of $2,000, are based upon financial need.

NROTC Scholarships. Scholarship assistance i s available from the U nited States Navy for students e nrolled i n the N R OTC Program. See page 1 07 (Naval Science) for further information. Other Special Scholarships are available to t hose meeting spe­cial requirements, such as place of residence, p lace of parent's employment, selection of p rogram of study, and the like. These are described on page 1 93 . Applicants are automatically con­sidered for al l awards for which they are eligible.

Federal Financial Aid·

The U niversity is an approved particIpant in the National Direct Student Loan, Federal Nursing Student Loan, College Work-Study, Pell Grant, and the S up­plemental Educational Opportunity Grant programs of the federal government. Approved by acts of Congress, these programs make funds available to U nited S tates citizens or permanent residents for grants , loans, and campus employment . With the except ion of Pell Grants, the administration of t hese federal student aid funds rests with the University, however, and recipients are selected by the Committee on Student Aid. Preference is given to appl icants with the greatest financial need , and continuation of aid from this source depends upon annual Congressional appropriat ions .

The Pel l Grant i s an entit lement program not under the direct administrat ion of the U niversity, which does not select recipients nor determine el igibi l i ty . Estab­l ished by Congress in 1 972, and formerly called Basic Educational Opportunity Grants ( BEOG), this program makes direct grants to students who qualify solely on the basis of financial need . Instructions for applying for Pell Grants are available from the secondary schools and also are included with the Financial A id Form of the College Scholarship Service.

Student Loans

Educational loans as a means of self-help toward meeting college costs have i ncreased markedly in recent years. With few exceptions, student loans offer the

' Eligibil ity requirements, terms. conditions. and amounts of federal student financial aid are subj ect to sudden revision by the Congress. Descript ions of federal aid programs included i n this publication, there­fore, may not be applicable at the time of enroUment.

advantage of deferred repayment until the completion of studies . Loan programs commonly util ized by R ochester undergraduates include: National Direct Student Loans. Loans from this federal p ro­gram are authorized at the discretio n of the Committee on Stu­dent Aid . Repayment at 5% i nterest may be extended up to 1 0 years, fol lowing a 6-month g race period after completion of studies . Further deferments are possible during periods of addi­t ional study, service with the Armed Forces, or volunteer ser­vice with certain agencies such as Peace Corps or V ISTA. A substantial port ion of total i ndebtedness may be cancelled for students who e nter specified fields of education, such as the teaching of handicapped children. Eligibi l i ty restricted to U . S . citizens or permanent residents .

Federal Nursing Loans. Loans fro m this federal program are authorized at the discret ion of the Committee on Student Aid to j uniors and seniors only. Repayment begins nine months after completion of studies at 6% interest. S imi larly to National Direct Loans, specified deferment and cancellatio n provisions are available. El igibi lity restricted to U . S . citizens o r permanent residents.

Guaranteed Student Loan Program ( G SLP). This federal p ro­gram makes loans of up to $2,500 per year at 9% interest avail­able to eligible students, with aggregate undergraduate borrow­ing l imited to $ 1 2, 500. Loans to students fro m families whose adj usted gross income exceeds $30,000 requ i re d ocumentation of financial need. Although authorized by federal legislat ion, the G S L P program is subject to individual state and lender regulat ions . Further i nformation and appl ications a re available fro m hometown lenders such as banks, savings and loan associ­at ions, or credit unions . El igibi l i ty is restricted to U . S . citizens or permanent residents.

Auxi liary Loans to Assist Students ( A L A S). Also called P L U S Loans ( Pa rent Loans to Undergraduate Students) i n M assachu­setts and New York. Primarily a loan for parents, this federal program provides up t o $3 ,000 per year at 1 4% i nterest. Repayment of principal and i nterest is not deferred, and begins 60 days after p rocessing is completed. The amount borrowed, together with al l other financial aid, including the G S L P, can­not exceed the cost of attendance. Students no longer d epend­ent upon their parents also are e l igible, but an A L AS and GSLP combined cannot exceed $2,500 annually.

University Loans. The U niversity itself makes a l imited number of loans available to students needing further assistance t o meet educational costs . These loans, with interest at 9%, may be repaid over a period of five years following graduation with a minimum repayment of $ 1 5 per month . Special arrangements may be made t o defer repayment during periods of graduate study, military service, o r further p rofessional t raining.

Part-time Employment

Students may be given priority status for p lacement in campus j obs as part of the total aid award . Many of

\.

\

these j obs are funded through the Federal College Work­Study Program. Ordinarily 10 to 1 5 hours per week is a suggested work load . I n addit ion, the Student Employ­ment Office maintains an open job fi le which may be used by any student seek ing employment on or off campus.

Assistance from Other Sources

Applicants for financial aid also are urged to seek information concerning t heir eligibil ity for assistance from outside sources such as state scholarship programs ( New Y ork State Tui t ion Ass i s tance Program and Regents Scholarship Program for New York State res i­dents), Veterans Administrat ion benefits, the Office of Vocational Rehabilitat ion , and local community agen­cies, corporations, foundations, or similar organizations .

Application i nstruct ions and other conait ions affect­ing recei pt and retention of outside scholarships and grants will vary among sponsors , and applicants there­fore must be aware of acceptable procedures. The New York State Tuition Assistance Program, for example, requires evidence of satisfactory academic progress and timely pursuit of the program of study for retention of award .

Undergraduate Scholarships Select ion for the maj ority of U niversity scholarships is

based upon merit and achievement, with the amount determined according to the financial need of the app li­,,-;a nt. For a l imited number of scholarships , a minimum hci .!lprary amount is offered wit hout regard to need . Thest.'- programs are described on pages 1 9 1 - 1 92 . No separa"t\e applicat ion is required for consideration for individu� 1 scholarships .

The fo�owing list includes endowed and sponsored undergradtl.ate scholarships ava ilable as of December 1 98 1 . \ Sol Aiole Scholwships. Establi shed from the estate of Samuel Aiole i n memory'.:,\ f h i s brot her, a member of the Class of 1 909. To be awarded to worthy Jewish students . Allen-Forsyth Memct>rial Scholarships. End owed by the fami­lies of Wheeler D. Allen and Walter S . Fo rsyth . Awarded to U niversity undergrad uates, with preference given to students who have shown special in terest in athlet ic and musical activi­t ies and who demonstrate abi l i ty necessary to cont inue active successful participat ion in these a reas while maintaining satis­facto ry academic performance. Allstate Foundation Scholarships. Establ i shed in 1 96 1 by gifts

Undergraduate Scholarships 193

t o provide scholarships for student nurses on the basis of achievement and promise.

Alumni Leadership Scholarships. Estab l i shed i n 1 976 by alumni interested in basketball at the Un iversity of Rochester. Awarded annual ly on the basis of achievement and financial need to a student who has demonstrated athlet ic ab i l ity as a basketball player.

Alumni Regional Scholarships. U p o n rec o m mendat ion of Regional Alumni Committees . For addi t ional info rmation see page 1 9 1 .

Susan B . A nthony Scholarship. Establ ished b y the Women's Club of the Un iversity of Rochester i n 1 979 . Awarded to a woman undergraduate from the greater Rochester a rea on the basis of academic achievement, future promise, and financial need .

Bausch & Lomb Scholarships. Avai lable to selected recipients of the Bausch & Lomb Medal . For addit ional i nformat ion see page 1 9 1 .

Carl F . W . Betz Family Scholarships. Establ ished i n 1 972 from t he estate of Martha J . Betz, Class of 1 9 1 2, i n memory of her father and her six brothers who also attended the Un iversity. I ncome to be used for undergraduate scholarships .

Fannie R . Bigelow Memorial Scholarship. Commemorates the work of Fa nnie R . Bigelow, friend and col league of Susan B. Anthony . P rovides a scholarsh ip for a woman of outstand ing qualit ies in her jun ior or senior year. Geoffrey Broughton Memorial Scholarships. In memory of Geoffrey Broughton , former p rofessor and chairman of the chemical e ngineering department . Provides scholarships for dese rving students of chemical engineering.

The Charles A . Brown Prize Scholarships. Endowed by the late Charles A. Brown of Chicago, Class of 1 879, and awarded to candidates from the Chicago area.

David Burbank Scholarships. Establ ished in 1 880 by John H . Dea ne, Class o f 1 866 a n d t rustee of t h e U niversity, i n honor o f t h e former principal of Brockport Academy. Restricted to stu­dents from the town of Brockport, New York .

Charles W. Butler Scholarship. Establ i shed in 1 952 by Bertha L . Butler i n Memory of Charles W . Butler, Class of 1 89 1 . To be used for a male student who i s a member of the First Baptist Church at Fairport , New York. Centennial Prize Scholarships. Original ly establ ished in honor of the University's 1 00th anniversa ry. Now awarded p rimari ly to qual ified students who apply through the Early Decis ion Program. Several available for each class.

Charles Chall ice, Jr . and Cornelia Sidwell Chall ice Scholarship Fund. Establ ished in 1 979 by M r. Charles Challice, J r . , to be awarded to needy undergraduates. The Professor Donald R. Charles Scholarships. Established th rough the generosity of M r. and M rs . J oseph L . Noble . Creates income for awards to well-qual ified, needy students in biology.

1 94 Financing an Education

The Janet Howell Clark Scholarship. Proposed by the a lumnae of the U niversity and establ ished in honor of the Dean Emeritus of the former Col lege for Women. The a ward is presented to an entering freshman woman o n the basis of unusual promise of achievement as evidenced by h igh inte l lectual capacity and out­standing personal qualifications . Class of 1 929-Women's Fund for Purchase of Books. Estab­lished i n 1 929 by the Women's Class of 1 929. I ncome to be used for the purchase of books by any daughters, granddaughters, or great granddaughters of the Class of 1 929 who are j uniors in the College of Arts and Science. I f n o eligible rec ip ients, income may be used for scholarships for j un ior women. Milton S . Comfort Scholarships. End owed by t he late Frances B . Comfort . A wards are determined by the Committee on Stu­dent Aid. The Professor Wil l iam J . Conley Scholarships. Endowed by a gift of M r . and M rs . Joseph L . Nob le . S t ipends to be a warded to deserving students in mechan ical e ngineering. Wilmot R . and Jean M. Craig Scholarship Fund. Esta bl ished in 1 979 by Wi lmot and Jean Craig. To be used equa l ly among students i n the School of M ed icine and Dentistry and the Col­lege of Arts and Science. Trafton M. and Maude W. Crandall Scholarships. Establ i shed in 1 978 by Charles T. Crandal l , Class of 1 937 , and Robert W . Crandal l i n memory of their parents, Trafton M i lford Cra ndal l , Class of 1 905, and Maude Wilson C randal l . Promising candi­dates who are in need of financial assistance i n any of the U ni­versity's co l leges or schools are el igible for t hese scholarships . Preference i s g iven to students from the R ochester- M onroe County area. Marian J . Cummings Scholarship. Establ ished in 1 976 by a bequest fro m the estate of Mar ian J . Cummi ngs. The i ncome from this fund i s to be used for scholarsh ip a id to worthy stu­dents i n the Col lege of Arts and Science. Charles R . Dalton Scholarships. Esta b l i shed i n 1 979 by Charles and M a ry Dalton. Mr . Dalton, a devoted a lumnus, Class of 1 920, served the Un iversity for nearly 40 years, inc lud ing 1 9 years a s d i rector of admiss ions and student a id . The Dante Scholarsh ip. Provided by the I ta l ian Wo men's Civ ic Club of Rochester. Rest ricted to s tudents enter ing the Col lege of Arts and Science who are of I ta l ian b i rt h or ancestry. Th i s scholarship carries a st ipend of $400 annually for four years. The Davenport-Hatch Foundation, Inc. Scholarships. Awarded a nnual ly to promis ing nurs ing students upon recommendat ion of the Department of Nursing. Carl Lewis Deavenport Scholarships. Established in 1 972 by a bequest fro m the estate of M . Gertrude Deavenport in memory of her brother . The i ncome fro m th i s fund is to be used for scholarsh ips i n the Col lege of Arts and Science. Clare Dennison Memorial Scholarships. Awarded to j un iors a nd seniors in the School of Nursing. Leo H. East Scholarships. Established by Leo H. East, Class of

1 924, for deserving undergraduates . Eastman Kodak Scholarships. Awarded t o sophomores o n the basis of meri t a nd ach ievement and cont inu ing t h rough the sen ior year . Selected on the bas i s of nominat ion by the aca­demic deans . Eleanor Motley Eastwood Scholarships. Establ ished i n 1 978 and awarded fro m the Sage Trust to needy students i n the College of Arts and Science. William Eastwood Scholarships. Esta blished i n 1 953 by Albert B. Eastwood for d eserving undergraduates . Educational Modules, Inc. Scholarships. Sponsored by the local Rochester corporation special iz ing i n products for the science educator . Preference i s extended to students from upstate New York whose field of concentrat ion is b io logy, chemist ry, or science ed ucat ion . M . Herbert Eisenhart Scholarships. Establ ished in 1 976, the M. Herbert Eisenhart Scholarsh ips are availa ble to provide equal opportunity in education to students from low- and middle-income fami lies . Helen Martin Emery Scholarships. Establ ished i n 1 963 by J o h n A . Emery i n memory of h is wife . Preference is given to students interested i n social service as a career. The Engineering Women's Club Scholarship. A warded to an engineering student enter ing t he j un ior or sen ior year . Criteria for award include motivatio n for a career in engineering, aca­demic promise, and achievement . Preference i s given to a qual i ­f ied woman e ngineering student . John Fahy Scholarships. Establ ished in 1 959 �y; C. H arold Fahy, C lass of 1 9 1 5 , i n memory of h is fat her, Clas s pf 1 866, for undergrad uate scholarships . . "

Barbara Finch Scholarship for Women. Endowed bY'a tlequest / of Charles E. and Mary B. Finch in honor \lfi

.. the ir d'lugl:lter ;/

Barbara. To be awarded to female students ' � }-1 . / ". Grace Firman-George Winthrop Johnson Sch�.larships. "TpHee f scholarships for undergrad uates, establ ished by . bequesf,(The ' Warren S. a nd Margaret Cox Firman Met;noriill S.cEOCd�rsh iP ; The Grace Firman and George Wi nthrop, "Johnson � emori�l Scholarsh ip , a nd The George Winthrop J o h ns07 Memoria l J . ' Scholarsh ip . ' . .

Henry S. and Kate Fredendall Scholarship . F.cstabl i shed by� Fay the B . Fredendal l , Class of 1 9 1 8 . Preferen� given to a stu­dent fro m Rose, New York, and secondly, frolJl1 Wayne County, New York . I J . Donald Frey Scholarship. Made poss ible th rough the contri­but ion of a n anonymous donor . Award ed. to a qual ified student in the School of Nursing. Beulah Elizabeth Ful ler Scholarship. Esta bl i shed through the generous gifts of Beulah F. Ful ler a nd her sister Susan E. Fuller and friends . Awarded to women enrolled in the River Ca mpus Colleges . Fred John Galloway Scholarships . Established i n 1 980 by El iz-

abeth Gal loway Smith in memory of her father . Scholarships to be awarded to deserving undergraduate students maj o ring in English. Preference wi l l be given to e ntering freshmen who show l ike l ihood of a further concentration in English l iterature. Awards are renewable and based on general performance and financial need . Lysle "Spike" Garnish Memorial Scholarship. Established in 1 97 1 by Drs . Richard and John Garnish, Classes of 1 949 a nd 1 95 1 ( sons of Lysle Garnish) , a nd friends in memory of Lysle Garnish, athletic t rainer and assistant footbal l , basketba l l , and baseball coach for 19 years . To be used for scholarships for u ndergraduate students , with p refe rence given to those who have participated i n athletics in either high school or col lege. General Motors Engineering Scholarships. Awarded to engi­neering students upon completion of two years of academic work, and on the basis of outstanding achievement and extra­curricular activities . Selectio n by the Dean of the Col lege of Engineering and Appl ied Science. Summer i nternships preced­ing the j unior and senior years a re an i ntegral part of the schol­a rship program. Genesee Scholarships. Original ly establ ished for s tudents l iving a considerable d istance from Rochester. Preference now ex­tended to well-qualified applicants from fore ign countries . The Genesee Val ley Delta Upsilon Foundation Scholarship. Awarded to a student on the basis of achievement, promise, and financial need . Founded by a lumni i n the Del ta U psi lon Chap­ter formerly at Rochester. Charles F. and Elizabeth Filkins Gessler Scholarships. Estab­lished by Mr. and M rs . Gessler of the Gessler Publ ishing Co. M rs . Gessler is an a lumna of the U niversity. Preference for worthy women students interested i n the R omance languages , especia l ly French. G leason Memorial Scholarship. Awarded to students i n engi­. eering. Provided th rough the generosity of the Emmet Blake­

ne) G leason Memorial Fund I ncorporated in memory of Emm t Blakeney Gleason . Elizab . h Brown Goldstein Memoria l Scholarships. Estab­lished i n 1 972 by Dr. Jacob G oldstein, Professor Emeritus of Medicine, his two sons, and friends in memory of Dr . Gold­stein's wife. . warded to j u nior and senior undergraduates m the School of N . sing. Hy Goldstein cholarships. Established in 1 973 by f�iends of Mr. and M rs . H l\Goldstein i n honor of their 50th anmversary. For undergraduat,\ students . Edwin Lee and Porl\.ia Strong Gosnell Scholarships. A bequest in 1 960 for the establi hment of scholarships for undergraduate students. \ The Graflex Prize Sc�olarships in Mechanical Engineering.

Endowed by G raflex, I n� . Awarded to a student at the begin­ning of the j u nior year 01], the basIs of personal quahflcatlOns, ach ievement, and aptitude in the field of mechamcal engmeer­ing . Preference is given to a ch i ld or grandchi ld of an emp loyee of the company.

Undergraduate Scholarships 1 95

Graflex Scholarship. Endowed by Graflex , I nc . Income to be used for a scholarship to a Un iversity of Rochester student who is a son, daughter, or relative or a member of the G raflex o rgan­ization . Sylv ia Hansen Griffin Scholarsh ip. Established in 1 97 7 by Herbert W. Griffin in memory of his w ife . Preference i s given to a student interested in international relat ions as a career. Charles and Nettie Grosberg Foundation Scholarship. Estab­l ished in 1 975 by Stephen M. G rosberg, an a lumnus of the U niversity. To be a wa rded to students who have demonstrated their efforts to meet a s ignifica nt port ion of col lege costs through employment . Statira Johnson G ruppe Memorial Scholarships. Awarded to undergraduates in the School of N u rsing. P reference i s given to students from western Connecticut . Ezra A . and Josephine Booth Hale Scholarship. Establ ished by Ezra H a le , Class of 1 9 1 6, in memory of his wife, a member of the Class of 1 9 1 7 , to commemo rate their long a nd rich associa­t ion with the Un iversity. Awarded to d eserving undergraduates on the basis of achievement , promise, and need for financial assistance. Henry Bradford Hanley Scholarships. Established in 1 968 by bequest of Bertina T. Ha nley in memory of her h usband. I ncome to be used for scholarships for w o rthy and needy stu­dents who p ropose to study medicine o r who are e nrolled i n the medical school of the U niversity. Jack and Lester Harrison Memorial Scholarships. Established by members of t he family i n 1 97 2 in honor of Jack H arrison, a n a l u m n u s of t h e Class of 1 93 1 . Recipients a r e selected on the basis of ach ievement and promise, with preference to men who have demonstrated achievement in ath letics . M abel M . and A. T. Hatch Memorial Scholarship Fund. Awarded by the Davenport Hatch Foundation ( under the aus­pices of M rs . George H el ler and M rs . Austin H i ldebrandt) to qual ified nursing students . Samuel M . Havens Prize Scholarships. Establ ished i n 1 954 by a bequest of M r. H avens, Class of 1 899 a nd a former trustee. Awarded to promising candidates, for any of the col leges or schools of the U niversity, who a re res idents of the state of I l l i­nois and who are in need of fina ncial assistance. Ercil and George Haywood Hawks, Jr . Scholarship Fund. Endowed by the gift of Mr. George Hawks to be used for undergraduates interested in the legal p rofession . Elihu Hedges Memorial Scholarship. Establ i shed in 1 969 by members of M r. Hedges's family in memory of El ihu H edges, Class of 1 924. Awarded to a male member of the sophomore class who has demonstrated both academic and ath letic profi­ciency. Leonard H . Henderson Memorial Scholarships. Establ ished in 1 978 by the family of Leonard H . H e nderson for R iver Campus u ndergraduates. Alec A. Herschler Memorial Fund. Established by the late

196 Financing an Education

Sophye Ann Herschler of Rochester in memory of her brother, Alec A . Herschler. The scholarships are to be awarded to worthy Rochester c i ty high school graduates. Preference is given to undergraduates of the College of Arts and Science.

Sol Heumann Scholarships. Endowed by the late Sol H eu­mann. Awards to male students in equal numbers from each of three faiths: Jewish, Protestant, and Roman Catholic.

The Burlew Hil l Memorial Scholarships. Established in 1 960 by a bequest of Burlew Hi l l , Class of 1 903 , for the purpose of scholarships.

Jill Hirsh Memorial Scholarship. Established in 1 974 by the parents of Ji l l H i rsh , a 1 973 graduate, in memory of their daughter to provide scholarship assistance to a worthy graduate or undergraduate student of the Department of Foreign Lan­guages , Literatures, and Linguistics, with preference to a stu­dent of Russian.

The Augusta Laney Hoeing Scholarships. Awarded through contributions of the alumnae of the Alpha Sigma Sorority and M rs. Charles H oeing, an honorary member of the sorority. Restricted to the River Campus, with preference given to female students.

The Katy B . Hofheinz Scholarships. Endowed in 1 939 by a gift from Mrs . Rudolph H ofheinz. Awarded upon entrance to freshman men or women.

Rudolph Hofheinz Scholarships. Establi shed in 1 945 by Dr. Rudolph H ofheinz for deserving undergraduates.

The Luther Emmett Holt Prize Scholarships. Endowed by the late Francis R . Welles, A . B . , 1 875 , in memory of his classmate, Dr . Luther Emmett H olt , and awarded to candidates from Chicago or New York who intend to follow a premedical course.

The Susan Huntington Hooker Scholarship. H onors M rs. H o race B. ( Susan H untington) H ooker (daughter of Elon H u ntington, a founder and trustee of the U niversity), who was widely known a nd loved for her cultural and civic interests and activit ies in Rochester over a long l ifetime. I n p roviding for this scholarship, the donor expresses the hope that it wi l l be of assistance to a woman undergrad uate or graduate who gives promise of comparable service in her own community.

Jesse S. Horwitz Memorial Scholarships. To be used for schol­arship aid to students from the Rochester and Genesee Va lley area.

Orilla Inman Scholarships. Endowed by the bequest of Wil l iam H. I n man in memory of his sister. Preference given to students from Clarendon , New Y o r k , and secondly , fro m Orleans County, New York.

I nstitute of Optics Alumni Scholarships. Supported by contri­butions from alumni of The I n stitute of Optics. Awarded upon recommendati on of the Director to undergraduates pu rsuing a degree in optics.

George Winthrop Johnson Memorial Scholarships. Established by the bequest of Grace Firman Johnson . Awarded to those

students whose qualifications are consistent with the U niver­sity's standards of award .

Kenneth B. Keating Scholarship. Established in memory o f Kenneth B. Keating, a m o s t d istinguished a lumnus, Class o f 1 9 1 9 , Congressman, U . S . Senator, Ambassador to I ndia and I s rael . To be awarded to worthy River Campus undergraduates.

Ray W. Kimball Scholarships. Established from the estate of Ray W. K imball, M . D. , who was a member of the staff of SI. Mary's H ospital in Rochester for many years .

John Knight Scholarships. Establ ished in 1 958 by the bequest of John K night, an alumnus of the Class of 1 893 . I ncome to be used for scholarships to worthy a nd deserving students, wit h a preference for residents of Wyoming County, New York .

Wil l iam C . Kohlmetz Scholarships. Established by Elizabeth H. Kohlmetz. Income to be used to ass is t needy undergraduate students.

The Professor Willard R . Line Scholarships. To be awarded to able and needy students i n chemistry. Provided by Mr. and M rs . Joseph L. Noble.

The Livingston Park Seminary Alumnae Scholarship. En­dowed by alumnae of the Livingston Park Seminary in com­memoration of the institution . Awarded to a woman from the Rochester area on the basis of abi lity, achievement, character, and need. The award is made annually and preference is given to descendants of alumnae.

T. Richard Long- Isabel K . Wallace Memorial Scholarship. Established in 1 969 by the Class of 1 944 i n honor of I sabel Wallace, Class of 1 9 1 6, who served t he U niversity for many years as Freshman Adviser and Women's Counselor; and Pro­fessor Long, Class of 1 92 1 , for 27 years a member of the mathematics faculty. Awarded to j unior men and women on the basis of achievement and promise of future service to the U ni-versity as alumni .

. .

Lowell and Esther MacMillan Scholarships. Established . In 1 978 for the purpose of providing scholarships for dese ving River Campus students.

Arthur J. May Scholarships. Established in 1 970 by t h Class of 1 945 in memory of Arthur J . May, Professor 0 His tory, 1 925- 1 964, Profes sor Emeri tus and U n ivers i ty H istor ian , 1 964- 1 968 . I ncome to be used for undergraduate cholarships.

M c I ntosh Educational Fund Scholarships . s tabl i shed by Josieannie Duff McIntosh for the education o'r students prefer­ably of Scottish parentage or descent and tolbe selected a nnu­ally upon recommendatIOn of the Scottlsh ;Nomen's Society of Rochester, New York. f The Ellen McMaster Scholarship . EiJd owed by a gift from Donald Mc Master. Awarded to an en ineering student upon the reco mmendation of the College of ngineering and Applied Science. Preference wil l be given to u�dergraduate members of Tau Beta Pi . The Fred S. and Ella F . Mi les Scho larship Funds. I ncome to be used by the U niversity in assist ing needy students, either men or women, from R ochester, New Yo rk, public schools .

197

/ 98 Financing an Education

Etta Mi l ler Scholarships. Established in 1 92 1 by R . T. Mi ller, Jr . I ncome to be used for the aid and encouragement of worthy and needy students .

John M . Milne Memorial Scholarships. Established in 1 909 in memory of Dr. John M. Milne , Class of 1 879, by t he Nathaniel D . H u bbell Alumni Associat ion of Geneseo Normal College. The scholarships a re rest ricted to students from the town of Geneseo.

Professor Howard D. Minchin Scholarships. Established in 1 966 by Florence Minchin Mather in memory of her father, a former professor at t he U niversity of Rochester and teacher at M onroe H igh School in R ochester, New York. I ncome to be used for scholarships for undergraduate students at the U niver­sity who are graduates of Monroe High School .

Clarence King Moore Scholarships. Established i n 1 956 by a bequest by Professor Clarence King Moore. I ncome to be used for scholarships in Romance languages to worthy men.

The Rida S . M oore Scholarships. Endowed by the late M rs. Clarence K ing Moore for worthy female students .

Mabel A . Morgan Fund. Established by a bequest in 1 970 from the estate of M abel A . M o rgan to ass ist worthy students in the School of Nursing to complete their educat ion .

National Action Counc i l for M i n o ri t i es in Engineeri n g ( N A C M E) Scholarship. Sponsored b y N AC M E a t selected par­ticipating colleges, and awarded to black, Puerto Rican, Mexi­can American, o r American I ndian fi rst-year or t ransfer stu­dents intending to maj o r in the College of Engineering and Applied Science.

National Merit Scholarships. Awarded to freshmen who are National Merit Finalists . ( See page 1 92 for detail s . )

National Society of Professional Engineers Educational Foun­dation Scholarships. Sponsored by the U niversity of Rochester and the National Society of Professional E ngineers. Three scholarships of $ 1 ,000 are awarded to outstanding freshman engineering candidates . I nterested students must apply both to the U niversity and to the N S P E Educational Foundat ion. Further information is avai lable from the Dean's Office, Col­lege of Engineering a nd Applied Science. Nursing Alumnae Scholarships. Awarded to entering t ransfer students in the School of Nursing upon the recommendation of the Nursing Admissions Committee. Supported by contribu-· tions from the Alumnae Association of the School of Nursing.

Paideia Scholarship. The Paideia Scholarship is awarded to students of outstanding abil ity with a special interest in the h umanities . Recipients are selected on the basis of scholarly achievement, i magination, promise of future d istinction, and personal character.

Julia A . Peel Scholarships. End owed by the bequest of J u lia A. Peel for worthy students. Preference to be shown in favor of graduates of Pittsford High School . H. O . Porter Scholarships. Established in 1 972 by a gift from the Porter Foundation . Provides scholarships for the School of Nursing.

Clyde W . Rea Memorial Scholarship. Established in 1 98 1 by C. Woodrow Rea, Jr. , Class of 1 970, in honor of his father . Awarded to students who show special p romise for achievement in scholarship , citizenship, and leadership, with preference to enter ing fresh men from the Capital District of New York State (Albany, Schenectady, Troy a reas).

Reader's Digest Foundation Scholarship. Endowed i n 1 973 by the Reader's Digest Foundation . The total income may be assigned to a number of individual scholarships .

The Mildred Cadwallader Reif Scholarships for Students of Nursing. Established i n 1 970 by a gift of Mi ldred C. Reif for scholarships for students of nursing.

Francis K . and Carolyn Lyon Remington Scholarships. Estab­lished in 1 980 by Francis K . and Carolyn Lyon Remington to commemorate in perpetuity the longstanding relat ionships of the Remington and Lyon families with the U niversity. To be awarded to deserving undergrad uates.

The Charles Resler Scholarships. Established in 1 972 by M r. Resler, Class of 1 930. Awarded to students who have demon­strated leadersh ip and interest in extracurricular activit ies through participation i n athletics .

Rush R hees Scholarships. Founded in memory of Rush Rhees, President of the U niversity from 1 900 to 1 935 . These scholar­ships are awarded to male students, contingent upon sati sfac­tory conduct, and are renewable for remaining undergraduate years if the recipients' general performance and financial c i r­cumstances warrant . Albertus D . Richards Scholarships. Established in 1 969 by a bequest from the estate of Edith L. Richards, sister of Albertus D. Richards. I ncome to be used to assist worthy, needy young men and women of the Protestant faith .

River Campus Memorial Scholarships. Established in 1 973 through a combination of memorial gifts to the U niversity for the purpose of unrestricted scholarships.

Milton K. Robinson Scholarships. Created in 1 976 by Helen H . Robinson, former President o f t h e U niversity o f Rochester Alumni Associat ion, in memory of her husband, M ilton K. Robinson, Class of 1 9 1 2 . To be used to aid deserving students from midd le-income families . Rochester Engineering Scholarships. U pon recommendation of the faculty of the College of Engineering and Appl ied Science. For additional information see page 1 9 1 . The Rochester Gamma Pi of Sigma Chi Foundation Scholar­ship. Awarded to students on the basis of the general criteria of award used by the U niversity in granting scholarship assistance. Preference is given to members of the Gamma Pi Chapter of the fraternity. / Rochester National Scholarships. Provided through general University scholarship funds and by donors who have made contributions for unrestricted scholarship purposes. Awarded on the basis of financial need, outstanding qualifications, and promise of future academic achievement . Awarded primarily to entering freshmen, and renewable for up to four years.

The Frances Smith Rogers Scholarships. Established by the Herbert E . and Anne E . Rogers Foundation, I nc . i n 1 965 . Awarded to two women students in the Department of Nursing. Criteria for award include academic achievement, personal qualifications, and financial need .

Rosenthal Memorial Scholarships. Awarded to undergraduates in the School of Nursing.

Thomas Trelease Rowe Scholarship. Establi shed in 1 923 for a student who is pledged to enter the ministry of t he Genesee Conference of the U nited Methodist Church .

Henry Schwarm Scholarships. Awarded to s tudents with high academic promise, achievement, and suitable personal qualifi­cations . Preference is given to graduates of West H igh School in Rochester, New York .

Phi l l ip O . Schwarz Scholarships. Income to be used for schol­arships for needy and worthy undergraduate students.

Sigma Kappa Upsilon Sorority Scholarship . Established in 1 938 by the former Rochester soro rity. Awarded to a deserving woman student.

Lawrence H. Smith Scholarsh ip . Established in 1 98 1 by the estate of Lawrence H. Smith . Awarded to full-time Rochester undergrad uates who are grad uates of accred ited secondary schools in the state of New York.

B. Franklin Snow Scholarships. Established in 1 9 1 6 fo r stu­dents in engineering.

Irene M. Streb Scholarships. Provides income to be used for scholarships for deserving undergrad uate students .

Abraham J . and Esther Tatelbaum Scholarship. Established in 1 979 in recognit ion of the support g iven by Dr. A braham J . Tatelbaum, Class of 1 932, and his wife .

"', Anna M . Tausch Memorial Scholarships. Established in 1 968

'. by the Tausch fa mily. I ncome to be used for scholarships for j �� iors in an approved Study Abroad program in Germany, wit i\!, preference given to a student pla nning to study at the Univ't;rsity of Tuebingen.

Raym�n..,d L. Thompson Scholarships. Established in 1 97 1 from gifts in m �mory of Raymond L. Thompson, Class of 1 9 I 7 , and former Se l':j,ior Vice President and Treasu rer of the U niversity. Funds to be ,used for undergrad uate scholarships.

\ \

Undergraduate Scholarships 199

Martin F. Tiernan Scholarships. Endowed by gifts from Mart in F . Tiernan, Class of 1 906, and from his estate. Terms provide that some awards may be made partly in the form of loans.

Tiernan-Roeser Chi Funds. Established in 1 978 in part for the purpose of undergraduate scholarships . Restricted to members of the U niversi ty's Chi Charge of Theta Delta Chi fraternity upon recommendation of an advisory committee.

Mr. and Mrs. H. W . Tripp Scholarships. Established in 1 965 by M r. H. W. Tripp, former Vice President for I nvestments, Trus­tee of the U niversity, and Chairman of the I nvestment Commit­tee. I ncome to be used for scholarships , with preference given to students from the state of Maine.

University of Rochester Nursing Scholarships. Sponsored by a lumnae and friends of t he Department of Nursing. Awarded to qual ified j unior-year nursing students who transfer to the U ni­versity from other institutions. Wolf Vishniac Scholarships. Endowed by family and friends in memory of Professor Wolf Vishniac of t he Department of Biol­ogy to provide scholarships for students selected on the basis of need .

Hila Mae Weeks Scholarship . Established fro m the estate of Naomi S. Weeks in memory of her daughter to p rovide scholar­ships for deserving women.

John F. Wegman Foundation Scholarships. Provided through annual grants from the Foundat ion . El igibil ity is restricted to residents of M onroe County and preference is given to candi­dates fro m d isadvantaged backgrounds .

Francis R. Wel les Scholarships. Established in 1 927 by a gift of M r. Wel les , Class of 1 875 . Scholarships to be awarded to stu­dents from the Chicago area.

Ray HiII White Scholarships. Established in 1 957 by Frances French W hite in memory of her husband , Class of 1 90 I , to be awarded to undergrad uate men. Joseph C . Wi lson Scholarships. Offered to a limited number of selected freshmen. See description on page 1 9 1 .

Katherine Upton Wi lson Scholarships. Established i n 1 959 by a gift from members of the Wilson family. El igibi l i ty is l imited to sons and daughters of employees of the Xerox Corporation with three or more years of service.

200

201

ACADEMIC SERVICES AND INFORMATION

Academic Advising Offices

All undergraduate students a re strongly encouraged to use the services of the academic advising offices throughout their college careers . Staff members in these offices assist students in arranging their programs, sug­gesting courses, obtaining faculty advisers, and making the unavoidable paper work as s imple as possible . Pre­l iminary questions concerning i nterdepart mental studies and many other concentrations will be answered . The Study Abroad Office, U niversity Tutoring Office, and Orientation Program Office are located in the College of Arts and Science Academic Advising Office, Lattimore 3 1 2 . Located j ust outside Latt imore 3 1 2 is the Academic I nformati on Counter, which serves as a focal point for satisfying quickly many routine academic inquiries, for making im mediate appointments or walk-in arrange­ments to see an academic adviser, and for providing fast referrals to other offices. The counter i s open on week­days from 8 : 30 a .m . to 5 p . m . , inc luding the period from 'Voon to I p . m. M ost College of Arts and Science forms ari'Q general academic material can be picked up at this co�nter. Students should feel free to consult members of the �taff whenever they have quest ions about courses, degree�\, or any other academic matter. The College of Engineering and Appl ied Science offers academic advis­ing thro�gh a faculty advising system and the Dean's Office, Gavett 204 . The Graduate School of Education and H uman Development offers advisement and infor­mation assista,nce related to programs in education through the Office of Grad uate Studies , Latt imore 304, and through faC ility advisers in each of the School's Centers. \

\

Program Plamning One of the U niversity's goals is to help undergraduates

plan an integrated program of study which will provide intellectual satisfaction a nd challenge. Progra m plan-

ning begins d uring Freshman Orientat ion and conti nues th roughout a student's academic career at R ochester. Advice should be sought from faculty advisers and the college advis ing offices . Discussions with advisers are useful in working out a schedule of courses for a particu­lar semester as well as an overall plan for future semes­ters . Many of the special services designed to assist undergraduate students are described below. Students should fee l comfortable at any t ime i n d irect ing specific questions to the academic advising offices of the col­leges .

Program Planning Workshops

During summer orientat ion sessions , faculty members representing al l River Campus acade mic areas are on hand to assist new students in choosing and registering for courses . In November and in March , during a period called "early regist rat ion ," students already enrolled who have financial clearance from the Bursar select their courses and submit their class schedules for the fol low­ing semester to the Registrar. Each se mester, j ust prior to early registrat ion, the Academic Advising Office of the College of Arts and Science sponsors an advising workshop where faculty, staff, and student advisers are available to help in progra m plann ing and to answer questions about concentrat ions and the ways in which academic goals may be fulfi l led .

Registration Enter ing students are encouraged to register for their

courses during one of the orientat ion programs sched­uled during the summer. Returning students who have received financial clearance fro m the bursar may register during the early registrat ion periods scheduled in No­vember and March. A person is not considered a student unti l regi stered .

202 A cademic Services and Information

Students who have not received financial clearance before the early registrat ion periods will forfeit their priority for cou rse selection and lose the opportunity to participate in the room drawing procedure .

I n cases where students settle the i r accounts after the early registration period, the bursar's office wi l l notify the registrar's office that the student is cleared for regis­tration . Cleared students may then submit their registra­tions and apply for o n-campus housing. Should ac­counts remain unsettled at the end of the term, the bursar's office will refer such cases to the dean of the student's col lege for withdrawal for financial reasons .

Faculty Advisers

Freshmen are encouraged to request a faculty adviser at the Academic Advising Office in the College of Arts and Science after their arrival . Students in the Col lege of Arts a nd Science, after being ad mitted to an area of concentration at the end of the sophomore year, are assigned faculty advisers in their area of concentration .

Students interested i n degree programs in the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science have faculty advis­ers assigned to them at the beginning of the freshman year and are encouraged to consult with them frequent­ly . Students who plan to receive degrees in nursing also have faculty advisers assigned in the freshman year.

University Tutoring Program

The U niversity Tutoring Program is administered through the College of Arts and Science Academic Advising Office. I t was established to assist students who are having difficulty in achieving a satisfactory grade in a particular course or courses . The tutor's role is to help provide the student with a better understand ing of a subject and to help d i scover and remedy whatever is causing the student to be weak i n that specific area .

This un iversity-wide service provides, t hrough a care­ful ly selected group of tutors, supplementary tutorial assistance to students based on their individual needs . Students interested in tutorial assistance should apply a t the Academic Advising Office. Financial help to those students need i ng it may be arra nged upon recommenda­t ion of the Office of Ad missions and Student Aid .

Only tutors approved by the U niversity Tutoring Office wil l be paid for their services . Students interested in becoming tutors should apply at that office, after

which their application wil l be processed by the Student Employment Office.

Study Skills Center Counselors in the Study Ski l ls Center, Latt imore 1 07,

ass ist students in examining their study habits and sug­gest ways that wil l help them study more effectively and efficiently through practice. ( See page 2 I 2 . )

Program of Courses

A normal schedu le for regularly enrolled students is four courses per semester. This permits completion of the 32 courses required for graduation in eight semesters. Students are expected to take four years for the degree. A few accele rate . Others occasional ly find i t necessary to make up work d u ring the summer. Taki ng a n extra course is not considered a means of speeding up the timetable for attaining a degree, but rather a means for enriching an academic program . Only students with a "8" or better average are permitted to take more than four and one-half courses per semester . This is referred to as an "overload ." Fewer than four courses is termed an "underload ." First-semester freshmen are not per­mitted an overload. Programs of fewer than four courses ( 1 6 cred it hours) or more t han four and o ne-half courses ( 1 8 cred it hours) must be approved by the dean of the college in which the student is enro lled . If credits in excess of the standard four-course load are used to. accelerate completion of degree req uirements, a retroa,-;;­tive tuit ion adj ustment wil l be assessed for al l overluad courses counting toward d egree req uirements.

'

Course Definition

The ordinary unit of undergraduate instmct ion is the course . Each course numbered between 1 00 and 399 car­ries the equivalent of four hours of credit , except for some partial courses which carry one, two, or three cred it hours . Every ful l course requires approximately one-quarter of the student's working t ime for one term. Restrict ions concerning prerequisi�es and approval re­quired are noted in each semester" s schedule of courses and must be observed carefully. 'I n some cases, special forms are required and may be o btained in the academic advising offices of the col leges .

Course Numbering System

1-99 Non-credit courses

1 00- 1 89 I ntroductory courses-usually at the fresh­man and s o p h o m o re level ; n o graduate credit

1 90- 1 99 Freshman preceptorials

200-299 Courses at the j unior and senior level that may also carry graduate credit

300 Study Abroad

301-399 Experimental courses, independent courses, courses toward degree with distinction or honors

400-489 Graduate courses at the master's level or the first year of graduate study ; o pen to under­graduates by special permission

490-499 Master's-Ievel reading or research courses

500-589 Advanced or specialized graduate courses -usually at the doctora l level

590-599 Ph .D . reading or research courses

Class Attendance

Each instructor se ts the regulations regarding atten­dance for each class; many do not make class attendance mandatory. H o wever, consistent absence fro m class may determine whether or not students pass a course. When it is necessary to be absent becau se of t ravel or i l lness , students are expected to make arrangements with in­structors for catching up on class work they miss .

Any i l lness that causes a student to be a bsent from class should be reported at the t ime of the i l lness to the University Health Service . The Health Service submits to col lege offices a "sick list" of students (names and dates only) whose i l lness may have precluded class attendance. Students who are t reated elsewhere but wish to be noted on the "sick list" must ask their physicians to inform Health Service of the nature of the i l lness .

Student Retention

Of the 1 ,089 ful l-t ime, fi rst-time freshmen who en­rol led at the U niversity of Rochester i n the fal l of 1 974, 6 1 . 2 percent had graduated by spring of 1 978 ; by fal l of 1 979, 65 .7 percent had graduated and an addit ional 1 .4 percent were stil l enrolled .

Special A cademic Opportunities 203

Special Academic Opportunities

Students are encouraged to take courses offered by any U niversity school or col lege-or study elsewhere if neces sary-to fulfi l l academic goals . Admission to cer­tain courses requires special permiss ion . Usual ly, this means permission of the instructor, whose signature is then required on the registrat ion form. S pecial require­ments must be met in the fol lowing instances:

Affiliated A rea College Courses. Students who wish to take a course a t one of the area colleges in order to complement thei r programs of study may obtain infor­matio n and regis trat ion forms at the College of A rts and Science Academic Advising Office. Grades received in approved courses are noted on the t ra nscript but are not used in computing the cumulative average.

Music Courses at the Eastman School of Music. Stu­dents desiring to enroll in one of t hese courses should consult the Music Adviser on the River Campus. Appli ­cation forms for applied music courses are available from the Music Office, 5 1 0 Wilson Commons .

A udited Courses . If a student plans to participate in class sess ions and work without earning a grade for a course, and without earning credit toward a degree, the course may be included in the class schedule at the t ime of regis tration . There is no extra cost, but permission of the instructor in the clas s to be audited is necessary. The audited course wil l not appear on the t ranscript .

Freshman Preceptorials. Announcements of these offerings a re advertised prior to each semester. Each preceptorial is open to about 1 5 freshmen in order to st imulate d iscussion and i nteract ion between the instruc­tor and students in a seminar sett ing. ( See page 33 . )

Graduate Courses. Qualified undergraduates may, with the written permission of the instructor and the a p proval of the i r d e a n , reg is ter fo r graduate-level courses.

Honors Seminars. Special applicat ion i s required in some cases . Courses and res t rict ions are l isted in the schedule of courses.

Internships. These off-campus learning experiences require that arrangements be made by the beginning of the semester. A maximum of eight hours of cred it for Rochester-area internships may count toward the de­gree . Admission to some progra ms is highly selective. Students who obtain approval from the Internship Com­mittee for work outside the Rochester a rea may receive as much as a ful l semester's credi t toward their degree .

204 A cademic Services and Information

Questions should be add ressed to the Academic Advis­ing Office in Lattimore .

Study A broad. The U niversity of R ochester directly sponsors three programs in London, a nd also offers its students the One Year Program at the Hebrew U niver­sity of Jerusalem . Each of the London programs com­bines course work with a practical internship and carries a full semester's credit . These programs are described in more detail on page 1 6 .

Rochester students may also study abroad on pro­grams sponsored by other American colleges and uni­versities, or t hey may apply for d irect enrollment at overseas universities .

Independent Study Courses. Arrangements must be made with appropriate faculty members for these special reading or research courses. An I ndependent Studies Form is submitted to the col lege advising office no later than the fourth week of the semester after the signature of the faculty member has been obtained. At the conclu­s ion of the term the instructor provides a written evalua­tion of the student's progress using the form on which the student has described the nature of the course. The I ndependent Studies Form and the evaluation are kept in the student's academic file. Students are eligible to apply for a four-credit-hour independent course each semester. I ndependent study courses required specifi­cally for a concentration are listed under depart mental offerings. Internships (see page 203 ) provide another kind of independent study.

Summer School Courses. Credit for summer study may require approval from the department offering comparable work at the U niversity of R ochester. Fur­ther information and approval forms are available at the college advising offices . Approved summer work com­pleted with a grade of "C-" or better is recorded in terms of course credit . Summer course credit is not used in computing the student's cumulative average . Grades earned in courses offered d uring the Summer Semester of the College of Arts and Science will, however, be calculated into the cumulative average.

"X" Period. Students who wish to work with faculty members on individual "X" Period projects must obtain the written approval of the faculty members . "X" Period projects do not carry academic cred it .

Double Majors

Students enrolled in the Col lege of Arts and Science or i n the College of Engineering and Applied Science

may choose to pursue two concentrat ions , provided that both lead to the same bachelo r's degree . In most i n­stances students may d o so by fulfi l l ing concurrently the concentrat ion requirements determined by each of the two departments a nd by receiving written permission (usually o n the concentrat ion forms) fro m the respective concentrat ion advisers to pursue a d ouble major in the other area. Questions concerning d ouble maj ors can be add ressed to the col lege advising offices and the appro­priate concentrat ion advisers.

Double Degrees

Students who plan a program leading to more than one baccalaureate degree, such as a bachelor of arts and a bachelor of science, are required to meet all require­ments for each degree and to augment the minimum nu mber of courses or cred its u sually req uired for either degree. The amount of augmentat ion wi l l be determined individually by faculty members and deans in each area, taking into account the quality of work submitted . The approval forms are available in the deans' offices of the colleges awarding undergraduate degrees. Students who wish to complete work in two areas of concentration as part of a single degree need only obtain approval for each concentrat ion and for the double maj or (see Dou­ble Maj ors above) . The requirements for double degrees with in the Col lege of E ngineering and Applied Science are specified on page 1 43 .

Academic Procedures

Course Changes

Course programs may be changed after the beginn ing of the semester. I t is necessary to o btain a Change Notice (d rop-add form) from the appropriate acade mic advising office. It is possible to withdraw from a course, add a course, or drop one course and substitute another.

Students i n the College of Arts and Science may add courses thro ugh the fou rth week and drop them without penalty through the last day of classe s . After the third week ( thirteenth week in the case of first-semester fresh­men and transfer students d u ring their first semester) , the drop action and the week of the semester i n w hich the course is dropped are recorded on the transcript .

Students i n the College of Engineering and Applied Science may add or drop a course during the first seven weeks . Courses added require the instructor's signature. Courses which are dropped in the first seven weeks will

be deleted from a student's record . Courses may be dropped after the seventh week, with the instructor's consent. When signing the Change N otice, the instructor wil l specify either a drop-delete (no record o n the t ran­script) or a drop with a � W" and a letter grade ( if the instructor believes one can be determined) . The �W," a long with the letter grade if assigned, appears on a stu­dent's transcript but d oes not affect the grade-point average.

School of Nursing courses may not be added after the start of the semester; courses may be dropped at any time during the semester with the permission of the Dean.

I n a l l col leges, cou rse changes can be made only if the college's deadline i s met, i f the instructors of the affected courses approve, and if the change meets the provisions outlined earlier for overload or underload schedules . Students in the College of E ngineering and Appl ied Science must also obtain the approval of their faculty adviser and dean's office.

Student Petitions

The faculty of each col lege establishes degree require­ments within that college. The faculty recognizes that there are i nstances in which i nterpretations are required and exceptions should be made. The Administrative Committee of each col lege, compris ing both faculty and students , reviews requests for except ions to facuIty regulations.

Students seeking exceptions to regulations must sub­mit a written pet i t ion to their academic advising office for review by the appropriate committee . I t is an advan­tage to discuss the content of the petit ion with a faculty or academic adviser before submitting the petit ion. Stu­dents wil l be i nformed i n writing of the committee's action.

Satisfactory-Fail O ption

U ndergraduate students are encouraged to venture outside areas of their concentrat ion, investigate new dis­cipl ines, and discover new, perhaps unsuspected, inter­ests . If the student chooses, the satisfactory-fai l opt ion may reduce anxiety about electing a course i n an area in which the student has had little or no prior experience.

Students enrolled in the College of Arts and Science and the College of Engineering and Appl ied Science may elect to take one course per semester up to a maximum of eight courses and receive grades of Satisfactory (S ) or Fai l ( F) . The grades "S" and "P do not affect the

A cademic Procedures 205

cumulative grade-point average . Instructors assign and submit regular letter grades for

students choosing this option, as they are not i nformed which students have elected the opt ion . The Registrar records "S" for letter grades " A" through " D-" or "P for the letter grade "E" on the student's permanent record, retaining the letter grades "A" through " E" on fi le . Stu­dents who are i nterested i n conveying maximum infor­mat ion on the transcript to p rofessional and graduate schools should speak to an adviser prior to electing the option.

Students enrolled in the College of Arts and Science may declare the option through the th ird week of classes, and, except for first-semester freshmen and transfer stu­dents who may change or declare the option through the thi rteenth week of that semester, the option may not be changed . The option may not be elected for courses used to fulfi l l concentration or d istribution requirements or to satisfy the English requirement.

Students enrolled in the College of Engineering and Applied Science must declare the option in the Dean's Office, Gavett Hall, during the seventh week of the semester. Once declared , the option may not be changed. Students planning degrees fro m the College of Engineer­ing and Applied Science should note that courses taken with the satisfactory-fai l option may be used to satisfy distributio n or English requirements (see page 1 42) or as free electives for a n engineering degree. Further, al l courses taken beyond those required for a degree may be taken with the option.

Procedure for "Incomplete"

I f a student in the Col lege of A rt s and Science or the College of E ngineering and Applied Science i s unable to complete course work by the end of the semester, a form req uest ing a grade of " Incomplete" should be obtained from the student's college advising office. This form, ind icating the work outstand ing and the deadl ine for its completion , must be signed by both the student and the instructor and submitted to the appro priate col lege office. In both col leges, the student's fai lure to complete the form may result in the assignment of the grade of "E" for the course. Whenever a letter grade is submitted later than the end of the semester in which the course was taken, the Registrar shall record the grade "I" fol lowed by the letter grade; however, the Dean may instruct the Registrar to delete the " I " if he finds that the course work had in fact been completed on t ime. Fai lure to complete the course work wil l result in a grade of " E" for the course.

206 A cademic Services and Information

In the School of Nursing, a student receiving an " In­complete" must complete the course work prior to the beginning of the following semester. A form requesti ng the " I ncomplete" grade may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Registrat ion in Helen Wood Hall and must be completed according to the i nstructions on the form. Fai lure to file this form will result in a grade of " E" for the course.

Repeating a Course for a Grade

There are t imes when students wish to demonstrate on their official record that they understand the material better than their grades indicate. Students are encour­aged to discuss with their advisers the appropriateness of retaking a course for a better grade . When a course is repeated for a grade, only the second grade is used in computing the grade-point average, although both grades appear on the transcript.

Senior Year in A bsentia Students in the Col lege of Arts and Science who are

admitted to a professional or graduate school at the end of their j u nior year may be el igible to spend their senior year in absentia. All d istribut ion and concentrat ion requirements should be completed by the end of the j u­nior year . Those students considering a senior year in absentia should d iscuss the possibi l i ty in the Academic Advising Office and petit ion the Ad ministrative Com­mittee for approval . I f in absentia status is approved, the student wil l earn a baccalaureate degree from the U ni­versity of Rochester fol lowi ng successful completion of the first year i n the graduate or professional program. Students who have spent their j unior year abroad will not receive approval to spend the senior year in absentia.

Because a student's most advanced work can be done in the senior year, the College of E ngineering and Ap­plied Science and the School of Nursing do not encour­age their students to take that year in absentia. Students interested in attending other colleges as special students or in beginning medical or law school early should con­sult their faculty advisers.

Withdrawal and Inactive Status

I f a student contemplates withdrawal from the U ni­versity at any time, the appropriate academic advising office should be consulted. Fai lure to notify the appro­priate dean's office of i ntended withdrawal by the date specified in the calendar will result in forfeiture of the

enrol lment deposit . Students wishing to spend a semester or more away

from the U niversity to work, to t ravel , or to study at another inst itutio n may apply for "inactive" status in their academic advising office. Those students who are placed o n i nactive status pay a nominal fee, receive pre­registration materials, and maintain housing priority in accordance with their classificat ion .

Students ho ld ing residence hal ls contracts who with­draw or are withdrawn from the Un iversity for any reason should be aware that their res idence hal ls con­tracts are automatically cancelled upon receipt of a withdrawal notice from the appropriate academic advis­ing office and that the withdrawn student has no further cla im to any previously assigned space. Students who are reinstated by the U niversity and who wish to l ive i n the residence hal ls must submit a new contract, and they wil l be p laced on a space-available basis . These condit ions also apply to students in absentia, Study A broad stu­dents, students in i nterns hip programs, and students going on inactive status who request rei nstatement for the semester in which they originally had intended to be away.

Adjustment of Charges, Withdrawal and I nactive Status

For students who withdraw or declare i nactive status duri ng the first four weeks of the semester, tuit ion and residence halls room charges will be adju sted accord i ng to the schedule that fol lows . The period for tuit ion adj ustment wil l be measured fro m the begin ning of classes to the withdrawal date determined by the appro­priate academic dean's office. The period for adj ustment of the room charge will be measured from the first day of scheduled room occupancy to the date of contract termination.

Withdrawal d uring first seven days: 80% reduction of semester charges

Withdrawal during second seven days: 60% reduc­tion of semester charges

Withdrawal during third seven days : �O% reduction of semester charges

Withdrawal duri ng fourth seven days: 20% red uc­t ion of semester charges

Withd rawal after fou rth seven days : no red uction of semester charges

The board charge, after deduction of a fixed facilit ies charge, wil l be adjusted on a dai ly prorated basis mea­sured from the beginn ing of the contract period to the date of contract termination .

Adjustment of Financial Aid, Withdrawal and Inactive Status

Because financial aid i s based upon total anticipated costs, adj ustments in these costs because of withdrawal ordinarily wil l result in a red uction of previously com­mitted financial assistance. The calculat ion of the red uc­tion will be made by the Financial Aid Officer after verificat ion of the date of withdrawal by the Dean and the determination of actual costs by the Bursar and the Director, University Services Division .

I nactive students studying at another i nstitution are not eligible for University-ad ministered financial aid .

Determination of Student Status

The U niversity retains the right to determine the stu­dent's status withi n the U niversity. The U niversity has discretionary powers t o maintain a student's enrol lment, to grant academic grades, to authorize graduat ion , or to confer any degrees or grant any certificates. Each stu­dent concedes to the U niversity the right to require the student's withdrawal at any t ime for any valid reason, including fa ilure to pay the term bil l .

The Gradin g System, Transcript,

and Degrees

Grades

The u ndergraduate grad ing system for all R iver Campus colleges is as fol lows:

Letter Grade

A A-B+ B B-C+ C C-D+ D D-E

Performance Level

Excellent

A bove Average

Min imum Sati sfactory Grade

Minimum Passing Grade Fai lure

Grade Points

4.0 3 .7 3.3 3 .0 2 .7 2.3 2 .0 1 .7 1 .3 1 .0 0.7 0.0

A cademic Procedures 207

Grades which carry no grade points : I I ncomplete W Withdraw wi thout effect o n the grade-po int

average P Pass ( mandatory grad ing sys tem i n certa in

courses) S Satisfactory ( Satisfactory-Fail option) F Failure ( Satisfactory-Fail option)

Dean's List

A n overall semester grade-point standing of 3 .0 and complet ion of four fu ll courses are required for a student to be named to the Dean's List . Fo r example, a student who receives grades of "A," " B," " B," and "C" would have a 3.0 grade-point average and would qualify for placement on the Dean's List .

Probation and Separation

The colleges regularly review the academic progress of registered students and act to place on probat ion or separate those not making satisfactory progress toward their degree . The standards for "satisfactory progress" are: • A n overal l (or cu mulative) grade-point standing for

all semesters completed of at least 2 .0 • A grade-point average for the latest semester of a t

least 2 .0 • Acceptance in to an a rea of c o ncentratio n before

achieving junior standing and , once accepted, a grade­point average of at least 2.0 in the courses submitted for the concentration .

U sually, a college warns a student of impending d iffi­culty by placing h im or her on probation for a semester before considering separation . Students on probation are encouraged to seek advisi ng, tutoring, and counsel­ing assistance. Their advisers are notified of students' academic difficulties, as are Sports and Recreation (for students on intercollegiate teams) and the Department of Naval Science (for students affiliated with the N R OTC Program) . Any student whose enrol lment is continued will be considered to be in good academic standing.

The dean of the col lege can be asked to review actions on separation . Any request must be made in writ i ng. Reviews are granted only when perti nent new evidence is presented.

Financial aid for students on probatio nary status is subject to adj ustment.

208 A cademic Services and Information

Academic Honesty

Cheating or p lagiarism is a concern not only of the student and the professor involved , but of the entire U niversity. Each student is expected to perform al l required work without improper or unauthorized help .

Findings of guilt or innocence in cases of suspected academic dishonesty are decided by the Board on Aca­demic H onesty, not by individual faculty members or proctors . When a complaint is received by the chairman of the Board , the student's entire fi le is reviewed and a decision is made whether or not to bring a charge of academic d ishonesty. After due notice to the student, the Board hears and decides the case, giving the student a fair opportunity for defense against the charge .

The Board forwards i t s findings, the complete file o n t h e student, a n d i t s recommendation for action to the dean of the student's col lege. Appeals from penalties imposed by the dean may be made to the Provost's Office.

Grade Reports

Students receive grade reports from the Registrar's Office at the conclusion of each semester. The report includes: courses taken, grades received , credit hours earned , and semester and cumulative grade-point aver­ages . The University reserves the right to withhold grade reports in the event of an outstandi ng balance owed the Un iversity.

For U niversity pol icy regard ing reports to parents, see U niversity Records , page 225.

Academic Transcripts

Official academic transcripts, which i nclude a record of the student's enti re undergraduate program, are is­sued by the Registrar's Office to other institutions or prospective employers at the student's written request . The U niversity reserves the right to withhold academic transcripts i n the event of an outstanding balance owed the U niversity.

Bachelor's Degree cum Laude, Magna cum Laude, and Summa cum Laude

The College of Arts and Science recognizes outstand­ing college-wide achievement of its students by award ing these degrees . The dean of the Col lege assigns the levels of award , based on criteria es tabl ished by the Steering Committee of the Faculty Counci l .

Bachelor's Degree with Distinction

The bachelor's degree may be awarded i n three grades of d i st inction: with distinction, with high distinction, and with highest distinction. This award is based o n performance in special p rograms a n d course sequences established by individual departments or col leges . Stu­dents interested i n further information o n standards for degrees with distinction should consult the undergrad­uate adviser i n their area of concentration .

Bachelor's Degree with Honors

Selected concentrators in the fields of anthropology, biology, and pol itical science may fol low programs lead­ing to the bachelor's degree with honors. Descriptions of these programs are included i n the departmental l ist ings.

Transferrin g Within the University

College of Engineering and Applied Science

Engineering students enrol l in the College of Arts and Science for the first two years. Those who have met the requirements ( see pages 3 1 -32) for the ir particular pro­grams are then admitted to the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science for the last two years . Students should seek assistance from engineering faculty mem­bers, particularly their faculty advisers (assigned early in the freshman year), and Dean's Office personnel to help insure that first-year courses both explore p otential areas of concentrati on and prepare the student for each one which might be chosen. Students who satisfactorily complete the four-year sequence receive a B .S . degree in chemical engineering, electrical engineering, engineering and applied science, geomechanics, mechanical e ngineer­ing, or optics.

Students who wish to enrich their program in the l iberal arts can devote a total of five years to under­graduate study. The extra year may be used to satisfy req uirements for a bachelor of arts degree i n addit ion to the bachelor of science degree in engineering.

School of Nursing

Students intending to complete work for a degree in the School of Nursing are d i rected to the requi rements, page 1 87 of this bulletin.

M embers of the School of Nursing faculty are ap­pointed as advisers to students declaring their i ntention to maj o r in nurs ing. Therefore, students are encouraged to declare their i ntention early.

\

209

CAREER AD COUNSELING SERVICES

Students considering grad uate studies or employ­

ment obtain help from faculty and staff mem­bers, college and departmental offices, and the centers described below. Students seek advice and assistance from appropriate departmental offices i n conj unction with utilizing the follow­

ing resources and services .

Career Services and Placement

Center

The Career Services and Placement Center offers advising and assistance to undergraduates, graduate stu­dents, and alumni who are preparing and applying for admission to professional a nd graduate schools, and to those who are seeking career information or full-time employment. The Center is used primarily by students and alumni of the College of Arts and Science, the Col­lege of Engineering and Applied Science, and the Grad­uate School of Education and Human Development. Faculty committees, staff advisers, and career counselors help students plan programs most l ikely to enhance their credentials . Located on the second floor of Latt imore . a l l , the Center is open from 9 a . m . to 5 p . m . M onday

thl\Elugh Friday. U�on request from a student, an individual credentials

fi le WI�I be set up and maintained by the Center's staff. The fi l will contain letters of recommendation which the stud ,nt has requested from faculty members and employers with whom he or she has studied o r worked. Additional \: nformation maintained in the credentials fi le may include ��, resume , prepared by the student with the assistance of the Center's counselors, an unofficial tran­script, records �oncerning the transmission of the stu­dent's credential�. and copies of correspondence. When the time comes fo'r students to submit applications for fel lowship awards,

'.special honors , the Rochester Plan

Early Select ion Program, graduate or profess ional schools , or employment, the file becomes a necessary and valuable source of information. In addition, when appropriate and at the student's request, letters of rec­ommendation are prepared and forwarded by the Career Services and Placement Center.

All students are encouraged to become familiar with the resources of the Center early in their college careers . Whether a student has as yet no definite career objective, has many possible career goals, or has one seemingly definite o bjective as an entering freshman, it is not too soon to start exploring opportunities and to start think­ing about and preparing for life after college .

A student's introduction to the Center may be to come in and look over the Goldberg Career Library. I t con­tains general reference material such a s Peterso n' s A nnual Guide to Graduate Study and information on fellowships; graduate catalogs fro m other universities; career information such as the Occupational Outlook Handbook and Guide t o Careers Through College Majors; info rmation on careers and employment in edu­cation, including job vacancies ; catalogs for law schools and graduate schools of business; catalogs for graduate programs in the health p rofessions; files containing spe­cific descriptions of careers o r programs in over 50 health care and health science p rofessions; files contain­ing career descriptions or programs on over 1 00 other careers fro m accounting/ auditing to zoology; a file on federal career and employment opportunities; and files for employers-many of whom recruit at the University -describing something about the company and their employment opportunities . Magazines including the Journal of Medical Education, Graduating Engineer, and Juris Doctor (for the new lawyer) are displayed for reading in the library. In addition, students may pick up their own copy of many U niversity brochures on depart­ments and special p rograms . A staff member or coun­selor familiar with the library is always available to help students find what they need . Appointments can be made in the library for p reprofessional career and place­ment counseling and advice. Confidentiality, recommen­dation, and resume forms for setting u p a credentials file are available there.

If a student is considering the possibility of profes­sional school for law, business, one of the health pro­fessions, or education, he or she can consult with one of the advisers who specializes in that area, learn about special workshops and informational meetings with fac­ulty members and staff, plan to attend one of the annual career fairs where p rofess ionals from the comm unity speak to students on a one-to-one basis, and become

210 Career and Counseling Services

acquainted with specific sect ions of the Center's l ibrary. Students who are unsure about their career goals, or

who are having d ifficulty in matching their i nterests with a career area, may find it helpful to attend some of the special panel presentat ions, d iscuss specific careers with volunteers from the Rochester Alumni Career Explora­t ion Referral Service ( R AC E R S ) , or j o i n a career decision-making group run j ointly by Counseling and Psychological Services and the Career Services and Placement Center. Additional opportunities for observa­tion and clarificat ion of professional goals are afforded to undergraduates through " H ospital Rounds," a pro­gram that i nvolves a series of visits to various depart­ments of several health care faci lities in the Rochester area .

Each year from September through May the place­ment staff arra nges for about 200 firms to visit the River Ca mpus for ind ividual employment interviews with seniors and graduate students . Background information about these and other fi rms, federal and state depart­ments and agencies, and their employment opportunities are maintained on fi le in the Center's l ibrary. Students who plan o n immed iate employment after graduation are encouraged to begin pursuing this information early and to seek advice from a placement counselor. In prep­aration for employment appl ications and interviews, the staff helps students learn how to analyze their j ob­related ski l ls , to prepare an effective resume, and to handle an i nterview situation with poise and confidence. I nterview ski l ls workshops are held several times each semester. Current job opportunities for openings in busi­ness, government, and indust ry are maintained through­out the year. Whatever the anticipated fie ld , the Center will work actively to acq uaint the student with job pos­sibi l ities in his or her area(s) of interest .

Of those students in the Class of 1 98 1 who reported their plans to the Career Services and Placement Center, 49 percent were accepted into graduate or professional school and 35 percent entered employment . At the t ime of that survey ( in the summer after graduation) the plans for 10 percent of the graduates were not yet fi nal .

Generally, a bout five of every 10 students at the U ni­versity of Rochester go on to professional or graduate studies, many in the best programs in the country , im­mediately after earning the bachelor's degree. Below are detai led descriptions of several of the specialized preprofessional advising services available .

Health Professions

Students who are interested in preparing for careers in the health professions and health sciences wi l l find that the Un iversity of Roc hester provides both a broad cur­riculum and a compre hensive advising progra m. A mple opportunities are provided for students to test their talents in medical research . Faculty members fro m both the R iver Campus and the Medical Center are involved in the teaching and advising of undergrad uates . The proximity of the Medical Center to the River Campus has enabled the Un iversity to offer preprofessional stu­dents the opportunity to acquire k nowledge concerning the operat ion of the health care system and the roles of health professionals .

Admiss ion to graduate degree programs in the health professions and he'alth sciences is highly selective . Appli­cants must have excellent academic credentials as well as personal com mitment, knowledge of the health sciences and heal th care i ssues , and experie nce i n a health care setting. The University of R ochester has a fine record of acceptance: 65 percent of those seniors who appl ied last year are now in medical school and all senior applicants were accepted to dental school .

Graduate and profess ional schools encourage p re­professional students to pursue a baccalaureate degree program in the li beral arts . Even students pursuing pro­fessional degrees at the baccalaureate level (see School of Nursing) are required to co mplete the first two years I/' in a l i beral arts curriculum. Professional schools usually have core course admiss ion requirements, including a ni academic year of general chemistry, organic chemistry general physics, college mathematics, b iology beyo¢d the introductory level, and often a year of English-

find

most recommend familiarity with a broad spec tn. m of discipl ines . It is not necessary to complete a (' oncen-· trat ion in the natural sciences, and the U niv,' rsity of Roc hester d oes not offer a concentrat ion in (premed," "predent," or any other preprofessional are?!. With the assistance of counselors in the Career Services and Placement Center and faculty advisers �fo m both the River Campus and the Medical Center, s,rludents develop an integrated program. ,I

Hea l th p rofes s ions co unse l ing qeg ins d u ring the Freshman Orientat ion Programs and/continues through­out and sometimes beyond four years . Students a re urged to see a health profess ions adviser in the Career

Services and Placement Center (CS PC) and set up a credentials fi le d uring the first years of col lege . It is advisable to begin collecting letters of recommendation even that early, and t hese letters wi l l form a vital part of the composite letter which wil l be prepared for the pre­professional student .

Each year the CSPC revises three guidebooks relevant to the health professions and makes them available, free, in the Goldberg Career Library to those students with credentials fi les . The Guide to Selected Health Profes­sions gives brief descript ions of 26 profess ions . Under­graduate Preparation for the Health Professions at the University of Rochester assists students in planning their undergraduate programs, and the Guide to the Appli­cation Process for Programs in Medicine, Dentistry, Osteopathy, Podiatry, Optometry and Veterinary Medi­cine provides a great deal of i nformation for the appli­cant . Students interested in graduate programs in other health professions obtain the Guide to the Application Process for Graduate Study and Financial Assistance. The Goldberg Career Library also contains numerous publications describing individual health profess ions , helpful information and comments from recent alumni , and catalogs for graduate and professional programs .

With the U niversity of Rochester School of Med ic ine and Dentistry next door and the hospitals and clinics in the Rochester area, U of R students have many oppor­tunities both to observe health professionals at work and to participate i n research and cl inical activities . The

\. Hospital Rounds Program, for those considering medi-\ cal school , provides a chance for students to o bserve \doctors working in a hospital setting. The Dental Chair­stde Program includes practical experience in assisting a deittist . Many students volunteer in area hospitals and clinics, e ither in c l inical o r research capacities . Lists of volunteer possibi l ities both at the Un iversity of Roches­ter and in the larger community are available in the Gold berg Career Library.

The Rochester Plan Early Selection Program provides the opportunity for up to 16 sophomores to be granted early admiss ion to the Un iversity of Rochester medical school each year. After completing two years of l iberal arts educat ion, s tudents granted early selection design, under the guidance of faculty advisers, individual four­year programs i ntegrati ng undergraduate and precl inical medical educat ion . The final two years are devoted to tradit ional cl inical study. Although the normal eight­year time sequence needed to earn the B . A . (or B . S . ) and the M . D. degrees is not shortened , the integration of courses during the middle four years allows students freedom to develop perso nalized programs usually not

Career and Counseling Services 2 1 1

possible under t h e regular four-four, premedical-medical sequence. S ome students are able to develop and com­bine B. A . - M . A . o r B .S . - M . S . programs while s imul­taneously completi ng the preclinical medical require­ments .

The CS PC sponsors several meetings and workshops of interest to students considering a career i n the. health profess ions . The Junior Applicant Meeting takes place each February and helps j uniors begin the application proces s for programs i n medicine, dentistry, osteopathy, optometry, pod iatry, and veterinary medicine. At the Interview Skills Workshops students view and discuss videotapes of s imulated interviews and participate in practice i nterviews. A Workshop on the Writing of Application Essays, which proves d ifficult for many ap­plying to graduate and profess ional schools, is held one evening each spring . Final ly there is a meeting, also in the spring, to d iscuss ways of Financing an Education in the Health Professions.

For more i nformation about health professions at the Un iversity of R ochester, p lease write to Health Profes­s ions Advising, Career Services and Placement Center, Latt imore Hall, U niversity of R ochester, R ochester, New York 1 4627.

Nursing The maj or purpose of graduate educatio n i n nurs ing is

the scholarly pursuit of knowledge about humankind in health and i l lnes s . Focused on tomorrow and designed for the student whose career goal i s leadership for flexi­ble and innovative professional practice, graduate edu­cat ion includes the study of the basic sciences and humanities, the development of an advanced level of competence in a clinical area, and the development of research and leadership sk i l l s . While maintaining profes­s ional individ uality, the student also learns to function col laboratively wi th other d isc ipl ines and professions . Further information about master's and d octoral educa­tion in nursing may be o btained from the U niversity of Rochester School of Nursing Graduate Studies Office, from grad uate progra m catalogues of schools of nursing, and by writing to the National League for Nursing, 10 Columbus Circle, New York, New York 1 00 1 9 .

Law Prelaw advis ing is offered through the Career Services

and Placement Center i n Latt imore Hal l . With the assis-

212 Career and Counseling Services

tance of faculty members and deans, the prelaw advisers offer students detailed academic i nformation and advice about undergrad uate preparat ion at R ochester, law school admission criteria, the procedure for applying, and careers in the legal profession . The prelaw advisers are in regular contact with law school deans and staff, and with R ochester graduates now enro lled in law schools , in order to provide current undergraduates with up-to-date, practica l , and factual information . Beyond using publ ished data, the prelaw advisers do their own surveys of law schools around the country . I n addit ion, prelaw advisers provide opportunities for students to obtain direct advice from visiting law school representa­tives and from practicing lawyers. The following are among the special services provided by prelaw specialists in the Career Services and - Placement Center.

A dvising meetings acquaint prospective law school applicants with the A BC's of the applicat ion process and ways to enhance the applicant's chances of acceptance.

A nnually revised University publications include two booklets, Undergraduate Preparation for the Legal Pro­

fession and Guide to the Application Process for Law School; information about where the most recent Roch­ester applicants were accepted , rej ected , and / or wait­l isted ; and the Law School Locator, which enables stu­dents to see at a glance the median grade-point average and LSAT scores of students accepted at law schools throughout the country for the precedi ng year .

On-campus visits by law school representatives each fal l semester i nclude deans or other admission officers from 1 5 to 20 law schools who meet i nformally with prospective and current appl icants ind ividually or in small groups .

Recent law school graduates and successful attorneys are invited to speak about their experiences in law school to all prospective and interested prelaw students.

Comments from recent Rochester graduates now en­rolled in law school are available in a notebook i n the Goldberg Career Library.

The most important criteria used by law schools in evaluating a candidate for admiss ion are the ind ividual's undergraduate record, the Law School Admiss ion Test ( LS AT) score , and the q uality of the undergraduate institution .

Prelaw students at the U niversity of Rochester have an extraordinarily wide range of options avai lable in shaping their undergraduate curricula . From the point of view of the law schools , a student's u ndergraduate major is relatively unimportant. Whatever major a pre­law student chooses , law schools will be interested primarily in the breadth and depth of the intellectual chal lenges represented by the overall undergrad uate record.

J ust as the Association of American Law Schools stresses the necessity of a strong l iberal arts education, the Association also notes the importance of gain ing some famil iarity with the legal profession before decid­ing to apply to law school . S uch exposure may be valu­able to the ad mission committee of a law school ; but, even more important, it wil l assist students i n making a wise career choice. At Rochester, students have d irect personal contact with lawyers through the programs already mentioned a bove; and, in addit ion, the Univer­sity offers academic opportunities, inc luding internships, for students to ga in fi rsthand experience with lawyers and their activities.

We are concerned that our students make the best use of the U niversity's offerings for their personal i ntellec­tual growth as well as in preparation for the study of law. F or each of the past six years, over 90 percent of U niver­sity of Rochester students seeking admission to law school have been accepted at one or more schools . This is well above the national average .

Counselin g and Psychological

Services ( CPS)

C P S i s l ocated in Lattimore 1 07 . Students c a n see counselors by appointment M o nday throug�1 Friday from 9 a .m . to 5 p . m. An appointment can be made in person or by cal l ing extens ion 236 1 d u ring office hours .

CPS offers counseling services to help students with personal , vocational , and educational concerns. S pecific help is available for such concerns as interpersonal rela­t ionship problems, clarifying vocational goals, improv­ing academic effectiveness, handling external pressures, and coping with internal stress and discomfort .

- /

, ,

Academic effectiveness is a major concern of many students, and CPS offers a number of specialized pro­grams in this area. These programs include assistance with:

Reading Effectiveness - improving reading effective­ness through individually tai lored programs.

Study Sk ills - mastering texts and other ass igned readings; p reparing for and taking exams; organizing and using time effectively; l istening; memory ski l l s .

Examination A nxiety-reducing anxiety that may be interfering with performance on exams.

A cademic Motivation-exploring and achieving aca­demic motivat ion . Sessions may explore such topics as "Why am I in school?" or " H ow can I decide on what to study?" or "What do I want from col lege?"

Writing Skills -provid ing an opportunity to develop writing ski l ls ; working o n problems i n researching, organizing, and articulat ing without the pressures inher­ent in course work.

Mathematical Skills-acquiring mathematical think­ing ski l l s at an appropriate level to assist i n imple ment­ing academic and/ or career plans. The primary aim of this service is not remediation, but enhancement.

Al l of C PS's services are offered on a confidential basis . The content of conversat ions wit h a counselor wil l not be released to anyone without the student's written consent. Counselors are also willing to see students who are not yet sure they need particular help . I t is often useful to talk with someone in order to expres s feel ings <i' bout how things are going.

\ \ \

\

\

\

Career and Counseling Services 213

A number of other advising and counseling resources are described in this bul let in . Of these, the mental health sect ion of the University Health Service is another par­ticularly fine resource for personal counseling assistance.

Testing The Testing Office administers testing programs and

services in conj unction with counseling and, i n addit ion, administers those tests which are required for advanced work or special programs.

Addit ional information about test ing programs can be obtained in the Test ing Office in Latt imore 3 1 2 . Recent changes in New York State law make it advisable for students to consult the Testing Office for current infor­mation regard ing test administ rat ion and reporting of results . The maj o r testing programs administered by this office in recent years include:

Foreign Language Proficiency Examinations Graduate Record Examination American Dental Associat ion Aptitude Test Law School Admission Test Graduate Management Admission Test (G MA T) Graduate School Foreign Language Test Test of English as a Foreign Language National Teacher Examinations

Quest ions about other nat ional testing programs should be d irected to the Test ing Office . I f the tests in question are not given there, students wil l be referred to the proper locat ions .

215

STUDENT LIFE

\ \

The U niversity recognizes that students develop not only intellectually, but physically, emo­tionally, and socially as well . This development is supported by the services and informal edu­cational opportunities provided th rough the professional staffs of several student services

departments . Many students consider their informal learning expe­

riences outside the classroom to be among their most significant and end uring experiences as undergraduates. I n many instances these experiences co mplement stu­dents' academic and intellectual development; in others, they are simply for relaxation and enj oyment . I nformal learning at Rochester includes broadly diversified op­portunities in maj or areas of i nvolvement: intramural sports, i ntercol legiate sports, i nd ividual ized sports ski l ls , religious life, intercultural programs, informal learning experiences geared to personal development, clubs and activities, res idence hall progra ms, off-campus experi­ences, opportunities for leadership development, and the planning and execution of entertainment events.

\, Office of Student Life \

The Office of Student Life helps students improve the qu�lity of their lives outside the clas sroom thro ugh ser­vice's and informal educ!lt ion programs . Areas in which the Office can provide assistance include:

Student Problems. I n any complex community such as the U I'1iversity, some problems affect many members of the community. The Office of Student Life often works with '�tudents to identify and solve such problems.

Information. Coping i n any large organization re­quires more information than most individuals have at any given t ime . . The Student Life staff wil l a nswer a student's questions about the U niversity or will refer the student d irectly to t he office which can answer them.

Change. To prosper, the U niversity must continually change and students m ust be among the prime initiators of change. Working through the Office, students have initiated changes in student-faculty relations, security, buildings and grounds, programs of informal learning, and in developing new student organizations .

Research. Students' attitudes, opinions , and evalua­t ions co llected by the Office are an important source of information for faculty and staff. Both on its own and in cooperation with student organizat ions , Student Life cond ucts research on such topics as students' changing attitudes, the effectiveness of various committees, the effects of res idence hall l ife on students, and students' preferences for changes in the academic calendar or board p lan options .

Discipline. The Dean of Student Life is responsible for nonacademic discipl ine. A system of student j udicial boards helps to maintain order with in the U n iversity community and to insure that ind ividual rights are respected .

A rbitration. Students who feel that they have not been listened to or have been t reated unfairly often consult the Dean to request a third party review of their problem.

Informal Education Programs. The Dean serves a coordinating function for several programs of i nformal education run by various departments with in the Stu­dent Affairs Divis ion . The Dean's office is a clearing­house for i nfo rmatio n on any or all of these programs of informal education .

Student- Faculty In teraction. The Dean's office seeks to promote social and i ntellectual i nteract ion between students and faculty t hrough such programs as " Person­to-Person" which provides funds for the purpose of defraying the costs of small student-faculty gatherings.

Emergency Loans. Short-te rm, no-interest loans are available to al l full-time River Campus students through the Office.

Student Activities The Wilson Commons Student Activit ies staff pro­

vides professional advice and planning for the active participation of students in a d iversified program of social , cultural , and recreational activit ies (for the Uni­versity community) . The student activities program is as varied and broad as campus faci lities and student i nter­ests permit . Weekdays, evenings, and weekends through­out the academic year are scheduled with a variety of

216 Student Life

events by students, campus organizations, and academic departments.

Wilson Commons, the University center containing a variety of facil it ies and services, is the focal point for out-of-class life on the River Campus. The Commons is the place to meet friends, schedule meetings, plan pro­grams and events , make informal contacts with faculty and staff, or j ust relax. Located in the Commons are offices for student organizat ions , a snack bar and raths­keller, a recreation center, meeting rooms, the Hartnett Art Gallery, the Student Activities Office, the Hair Company, and the M usic Office.

Wilson Commons Schedule of Hours

1982-83 Information Desk

Monday- Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 a .m .- I a .m . Thursday and Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 a .m .-2 a .m . Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 a .m .-2 a .m . Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I a .m .- I a .m .

T h e Common Market

M onday- Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IO a .m .- I I p .m . Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . noon- 2 a .m . Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I a .m .- I I p .m .

Recreation Desk

Monday- Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . opens at I O a .m . Saturday and Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . opens a t I I a . m. Closes 1 5 minutes before build ing closes

Snack Bar

Opens at the same t ime as the bui lding Closes one hour before building closes

Rathskeller

Opens at 4 p .m . daily Closes at the same time as the build ing Last call 1 5 minutes before closing

Hair Company

Tuesday and Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 a .m .-8 p .m . M onday, Wednesday, and Friday . . . . 1 0 a .m . -5 p .m . Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 a . m .-4 p .m .

Music Office

Monday- Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 : 30 a .m .-4 : 30 p .m .

The schedule changes d uring semester breaks and scheduled vacations .

Participat ion i n the student activities program at the University can help students develop ski l ls , explore new ideas, develop leadership potential , and learn more about themselves.

The Students' Associat ion i ncludes a l l undergraduates and is governed by a student-elected senate and presi­dent. The Student Senate and its 50 funded organiza­tions are supported by the student activities fee, which is assessed to a l l undergraduate students . The Senate has five standing committees: the Extracurricular Commit­tee, the Student Life Committee, the University Rela­tions Committee, the Appropriations Committee, and the Steering Academic Affairs Committee.

Students may obtain ed itorial , business, and writing experience worki ng on publications , i ncluding the Cam­pus Times (a daily student paper), Interpres (a year­book edited by the jun ior class), and Logos (a literary magazine) .

Students may gain experience in broadcasting, an­nou ncing, and engineer ing by j o in ing W R U R , the student-operated A M and FM radio stat ion, or the Amateur Radio Club ( K2ZWI) .

Various dramatic productions a l low students to de­velop their ski l l s as actors, set designers, theater tech ni-cians, or playwrights. The principal drama organizations / are the Committee on the Performing Arts and the r' Association for Black Drama and the Arts. /

I nfo rmal act iv i t ies which co mplement c las s room / learning and which concentrate on students' specia,J

interests are available through departmental organiz a­tions and through groups such as the Outside S pea ers Co mmittee, I nternational Students Associatio n, ;'Black Student Union, Campus Cinema Group, Outin,g' Club, Bridge Club, Chess Club, and several dozen oth,er clubs .

There are 12 active social fraternities and fj.ve sorori­ties on campus, as well as a number of honorary societies for those who have excelled academically o

'r have been

recognized for outstanding contributions to the Univer­sity community.

The professional staff of the R iver Ca mpus M usic Office helps individuals develop their interests and tal­ents in music. River Campus musical o rganizations include the Chapel Choir, Wome n's and Men's Glee Clubs, Yell owj ackets, Women's Ensemble, University Symphony Orchestra, U niversity Chamber Orchestra, Sympho nic Ba nd , Jazz Ensembk, Varsity Band, and Vocal Point .

Counseling and S pecial Services

Counseling and Psychological Services

( CPS)

CPS is located in Lattimore 107 . Counselors can be seen by appointment M o nday through Friday fro m 9 a .m . to 5 p . m . An appointment can be made in person or by calling extension 236 1 during office hours .

CPS offers counseling services to he lp students with personal, vocational , and educational concerns. Specific help is available for such concerns as interpersonal rela­t ionship problems, clarifying vocat ional goals, improv­ing academic effectiveness, handling external pressures, and coping with internal stress and discomfort. The Study S kills Center, which is a part of CPS , offers a range of services to aid student academic effectiveness. See page 2 1 2 for a more detailed description of C PS's servIces.

Career Services and Placement Center

Located on the second floor of Lattimore Hall , the Career Services and Placement Center serves as the focal point in a student's search for vocational information, advice, and placement . Offices a re open fro m 9 a . m. to 5 p . m . M o nday th rough Friday . See page 209 for a detailed description of its services .

The Chaplains' Office, l ocated in the University's I nt" rfaith Chapel, offers students a variety of opportuni­t ies L r religious worship and meditation, social service and pe rsonal counseli ng, and cultural and social events . Roman Catholic, Protestant, and Jewish chaplains are available to work with a l l members of the U niversity communit .

The Prot estant community focuses on the weekly Sunday serv�e . A.ttempts are made, b?th formall� and informally, to' raIse a nd deal wIth Important Issues within the Un iv�rsity, church , and society and to involve community and L"furch in University l ife . Other groups such as the Chap&\! Choir, the Gospel Choir, and I nter­Varsity Christian �el lowship offer addit ional opportu­nities for re ligious e>-\press ion.

As the Catholic cainpus parish , the Newman Commu­nity welcomes undergraduate students as well as other members of the U nivl:rsity. The Newman Community provides a regu lar sche_1ule of Sunday and daily Masses

University Health Service 2 1 7

a n d other sacramental celebrations a n d offers a wide range of opportunit ies for personal enrichment, educa­tion, service, and social events .

The Hi l lel Foundation serves to transmit the Jewish heritage through educational, religious, cultural , social , and counsel ing services . The H i llel student leadership is com mitted to p rojects on widely d ivergent aspects of Judaism.

The Chaplains ' Office maintains close contact with representatives of other religious groups such as the Hindu Students Associat ion, the M usl im Students Asso­ciat ion , Baha'i , yoga groups, and the Christian Science Organization.

The Director of Rel igious Affairs works with students, chaplains, and U niversity departments to facilitate and coord inate the many programs carried on with in the chapel . Chapel rooms may be reserved for lectures, dis­cussions , or social events by cal l ing the chapel secretary at 275-432 1 .

The Service Learning Center ( S LC) is a student-run agency that assists student volunteers who wish to work in local hospitals , settlement houses, and city schools . The Campus "Y" Proj ect a lso helps students become involved i n community service projects . Both the Cam­pus Y and the S LC are located in the Ruth Merrill Student Organization Center of Wilson Commons .

University Health Service

The University Health Service provides a comprehen­sive medical care program for al l full-time students, postdoctoral fel lows, and Strong Memorial H ospital res ident staff. Medical care is avai lable 24 hours a day throughout the year. The primary medical outpatient department for a l l students is located in the Medical Center at 250 Crittenden Boulevard . For the conve­nience of students who need minor ambulatory health care or information d uring the regular school year addi­t ional facil it ies are open around the clock on the River Campus and during the day at the Eastman School . At its River Campus Unit the H ealth Service operates a four-bed i nfi rmary and an observation room for stu­dents who need nonambulatory care or observation but do not require hospitalizat ion . I n case of serious i l lness or injury, students may be ad mitted to the U niversity's Strong Memorial Hospital . Mental health consultation and short-term psychotherapy are a lso available through the Health Service.

The relationship between the Health Service physi­cians and their student patients is confidential . It is

218 Student Life

assumed that parents and students agree that the student is able to give consent for most medical t reat ment, i ncluding minor surgical procedures. Notificat ion of others, i nc luding parents, is generally considered the student's responsibil ity unless the condit ion is serious or the student is unable to assume responsibi lity for inform­ing others.

The mandatory health fee provides ful l-time students with unl imited access to care at the University Health Service 1 2 months a year in accordance with the pro­visions of the University H ealth Service Users Manual distri buted to al l new students and available on request . Should a student choose to see a private physician or go outs ide the U n ivers i ty H ea l th Service , the s tudent assumes a l l responsibi l i ty ( including financial responsi­bi l i ty) for his or her care.

The health fee also i ncludes an extended Blue Cross­Blue Shield health insura nce pol icy that provides for coverage of hospital izat ion, infirmary admission, and other medical costs. This ful l-year coverage continues as long as the student is enrolled on a fu ll-t ime basis . If the student i s a lready covered by health insurance com­parable to the University's Blue Cross-Blue Shield plan, the insurance portion of the health fee may be waived by submitting the appropriate form each year. An insurance plan for student dependents is also available.

Al l entering students must submit a U niversity Health H istory form which includes immunization information. A late fee of $25 wil l be charged for fai lure to submit the completed Health History form by the required date . The health program is descri bed in fu ll in the Users Manual, available upon request from the Health Service, University of Rochester, Box 6 1 7 , 250 Crittenden Boule­vard , Rochester, New York 1 4642 .

Department of Special Student

Services The Department of Special Student Services helps

individual students with in a group context to learn to use an array of academic and nonacademic resources for intellectual and personal growth .

Handicapped Student Services. The University of Rochester admits students without regard to sex , race, color, national or ethnic origin, or handicap. Staff in the Department of Special Student Services work closely with disabled students coordinating support services, resources, and counseling.

Minority Student Services. The Department of Spe-

cial Student Services continues the growth and develop­ment of a pluralistic, multicultural learning community by assisting in the recruitment of minority students and in working to enhance their experiences at the University through special programs and services . The New York State H igher Education Opportunity Program, the Sum­mer Early Connection Program, and the Peer Coun­seling Progra m a re some of the p rogra ms conducted by the department.

Staff are also available to provide ind ividual counsel­ing. I n addit ion, the Learning Resource Center provides regular study-tutorial sess ions , group workshops, and ind ividual learning opportunities for students.

International Student Services. The I nternational Stu­dent Services staff provides counseling on nonacademic matters for all nonimmigrant foreign students . This office also coordinates campus and community resources and services available to foreign students and provides information concerning the Immigration and Naturali­zat ion Service.

Sports and Recreation The Department of Sports and Recreat ion encourages

student participation in intercol legiate athletics, in intra­mural competition, and in a variety of club, instruc-tional , a nd recreational activities.

/ Intercollegiate A thletics. The intercol legiate program seeks to attract as many participants as possible. Sched­ules are designed to be compatible with students' aca _ demic programs. There is intercollegiate competit ion f. or men in baseball, basketball, cross-country, football , r olf, lacrosse , soccer, squash, swimming, tennis, and track and field . There i s intercollegiate competitio n for ' omen in b�sketbal l , field h ockey, lacrosse, soccer, �l.' imming, tenms, track , and volleyball . There are coed tpportuni­ties in golf and squash.

i Intramurals. Nearly 65 percent of R oche� er's students participat.e in the Universi�y's exten�ive iii tram ural pro­gram, whIch mcludes men s , women s , a:nd coed compe­tit ion in team and individual sports . /Aasketball , touch football , soccer, softball, tennis, VOlle/ball , floor hockey, and inner tube water polo are som of the intramural sports available.

'

Clubs and Instruction. Many rec;reational and instruc­tional activit ies are offered for all students, faculty, and staff. They include badminton, band , boxing , canoe and kayak, C P R , crew, fencing, firsl aid , fitness, golf, gym­nastics, ice hockey, judo, karate, l ifesaving, racquetball ,

self-defense, softball, swimming, table tennis, tennis, vol­leyball, water safety, and weight training.

Athletic Facilities The University's athletic facilities include: Zornow Sports Center: A new building housing the

Speegle-Wilbraham Aquatic Center, whose pool is 25 meters long and 25 yards wide with a separate well for three-meter and one-meter diving, three regulation bas­ketball courts, four indoor tennis courts, mUltipurpose areas for volleyball, badminton, fitness workouts, and meetings, and a student lounge.

Alexander Palestra: Home site for University intercol­legiate basketball and volleyball, with permanent seating capacity of 3,000. Also houses coed training room.

Alumni Gymnasium: Offices of the Department of Sports and Recreation, Roman L. Speegle Pool, six racquetball courts, five squash racquet courts, and calis­thenic and weight rooms .

Field House: 1 2,000-square-foot indoor playing sur­face covered by synthetic turf with a 225-yard polyure­thane-surface running track around the perimeter (and extending through a tunnel under the adj oining Pales­tra). The area is used for activities of most University intercollegiate athletic teams, many intramural events, and recreational sessions.

.

'. Fauver Stadium: 6,000-seat concrete and brick sta­(dum, newly installed lighting, all-weather playing field, 4ffiQ-meter eight-lane track. Site of intercollegiate foot-

Residence Halls 219

ball , field hockey, soccer, lacrosse, track and field, and a full range of intramural and recreational activities . Also houses locker rooms and a coed training room.

Other Outdoor Facilities: 12 lighted tennis courts, baseball and softball fields, soccer pitch, field hockey area, and a large natural-grass intramural field .

Residence Halls The residence halls program is designed to enhance

students' academic progress by providing comfortable living arrangements and o p p o rtu nities fo r personal growth. Thro ugh contacts with various staff members, residents are encouraged to share interests with their roommates and neighbors a nd to participate actively in the functioning ot their residence hall . For example, there are many opportunities for students to become involved in the development of their living area by par­ticipating in a hall's student government or serving on one of its committees for social, cultural, and educa­tional programming. In addition, the program comple­ments students' academic growth through its faeulty-in­residence program and informal student-faculty-staff interaction within the halls. About 85 percent of under­graduate students live on campus in residence "halls.

Freshmen are required to live on campus ( unless they live with parents or relatives in the Rochester area) and are generally housed in double rooms in various resi­dence areas throughout the campus. One of the student's earliest co ntacts with the residence halls staff is with the Resident Advisor. RAs, who are carefully selected

220 Student Life

upperclassmen, are assigned to floors or corridors where freshmen reside and provide information and referral concerning the various student services available on campus . They also assist freshmen in making the adj ust­ment to academic and campus routines and in develop­ing friendly relat ionships with roommates and other stu­dents living nearby.

Opportunities for diversified living arrangements ex­pand grad ually beyond the freshma n year. Although most freshmen and sophomores l ive i n d ouble rooms, s ix-person suites and single roo ms become increasingly available to upperclassmen on a l imited basis . These spaces are al located by a lottery system, with seniors drawing first, j u niors next, then sophomores. Rooms are selected by students in the spring for occupancy during the fol lowing academic year . U sually there are some sophomores who remai n unassigned after room selec­t ion ; these students are placed as vacancies occur during the summer. In certain bui ldings sophomores, jun iors, and seniors may c hoose not to participate in the U niver­sity's board plan.

Because a significant portion of students ' t ime at the U niversity is spent in the res idence hal ls , i t is i mportant that they recognize the wide variety of opportunities for personal growth with in the residential setting. To this end students are encouraged by staff and by other stu­dents to utilize the University's resources i n maximizing such growth . The residence halls staff supports student needs and interests with a variety of programs and ser­vices, such as special-interest l iving arrangements, the faculty-in-residence program, student-staff committees, and special program corridors where students with sim­ilar academic or extracurricular program interests may live together.

Residence Areas

The Quad. Burton, Crosby, Gi lbert, H oeing, Lovej oy, and Tiernan Halls are individual bui ldings offering s ingle and double rooms . Hoeing and Burton Halls house men only; Lovejoy Hall h ouses women only. The remaining halls are predominantly coeducational by cor­ridor or floor. Tiernan H al l is available by application to those students who wish to commit themselves to an organized program of community development for that hal l . Freshmen and upperclassmen l ive in al l build ings except Crosby, which is reserved for upperclassmen only. Resident Advisors l ive i n al l areas where there are fresh men.

A nthony Halls. Susan B . Anthony Halls comprise Gannett, Gates, Ho ll ister, and Morgan Hal ls . These

halls i nclude both single and double rooms. Floors are coeducational and consist primarily of alternating male and female corridors, each staffed with a Resident Ad­visor. One floor houses males and females i n a rando m arrangement on a l l four corridors of that floor.

Hill Court (Chambers, Fairchi ld , Gale, Kendrick , M unro, and Slater H ouses) is a group of s ix smal l-scale, four-story units for sophomores, juniors, and seniors . Each house contains suites, which include six si ngle rooms, private bath, and common l iving room . All houses are coeducational and are staffed either by Graduate Resident Advisors , Resident Advisors , or by faculty-in-residence.

Founders Court ( Anderson and Wilder Towers) i n­cludes both suites and double rooms . Suites i nclude four single rooms and one double room, with private bath and common living room. Double rooms include adjo in­ing bathrooms . A Graduate Resident Advisor and four RAs staff each of the Towers units . The Towers are coeducational . Fresh men live in the Towers in double rooms and a few suites; other residents of the Towers are upperclassmen.

Helen Wood Hall, across fro m the University Medical Center, is a coeducational residence with predominantly single rooms . A Graduate Resident Advisor staffs this build ing, which houses upperclass men only.

de Kie wiet To wer at the Graduate Liv ing Center II houses undergraduates in o ne- and two-bedroom apart- I ments. Three Graduate Resident Advisors staff this I building, which houses upperclassmen o nly. f

/ Auxiliary Services //

The Office of the Associate Treasurer is resp-bnsible for managing University-provided food servict"_� , book­stores, off-campus apartments , parking, security, tele­phone service, and a number of other supr)�rti ng ser­vices . University policy requires that parking, food, bookstore, and housing services-services, that are used selectively and substantially as matter;i' of individual preference-be sustained by the fees and other charges paid by those who use them, includi 'llg provis ions for depreciat ion, replacement of equipo/lent , and mainte­nance. Those services, therefore , are not supported from the University's tuit ion and other eQ ucational income.

Student Identification Cards I

Each year Identification cards are provided by the

University for al l students . They are required for charg­ing out books from the l ibrary, for cashing checks on campus, and for admission to various campus events, and certai n facil it ies and activities . The card has the stu­dent name, identifying number, signature, and picture. Students at the M edical Center a re required to wear identification badges . The regular student identificat ion card serves th is purpose ; worn as a lapel badge, one side of the card carries the student's name and photograph . The same cards , wi th t heir magnetic and bar codes, serve to identify those students who have purchased board contracts and are entitled to meals at U niversity d ini ng centers . In addition , the cards are requi red for access to certain facil it ies and services and they are useful for security purposes a nd for posit ive identificat ion on cam­pus and elsewhere.

Entering freshmen are photographed duri ng the Fresh­man Orientat ion Programs . Undergraduates who wil l be returning reta in their cards for use the next academic year. Transfer students are photographed early in the fall and spring terms.

No charge is made for the identification card, but there is a $6 fee for replacement of a card .

Bookstores

The River Campus Bookstore, operated for the Uni­versity by Barnes & Noble Boo kstores , Inc . , provides goods and services that reduce the need for students to leave the campus . In addition to required textbooks and supplies, it stocks paperback and hard bound titles in a wide range of subjects and a variety of c lothing and other merchandise to serve personal needs . In addit ion to Ilew texts, the Bookstore carries a substantial stock of lower-priced used textbooks .

The principal Bookstore is located on the ground floor of the Frederick Dougla ss Build ing and is open week­days and Saturdays. Branches of the Bookstore are located at the Eastman School of Music and at the Med­ical Center to serve students who take al l or part of their programs there. VISA and Master Card credit cards , as well as personal checks, are accepted .

University Food Service

The University operates its own food service under the d irection of profes�ional food-service administrators. The University d in ing service plans provide 5 , 7, 14 or 20 meals per week , for which the student contracts at the beginning of the year. Board plan participa nts may take their meals at either of the River Campus dining centers ( Danforth Dining Center or the Frederick Douglass

A uxiliary Services 221

Dining Center) or at Eastman School of M usic residence halls. On the River Campus the d in ing centers serve three meals a day M o nday through Saturday, with brunch and supper served on Sunday. At the Eastman School two meals, breakfast and d inner, are served daily. These meals can be purchased for cash or on a prepaid board plan. Exchange meal tickets are available to board contract holders. These permit a student whose board plan is for meals on one campus to take a particular meal or, for instance, to regularly take d inners o n certain days of the week o n another campus .

Board p lan contracts are for the ful l academic year and are effective from the first day of classes i n the fa ll to Commencement the following May, excepting periods specifical ly designated in the Un iversity calendar as aca­demic recesses . Meal hours and food service locat ions are adj usted fro m ti me to time as the number of students on campus and special events require . Regular schedules of meal services are publ ished i n U niversity newspapers and posted at the d in ing centers and in residence hal ls . Notices of any changes in the schedules are distributed in advance at the d ining centers and a l so posted in the residence hal ls .

Upper-class students who l ive in certain residences may elect not to participate in the University's contrac­tual service, but any resident student who so chooses is charged a facil it ies fee each semester to help defray fixed operational costs . Freshmen who are residents on the River Campus are required to participate in the 20-meal plan.

The cafeteria-style service provides a variety of main courses at each meal (general ly on a n as-much-as-you­would-l ike basis), a nutrit ionally balanced as well as an attractive menu. Other services i nclude snack bars , con­fection and beverage vending machines, and a catering department. The Wilson Commons restaurant and raths­keller (the "Common Ground") provide food and bever­age services-regular entrees as well as fast food and snacks-every day and late into each evening . For cash customers, an it la carte luncheon buffet is available in Hol lister (Anthony Residence Hal l s ) M o nday through Friday during the academic year.

University Security

The U niversity has its own Security and Traffic Divi­sion for the protection of students, members of the U niversity community, and t heir property.

The Divis ion, with headquarters on the ground floor of the University Medical Center, operates 24 hours daily and has radio-equipped patrol cars and officers. Branch offices are also located on the River Campus and

222 Student Life

at the Eastman School of M usic. Matters involving security, fire , or police should be reported directly to Security for investigat ion and action . The emergency telephone number when dialed from any University tele­phone is the t wo-digit number 1 3 . From outside the Uni­versity the Security office number is 275-3333 .

Student Employment Office

On-campus employment of U niversity of R ochester students is coordinated by the Student Employment Office, a unit of the U niversity Personnel Depart ment . Students seek ing part-time j obs at the Un iversity should visit this office, located i n Todd 1 07 . Regular office hours are 9 a .m . to 5 p .m . weekdays.

University Intercessor

The Intercessor's office was esta blished in 1 972 to provide a resource for solving problems that do not seem to belong elsewhere in the U niversity. Students, staff, or faculty members who have concerns about their uni­versity experience that cannot be worked out through obvious channels are encouraged to contact the I nter­cessor's office for assistance. This office is particularly interested in identifying patterns of problems that indi­cate a need to change organizat ional structures or pro­cedures. Helping individuals is an important way to learn what needs to be done to improve the total pro­gram . The I ntercessor's office is located in the Frederick Douglass Building and can be reached by phone at extension 5230.

Special Assistant to the Provost

for Sexual Harassment

The S pecial Assistant was appointed in 1 98 1 to be available to students, staff, or faculty as an intercessor for complaints or questions dealing with sexual harass-­ment and to a&sist in the development of further com­munication and education about the issue. The S pecial Assistant may also be consulted if p revious questions or complaints have not been resolved satisfactorily or if it is believed there has been retribution against the com­plainant. The Special Assistant may be contacted by calling extension 5 1 97 or writing intramural Box 6 1 7 .

Lost and Found Office

A lost and found service i s maintai ned In Wilson Commons for the River Campus. Articles found are

turned i n there for safe keeping until they can be identi­fied and claimed by their owners. Articles found else­where on U niversity premises are turned in to the Secur­ity headquarters at the M edical Center.

Intercampus and Public Transportation

The U niversity provides free , scheduled shuttle bus service from the River Campus to the Graduate Living Center- University Park area, Whipple Park, the Medi­cal Center, Goler House, and off-campus parking lots . Service i s also p rovided between the River Campus and the Eastman School of M usic, Memorial A rt Gallery, Eastman School Residence Halls, and other points .

Regional Transit Service provides regular, scheduled service between downtown Rochester, a number of sub­urban towns, and U niversity facilities.

RTS bus No . 5 (South Avenue) runs between d own­town and the U niversity Medical Center.

The Eastman School of M usic, both the principal academic center and Eastman Theatre at Gibbs Street, and the res idence halls and the Memorial A rt Gallery on the Prince Street Campus, are served by RTS N o . 4 ( U niversity Avenue). Weekdays from 5 : 30 a . m . to 6 :30 p .m . that No . 4 bus continues via Brighton (Twelve Cor­ners- Winto n, M onroe, and Elmwood Avenues) to the University Medical Center and River Campus.

RTS bus No . 1 9 (South Plymouth) o perates between Main Street and Clinton Avenue at the city center to both the River Campus (where the principal stop is at Rush Rhees Library) and the U niversity Medical Center. Weekdays from 5 :30 a .m . to 6 :30 p . m . , RTS N o . 1 9 continues eastward o n Elmwood Avenue t o Twelve Corners in Brighton and returns downtown via U niver­sity Avenue and the Prince Street Campus.

Automobiles and Parkin g

Students may bring cars to t h e University a t any time. Free parking is allowed on both sides of the street in many sect ions of Wilson Boulevard , the main road adj acent to the River Campus. On-campus parking for students, faculty, and staff is by permit, and several options are available. Students may purchase a special permit for $84 per year (in 1 98 1 -82) , which entitles them to park in particular areas near rr.sidence halls. At a lower fee, students may purchase a permit that allows them to park in a University lot that is a 1 5-minute walk from the River Campus. This lot i s served regularly by a free shuttle bus t o and from the campus; students hold­ing permits for this off-campus lot also may park on

campus after 8 p . m . o n weekdays and at any time on weekends. Applicat ions for parking permits , along with further information, may be obtained from the River Campus Parking Services Office, (7 1 6) 275-3983 ( U ni­versity extension 3983) .

Because of the expectation that financial aid recipients must watch their spending patterns closely, it is usually difficult to ju st ify ownership of an automobi le . Students receiving financial aid are expected to notify the Office of Ad missions and Student Aid if a car is obtained and to provide an adequate explanation of the necessity for its use .

Bicycles and Motorcycles

In all but the snowiest of seasons, bikes are a conve­nient and popular means of getting between University bui ldings and to nearby shopping a reas . Bicycles may not be brought into academic buildings, offices , or resi­dence halls or into Medical Center build ings, nor may they be chained to t rees, lamp standards , balustrades , or the l ike on campus. In a number of residence halls , par­ticular rooms are designated for bicycle storage . Bicycle racks are available at most locations on the River Cam­pus, as well as at the Medical Center and the Eastman School of M usic.

M otorcycles, mopeds, and other motorized vehicles may not be operated o n walkways and are otherwise subject to the same regulations as automobi les .

1 1 undergraduate residence hall suites and rooms havl telephones . The cost of the basic service is i ncluded in the room fees . This p rovides dial access without extra cost WI' hin the University of Rochester telephone sys­tem, inc. uding security �ervices and e mergency medical facilities, x.nd to Rochester and suburban areas. Calls to students m�y be dialed directly to the ind ivid ual's room or suite tele�hone. .

For toll cal'-ls, Rochester Telephone Corporat IOn pro­vides each res\jdent student with a s pecial tol l-bi l l ing number. The student is responsible for a l l charges gen­erated against tfloat account, for which the Rochester Telephone Corpo�-at ion bil ls the student d irectly each month.

University Apartments

A uxiliary Services 223

Furnished and unfurnished apartments are available for married undergraduates in the U niversity'S Graduate Living Center, University Park, and Whipple Park, all of which are served by University shuttle buses . Some single upper-class students are housed in the Graduate Living Center as a part of the River Campus residence hal ls program, at standard academic-year room contract rates but other tenants in those facil it ies are expected to unde�take a ful l-year lease commitment , including the summer and other recess periods . The same is t rue of George Washington Goler H ouse, a l 3-story apartment bui lding, which can accommodate si ngle students shar­ing apartments, as well as married students .

Brochures describing the apartment faci lities and giv­i ng current rents can be obtained fro m the U niversity Apartments Office, George Washington Goler House, 70 Crittenden Boulevard , Rochester, New York 1 4620.

Banking Services

Branches of the Lincoln First Bank of Rochester are located on both the River Campus a nd the Medical Center. Each provides ful l checking, savings, and loan services. Check cashing also i s provided for students who have Lincoln First accounts . Such service also may be provided , up to a $ 1 00 maximum, at a nominal charge for others with a U niversity identificat ion card .

Banking hours at the U niversity branches are set especially to meet student needs . Saturday services are available throughout the year at the M edical Center.

Postal Services

The U . S . Postal Service operates a branch ( River Stat ion, Rochester, New Y ork 1 4627) in Todd Union on the R iver Campus. All classes of mail are handled there , inc luding parcel post . All undergraduate students who live in campus residences are rented combination-locked postal boxes at rates set by the Postal Service. This box number (with the post office name, City, and Zip code) serves as the student's mailing address and is required for delivery of mai l . ( I tems addressed to residence halls or room numbers must be rerouted and hence are delayed . ) Box numbers are assigned upon applicat ion as soon a s students arrive on campus or in advance at freshman and transfer student orientations .

224

225

GENERAL REGULATIONS

General Responsibility

Students are expected to abide by the rules of the U niversity and its faculties and to conduct themselves in accordance wi th accepted standards of good citizenship, honesty, and propriety, and with proper regard for the rights of others . When the Un iversity delegates j ud icial and discipl inary responsibi l ities to faculty or student groups, students must abide by their decis ions . Of course, students must obey federal , state, and local laws as would any other citizens .

The fol lowing paragraphs ind icate some of the stan­dards expected of the R oc hester student . M ore specific regulations are to be found in the University's "Stan­dards of Cond uct and P roced u res ," the U nivers i ty statement on harassment and hazing, the room and board contract, the U niversity's parking regulations , and the policy statements issued by the various deans' and directors' offices and student activities centers .

Disciplinary sanctions up to and including suspension, expuls ion, or termination may be imposed upon mem­bers of the U niversity community for: I . Academic cheating or p lagiarism, * furnishing false

information to the U niversity or to members of the U niversity community, forgery, alterat ion or misuse of U niversity documents, records, or identification cards, or violation of fire safety regulat ions .

2 . Acts which are il legal under the law are also viola­tions of U niversity regulat ions . These would i nclude, but are not l i mited to , theft ; d isorderly cond uct; manufacture, sale, possess ion, or d istribut ion of i l le­gal d rugs; possession or use of firearms or explosive mater ia ls ; assault o r battery; va ndal is m ; reckless endangerment of other persons; unauthorized pos­session of master keys; or fai lure to comply with reasonable requests of U niversity officials acting in performance of their duties .

· Plagiarism is more e x plicit ly defined i n t he Po/icy on A cademi(, Honesty. which also del i neates the proced ures for adj udicating such cha rges.

University Records

The U niversity p olicy o n s tudent records is available to students and their parents through the Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs .

Reports to Parents

Term bi l l s , grade reports , a nd general announcements about events at the U niversity wi l l be sent to parents or guard ians of all dependent students .

I t is the p olicy of the U niversity to consider al l stu­dents dependent unless they formally declare their inde­pendence, either at the t ime of enrol lment or subse­quently through applicat ion to the dean's office of their college.

U nless otherwise d irected , reports concerning depen­dent students will be sent to the parent(s) o r guard ian(s) at the address designated o n the registrat ion materials at the t ime of enrollment.

I f divorced or separated parents wish to receive indi­vidual mail ings of grade reports and general announce­ments, the student should so advise the regist rar's office ( River Campus students, Office of the U niversity Regis­t rar; Eastman School and School of Nursing students, the registrar of their respective schools) .

Notificat ion of a change of address , or of a change in the designation of the parent who is to receive U niversity mail ings, should be made by the student to the appro­priate registrar's office.

Inventory of Registered Pro grams The New York State Educat i o n Department has

authorized the University of Rochester to offer the undergraduate-level programs which appear i n the fol­lowing inventory. A l isting of graduate programs may be found in the Graduate Studies Bul le t i n . Progra ms offered at the Eastman School of M usic may be found in the Eastman School's official bulleti n .

226 General Regulations

College of Arts and Science

Program Hegis Code Code Program Name Degree Cert*

1 0797 2202 Anthropology BA 1 0608 040 1 Biology BA 8 1 462 040 1 Biology BS 1 06 1 2 040 1 0 1 Biology 7- 1 2 BA B 1 0609 4902 Biology-Geology BS 1 0767 1 905 Chemistry BA 1 0766 1 905 Chemistry BS 1 0770 1 9050 1 Chemistry 7- 1 2 BA B 7852 1 1 9050 1 Chemistry 7- 1 2 BS B 1 0780 1 9 1 70 1 Earth Science 7- 1 2 BA B 78522 1 9 1 70 1 Earth Science 7- 1 2 BS B 1 0798 2204 Economics BA 1 0729 1 5 0 1 E nglish BA 1 073 1 1 50 1 0 1 English 7- 1 2 BA B

Fine A rts 1 0677 1 003 Art H i story BA 1 0676 1 002 Studio Arts BA

Foreign Languages, Literatu res, & Linguistics

1 07 1 6 1 1 07 Chinese BA 1 0736 1 504 Classics Literature BA 78 1 07 1 503 Comparative Literature BA 78 1 06 1 503 Foreign Literatu re BA 1 0702 1 1 02 French BA 1 0697 1 1 020 1 French 7- 1 2 BA B 1 0706 1 1 03 German BA 1 0703 1 1 030 1 German 7- 1 2 BA B 1 0739 1 505 Linguistics BA 1 07 1 5 1 1 06 Russian BA 1 07 1 4 1 1 05 Spanish BA 1 0709 1 1 050 1 Spanish 7- 1 2 BA B 1 08 1 3 4902 General Science BA 1 0776 1 9 1 4 Geology BA 1 0779 1 9 1 4 Geology BS 1 0669 09 1 2 Geomechanics BS 1 0802 2205 H istory BA 1 08 1 2 490 1 I nterdepartmental

Degree Program BA 1 0744 1 70 1 Mathematics BA 1 0747 1 70 1 0 1 Mathematics 7- 1 2 BA B 774 1 8 1 799 Mathematics & Statistics BA 1 069 1 1 005 M usic BA 1 0740 1 509 Philosophy BA 1 0756 1 902 Physics BA 1 0758 1 902 Physics BS 1 0753 1 9020 1 Physics 7- 1 2 BA B 78520 1 9020 1 Physics 7- 1 2 BS B 1 0775 1 90 1 Physics & Astronomy BA 1 0774 1 90 1 Physics & Astronomy BS

• B = provisional teacher certification.

Program "egis Code Code

1 0805 2207 093 14 200 1 10743 1 5 1 0 1 0793 220 1 0 1 1 0807 2208 1075 1 1 702

• B = provisional teacher certification.

Program Name

Political Science Psychology Religious Studies Social Studies 7- 1 2 Sociology Statistics

Inventory of Registered Programs 227

Degree Cert·

BA BA BA BA B BA BA

College of Engineering and Applied Science

Program "egis Code Code Program Name Degree 1 0662 0906 Chemical Engineering BS 1 0663 0909 Electrical Engineering BS 80 1 64 0909 Electrical Engineering BS{ MS 1 0655 090 1 Engineering & Applied Science BS 1 0669 09 1 2 Geomechanics BS 1 0668 09 1 0 Mechanical Engineering BS 1 0673 0999 Optics BS

School of Nursing

Program "egis Code Code Program Name Degree 1 072 1 1 203 Undergraduate Nursing BS

228

BOAID OF TRUSTEES David T. Kearns, Chairman Robert L. Sproull , President

Alfred C. Aman, Jr . Wil l iam Balderston I I I Colby H . Chandler Edwin I . Colodny Angelo A . Costanza Virginia A. Dwyer Walter A . Fallon Max M . Farash Robert B . Frame Donald A. Gaudion James S . Gleason Robert B . Goergen Paul R . Gross Elliott W. Gumaer, Jr. Edward Harris Marion J . Hawks Jeremiah Kaplan Jacob Koomen, Jr . , M . D. William F. May

C. Peter McColough Gilbert G. McCurdy George M. Mullen Andrew H. Neilly, Jr. H. Scott Norris, Jr. George E. Pake David S. Potter Ernest I. Reveal Arthur M. Richardson The Rev. Hays H. Rockwell O. Cedric Rowntree Robert H . Scheerschmidt Robert F. Sykes Richard L. Turner Will iam G. von Berg Margaret D. Waasdorp William B. Webber Kay R. Whitmore George R. Williams G. Robert Witmer, Jr. Gerald B. Zornow

Honorary Trustees: Willard M. Allen, M . D. David M. Allyn John H. Brinker J . Douglas Brown Mercer Brugler Albert K. Chapman Wilmot R . Craig Edward Peck Curtis Cornelis W. de Kiewiet J . Wallace Ely Matthew E. Fairbank , M . D. Bernard E. Finucane Janet P. Forbes Marion W. Fry Emanuel Goldberg Ezra A. Hale Arthur R. Kantrowitz Nancy C. Kennedy Robert P. Larson

Monica M. McConville William W. McQuilkin Mitchell W . M iller Joseph E. M orrissey Ernest A. Paviour Richard B. Secrest Robert A. Sherman George Graham Smith Samuel J . Stabins, M . D. The Hon . Samuel S. Stratton Hulbert W. Tripp Will iam S . Vaughn W. Allen Wallis Robert L. Wells Marie C. Wilson Robert A . Woods Clarence L.A. Wynd Alejandro C. Zaffaroni

ADMINISTRATION President . . . Robert L . Sproull Provost . . . Richard D. O'Brien

Senior Vice President and Treasurer . . . La Roy B. Thompson Vice President for Public Affairs . . . George M. Angle Vice President for Planning and Director of Budgets . . .

Robert R . France Vice President for Campus Affairs . . . Donald K. Hess Vice President for I nvestments . . . Phil l ip Horsley Vice President for Student Affairs . . . Bernard R. Gifford Vice President for University Relations . . . Roger D. Lathan Vice President for Health Affairs . . . Frank E. Young, M . D .

Chancellor . . . W. Allen Wallis

Vice Provost for Academic Concerns . . . Paula R . Backscheider Vice Provost for Computing . . . David L. Stone hi l l Assistant to the President . . . Kenneth F. Wood U niversity Dean of Graduate Studies . . . Will iam H. Riker Acting Dean of Student Life . . . Paul W. Walaskay Director of Residence Halls . . . Stuart M . Zellmer Dean of Admissions and Student Aid . . . Timothy W. Scholl Director of University Libraries . . . James F. Wyatt Director of University Health Service . . .

Clifford B . Reifler, M . D. University Secretary . . . Harmon S. Potter University Registra r . . . Jerome D. Diver Affirmative Action Officer (faculty) . . . Robert R . France Affirmative Action Officer (staff) . . . H. Clint Davidson, Jr .

OFFICIAL BOLLETINS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER

Undergraduate Studies

College of Arts and Science Graduate School of Education

and Human Development College of Engineering

and Applied Science School of Nursing

Eastman School of Music

Regular and Summer Sessions Graduate Studies

Graduate School of Management

School of Medicine & Dentistry

Graduate Studies

Part-time Studies

College of Arts and Science Graduate School of Education

and Human Development College of Engineering

and Applied Science Graduate School of Management

School of Medicine and Dentistry

School of Nursing

A ddress requests to:

Dean of Admissions Morey Hall U niversity of Rochester Rochester, New York 1 4627

Di rector of Admissions Eastman School of Music 26 Gi bbs Street Rochester, New York 1 4604

Dean, Graduate School of Management Dewey Hall U niversity of Rochester Rochester, New York 1 4627

Dean, School of Medicine & Dentistry Medical Center U niversity of Rochester 60 1 Elmwood Avenue Rochester, New York 1 4642

The Secretary of Graduate Admissions Office of Admissions Morey Hall Un iversity of Rochester Rochester, New York 1 4627

1 27 Latt imore Hall Un iversity of Rochester Rochester, New York 1 4627

229

230

INDEX A Academic Advising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0, 143, 20 1 Academic I nformation Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1 Academic Opportunities, Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5, 203 Academic Services and I n formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1 Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 1 72, 1 75 Achievement Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Activities, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 5

see also Out-of-Class-Life Activity Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Adj ustment of Charges. Withdrawal and I nactive Status . . . . . • . . 206 Ad ministration, University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 228 Administrative Officers

College of Arts and Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 College o f Engineering and Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 1 Graduate School o f Education a n d Human Development . . . . . 1 77 Graduate School of Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1 School o f Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 65

Ad missions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 83 Achievement Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Adva nced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 86 American College Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Applying to Rochester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 College Credit for Prior Course Work . . . . . . . • . . . . • . • . . . . • . . 1 86 Deferred Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 85 Early Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Entra nce Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Foreign Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 85 Interviews and Visits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 3 M usic, Admission to Degree Program in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 85 Notification of Admission Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 5 Readmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 87 Recommended Preparation for Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 83 Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement Tests . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 School of Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 87

Registered Nurses Early Option Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 88 Regular Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 88

Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 1 87 Transfer Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 86 Travel I nformation . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84

Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 86 Advisers, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 202 Advising, Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . 1 0, 1 43 . 20 1 Affiliated Area College Courses . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Airlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 A merican College Testing Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Anthropology. Department of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

H onors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Apartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Ap plied Economics Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 72 Applying to R ochester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Art Gallery, M emorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 2, 68 Art H istory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 69 Arts and Science. College of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 3 1

Administrative Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Certificate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Course Cha nges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Courses of I nstruction (by department) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . 36- 1 40 Degree Requirements

Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Double M aj ors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 204 Faculty ( by department) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35- 1 39 Faculty Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Groups I, I I , I I I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Incomplete, Procedure for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 I nterd isciplinary Offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Preceptorial Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 , 33, 203 Satisfactory-Fail Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Senior Year in Absentia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Arts, Fine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Arts, Studio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 7 1 Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Astronomy, Department of Physics and . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3 Athletic Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 2 1 9 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 1 , 2 1 8 Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Audited Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 203 Automobiles and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

B Bachelor of Arts Degree

College of Arts and Science . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Bachelor of Science Degree

College of Arts and Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 College of Engineering and Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 42 School of Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 68

Banking Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 223 Behavioral Sciences i n I nd ustry . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 75 Bicycles and Motorcycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Biochemistry, Depart ment of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 39

Degree with Distinction in Research . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 40 Biological Sciences . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Biology, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

H onors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Biology and Medicine,

see Biological Sciences BiOlogy-Geology, B.S. i n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Biomedical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 228 Bookstores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 1 Brain Research, Center for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 British Parliamentary I nternship Progra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 1 6 Budget, Esti mated Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Buildings, see Map Bulletins. Official . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Business Administration, Genera l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 75 Business Career, Preparing for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 Business Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . . , . 1 75

c Calenda r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Campus, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 , 1 2, 2 1 5 D�� �p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ill Candidates' Reply Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 85 Career and Counseling Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 209

see also Counseling and S pecial Services Career Services and Placement Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 2 1 7 Cars, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . 222 Center for Brain Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Center for Special Degree Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Center for Visual Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 39 Certificate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Chapel, I nterfaith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7 Chaplains' Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7 Chemical Engineering, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 44 Chemistry, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Chi nese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 77 Cinema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 70, 7 1

see also Film Studies Classics

Gred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Lati n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Literature in Tra nslation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 76

Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 1 , 2 1 5 Cognitive Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Colgate R ochester Divini ty School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 College Entrance Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 College of Arts and Science

see Arts and Science, College of College of Engi neering and Applied Science

see Engi neering and Applied Science, College of Colleges and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Colleges in the R ochester Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Computing Faci l ities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 East man School of M usic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Graduate St udies . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 30 Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Medical Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 River Ca mpus Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 South Ca mpus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Special Research Faci lit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Colleges in the Rochester Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Combining Graduate and Undergrad uate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 Community Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Community Services Coord inating Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 Comparative Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74. 75 Computer Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Computers and I nformation Systems Option ( M . B. A . ) . . . . . . . . . . 1 72 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

College of Engineering and Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 , 1 49, 1 50 Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Genera l Science Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 Graduate School of Management . . . . . . . • . . , . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . 1 72 Mathematics, Department of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Computing Cente r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Graduate School of Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73

Computing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Index 231 Concentration Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Counseling and Psychological Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 2, 2 1 7 Counseling and Special Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7 Course Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Course Definit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Course N u m bering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 203 Courses, Progra m of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 202

D Dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 7 1

207 1 85 208 208

Dean's List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Degree cum LAude. Magna cum Laude. Summa cum Laude . . . . . Degree with Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

see also individual departmental listings Degree with Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 2 1

22 1 204 204 2 1 6

Dining Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dou ble Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Double M aj ors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . .

Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64 Drama Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I Dra wing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Drop-Ad d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 204

E Early Decision Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 East Asian Language and Area Progra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Eastman School of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6, 27, 1 04

Courses for River Campus Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04. 1 85, 203 Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Eastman Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Economics. Department o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Education and H u man Development, Graduate School of . . . . . 25, 1 77

Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Application Proced ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Cert ificate Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Courses o f I nstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 79 Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Elementary School Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Secondary School. Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77, 1 79

Electrical Engi neering, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 47 Elementary School Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Employment, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 73. 1 92 , 222 Engineering a nd Applied Science, College of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 1 4 1

Academic I nformation and Advising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Admi nistrat ive Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 1 Biomedical Engi neering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Chemical E ngineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 44 Common First year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 42 Computer E ngi neering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43, 1 49 Course Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Courses of I nstruction ( by department) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 46- 1 63 Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 42 Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Double Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Dou ble Maj ors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Electrical E ngineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 En riched Five-Year Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 42

232 Index

Faculty (by department) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 44- 1 60 Faculty Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Geomechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 52 I ncomplete, Proced ure for . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 I nterdepartmental Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 54 I nt roductory Cou rses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 1 44 Mechanical and Aerospace Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Mechanical Engi neering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 1 55

Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 60 Satisfactory-Fail Option . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 205 Senior Year in A bsentia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 3-2 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Two- Degree Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . 1 43

English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 E n rollment Deposit, Forfeiture o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 7 Entrance Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 84 Environmental Living Center . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I Expenses

R iver Ca mpus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 90 School of N u rsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 90

Extracurricular Activities, see Out-of-C1ass Life and Student Activities

F Facil it ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Faculty

A rts and Science (by department) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35- 1 39 Engineering and Applied Science (by department) . . . . • . . . . 1 44- 1 60 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 65- 1 67 Sports and Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 1

Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Film, Cou rses in , see Fine Arts Film Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Fina nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 1 75 Finance Option ( M . B. A . ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 72 Financing an Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89

Budget, Esti mated Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Employment, Part-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 92 Fees

Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89. 2 1 8

Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 A pplication for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 1 90 Basis for Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 1 90 Renewal of Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 90 Types of Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 1 9 1 Verification o f Financial I nformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 1

M onthly Option Pla n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Overload Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Room and Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Scholarships

U ndergraduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 93 University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 1

Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 Withd ra wal and I nactive Status

Adj ustment of Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Adj ustment of Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 207

Fine Arts. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 67 A rt H istory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 69 Film. Courses in . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 70, 7 1 London Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Studio Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 7 1

Fine A rts Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 1 6. 68 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 1 Foreign Languages, Literatures, a n d Linguistics.

Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Foreign Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Foreign Students . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 5 Fraternities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 2 1 6 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 74, 77 Freshman Orientat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . 1 0. 20 I Freshman Preceptorials . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0, 1 5 , 33 , 203

G General Business Admi nistration General Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .

General Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genetics, see Biol ogy

1 75 225

8 1

Geological Sciences, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Geology Internship in M a rine Sciences . . . . . . . . � . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. 85 Geomechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 1 52 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 74, 78 Government Career, Prepa ring for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J 9 Grade Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 208 G rades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Grad uate School of Ed ucation and H uman Development,

see Education and H uman Development, Graduate School of Grad uate School of M anagement,

see M anagement. Graduate School of Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 1 7 1 , 1 77 , 203. 209 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Groups I , I I , I I I ( Arts and Science) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1

H Hand icapped Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8 Health and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Healt h , Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 H e a l t h Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89. 2 1 8 Health Professions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 0 Health Service. U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 203, 2 1 7 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 79 Hebrew University, One Year Program a t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 H illel Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 2 1 7 History, Department o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . 89

Distinction in H istory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . 90 Honorary Societies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Honors Program i n Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . 36 H onors Program in Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . 45 Honors Seminars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 203 Hospital , Strong Memorial . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6, 27 H ousing, see Residence Halls

Off-Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . 223

Identification Cards, Student . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 I l l ness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 2 1 7 In A bsentia, Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 I ncomplete, Proced ure for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 205 I ndependent Study Co urses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 1 5 . 204 I nstit ute of Optics. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 60 I nterca mpus and Public Tra nsportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 I ntercessor, U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 222 I ntercollegiate Sports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 1 , 2 1 8 I nterdepartmental Degree Programs . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

Col lege of A rts and Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Col lege of Engineering and Ap plied Science . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . 1 54

I nterdisci pl inary Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 , 3 2 Interfai th Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7 I nternational M useum of Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2, 1 7 I nternational Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 96 I nternational Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8 I nternships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6, 203 Interviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 83 I ntramurals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8 I nventory o f Registered Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

J

Japanese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 79 Jobs, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 92, 222 Junior Year Abroad, see Study Abroad Program

L

Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . 77 Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 75, 2 1 1

Law and Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . I I I Liberal Arts, see I nterd iscip l inary Cou rses Libra ries

Affi l iat ions and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 M a nagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 1 73 Medical ( Ed ward G. M i ner) . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Rush R hees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 28 Si bley M usic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 27

Li nguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 75, 8 1 Literature i n Translation . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Loans. Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 92 Lond on Semester ( Fine Arts) . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Lost and Found Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

M Management, Graduate School of . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 1 7 1

Accounting Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 72 Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1 Applied Economics Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 72 Computers and I nformation Systems Option . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 1 72 Computing Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73 Courses of I nstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73- 1 75 Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1 Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1 Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 1 7 1 Finance Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 72 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73 Marketing Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . 1 72 M . B. A . Study Under the 3-2 P rogram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1 Operations M anagement Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 1 72 Placement Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73 Research Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73 3-2 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1

Map, Ca mpus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . 2 3 8 M a rine Sciences. Geology I nternship i n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 6. 85 M a rketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 1 72. 1 75 M aster of Business Admi nistrat ion Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 . 1 7 1 Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Mechanical Engineering, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 5 M edical Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Medical Resea rch / Health Ca re Admi nistration Semeste r . . . . . . . . 1 6 Medicine and Dentistry, School o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 , 27

Index 233 Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2

Medieval Studies Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . I I

Memorial Art Gal lery . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2. 68 M icrobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 03

B . S . with Distinction . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 M i nority Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8 M o nthly Option Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89 M otorcycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 223 M useums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 M usic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04, 1 85 , 203

Performing Organizations ( R iver Campus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 M usic Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I M u sical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04. 2 1 6

N Naval Science, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 7

Courses of I nstruct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . 1 09 Neuroscience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . 1 09 Newman Commu nity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7 N ROTC Progra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07

Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 1 92 Nursi ng, School of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 1 6 5

o

Administrative Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 65 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 1 87

Registered Nurses Early Option . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 1 88 Regula r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 88

Course Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 205 Courses of I nstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 69 Degree cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 68 Degree Req uirements . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . 1 68 Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 1 65 Faculty Advisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 208 Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 1 90, 1 92 Graduate Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 1 I ncom plete, Proced ure for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . • . • . . . . . . . 206 Progra m, Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 68 Registered N u rses, Ad mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 1 88 Senior Year in A bsentia . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 1 90

One Year Program at Hebrew U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Operat ions M anagement Option ( M . B. A . ) . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 72 Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 60 Orientation Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 . 20 1 Out-of-Class Life; see also Student Life

Off Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 2 O n Ca mpus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

p Painting, Cou rses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 222 Performing Organizations ( M usic) . . . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . 1 04 Petit ions. Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 205 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0

B . A . with Disti nct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I I Concent rat ion with E m p hasis on Law and Ethics . . . . . . . . • . . . I I I Concentration with Emphasis on Logic and

the Philosophy of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 1 1 2

234 Index

Photography. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 I nternational M useum of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 1 7

Physical Education. see Sports and Recreation Physics a nd Astronomy. Department of . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3 Placement Office. Graduate School of Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73

see also Career Services and Placement Center Plagiarism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . I 1 8

H o nors Program i n Polit ical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 1 22 3-2 Program in Public Pol icy Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 9

Postal Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Practica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Preceptorials. Fres hman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0. 1 5 . 33. 203 Preventive. Family. and Rehabil i tation Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Probation and Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Program Planning Workshops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1 Protestant Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7 Psychology. Department o f . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 1 22

Degree with Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 24 Publications. Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Public Policy Analysis Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 27

M . S . with a S pecialty in Pharmaceutical I ssues . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 1 28

R

M . S . and P h . D. in Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 28 3-2 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 28

Radio Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Read mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 87 Records. U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Recreation Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 1 . 2 1 8 Refund Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 5. 206 Registered Programs. I nventory of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Regulations. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 225 Religious Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7 Religious Stud ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 29 Repeating a Course for a Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Research Activity. Graduate School of Ma nagement . . . . . . . . . . . 1 73 Research Faci l ities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Residence Hal ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 9 Residence. Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I Resources. U n iversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Responsib i l ity, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 River Campus Col leges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Rochester Area. see Out-of-Class Life R ochester Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 . 2 1 1 Romania n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Room and Board Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89

Adjustment of Charges. Withdrawals and Inactive Status . . . . . 206 R OTC Progra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07 R ussian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 75. 76. 79 Russian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 1

s Satisfactory- Fail Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Scholarships

U ndergraduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 93 University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 9 1

Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement Tests . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . 1 84 School of Medicine and Dentistry.

see Medicine and Dentistry. School of School of Nursing. see Nursing. School of Sculpture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . 7 1

Secondary School Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 1 Senate. Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Senior Year in A bsenlia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Separation from U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 1 32 Sororit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 2 1 6 South Ca mpus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 28 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . 75. 80 S pecial Academic Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5. 203 S pecial Degree Programs. Center for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 48 S pecial Students. Ad mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 87 Special Student Services. Department of . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8

Hand icap ped Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8 International Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8 M i nority Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 8

S ports and Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 1 . 2 1 8 Statistics. Department o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 35

Joint and Double Concentrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 38 Strong Memorial Hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. 2 7 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 5

see also Out-of-C1ass Life Student E m ployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 73. 1 92. 222 Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 5 Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Student Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Student Res ponsibi l i ty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Student Retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Student Senate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 . 1 77. 1 79 Students' Associat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Students. Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 85 Students. Specia l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 87 Studio Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . 7 1 Study Abroad Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1 Study Abroad Program . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . 204 Study Ski l ls Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Su mmer Offeri ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 Summer Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 Summer School Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 S u m mer Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

T Teaching

Elementary School . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Secondary School . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 77 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 . 1 77. 1 79

Telephone Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Test ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 3 Theater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6

Cou rses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 3-2 Progra ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Community Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 ��� � � . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � Education and Human Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 78 Electrical Engi neeri ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 50 Engineering and Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 1 Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 1 Public Policy A nalysis . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 28

Transcripts. Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Tra nsfer Ad mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 86 Transferring Within the U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Transportation, I ntercampus and Public . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 222 Travel Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . 1 84 Trustees. Board o f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 89

Adj ustment of Charges, Withdrawal a nd I nactive Status . . . . . . 206 Tutoring Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 I Tutoring Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Two-Degree Program ( Engineering and Applied Science) 1 43

U U ndergrad uate Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 , 20 1 Undergrad uate Summer Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 University College o f Liberal and A pplied Studies . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 26

Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 22 University, Some Notes about the . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 University-Wide Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

V

Degrees Offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . • . . . . 22

Visits to the U niversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 3 Visual Science, Center for . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 39

Index 235 W Washington Semester Progra m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 1 6, 95, 1 1 9 Wilson Commons. Sched ule of Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 6 Withdrawal and I nactive Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Adj ustment of Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 206 Adj ustment of Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Worship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 7

x "X" Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5, 204

Z Zornow Sports Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 9

236

FACILITIES ( SEE MAP)

2 . Psychology Bldg. : Department of Psychology, Center for Visual Science, Department of Special Student Services, ad­ministrative offices, and general classroom facilities.

3 . Morey Hall: Departments of English and Fine Arts, Center for Audio-Visual and Technical Services, Office of Admissions and Student Aid.

4 . Lattimore Hal l : Graduate School of Education and H uman Development, Office of the Dean and Academic Advising Office of the College of A rts and Science, Career Services and Placement Center, Counsel ing and Psychological Services, Center for Special Degree Progra ms, Orientation Office, a 1 53-seat auditorium, and clas srooms and seminar rooms.

5. Wilson Commons: The campus center, opened in 1 976, with student organizatio n offices , a recreation center, lounges, meet­ing and performing facil it ies , a snack bar a nd rathskel ler, the River Campus Music Office, Wil l iam H. Stackel Meeting Room, Hartnett Gallery, Arthur J . May M ulti- Purpose Room, Samuel M . Havens Lounge, Fred Gowen Room, Ruth Merrill Student Organizat ion Center, and George Graham S mith Plaza.

6. Dewey Hall: Departments of Foreign Languages, Litera­tures , and Linguistics and of Philosophy; Graduate School of Ma nagement; Language Laboratory.

7 . Hoyt Hall : 350-seat auditorium for lectures, meetings, and conferences .

8. Bausch & Lomb Hal l : Department of Physics and Astron­omy.

9. Harkness Hall : Offices of the Departments of Anthropology, Economics, Political Science, and Sociology.

10. Gavett Hall : Administrative offices of the College of Engi­neering and Applied Science; offices, classrooms, and labora­tories of the College's Department of Chemical Engineering.

I I . Hopeman Engineering B ldg . : Offices , classrooms, and laboratories of the Departments of E lect rical Engineering a nd Mechanical Engineering.

12. Taylor Hall: U niversity Computing Center terminal facility.

1 4 . James Peter Wilmot Bldg.: Offices, seminar and laboratory facilities for The I nstitute of Optics.

I S. Mathematical Sc iences B ldg . : Class rooms , co nfe rence rooms, commons rooms, seminar rooms, and offices of the Departments of Mathematics , Statistics, and Computer Sci­ence.

16. Hutchison Hall: Classrooms, lecture halls, laboratories , offices, and commons rooms of the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, and Geological Sciences, a g reenhouse complex , and an aviary complex .

Hubbell Auditorium: 483-seat auditorium in H utchison Hal l for lectures, special meetings, and conferences.

1 7 . Administration Bldg.: U niversity administrative offices and offices of the Registrar and the Bu rsar.

1 8 . Interfaith Chapel : Center for campus re ligious activities and chaplains' offices.

19. Strong Auditorium: Two halls, seating 1 ,060 and 480 per­sons, used for lectures, fi lms, stage productions, and concerts.

20. Todd Union: Noteworthy as one of the fi rst student unions

Facilities 23 7

in the Un ited States; essentially replaced by Wilson Commons. H ouses the Student Employment Office, the offices of N R OTC, a U . S . post office, a ba nk , a theater, and two student rad io clubs, W R U R- A M and F M and K2Z W I .

2 1 . Frederick Douglass Building : A student dining center, meeting rooms, University Bookstore, Faculty Club, Fairbank Alumni Center.

22. Alumni Gymnasium: Office of Sports and Recreation, rac­quet courts , wrestling and weight rooms, and the alumni swim­ming pool.

23. A l e xander Palestra : H o me site for U n ivers i ty in te r­collegiate basketball and volleybal l , with permanent seating capacity of 3 ,000.

24. Field House: 1 2,000-square-foot indoor playing surface covered by artificial tu rf; a Ys-mile running track around the perimeter.

25 . Zornow Sports Center: Offices for the Department of Sports and Recreat ion, Speegle-Wilbraham Aq uatic Center, four indoor tennis courts, three combination basketball-vol ley­ball courts, nauti lus room, meet ing room, locker rooms, and 1 2 lighted rooftop tennis courts .

26 . Fauver Stadium: 6,000-seat concrete and brick stadium; also houses coed training room; a quarter-mile track encircling playing fie ld; site of intercollegiate field hockey, football , lacrosse, track and field, and soccer . Artificial turf; l ights .

27-3 1 . Susan B. Anthony Halls : Undergraduate residence and d ining center, Office of Student Life, infirmary, U niversity Security office, and Services Division offices.

32. Spurrier Gymnasium: Dance studio and music rooms.

33. Sage Art Center: Teaching and studio facil it ies for fine a rts p rograms.

53, 54. Medieval Studies Center and Drama Center: Residence­and-study houses with regular programs of publ ic lectures, readings, and special events. ( See page I I . )

59-64, 66, 7 1 , 79. University Medical Center: School o f Medi­c ine and Dent is try, School of N u rs ing , Strong Memoria l Hospital .

67 . Helen Wood Hal l : Residence facilities for undergraduate students and administrative offices for the School of Nu rsing.

68, 80-89, 92 . University Apartments: George Washington Goler H ouse, Grad uate Living Center, Un iversity Park, Whip­ple Park .

69. Mt . Hope Professional Building: I ncludes the U niversity'S Office of Ad minist rative I nformat ion Services and Purchasing Department.

238

Key

I . Rush Rhees Library 2. Psychology Bldg." 3 . Morey Hall"

Eastman Kodak Colonnade 4 . Latt imore Hall" 5 . Wilson Commons" 6 . Dewey Hall" 7 . H oyt Hall" 8 . Bausch & Lomb Hall" 9 . Harkness Hall"

10 . Gavett Hall" I I . Hopeman Engineering Bldg . " 1 2 . Taylor Hall" 1 3 . Purchasing Bldg. 14. James Peter Wilmot Bldg ." 1 5 . Mathematical Sciences Bldg . " 1 6 . H utchison Hall"

H ubbell Auditorium" 1 7 . Ad ministration Bldg ." 1 8 . I nterfaith Chapel" 1 9 . Strong Auditorium" 20. Todd U nion" 2 1 . Frederick Douglass Bldg ."

Fairbank Alumni Center Bookstore Faculty Club Dining Center

22 . Alumni Gymnasium" 23 . Alexander Palestra" 24. Field House" 25. Zornow Sports Center" 26 . Fauver Stad ium" 27-3 1 Susan B. Anthony Halls"

27 . Gates Hall 28 . Morgan Hall 29. Hollister Hall 30. Gannett Hal l 3 1 . Danforth Hall

32 . Spurrier Gymnasium" 33-35 Founders Court

33 . Sage Art Center" 34. Anderson Tower 35. Wilder Tower

36 . Pick Towne House 37-42 Hill Court

37 . Slater H ouse 38. Mun ro House 39. Kendrick House 40. Gale House 4 1 . Fairchild House 42. Chambers House

43. Gannett Emergency Center 44. Crosby Hal l

UNIVERSITY OF ROCH ESTER

A n . 4-15-12

239

45. Burton Hal l 46. H oeing Hal l 47. Lovej oy Hal l 48 . Gi lbert Hal l 49. Tiernan Hal l 50. Theta Delta Chi 5 1 . S igma Alpha Mu 52 . Sigma Chi 53 . Med ieval Studies Center* 54. Drama Center* 55. Delta Kappa Epsi lon 56. Alpha Delta Phi 57 . Theta Chi 58 . Psi U psi lon 59 . Medical Education Bldg . * 60 . Department of Psychiatry* 6 1 . Eastman Dental Center*

( i ndepend ent affi l iated agency) 62. Rehabilitation & Diagnostic Center* 63. Department of Radiation Biology and Biophysics* 64. U niversi ty H ealth Service* 65. Supplies & Accounts Bldg. 66. Strong Memorial Hospital* 67 . H elen Wood Hal l* 68 . Goler H o use* 69. Mt. H ope Professional Bldg · 70. Computing Center 7 1 . Department of Radiation Biology and Biophysics Annex* 72. Cent ral Uti lities Plant 73. 575 Mt. H ope Avenue 74. 590 Mt . Hope Avenue 75. 630 Mt. Hope Avenue

Peter Barry H ouse 76. 668 Mt. Hope Avenue

Ellwanger & Barry Bldg. 77 . 685 Mt. Hope Avenue 78. 692 Mt. H ope Avenue

Patrick Barry House 79. Cancer Center 80-88 Grad uate Living Center*

80. Alan Valentine Tower 8 1 . Cornelis W. de Kiewiet Tower Maisonettes 82 . John P . M unn House 83 . Wil l iam Kelly House 84. John B. Trevor H ouse 85. Edward Bright House 86. Edward M . M oore House 87 . Rufus A. Sibley House 88. Lewis P . Ross H ouse

89 . U niversity Park* 90. Laboratory for Laser Energetics 9 1 . Nuclear St ructure Research La boratory 92 . Whipple Park Apartments*

' Description on pages 236 and 237.

Offic ia l B u l l e t i n

U niversity of R oc hester

R o c h ester, New York 1 46 2 7 U S P S 403-440

Seco n d -class postage pa id

at R o c hester , N e w York 1 4692